Centenial Celebration

Transaction Search Form: please type in any of the fields below.

Date: April 29, 2024 Mon

Time: 8:04 pm

Results for crime prevention

399 results found

Author: Nuttall, Christopher P.

Title: Handbook on Planning and Action for Crime Prevention in Southern Africa and the Caribbean Regions

Summary: The principal aim of this handbook is to serve as a reference tool to policymakers and practitioners engaged in actions to reduce the burden of crime on the poor, especially the poor of Southern Africa and the Caribbean, and thereby improve their quality of life and mitigate their poverty. This handbook is intended to increase knowledge about levels of crime, successful practices in reducing crime rates in developing countries, multi-actor crime prevention actions, how to build capacity to reduce crime and how to sustain efforts in the long term.

Details: New York: United Nations, 2008

Source: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime

Year: 2008

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 115342

Keywords:
Caribbean
Crime Prevention
Southern Africa

Author: Dhlamini, Jabu

Title: Safety and Security in the Rural Parts of Ekurhulnei Metropolitan Area

Summary: This report aims to provide knowledge about the nature of crime in rural areas of the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan local government so as to enhance the capacity of local authority and the South African Police Service (SAPS) to address rural safety needs. This report also aims to review crime prevention initiatives and the involvement of community organizations.

Details: Johannesburg, South Africa: Centre for the Study of Violence and Reconciliation, 2005

Source: Royal Danish Embassy

Year: 2005

Country: South Africa

URL:

Shelf Number: 116195

Keywords:
Communities
Crime Prevention
Rural Crime

Author: Griffiths, Curt T.

Title: The Social Reintegration of Offenders and Crime Prevention

Summary: Comprehensive crime prevention programs should include effective measures to prevent recidivism and to stop the cycle of failed adaptation by repeat offenders. According to the authors, a key feature of successful crime prevention strategies is their attention to the social reintegration of ex-prisoners to the community and the development of interventions designed to reduce the levels of recidivism. This text offers an overview of current practices and was prepared to set out some of the primary lessons that can inspire and guide practitioners in designing measures and strategies that are adapted to their circumstances. The overview concludes with a number of practical considerations that should be considered in planning future interventions.

Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, 2007

Source: A review prepared for the Policy, Research and Evaluation Division; Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada

Year: 2007

Country: Canada

URL:

Shelf Number: 114878

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Intervention Programs
Recidivism
Repeat Offenders

Author: Cummings, RIck

Title: Operation Burglary Countdown: Evaluation Study Final Report

Summary: From the report: "The report describes the operation of Operation Burglary Countdown in the first two pilot locations, Bentley and Morely, over the time period of November 2003 to October 2004. The pilots are based on a partnership approach and specifically seeks to make use of the rational choice theory of Cornish and Clarke (1986)."

Details: Burswood, Western Australia: Estill & Associates, 2005. 53p.

Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for the Office of Crime Prevention Government of Western Australia

Year: 2005

Country: Australia

URL:

Shelf Number: 104849

Keywords:
Burglary
Community Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention

Author: Blagg, Harry

Title: Models of Best Practice: Aboriginal Community Patrols in Western Australia

Summary: This discussion paper explores best practice issues in relation to Aboriginal Community Patrols in Western Australia in the context of crime prevention and community safety. Aboriginal Community Patrols have become an accepted feature of localized responses to crime and anti-social behavior in many Aboriginal communities across the state, and this paper addresses a range of issues connected with the role of the patrols in crime prevention.

Details: Perth: Crime Research Centre, University of Western Austraia, 2007. 60p.

Source:

Year: 2007

Country: Australia

URL:

Shelf Number: 118085

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Community Safety
Crime Prevention
Peace Officers

Author: Shaw, Margaret

Title: Crime Prevention Assessment Tool: Criminal Justice Assessment Toolkit

Summary: The purpose of this toolkit is to aid in the assessment of country needs in the areas of criminal justice and crime prevention so that appropriate and effective technical assistance can be provided. This toolkit is meant to be used in conjunction with the main toolkit, which discusses four main justice sectors: policing, access to justice, custodial and non-custodial measures, and cross-cuttint issues (criminal justice information, juvenile justice, victims and witnesses, and international cooperation).

Details: New York: United Nations, 2009. 57p.

Source: Cross-Cutting Issues

Year: 2009

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 117397

Keywords:
Crime Prevention

Author: Tengbeh, Sahr

Title: Crima Analysis and Police Station Location in Swaziland: A Case Study in Manzini

Summary: This study analyzed the spatio-temporal pattern of crime in the city of Manzini, in Swaziland, for the period of 2004 and determined suitable locations for future police stations. The study concluded that crime prevention strategies would require the intervention of both the police and city planners to be reasonable successful. It also noted that the establishment of accessible police stations would complement the effects of the police in their endeavor to combat crime in Manzini.

Details: Stellenbosch, South Africa: University of Stellenbosch, Department of Geography and Environmental Studies, 2006. 80 p.

Source: Master's Thesis

Year: 2006

Country: Swaziland

URL:

Shelf Number: 118093

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Geographic Information Systems
Police Stations

Author: CRG Research

Title: An Evaluation of Summer Plus: A Cross Departmental Approach to Preventing Youth Crime

Summary: Summer Plus 2002 was a behavior improvement program aimed at young people in the U.K. This report presents the findings of a small scale, qualitative study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the program in reducing street crime in 34 Local Education Authority (LEA) areas across England.

Details: Annesley, UK: DfES Publications, 2003. 39p., app.

Source: Research Report; no. 392

Year: 2003

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 113781

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Juvenile Offenders (U.K.)
Street Crime

Author: Berk, Richard

Title: Policing the Homeless: An Evaluation of Efforts to Reduce Homeless-Related Crime

Summary: Police officials across the United Sates are increasingly relying on place-based approaches for crime prevention. This article examines the Safer Cities Initiative, a widely publicized place-based policing intervention implemented in Los Angeles's Skid Row and focused on crime and disorder associated with homeless encampments. Crime reduction was the goal. The police division in which the program was undertaken provides 8 years of times series data serving as the observations for the treatment condition. Four adjacent police divisions in which the program was not undertaken provide 8 years time series data serving as the observations for the comparison condition. The data are analyzed using a generalized additive model. On balance, the study found that this place-based intervention is associated with meaningful reductions in violent, property, and nuisance street crimes. There is no evidence of crime displacement.

Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Statistics & Department of Criminology, 2009. 32p.

Source: Working Paper

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118399

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Displacement
Homeless Encampments
Homelessness
Place-Based Policing
Street Crimes

Author: Glover, Richard L.

Title: Community and Problem Oriented Policing in School Settings: Design and Process Issues

Summary: Community and Problem Oriented Policing (CPOP) is a multidemsional strategy used by police departments to control crime and improve the quality of life in target areas. This monograph presents CPOP as a possible solution to the problem of school violence. It identifies design components and process dimensions that can contribute to successful applications of CPOP. Five models have gained wide acceptance as strategies for school based problem solving around safety and security issues: the School Resource Officer model, student problem solving, the public health model, the Child Development-Community Policing Program, and the collaborative problem solving model. Eight components from these five models are fundamental to school based CPOP: police-school partnerships, problem solving approach, collaboration that reflects full stakeholder involvement, organizational support, education and training of problem solving group members, effective planning approaches, appropriate problem solving group size, and use of memoranda of understanding. The process dimensions associated with successful implementation of CPOP in schools are partnering between schools and police, collaborative problem solving, implementation, and evaluation of the overall CPOP effort.

Details: New York: Columbia University School of Social Work, 2002. 58p.

Source:

Year: 2002

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118340

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Problem Solving
Problem-Oriented Policing
School Safety
School Security
School Violence

Author: Lochner, Lance

Title: Education Policy and Crime

Summary: This paper discusses the relationship between education and crime from an economic perspective, developing a human capital-based model that sheds light on key ways in which early childhood programs and policies that encourage schooling may affect both juvenile and adult crime. The paper first discusses evidence on the effects of educational attainment, school quality, and school enrollment on crime. Next, the paper discusses evidence on the crime reduction effects of preschool programs like Perry Preschool and Head Start, school-age programs that emphasize social and emotional development, and job training programs for low-skill adolescents and young adults. Finally, the paper concludes with a broad discussion of education policy and its potential role as a crime-fighting strategy.

Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 50p.

Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15894

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118427

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Early Childhood Education
Education
Head Start
Pre-School Programs
Schools

Author: Vollaard, Ben

Title: Does Regulation of Built-in Security Reduce Crime? Evidence from a Natural Experiment

Summary: As of 1999, all new-built homes in the Netherlands have to have burglary-proof windows and doors. This study provides evidence that this large-scale government intervention in the use of self-protective measures lowers crime and improves social welfare. The study found that the regulatory change reduced burglary in new-built homes from 1.1 to 0.8 percent annually, a reduction of 26 percent. The evidence on displacement of burglary to older homes is inconclusive. The findings suggest that burglars avoid old, less-protected homes that are located in the direct vicinity of the new, better-protected homes. The study found no evidence of displacement to other property crimes including theft from cars and bicycle theft. The direct cost of installing burglary proof windows and doors are relatively small. Even though the regulation of built-in security does not target preventative measures at homes that are most at risk, the social benefits of the regulation are likely to exceed the social costs.

Details: Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University, Department of Economics; Parkville, Australia: University of Melbourne, Department of Economics, 2010. 31p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118412

Keywords:
Burglary (Netherlands)
Crime Prevention
Displacement
Security

Author: Cook, Philip J.

Title: Public Safety Through Private Action: An Economic Assessment of BIDs, Locks, and Citizen Cooperation

Summary: Given the central role of private individuals and firms in determining the effectiveness of the criminal justice system, and the quality and availability of criminal opportunities, private actions arguably deserve a central role in the analysis of crime and crime prevention policy. But the leading scholarly commentaries on the crime drop during the 1990s have largely ignored the role of the private sector, as have policymakers. Among the potentially relevant trends: growing reporting rates; the growing sophistication and use of alarms, monitoring equipment and locks; the considerable increase in the employment of private security guards; and the decline in the use of cash. Private actions of this sort have the potential to both reduce crime rates and reduce arrests and imprisonment. Well-designed regulations and programs can encourage effective private action. One creative method to harness private action to cost-effective crime control is the creation of business improvement districts (BIDs). This quasi-experimental analysis of Los Angeles BIDs demonstrates that the social benefits of BID expenditures on security are a large multiple (about 20) of the private expenditures. Creation and operation of effective BIDs requires a legal infrastructure that helps neighborhoods solve the collective action problem.

Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 51p.

Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15877; Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118718

Keywords:
Business Improvement Districts (Los Angeles)
Businesses and Crime
Crime Prevention
Private Security

Author: Robinson, Neil

Title: Security, At What Cost? Quantifying People's Trade-Offs Across Liberty, Privacy and Security

Summary: To understand the real privacy, liberty, and security trade-offs individuals are willing to make, and so policy makers can be beter informed about citizen's true preferences in this domain, this study surveyed British citizens on the issues of privacy and security for three activities: applying for a passport, traveling on the national rail network, and attending a major public event such as the opening ceremony of the Olympics. Data from the survey was analysed and individuals were found to be willing to pay for advanced CCTV cameras with facial recognition technology, X-Ray machines and body scanners and various forms of security personnel.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 99p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 118730

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
National Security
Privacy
Security

Author: van der Spuy, Elrena

Title: Police and Crime Prevention in Africa: A Brief Appraisal of Structures, Policies and Practices

Summary: This report provides a short appraisal of police services in a select number of sub-Saharan countries regarding their involvement in the prevention of crime. The country case studies included are Kenya, Nigeria, South Africa, Tanzania and Uganda.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2008. 83p.

Source: Internet Resource; Draft

Year: 2008

Country: Africa

URL:

Shelf Number: 118679

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police (Kenya, Nigeria, South Africa, Tanzania, Ug
Police Agencies

Author: Police Executive Research Forum

Title: Target's Safe City Program: Community Leaders Take the Initiative In Building Partnerships with the Police

Summary: Safe City is a program launched by Target Corp. in 2004 in Minneapolis to foster partnerships between local police and community members to reduce crime. Over the past five years, Target and local partners have started Safe City projects in more than 20 other cities across the United States. Because each Safe City program is developed by local officials, no two programs are exactly the same. Some Safe City programs have emphasized the introduction of closed circuit television camera networks or other technology; others have focused on new methods of information-sharing between police and community leaders. In some cities, Safe City has focused on downtown business districts; in other cities, Safe City is helping to reduce violence in residential areas. This report summarizes PERF's findings about Safe City as of late 2009. It includes separate chapters about individual Safe City programs in which the key leaders share some memorable stories about what they have accomplished.

Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2010. 46p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118726

Keywords:
Community Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention
Police-Community Partnerships

Author: Krause, Andre

Title: The Crime Threat Analysis Process - An Assessment

Summary: This study investigated the application of the crime threat analysis process at station level within the Nelson Mandela Metro City area with the objective of determining inhibiting factors (constraints) and best practices. Qualitative research methodology was applied and interviews were conducted with crime analysts and specialized investigators/intelligence analysts. The research design can be best described as descriptive - and explorative in nature. The crime threat analysis process embroils the application of various crime analysis techniques and the outcomes thereof intends to have a dual purpose of generating operational crime management in assisting crime prevention initiatives and crime detention efforts, mainly focussing on the criminal activities of group offenders (organized crime related), repeat offenders and serial offenders. During the study it became evident that crime analysts understand and thus apply the crime threat analysis process indifferently, which impeded on the relevancy and the utilization therof as an effective crime management tool.

Details: Pretoria: University of South Africa, 2007. 132p.

Source: Master's Essay

Year: 2007

Country: South Africa

URL:

Shelf Number: 118756

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Mapping
Crime Prevention
Organized Crime

Author: Weaver, Gary

Title: Home Invasions & Identity Theft: The Role of Asian Gangs

Summary: This project provides a comprehensive and systematic analysis of Asian home invasions (residential robbery) to better understand the criminal modus operandi involved in Asian home invasions. It provides a profile of suspects committing home invasions, and describes characteristics of victims of home invasions. This analysis has two principal components: 1) interviews with police officials and gang members and 2) the examination of fifty-five cases of home invasion in four states. The study proposes recommendations to enhance practices of criminal investigation, suggests new policies in crime prevention and investigation, and suggests new public policy initiatives in crime prevention to owners of individual residences and small businesses.

Details: Bethesda, MD: Center for Asian Crime Studies, International Association of Asian Crime Investigators, 2004. 105p.

Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for The County of Orange, California

Year: 2004

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 118675

Keywords:
Asian Gangs
Asian Organized Crime
Crime Prevention
Residential Burglary
Robbery

Author: Haas, Stephen M.

Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods in West Virginia: Selected Findings from Gun Crime and Domestic Violence Initiatives

Summary: This report describes West Virginia's Project Safe Neighborhoods, a federal initiative aimed at reducing gun violence in local communities through coordinated strategic planning. Distinct gun violence problems were identified by West Virginia's two judicial districts and each took a slightly different approach to implementing Project Safe Neighborhoods. However, the primary intervention in each district was the development of a media campaign based on deterring gun violence through awareness of federal firearms laws.

Details: Charleston, WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Division of Criminal Justice Services, Department of Military Affairs and Public Safety, 2007. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 119163

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Domestic Violence
Firearms
Gun Violence
Media Campaigns
Project Safe Neighborhoods (West Virginia)

Author: Prenzler, Tim

Title: Preventing Burglary in Commercial and Institutional Settings: A Place Management and Partnerships Approach

Summary: This report examines how to assess, manage, and respond to burglaries that occur at commercial and industrial sites. It looks at the context in which burglaries occur, and includes a consideration of the burglar's approach. It also examines a range of solutions, which aim to make it more difficult for would be offenders particularly in the workplace, and shows where security managers can have an impact.

Details: Alexandria, VA: ASIS Foundation, 2009. 31p.

Source: Internet Resource; CRISP Report

Year: 2009

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 118369

Keywords:
Burglary
Commercial Burglary
Crime Prevention
Security

Author: Shoaf, Lisa Contos

Title: Evaluation of the Akron Weed and Seed Program 2000-2004

Summary: Operation Weed and Seed is a strategy designed to prevent, control, and reduce violent crime, drug crime, and gang activity in targeted high-crime neighborhoods. The strategy consists of two primary components: a weeding strategy designed to weed out individuals contributing to crime in the neighborhood and a seeding strategy that brings services to the neighborhood dedicated to prevention, intervention, treatment and neighborhood revitalization. This study assesses the city of Akron's Weed and Seed program over the last five years of its existence, from 2000 through 2004, with special emphasis on the weeding component of the program.

Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Jsutice Services, Statistical Analysis Center, 2005. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2005

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 119152

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Drug Abuse and Crime
Drug Control
Operation Weed and Seed

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M.

Title: Community-Based Violence Preventoin: An Assessment of Pittsburgh's One Vision One Life Program

Summary: This report assesses the implementation and impact of the One Vision One Life violence-prevention strategy in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. In 2003, Pittsburgh witnessed a 49-percent increase in homicides, prompting a grassroots creation and implementation of the One Vision One Life antiviolence strategy. This initiative used a problem-solving, data-driven model, including street-level intelligence, to intervene in escalating disputes, and seeks to place youth in appropriate social programs. Analysis of the program, which is modeled on similar efforts elsewhere, can help inform other efforts to address urban violence.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 119164

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Homicides
Problem-Solving
Street Workers
Violence (Pittsburgh, PA)
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Williams, Sarah

Title: The City of Easton Weed and Seed Initiative: Evaluation 2008

Summary: This report is an evaluation and needs assessment of Easton Weed & Seed carried out between September snd November 2008. It includes background on the program and target neighborhood, a description of the Weed & Seed programs, the results of focus groups conducted with target residents and surveys of community residents. It concludes with overall impressions and recommendations.

Details: Bethelmen, PA: Lehigh Valley Research Consortium, 2008. 23p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2008

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 119151

Keywords:
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Correctional Education
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Drug Abuse and Addiction
Juvenile Inmates
Juvenile Offenders
Juvenile Rehabilitation
Weed & Seed Program

Author: Shaw, Margaret

Title: Strategies and Best Practices in Crime Prevention in Particular in Relation to Urban Areas and Youth at Risk. Proceedings of the Workshop held at the 11th UN Congress on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice

Summary: This report presents the proceedings of a UN workshop that focused on strategies, practices, and lessons for urban areas, as well as strategies, practices, and lessons for youth at risk.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2007. 184p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 113419

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Juvenile Offenders
Urban Areas
Youth Crime

Author: Anderson, Jessica

Title: A Review of the Western Australian Community Safety and Crime Prevention Partnership Planning Process: Final Report

Summary: Western Australia’s Office of Crime Prevention (OCP) has supported local communities across Western Australia to develop Community Safety and Crime Prevention Plans since 2005. Over this period, 126 out of 144 local government authorities (LGAs) have engaged in the crime prevention planning process. This has exceeded their original target of engaging 120 LGAs. The OCP has also supported the communities that have had their plans endorsed to implement related activities. This process has resulted in crime prevention activity being undertaken at both a planning and implementation level throughout WA in metropolitan, rural and remote settings. Since 2005, the Australian Institute of Criminology (AIC) has been evaluating the Community Safety and Crime Prevention Planning process in Western Australia. This work has documented both the planning and implementation processes, and has identified both the successes of this process and areas in which communities need further support. This evaluation work aims to make recommendations that could potentially improve the delivery of the Community Safety and Crime Prevention (CSCP) Plans in Western Australia. This current work by the AIC is an extension of a previous collaboration between the AIC and the OCP that operated for two years during 2005 and 2006.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2008. 41p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2008

Country: Australia

URL:

Shelf Number: 119420

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Planning

Author: Idriss, Manar

Title: International Report 2010 Crime Prevention and Community Safety: Trends and Perspectives

Summary: This report examines the impact of migration, organized crime and substance abuse on community safety. It highlights the importance of good governance frameworks for prevention and safety, training and capacity building for different sectors of the community, and the evaluation of programmes and strategies. It also emphasizes social and education approaches to crime prevention among vulnerable populations. Providing a large panorama of prevention in the world, the Report 2010 examines in particular the impact of migration, organized crime and substance abuse on community safety. It highlights the importance of good governance frameworks for prevention and safety, training and capacity building for different sectors of the community, and the evaluation of programmes and strategies. It also emphasizes social and education approaches to crime prevention among vulnerable populations.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2010. 223p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 119293

Keywords:
Alcohol Abuse
Crime Prevention
Migration
Organized Crime
Substance Abuse

Author: Deloitte MCS Limited

Title: Northern Ireland Office - Evaluation of the Radiolink Scheme: Final Report

Summary: The strategic aim of the Radiolink Scheme is to reduce the level of business and retail crime experienced by towns, in particular, shoplifting and to reduce the fear of crime. Radiolink also seeks to deter anti-social behaviour affecting town centres. This report examines the range of evidence available to indicate the impact of introducing Radiolink on the level of retail crime and anti-social behaviour. Evalaution activity contributing to this assessment included analysis of both quantitative and qualitative data.

Details: Belfast: Deloitte MCS Limited, 2006. 98p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2006

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 119474

Keywords:
Antisocial Behavior
Commercial Crime
Crime Prevention
Crimes Against Businesses
Retail Crime
Shoplifting

Author: KPMG

Title: Independent Research into Crimes Against Businesses in Northern Ireland

Summary: The aims of this research was to better understand the problem of business related crime in Northern Ireland and how businesses, business organisations and other relevant stakeholders believe it could be tackled and reduced. The research included a literature review; a postal survey of almost 5,000 non-agricultural businesses in Northern Ireland; focus groups among non-agricultural businesses and organisations representing business; semi-structured telephone interviews with representatives from agricultural businesses; and individual interviews with a range of businesses, organisations representing business and other stakeholders.

Details: Dublin: KPMG, 2008. 95p.

Source: Internet Resource

Year: 2008

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 119508

Keywords:
Business Crime
Commercial Crimes
Crime Prevention
Retail Crime

Author: Cissner, Amanda B.

Title: Evaluating the Mentors in Violence Prevention Program: Preventing Gender Violence on a College Campus

Summary: This report presents findings from a two-year evaluation of a gender violence prevention program known as Mentors in Violence Prevention (MVP). The program was developed in 1993 at Northeastern University in Boston, Massachusetts and, in an earlier evaluation, was found to produce significant positive changes in attitudes and predicted behaviors among high school age youth. The program is based on a peer leadership model, targeting not only potential perpetrators and victims, but also seeking to empower those who might otherwise be passive bystanders to potentially violent situations. The program relies on adult staff to train youth participants (“Peer Educators”), who in turn facilitate workshops attended by larger numbers of their peers (“Workshop Participants”). This study, which was funded by the U.S. Department of Education, examines the replication of the MVP program with college fraternity and sorority members at Syracuse University. Accordingly, this study seeks to document whether the program is effective when implemented by individuals other than the original Boston-based staff, as well as whether the program can be effectively adapted for a college age population. The study includes both process and impact evaluations. The former is based on a combination of planning meeting and training session observations; interviews with program staff; and participant focus groups. The impact evaluation utilizes a quasi-experimental, pre-test/post-test survey design to measure change in the attitudes and predicted behaviors of 424 program participants, including 103 Peer Educators and 321 Workshop Participants. In addition, 396 surveys were completed by a comparison group, composed of Syracuse University fraternity and sorority members who did not participate in the program. Data provided by Syracuse University was used to estimate program impact on official reports of violence. The impact evaluation was designed to test five hypotheses: 1. Students will have less sexist attitudes after completing the MVP program. 2. Students will have an increased sense of self-efficacy—a sense that they can act to prevent gender violence—after completing the MVP program. 3. Students will attribute less sexist attitudes to their peers after completing the MVP program. 4. The impact of the MVP curriculum will be greater among Peer Educators, who receive a more intensive version of the curriculum, than among Workshop Participants. 5. Due to the limited population targeted by the MVP program, no impact is anticipated on the overall incidence of reported violence on the Syracuse University campus.

Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 78p.

Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/_uploads/documents/MVP_evaluation.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.courtinnovation.org/_uploads/documents/MVP_evaluation.pdf

Shelf Number: 119587

Keywords:
Campus Crime
Crime Prevention
Date Rape
Dating Violence
Gender Violence
Mentoring
Sexual Assault, College Campuses
Violence Against Women
Violent Crime

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G.

Title: Evaluation of Target's Safe City Initiative: Implementing Public-Private Partnerships to Address Crime in Retail Settings

Summary: This report presents results from an evaluation of the Safe City Initiative. Launched by the Target Corporation in 2003, the goal of Safe City is to partner local law enforcement with retailers and community leaders to increase public safety. The evaluation, which employed surveys of businesses, Difference-in-Differences analyses of reported crime data, and cost-benefit analyses, found increases in perceptions of safety among businesses in the designated Safe City area and cost-effective reductions in crime in two of the four sites. In one site, however, crime reductions were limited to specific crimes and coincided with increases in other types of crimes.

Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 323p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412081-safe-city-initiative.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412081-safe-city-initiative.pdf

Shelf Number: 119677

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design
Public-Private Partnerships
Retail Crime

Author: Welsh, Brandon C.

Title: Effectiveness of Public Area Surveillance for Crime Prevention: Security Guards, Place Managers and Defensible Space

Summary: This report presents a systematic review of the effects of surveillance of public spaces by security guards, place mangers and measures to stimulate so called defensible space. Studies were included in these systematic reviews if the surveillance measure in question (i.e., security guards, place managers, and defensible space) was the main focus of the intervention; if there was an outcome measure of crime; if the evaluation design was of high methodological quality, with the minimum design involving before-and-after measures of crime in experimental and comparable control areas; and if the total number of crimes in each area before the intervention was at least 20. The reviews revealed generally encouraging results across the three different types of public area surveillance. There is fairly strong and consistent evidence that the defensible space technique of street closures or barricades is effective in preventing crime in inner-city neighborhoods. Less conclusive statements can be made about the effectiveness of security guards and place managers. This has everything to do with the small number of high quality evaluations that have been carried out on these measures. In the case of security guards, the weight of the evidence suggests that it is a promising technique of formal surveillance when implemented in car parks and targeted at vehicle crimes. The surveillance technique of place managers appears to be of unknown effectiveness in preventing crime in public places. Implications for policy and research are explored.

Details: Stockholm: Brottsforebyggande radet (Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention), 2010. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2010 at: http://www.bra.se/extra/measurepoint/?module_instance=4&name=Effectiviness_of_Public_Area_Surveillance_for_Crime_Prevention.pdf&url=/dynamaster/file_archive/100309/0a3ceabb221375f51f9a82824942a662/Effectiviness%255fof%255fPublic%255fArea%255fSurveillance%255ffor%255fCrime%255fPrevention.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.bra.se/extra/measurepoint/?module_instance=4&name=Effectiviness_of_Public_Area_Surveillance_for_Crime_Prevention.pdf&url=/dynamaster/file_archive/100309/0a3ceabb221375f51f9a82824942a662/Effectiviness%255fof%255fPub

Shelf Number: 119684

Keywords:
Aggression
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design
Drug Abuse and Addiction
Drug Abuse and Crime
Methamphetamine (Australia)
Private Security
Surveillance

Author: Weisburd, David

Title: The Importance of Place in Policing: Empirical Evidence and Policy Recommendations

Summary: This monograph argues that the police can be more effective if they shift the primary concerns of policing from people to places. Such a shift is already underway in American policing where place has begun to be seen as an important focus of police crime prevention effort. But even in the U.S., people and not places remain the central concern of policing. Places in this context are specific locations within the larger social environments of communities and neighborhoods. They may be defined as buildings or addresses, block faces or street segments, or as clusters of addresses, block faces or street segments that have common crime problems. This report presents research which describes from both empirical and theoretical perspectives how the police can produce substantial crime prevention effects by directing their focus at small, well-defined locations with high levels of crime. The research findings presented in this report also strongly indicate that place-based policing of this kind can prevent crime using considerably less resources than more traditional policing methods.

Details: Stockholm: Brottsforebyggande radet (Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention), 2010. 69p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2010 at: http://www.bra.se/extra/measurepoint/?module_instance=4&name=The_importance_of_place_in_policing.pdf&url=/dynamaster/file_archive/100609/d4dd5dc1d51f6c3442a975a5f37d9ef3/The%255fimportance%255fof%255fplace%255fin%255fpolicing.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.bra.se/extra/measurepoint/?module_instance=4&name=The_importance_of_place_in_policing.pdf&url=/dynamaster/file_archive/100609/d4dd5dc1d51f6c3442a975a5f37d9ef3/The%255fimportance%255fof%255fplace%255fin%255fpolicing

Shelf Number: 119686

Keywords:
Crime Locations
Crime Prevention
Drug Trafficking
Maritime Crime (Gulf of Guinea; Africa)
Maritime Security
Organized Crime
Piracy
Policing
Public Safety
Public Spaces

Author: Loew, Cody

Title: Street Lighting in Milwaukee: An Evaluation of Street Lighting Circuit Upgrade Costs and Benefits

Summary: The City of Milwaukee is upgrading the circuitry in its street lighting system. Street light circuits are closed loops of wiring that carry electrical charges to power street lamps. Currently, most of Milwaukee’s street light circuits are series circuits. Since the late 1960s, however, the City has been replacing series circuits with more up-to-date “multiple,” or parallel, circuits in order to improve the reliability of the city’s street lights and reduce the City’s street light infrastructure maintenance expenses. The City of Milwaukee Budget and Management Division is investigating the efficiency and costs-savings of accelerating the street light upgrade project so that most or all circuit upgrades are completed within a six-year period. This study evaluates upgrading the remaining circuits according to the status quo rate and several alternative upgrade schedules by determining the costs and benefits that would accrue to the City and the general population of Milwaukee under each option. Fewer overall circuit outages and decreased outage time may also have the secondary effect of lowering the cost of crime and changing the public’s perception of crime. Although studies on the relationship between street lighting and crime and perceptions of crime draw generally positive conclusions (that lighting deters crime and perceptions of crime), the conclusions vary as to the magnitude and the nature of the effect. Appendix B discusses the available literature on the relationship between lighting and crime. Research on changes in public perception of crime after street light improvements also generally draws desirable conclusions, but because of the lack of data this factor was not included in the analyses. Though the circuit upgrade may reduce crime and the perception of crime, it is important to remember that the project will only improve street light reliability, as opposed to increasing the brightness of the lights or introducing new lights into Milwaukee neighborhoods. Moreover, while street lighting may act as a psychological deterrent to offenders, it ultimately does not provide a physical barrier to crime. For this reason, street lights are typically used in conjunction with a number of crime deterrence methods.

Details: Madison, WI: Robert M. La Follette School of Public Affairs, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2009. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2010 at: www.lafollette.wisc.edu/publications/workshops/2009/lights.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 119687

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Street Lighting

Author: Welsh, Brandon P.

Title: Effects of Improved Street Lighting on Crime

Summary: Improved street lighting serves many functions and is used in both public and private settings. The prevention of personal and property crime is one of its objectives in public space, which is the main focus of this review. There are two main theories of why improved street lighting may cause a reduction in crime. The first suggests that improved lighting leads to increased surveillance of potential offenders (both by improving visibility and by increasing the number of people on the street) and hence to increased deterrence of potential offenders. The second suggests that improved lighting signals community investment in the area and that the area is improving, leading to increased community pride, community cohesiveness, and informal social control. The first theory predicts decreases in crime especially during the hours of darkness, while the second theory predicts decreases in crime during both daytime and nighttime. Results of this review indicate that improved street lighting significantly reduces crime. This lends support for the continued use of improved street lighting to prevent crime in public space. The review also found that nighttime crimes did not decrease more than daytime crimes. This suggests that a theory of street lighting focusing on its role in increasing community pride and informal social control may be more plausible than a theory focusing on increased surveillance and increased deterrence. Future research should be designed to test the main theories of the effects of improved street lighting more explicitly, and future light.

Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2008. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review, 2008:13: Accessed September 8, 2010 at: http://campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/233/

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: http://campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/233/

Shelf Number: 119765

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Lighting
Offenses Against the Environment
Property Crime
Situational Crime Prevention
Street Crime
Third Party Policing
Wildlife Crime

Author: Unver, Ahmet

Title: People's Experience of Urban Lighting in Public Space

Summary: This thesis aims to create new perspectives in urban lighting design by discovering people’s preferences in urban lighting through an exploratory research on people’s perceptive experience of urban space at night. In this study, I aim to analyze the common approaches and methods of urban lighting design and make their critique through my research results. Primary research objectives include the evaluation of what people perceive from the urban lighting design and how they feel about the design outcomes. In order to explore people’s experience of lit urban space at night, my research comprises a survey that aims to discover people’s opinions on certain lit urban scenes collected from the city of Ankara. Urban lighting design is a discipline that emerged to improve the aesthetic quality of urban space. It has significant effects on people and consequently on urban life. However, in this discipline, exploration of people’s needs and preference is a neglected phenomenon. Therefore, this study suggests that it is necessary to review the designercentered perspective on urban lighting design and question whether existing approach to this discipline has preferable outcomes for people. Through this desearch I aim to test whether it is appropriate to pursue and carry out the existing type of lighting design, and propose new perspectives to urban lighting.

Details: Ankara, Turkey: Middle East Technical University, Graduate School of Natural and Applied Sciences, 2009. 199p.

Source: Internet Resource: www.ahmetunver.net/gths/ahmet_unver_master_thesis.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Turkey

URL:

Shelf Number: 119783

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Fear of Crime
Lighting
Urban Design

Author: Payne, Sian

Title: Evaluation of Arson Reduction Teams in Wales

Summary: This report presents the initial findings from an evaluation of the implementation of Arson Reduction Teams (ARTs) across Wales. The evaluation has looked at ongoing development and activity of the ARTs since their inception in 2005. For the purposes of the current report, the evaluation team were also asked to include a full examination of each of the ART models to inform the decision making process regarding the next steps for the Arson Reduction Teams.

Details: London: Evidence Led Solutions, 2007. 78p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.mawwfire.gov.uk/documents/performance/art/ART2007.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.mawwfire.gov.uk/documents/performance/art/ART2007.pdf

Shelf Number: 119787

Keywords:
Arson
Arsonists
Crime Prevention

Author: Victorian Law Reform Commission

Title: Surveillance in Public Places: Final Report 18

Summary: This report completes a two-stage inquiry into the widespread use of privacy invasive technologies. The first stage of our inquiry dealt with workplace privacy, while this report deals with the growing use of surveillance in public places. Public place surveillance is so extensive that it now affects the lives of nearly all Victorians. It is highly likely that our image will be captured by camera, and recorded, whenever we are walking down city streets, travelling on public transport, driving on freeways, visiting shopping centres or attending a major sporting event. People should know about these activities and appreciate that it is becoming increasingly difficult to remain anonymous in public places. The notion of blending in with the crowd is fast disappearing. The Attorney-General asked the commission to consider the interests of users of surveillance in protecting their property and providing safe places, and to balance these against the protection of privacy, autonomy and the dignity of individuals. The commission has been guided by these concerns and this report reflects the diversity of opinion regarding the use of surveillance in public places. We must seek to reap the many benefits of modern surveillance equipment while also ensuring that it is not used oppressively and unnecessarily in public places.

Details: Melbourne: Victorian Law Reform Commission, 2010. 180p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at:

Year: 2010

Country: Australia

URL:

Shelf Number: 119791

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Privacy
Public Spaces
Video Surveillance

Author: McLennan, David

Title: Displacement of Crime or Diffusion of Benefit: Evidence from the New Deal for Communities Programme

Summary: Tackling crime and the causes of crime are central policy objectives of the New Deal for Communities (NDC) Programme and the overarching U.K. National Strategy for Neighbourhood Renewal of which it is part. NDC partnerships have implemented a wide variety of interventions which have crime reduction as the principal outcome. A raft of further interventions have been implemented by NDC partnerships which have the potential to impact upon crime levels despite not having a specific crime-related principal outcome. A common concern among policy makers is that area-based crime reduction interventions simply displace criminal offences to proximate localities which are not subject to intervention. The opposite of this situation is where the positive effects of an area-based intervention ‘spill over’ into surrounding neighbourhoods thus leading to a diffusion of benefit. This paper presents the results of a project commissioned as part of the National Evaluation of the NDC Programme to test for evidence of possible displacement or diffusion effects.

Details: London: Department of Communities and Local Government, 2008. 53p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/general/NDC_Crime_Displacement.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/general/NDC_Crime_Displacement.pdf

Shelf Number: 119798

Keywords:
Crime Displacement
Crime Prevention

Author: McLean, Sarah J.

Title: Weston's Video Surveillance Project: An Outcome Evaluation

Summary: Alarming crime rates and increased fear among community members in the city of Weston prompted the adoption of this new and innovative approach to fighting crime and restoring safety to the streets. The surveillance project in Weston, a medium-size northeastern city in the United States, began several years ago with a total of five pole-, window- and building-mount cameras supported with funds from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, awarded to the Weston County District Attorney’s office. The cameras were located in an area of the city, which, at that time, was plagued with a high crime rate, particularly concentrated around drug markets. The project has expanded rapidly with support from federal, state, and private sponsors. In 2007, under the auspices of a grant award to Weston from the State, we undertook an outcome evaluation of the video surveillance project. The outcome evaluation drew primarily on police data on crime and calls for service for an analysis of the impacts of the project’s camera surveillance on crime and disorder, forming the basis for an assessment of how well the project is meeting its objectives, and of how it might better meet its objectives. This report summarizes the findings of our evaluation.

Details: Albany, NY: John F. Finn Institute for Public Safety, 2008. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://finninstitute.org/uploads/Weston's%20Video%20Surveillance%20Porject.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: United States

URL: http://finninstitute.org/uploads/Weston's%20Video%20Surveillance%20Porject.pdf

Shelf Number: 119801

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance

Author: Anne Duncan Consultancy

Title: Evaluation of the Auckland City East Community Policing Team

Summary: The Auckland East Community Policing Team (CPT) is a problem-solving team that works with community constables and local communities to identify and address issues of concern to the community. The team draws on information from Intel, local police staff, tactical meetings, other agencies and communities groups to identify problems and to decide on which issues they will focus. They work flexibly on varied shifts in order to target problem times and places. The CPT comprises a sergeant and four staff who are a mix of experienced and probationary constables. This mix provides a training ground in community policing for new staff and ensures that more senior staff are attracted to lead community policing as Field Training Officers. The evaluation of the Auckland East CPT has drawn on interviews with CPT members, other local police staff, and community stakeholders; Intel data; informal observation; and CPT weekly reports. The CPT has an on-going focus on graffiti, truancy, alcohol-related incidents, and road policing. On-going work in these areas has been complemented by targeted operations. These include: • a graffiti operation, with the Auckland City Council • two truancy operations, with schools and the Ministry of Education • public visibility and crime deterrence activity following a community survey • three controlled purchase operations • directed patrolling of selected retail areas. There is some evidence that the targeted activity is associated with a reduction in the problems identified, at least in the short term. Community stakeholders, particularly those from local government, were positive about their relationship with the CPT and believed the team was helping to raise the profile of police service in the area. The CPT has successfully complemented local community constables and other police sections, such as Youth Aid, Officers in Charge of local stations, and the Strategic Traffic Unit. Interviews with other police staff indicate that there is growing appreciation of and support for the role of the CPT.

Details: Wellington, NZ: New Zealand Police, 2009. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/evaluation/2009-10-27-Auckland-City-East-community-policing-evaluation.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/evaluation/2009-10-27-Auckland-City-East-community-policing-evaluation.pdf

Shelf Number: 119810

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Graffiti
Problem-Oriented Policing
Road Policing
Truancy

Author: Woodhams Research Associates

Title: Evaluation of the Kapiti-Mana Community Engagement Demonstration Project

Summary: In late 2007 the Kapiti-Mana Area established a team of Community Engagement Officers (CEOs) to gain the trust of the community, increase Police availability, and collaborate with agencies in the community and with other Police units to reduce crime. The CEOs: enhanced community perceptions of safety in the Porirua Central Business District (CBD), by making Police more approachable with foot patrols and visits to businesses; collaborated with community agencies in effective work with community members with mental health and alcohol issues; worked intensively with young people and their families; revitalised Neighbourhood Support in some areas; and developed strong mutually respectful relationships with a wide variety of groups in their areas. Analysis of recorded occurrences for the ‘signal’ crimes of focus in the Porirua CBD shows an increasing trend, which is likely to reflect increased community confidence in reporting crime, improved recording, and increased police activity. The main challenge for the team, supervisers, and managers is the need to improve co-operation between the team and other policing units in the Area so that the community experiences a consistent Police service.

Details: Wellington, NZ: New Zealand Police, 2009. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/evaluation/2009-10-27-Kapiti-Mana-community-policing-evaluation.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/evaluation/2009-10-27-Kapiti-Mana-community-policing-evaluation.pdf

Shelf Number: 119812

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Police-Community Relations

Author: Goldgof, Smitry B.

Title: Evaluation of Smart Video for Transit Event Detection

Summary: Transit agencies are increasingly using video cameras to fight crime and terrorism. As the volume of video data increases, the existing digital video surveillance systems provide the infrastructure only to capture, store and distribute video, while leaving the task of threat detection exclusively to human operators. The objective of this research project was to study and develop an evaluation framework for commercial video analytics systems. A state-of-the-art research literature survey was conducted. Identified strengths, weaknesses, future directions of research and state-of-the-art commercial video analytics products were surveyed. Product capabilities were identified by working together with vendors and analyzing the available literature offered by the providers. Use of analytic technology in transit agencies in Florida was analyzed. A technology survey among the largest agencies in the state indicates very low use of video analytics, significant skepticism, and poor general knowledge of the technology and its capabilities. Based on existing general evaluation frameworks, an evaluation framework for video analytics technology was developed, including annotation guidelines, scoring metrics, and implementation of the scoring metrics in the scoring software.

Details: Tampa, FL: National Center for Transit Research, Center for Urban Transportation Research, University of South Florida, 2009. 76p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.nctr.usf.edu/pdf/77807.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.nctr.usf.edu/pdf/77807.pdf

Shelf Number: 119820

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Terrorism
Transit Crime
Transit Safety
Transit Security
Video Surveillance

Author: EU Research on Social Sciences and Humanities, European Commission

Title: Insecurities in European Cities: Crime-Related Fear Within the Context of New Anxieties and Community-Based Crime Prevention

Summary: The report submitted here concludes a European research project titled: "Insecurities in European Cities. Crime-Related Fears Within the Context of New Anxieties and Community-Based Crime Prevention" (INSEC). The project was supported by the European Commission within its 5th Framework Programme (1998-2002) "Key Action: Improving the Socio-economic Knowledge base". Among the seven "Research Tasks" as they were called, the following were relevant for our own plans: Task 2: "Individual and collective strategies in a changing society", Task 4: "Towards social cohesion in Europe"; and Task 6: "Governance, citizenship and the dynamics of European integration". The scientific positioning of the study is in criminology and urban sociology and it has an applied side by involving community crime prevention and community safety, as well as an orientation to comparing cultural patterns of insecurity, anxiety and fear by the parallel study of five large European cities: Amsterdam, Budapest, Hamburg, Kraków and Vienna. Put in a sentence the research project is about insecurity of cities from the perspective of their inhabitants and what can be done about it. To obtain information both in the individual cities and for comparing them to each other, the formulation of the methods and instruments applied were standardised as far as possible. The Final Report is divided into the following sections. It begins with some initial theoretical considerations guiding and accompanying the project. They lead over into the criminological main emphasis of the study identified by the terms insecurity, anxiety and fear (II). This is followed on by expositions of the urban sociological part of the work regarding the research field „big city" (II 3.), as well as on the area of crime prevention in the cities' security policy (II 4.). There is a short presentation of the research plan and research methods in a further section (III.). There follow the compressed result summaries from all five cities, being the sole responsibility of the respective partners (IV.). A selected few of the results from the five cities were then compared in rough outline using the population surveys, the in-depth interviews with selected inhabitants of the cities (IV 7.). The Final Report ends with some considerations of the overall results and an outlook (IV 7.4. and IV 4.5.).

Details: Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, 2008. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://cordis.europa.eu/documents/documentlibrary/100124091EN6.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: Europe

URL: http://cordis.europa.eu/documents/documentlibrary/100124091EN6.pdf

Shelf Number: 119830

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Fear of Crime

Author: Choate, David E.

Title: Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed: A First Year Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Community Site in Phoenix, Arizona

Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities and interviews with key stakeholders. The impact evaluation relied on Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and call for service (CFS) data from the Phoenix Police Department (PPD) from 2002 through 2007, divided into two categories represented by a four-year “pre-test” and two-year “post-test”. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed. The impact evaluation indicated that the crime rates in the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed area experienced mixed declines and increases during the past two years of official programmatic activities when compared to the four years prior for crimes related to violent, property, drugs, and total crimes.

Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2008. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Sepptember 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/canyon-corridor-w-s-eval-final.pdf/view

Year: 2008

Country: United States

URL: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/canyon-corridor-w-s-eval-final.pdf/view

Shelf Number: 119855

Keywords:
Community Participation
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Operation Weed and Seed

Author: Schnebly, Stephen M.

Title: Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community: A Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Initiative in Glendale, Arizona

Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities. The impact evaluation relied on Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and call for service (CFS) data from the Glendale Police Department (GPD), spanning 84 months from January 2000 through December 2006, divided into two geographical categories to compare the Orchard Glen weed and Seed site and the rest of the City of Glendale. These raw frequency data were converted into monthly rates based on U.S. Census population estimates to represent the number of crimes per 100,000 people, then grouped into four categories of crime: 1) violent; 2) property; 3) drugs; and 4) disorder. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed, and that the efforts were well documented. The impact evaluation indicated that levels of violence, property crime, and disorder all declined in Orchard Glen after the implementation of the Weed and Seed program, and in conjunction with evidence that similar changes generally did not occur throughout the rest of the city of Glendale (i.e., the comparison area), these findings support the conclusion that Weed and Seed program was a likely contributor to the decline in violence, property crime, and disorder that was observed in the Orchard Glen treatment area.

Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2007. 88p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/orchard-glen-w-s-final.pdf/view

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/orchard-glen-w-s-final.pdf/view

Shelf Number: 119856

Keywords:
Community Participation
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Operation Weed and Seed

Author: MacDonald, John

Title: Neighborhood Effects on Crime and Youth Violence: The Role of Business Improvement Districts in Los Angeles

Summary: Despite declines in youth violence nationally in the past decade, incidence of youth violence and victimization — from assaults to homicide — continue to be a pressing public-safety and public-health concern. Youth violence is also a particular concern for low-income, minority communities, where poverty, family instability, and unemployment provide a fertile context for gangs and illicit drug markets. Due to public-safety and public-health effects of youth violence and the documented association between community socioeconomic conditions and violence, both public-safety and public-health officials and researchers have invested heavily in developing and examining community-level responses to youth violence. While some of these community-level approaches have shown evidence of effectiveness, they are often expensive, difficult to sustain, and hard to replicate. It is worthwhile then to consider community-level interventions and activities that might address underlying environmental conditions that facilitate youth violence rates in communities. This report examines the impact of business improvement districts (BIDs) on crime and youth violence in Los Angeles (L.A.). BIDs are self-organizing, local public-private organizations that collect assessments and invest in local-area service provisions and activities, such as place promotion, street cleaning, and public safety. Such activities can contribute to community-level attributes that might reduce crime and youth violence by increasing informal social control, reducing visible signs of disorder and blight, improving order maintenance, and providing enriched employment opportunities by facilitating overall improvements in the local business environment.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 117p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR622.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR622.pdf

Shelf Number: 113423

Keywords:
Business Improvement Districts
Crime Prevention
Gangs
Juvenile Offenders
Socioeconomic Conditions
Youth Violence

Author: Choate, David E.

Title: Kino Weed and Seed Coalition: A Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Community Site in Tucson, Arizona

Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Kino Weed and Seed Coalition, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities and focus group interviews with key stakeholders. The impact evaluation relied on call for service (CFS) data from the Tucson Police Department (TPD) from 1999 through 2005, divided into two categories represented by a three-year “pre-test” and four-year “post-test”. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Kino Weed and Seed Coalition was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed. The impact evaluation indicated that the rates of calls for service in the Kino Weed and Seed area declined significantly during the four years of official programmatic activities when compared to the three years prior for calls related to violent, property, drugs, and total crimes. Quality of life, or disorder, issues did have a slight increase during the implementation years compared to the pre-test years, but the change was not significant.

Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2006. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/kino-w-s-2006.pdf/view

Year: 2006

Country: United States

URL: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/kino-w-s-2006.pdf/view

Shelf Number: 113393

Keywords:
Community Participation
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Operation Weed and Seed

Author: Smith, Lance

Title: Cash in Transit Armed Robbery in Australia

Summary: Cash in transit (CIT) armed robbery is an offence that can cause serious stress and danger to individuals who become victims while doing their job. To compound the emotional, psychological and physical damage CIT armed robbery can cause victims, it often causes considerable financial loss to the companies targeted. CIT armed robberies have been increasing in recent years and the AIC's National Armed Robbery Monitoring Program, along with some of Australia's leading CIT companies, determined that the dynamics of this type of robbery needed to be more closely examined. Understanding the type of offender who commits CIT armed robbery will help with the development of crime prevention strategies for the CIT industry. The types of offenders who typically commit CIT armed robbery are professional offenders who have a tendency to plan the offence, study their target and carry high-powered weaponry. Considering CIT armed robbery and related crime prevention strategies from overseas is also recommended, as countries such as South Africa and the United Kingdom have had more experience in preventing this type of crime.

Details: Sydney: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2010. 6p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice, No. 397: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/8/E/3/{8E3B6B17-D5C1-4C2A-AB9F-64F5F0FDAD0C}tandi397.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/8/E/3/{8E3B6B17-D5C1-4C2A-AB9F-64F5F0FDAD0C}tandi397.pdf

Shelf Number: 119949

Keywords:
Armed Robbery
Crime Prevention

Author: Kutsuzawa, Ryuji

Title: The Impact of Crime on Housing Land Prices and the Effects of Police Boxes and Voluntary Groups on Crime Prevention in Japan

Summary: Many people now fear crime in Japan, which has had the image of being a safe country, because the crime rate has increased dramatically and the rate of crime detection has decreased at the same time. As demand for low-crime residential areas becomes stronger, low-crime rates may affect land prices in Japan. High levels of land prices may reflect the high economic value of low-crime neighborhoods. However, the Ordinary Least Square (OLS) estimate may cause a bias because the crime rate is not necessarily an exogenous determinant of land price. Therefore, in this study, we adopt the instrumental variable (IV) method, and use instrumental variables such as distance from police boxes and existence of voluntary anti-crime groups, and analyze the effects of property crime rates on residential land prices. The results show that a 10% decrease in the rate of burglaries causes an average rise in residential land prices of 1%.

Details: Nishinomiya, Japan: School of Economics, Kwansei Gakuin University, 2010. 42p.

Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No. 60: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://192.218.163.163/RePEc/pdf/kgdp60.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Japan

URL:

Shelf Number: 120041

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Property Crimes

Author: Allard, Troy

Title: The Efficacy of Strategies to Reduce Juvenile Offending

Summary: The purpose of this report was to examine the national and international research literature relating to the efficacy of a range of strategies to reduce juvenile offending. These strategies were categorised according to Tonry and Farrington’s (1995) framework of four groupings of crime prevention strategies: (i) developmental and early interventions, (ii) law enforcement and criminal justice approaches, (iii) community crime prevention, and (iv) situational crime prevention (SCP). Specifically, the Tender Document (Appendix 1, p. 167) asked the consultants to: (i) Summarise the strategies that are available to reduce juvenile offending/recidivism as identified by Tonry and Farrington (1995). (ii) Examine the key features of programs that have been implemented within each strategy. (iii) Explore the evidence base of each strategy by examining the effectiveness of programs in terms of reducing juvenile offending/recidivism. (iv) Note the cost of programs and outcomes of any cost-benefit evaluations that have been undertaken (if available). (v) Comment on the feasibility of conducting meta-analyses on the various program options. (vi) Based on available evidence, provide a summary of the effectiveness of each strategy. (vii) Where possible, provide an assessment about the effectiveness of programs for Indigenous young people. Studies included in the review were based on the researchers’ knowledge about intervention programs that had been undertaken, recent reviews that had been conducted, and a search of websites that contained some Australian evidence. Research incorporated in the review was focused on preventing juvenile offending and was scientifically robust, usually having a treatment and control group. While focus was placed on interventions that reduced juvenile offending, many interventions discussed are also likely to result in reductions in adult offending. This is not surprising given the high proportion of young people who initiate offending during their teen years which continues into adulthood. It must be acknowledged that while this review focuses on preventing the initiation of offending and recidivism, there may be other positive outcomes to intervention programs. Examining these other outcomes was beyond the scope of this review. A consistent theme throughout this report is the lack of scientifically rigorous Australian research to determine the efficacy of the interventions examined. In Chapter 1, an overview of the methodologies that have been employed to evaluate programs is provided. While systematic reviews and meta-analyses have been conducted on developmental/early intervention and criminal justice approaches, there was little evidence of the evaluations in other areas reaching the standards required for meta-analyses. For our knowledge of ‘what works’ in preventing juvenile offending and re-offending to advance, it is imperative that programs are rigorously evaluated.

Details: Mt. Gravatt, Australia: Griffith University, Justice Modelling@Griffith, 2007. 169p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2010 at: http://www.griffith.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0013/208120/Efficacy-of-Strategies-to-Reduce-JJ-Offending-2007-Report.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.griffith.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0013/208120/Efficacy-of-Strategies-to-Reduce-JJ-Offending-2007-Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 120060

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Offenders
Recidivism
Treatment Programs

Author: Blasi, Gary

Title: Has the Safer Cities Initiative in Skid Row Reduced Serious Crime?

Summary: The “Safer Cities Initiative” launched in Los Angeles’ Skid Row in September, 2006, represents one of the most intense concentrations of police resources anywhere, anytime. Although the initiative evolved from earlier plans targeting the homeless population in Skid Row, at its launch and thereafter the Safer Cities Initiative (“SCI”) was publicized as a highly successful crime reduction effort, one relying on the “broken windows” thesis. According to this theory, a crackdown on less serious violations (as in the 1,000 citations per month being written in Skid Row for littering, crosswalk violations, etc.) will lead to a reduction in more serious crime. And, indeed, crime has fallen in Skid Row. An earlier report documented the history and results of the Initiative, but raised questions about whether the observed reduction in crime was in fact the result of the SCI. Only limited data were considered, however, In order to address this question more fully, we obtained the crime report data for every serious or violent crime reported to LAPD as having occurred in LAPD’s Central Area (which includes Skid Row), between January 1, 2005 and May 21, 2008. In order to simplify statistical analysis and avoid the effects of seasonal variations in crime, we examined in detail the data regarding crimes in the year prior to the launch of SCI (September 26, 2006) and the year after. We compared the data on crimes occurring in Skid Row with those occurring in the remainder of Central Area. We found that, as to overall serious or violent crime, the reduction in crime in the SCI deployment area was not statistically significant from the reduction in the non-SCI area. When we analyzed the data for each category of crime, we found only one area of significant difference: the reduction in robberies was slightly lower in Skid Row. The size of the effect, however, was not impressive: a reduction of about 1 robbery per year for each of the 50 officers assigned to the SCI. Reducing the number of robberies by any number is a positive development. However, given that that Central Area as a whole accounts for less than 5% of the robberies in the City, and that even before SCI, Skid Row accounted for only a fraction of the robberies in Central Area, we question whether the costs of this extended deployment of officers in a 50 square block area justify the results.

Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California - Los Angeles, School of Law, 2008. 11p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://cdn.law.ucla.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/missing%20files/did_safer_cities_reduce_crime_in_skid_row.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: United States

URL: http://cdn.law.ucla.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/missing%20files/did_safer_cities_reduce_crime_in_skid_row.pdf

Shelf Number: 120069

Keywords:
Crackdowns
Crime Prevention
Homelessness
Policing
Robberies
Violent Crime

Author: Weston, Nicola

Title: Business Policing Model: Business Policing Team

Summary: This document reports key findings from research undertaken to inform the development of an evidence-based approach to the policing of business communities. Whilst the police have for a long time acknowledged that some businesses are the perpetrators and victims of crime, there has been an increasing recognition that, to date, the reality of the delivery of policing services to businesses has been rather one-dimensional. That is, the approach adopted has been largely focused upon economic crime issues and has failed to grasp the heterogeneity of the make-up of business communities and their needs. The lack of nuance and texture to the policing of business communities has been bought into particularly sharp relief when set against the developments that have occurred over recent years in relation to the policing of residential communities. Through the auspices of the national roll-out of the Neighbourhood Policing programme, there have been significant improvements in the quality of service provided to residential communities and the ability of policing agencies to understand and respond to the genuine needs of these communities. The aim of the wider action research programme of which this research study is a part is to leverage a similar step-change in the way that the policing of business communities is undertaken. The ultimate goal being to design and test a model of Business Policing that can be introduced into different situations and contexts. In the current economic climate the kinds of improvements that the Business Policing Model programme is seeking to design and test are potentially very significant. The jobs and services that businesses provide, is part of the social infrastructure that contributes to the overall vitality and well-being of communities. In preventing and responding to the crimes and disorders that businesses encounter and experience, police have a key role in shaping the environment in which businesses can develop and prosper, with the associated secondary benefits that flow from such a situation. The philosophy guiding both the empirical research and the wider programme of interventions is that the starting point for the effective policing of business communities is to understand the needs and expectations of businesses in all their varied forms. It is this sense of understanding that this report seeks to facilitate. Based upon a combination of qualitative and quantitative data collected via interviews and questionnaires with businesses of different types and sizes, ranging from large multi-national corporations through to small-medium enterprises, the analysis set out herein seeks to cover the following issues: • Current experiences of crime, disorder and policing from the perspectives of businesses of different types; • Recognising that businesses and workers may have markedly different needs and expectations; • Outline potential responses to these issues that collectively would constitute the key components of a Business Policing Model.

Details: Cardiff: Police Science Institute, Cardiff University, 2008(?). 62p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/BPM%20Research%20Phase%201.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/BPM%20Research%20Phase%201.pdf

Shelf Number: 120109

Keywords:
Business Community
Businesses and Crime
Crime Prevention
Economic Crimes
Policing

Author: Gray, Sharon

Title: Community Safety Workers: An Exploratory Study of Some Emerging Crime Prevention Occupations

Summary: Fear of crime within communities, a perceived lack of social controls or community cohesion, and the limitations of reactive or repressive approaches to crime or of the capacity of the police alone to prevent it, have all contributed to the development of new forms of community safety practices. A number of new community safety ‘professions’ or positions have emerged in recent years. These often target neighbourhoods or housing areas seen as at–risk or disadvantaged, or are employed in selected public spaces. The aim of this report is to provide a brief overview of the emergence of such community safety roles, based on examples drawn from selected countries: England and Wales, France, Belgium, Australia, and South Africa. Within each country, examples of community safety positions are examined in terms of their public policy context, job description and structure, roles and responsibilities, recruitment and training, and their monitoring and evaluation. Some of the practical and political considerations in their implementation are also touched on.

Details: Montreal: Interntional Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2006. 76p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/uploads/media/pub_183_2.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/uploads/media/pub_183_2.pdf

Shelf Number: 120137

Keywords:
Careers
Crime Prevention
Occupations

Author: Cook, Philip J.

Title: Economical Crime Control

Summary: This paper is the introductory chapter for the forthcoming NBER volume Controlling Crime: Strategies and Tradeoffs. The Great Recession has led to cuts in criminal justice expenditures, and the trend towards ever-higher incarceration rates that has been underway since the 1970s in the U.S. appears to have turned the corner. That raises the question of whether the crime drop can be sustained. State and local revenue shortfalls have engendered intense interest in cost-cutting measures that do not sacrifice public safety. We argue that there is some reason for optimism, simply because current criminal justice allocations and policies appear to be inefficient – more crime control could be accomplished with fewer resources. The crime problem is often framed as a debate between those who favor a “tough” punitive approach versus those who favor a “soft” approach that focuses on prevention or remediation programs. But the canonical economic model of crime from Becker (1968) suggests that the decision to commit crime involves a weighing of both benefits and costs, implying that both tough and soft approaches might be useful. It is ultimately an empirical question about how the marginal crime-control dollar may be most effectively deployed. The evidence presented in this edited volume suggests that a more efficient portfolio of crime-control strategies would involve greater attention to enhancing the certainty rather than the severity of punishment for criminal behavior, stimulating private-sector cooperation for controlling crime, and making strategic investments in the human capital of at-risk populations, including in particular efforts to improve the social-cognitive skills of justice-system-involved populations. To help illustrate the magnitude of the inefficiencies within the current system, the essay concludes with a thought experiment that considers how much additional crime-prevention could be obtained by reverting average sentence lengths back to 1984 levels (midway through the Reagan era) and redirecting the freed-up resources (on the order of $12 billion annually) to alternative uses.

Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 63p.

Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16513: Accessed November 8, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16513.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16513.pdf

Shelf Number: 120199

Keywords:
Costs of Crime
Costs of Criminal Justice
Crime Prevention
Economics and Crime

Author: Sagant, Valerie

Title: Violence Prevention in Guatemala

Summary: The report presents the findings of a mission to Guatemala. The aim was to conduct an assessment of violence in Guatemala to help OSI identify the main lines of action to confront the problem strategically. This report for Open Society Institute presents the main conclusions of the mission, and emphasizes the following: - Elements that could reinforce the actions of OSI and Fundacion Soros-Guatemala in the field of violence prevention; - Identification of actors who are well-positioned to pilot actions; and - Coordination methods that are considered pertinent. This report does not aim to describe the situation and the causes of violence in the country, but aims rather to propose courses of action for defining the future violence prevention strategies of OSI and Fundacion Soros-Guatemala.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2009. 34p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/uploads/media/Guatemala_Report.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Guatemala

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/uploads/media/Guatemala_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 120326

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence (Guatemala )
Violent Crime

Author: European Forum for Urban Security: Squires, P.

Title: Citizens, Cities and Video Surveillance: Towards a Democratic and Responsible Use of CCTV

Summary: Cities are becoming more crowded, offeringever more opportunities for mobility, culture and education, which in turn require a vast range of increasingly complex and costly facilities. Traffic flows overlap. A relentless commercial show-off excites the public’s desires. Round-the-clock human surveillance is no longer possible due to the high costs, but the development of electronics in the capitalisation of information and their crossover, with the provision of tools that can be either preventive or dissuasive, is leading to a general increase of the number of cameras watching over spaces dedicated to transport, public gatherings, and shopping centres. The prevention of technical incidents is the predominant reason for the installation of cameras, the images from which are both looked at directly and also, increasingly often, analysed using software. Preserving the integrity of these facilities is the second priority of these installations; misuse and intentional damage require rapid interventions for certain equipment, the functioning of which might affect thousands of people. The third motivation behind these installations is compensating for the reduction in the human workforce responsible for operating the equipment. It is for all of these reasons that our cities have become consumers of video surveillance images. The users of these images belong to both the private and public spheres. But a fourth motive has become apparent, and it brings a political twist to the debate. Thanks to CCTV cameras we can stop criminals from operating in the streets, in public spaces. This motive is borne out of a negative acknowledgement concerning the efficiency of the police services. Thus, increasing the number of cases solved would deter would-be criminals to commit a crime. This maxim for a liberalleaning criminology asserts the principle that if criminals feel certain they will be caught, then they will abstain from commiting a crime. Hence, the twofold argument used in official texts: video cameras contribute to prevention and help to arrest criminals. Perhaps, perhaps… But is it worth it? Studies do not show a clear reduction in crime: they show arrests in some criminal cases, justifying in-depth studies, but the desired mass effect has not materialised. And this is a worry. To achieve at least the second objective, and perhaps even the first, cameras need to be placed throughout the entire city because crimes are evenly spread out in urban areas. If we cross this threshold by saturating public space with cameras, we are on a slippery road towards a society of mistrust, of restrictions of liberties. These questions are being debated throughout Europe.What price do we want to pay for a society that holds security as a fundamental value? A French parliamentary report has recently been published following a series of natural disasters. Its main conclusion is that perhaps we should think about re-introducing a “culture of risk” among citizens. The triumphalism of technology has eliminated the notion of risk from the consciences of citizens. What about letting them know that despite the wonders of technology, they must continue to live in a situation of risk? Is this not the same question that could be asked with regard to crime? There is no such thing as a safe, crimeless society, and any methods that purport to eliminate all risk should be rejected by responsible citizens. The increasing number of cameras watching over public spaces infringes on our individual right to anonymity. Public authorities have a duty to justify this infringement. The European Convention on Human Rights invites us to demand such a justification. It is essential in our opinion that the methods of use of cameras and images should be clarified. Such is the aim of the work carried out by practitioners and experts with the support of the Forum.

Details: Paris: European Forum for Urban Security, 2010. 222p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2010/sep/cctv-publication.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2010/sep/cctv-publication.pdf

Shelf Number: 120327

Keywords:
Closed-Circuit Television
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance

Author: Celik, Ishak

Title: Crime Prevention Theory and Practice: An Analysis of Thefts From Vehicles at the Main Campus of the University of Cincinnati in 2006

Summary: This study applies crime prevention theories to develop possible solutions for a specific type of crime - thefts from motor vehicles- at the main campus of the University of Cincinnati (UC) in 2006. Part I of this study presents a review of the past crime prevention research. Crime prevention theories are discussed in depth throughout the first seven chapters. In Part II, a specific crime -thefts from vehicles is analyzed using crime prevention theories to develop solutions. Possible approaches to reducing thefts from autos at UC are offered in light of results.

Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2007. 116p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.isref.org/raporlar/Demonstration%20Project%20_%20Ishak%20CELIK.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: http://www.isref.org/raporlar/Demonstration%20Project%20_%20Ishak%20CELIK.pdf

Shelf Number: 120406

Keywords:
Campus Crime
Crime Prevention
Thefts from Automobiles

Author: Anderson, Zara

Title: Evaluation of the Lancashire Polycarbonate Glass Pilot Project

Summary: Glassware used in pubs, bars and nightclubs can be a major cause of injury to customers and staff. Glasses and bottles are used in 4% of all violent incidents in England and Wales and are the most common weapons used in violence occurring in drinking environments. Such violence can result in serious and sometimes fatal injury, placing major burdens on individuals and public services, including health and criminal justice agencies. Accidental breakage of glassware is also a significant cause of unintentional injury in licensed premises. One study found that, in just six months, 26% of bar workers were injured by broken glasses. A third of unintentional injuries suffered by customers in a major UK nightclub were caused by broken glass. To prevent glass-related violence, police and licensing authorities in many areas have encouraged or mandated the use of safer drinking vessels, including polycarbonate glassware (PCG) in licensed premises. Such moves have often been met with resistance by both the alcohol industry and drinkers, through concerns around negative impacts on trade and drinking experience. However, the quality of PCG has improved in recent years and little information is available on the impacts of introducing high quality PCG in licensed premises. To address this, a project was undertaken in Lancashire by police, health services and academics to provide high quality PCG to licensed premises and assess its impacts on injury, perceptions of safety and violence, and its acceptability to customers and the licensed trade.

Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2009. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=561

Year: 2009

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=561

Shelf Number: 120413

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime and Disorder (U.K.)
Assaults
Crime Prevention
Injuries

Author: U.S. Federal Trade Commission. Bureau of Economics

Title: Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009: Report on Emergency Technology for Use With ATMs

Summary: Every year millions of transactions are conducted using the nation’s estimated 400,000 automated teller machines (“ATMs”). Before, during, or after withdrawing cash from an ATM, a customer may be the target of a robbery or other violent offense. The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “Act”) mandates that the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) provide an analysis of any technology, either currently available or under development, which would allow a distressed ATM user to send an electronic alert to a law enforcement agency. In particular, the FTC was directed to evaluate the efficacy of so-called “emergency-PIN” and “alarm button” technologies by: (1) providing an estimate of the number and severity of any crimes that could be prevented by the availability of these devices; (2) estimating the costs of implementing such devices; and (3) comparing the costs and benefits of at least three types of such devices. Although FTC staff determined that the requisite data to evaluate the efficacy of these technologies are not available, staff nevertheless conducted a review based on other materials to provide a sense of the value of the technology. FTC staff reviewed various ATM trade press reports and academic studies and contacted a range of entities – several government agencies, a number of major, private financial institutions, other firms, trade associations involved with ATMs and ATM security, and suppliers of the technologies – that staff believed to be most likely to have relevant data on ATM crimes and security technologies. None of these sources, however, provided data that would permit the analyses specified by the Act. Most fundamental, FTC staff learned that emergency-PIN technologies have never been deployed at any ATMs, and alarm buttons have been deployed only at very few ATMs. None of the information collected indicated that any similar technology is currently in use for a distressed customer to electronically alert local law enforcement. FTC staff found that data on ATM-related crimes and the costs of these emergency technologies – whether from government or private sources – are very limited and are inadequate for a rigorous analysis. The information staff received and staff’s review of the state-level legislative history relating to these issues, however, raise questions about whether the benefits of emergency-PIN or alarm button technologies would exceed the associated costs of implementation for most ATM-related crimes. The available information suggests that emergency-PIN and alarm button devices: (1) may not halt or deter crimes to any significant extent; (2) may in some instances increase the danger to customers who are targeted by offenders and also lead to some false alarms (although the exact magnitude of these potential effects cannot be determined); and (3) may impose substantial implementation costs, although no formally derived cost estimates of implementing these technologies are currently available. The anecdotal evidence that the staff relied upon, however, does not allow for any definitive conclusions regarding the efficacy of the reviewed emergency-PIN or alarm button systems to affect ATM crimes.

Details: Washington, DC: Federal Trade Commission, 2010. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2010 at: http://www.ftc.gov/os/2010/05/100504creditcardreport.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.ftc.gov/os/2010/05/100504creditcardreport.pdf

Shelf Number: 120592

Keywords:
ATM Crimes
Automated Teller Machines
Crime Prevention
Financial Crimes
Robberies

Author: Faisandier, Sally

Title: Informing the Development of the Priority Offenders Initiative in New Zealand: A Synthesis of Relevant Literature

Summary: As a crime reduction strategy the Priority Offenders Initative in New Zealand aims to address the root causes of offending for an identified group of offenders (referred to as priority offenders) who are particularly persistent and/or prolific in the nature of their offending. The initiative is still at an early stage of development. This report presents a summary of the literature from England and Wales about crime reduction strategies with priority offenders. New Zealand literature is used to describe the co-ordinated case management approach that is proposed for the New Zealand Priority Offenders Initiative.

Details: Wellington, NZ: New Zealand Ministry of Justice, 2008. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.justice.org.nz/policy/crime-prevention/documents/priority-offenders/POI%20lit%20synthesis.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: http://www.justice.org.nz/policy/crime-prevention/documents/priority-offenders/POI%20lit%20synthesis.pdf

Shelf Number: 120631

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Habitual Offenders
Persistent Offenders
Rehabilitation

Author: Shaw, Margaret

Title: Handbook on the Crime Prevention Guidelines: Making Them Work

Summary: All countries experience crime, violence and victimization. This may lead to some of the following situations: countries with high proportions of young men who are killed before they become adults; societies with families who lose a parent or have members in prison, who are living in poverty and without access to support or legitimate sources of income; neighbourhoods experiencing gang wars or where there seems to be little public protection and security; women who are subjected to violence in their homes, or who are at risk of sexual assault in public spaces; neighbourhoods where levels of crime and insecurity have led businesses and families to cut themselves off from other citizens and public life behind gates and using private security; and migrants and minority groups living in dilapidated and isolated areas or informal settlements and subject to racial harassment and victimization. All countries strive to ensure safety and security for their citizens and to increase the quality of their lives. The guidelines on crime prevention developed by the United Nations incorporate and build on years of experience and experiments in responding to these problems. Such experience has shown that countries can build safer communities using practical, concrete approaches that are very different from, and less costly than repressive and deterrent reactions and responses. The present Handbook is one of a series of practical tools developed by the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) to support countries in the implementation of the standards and norms in crime prevention and criminal justice. These standards and norms support the rule of law, human rights and a culture of lawfulness through the development of crime prevention and criminal justice reform. The Handbook can be used in a variety of contexts, including as part of UNODC technical assistance and capacity-building projects, whether as a reference document or a training tool. A number of companion projects already exist, including the Crime Prevention Assessment Tool, and the Handbook on Planning and Action for Crime Prevention in Southern Africa and the Caribbean Regions. The Handbook offers a concise overview of the main considerations to be taken into account in planning and implementing crime prevention strategies and interventions. It also recognizes that there are some major differences between regions and countries in terms of the challenges posed by crime and victimization and the importance of adapting programmes to local contexts. The main emphasis is on how crime prevention strategies based on the guidelines developed by the United Nations can be entrenched and sustained over time.

Details: Vienna: UNODC, 2010. 115p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/crimeprevention/10-52410_Guidelines_eBook.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/crimeprevention/10-52410_Guidelines_eBook.pdf

Shelf Number: 120712

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Reform

Author: European Forum for Urban Security

Title: Citizens, Cities and Video Surveillance: Towards a Democratic and Responsible Use of CCTV

Summary: Cities are becoming more crowded, offering ever more opportunities for mobility, culture and education, which in turn require a vast range of increasingly complex and costly facilities. Traffic flows overlap. A relentless commercial show-off excites the public’s desires. Round-the-clock human surveillance is no longer possible due to the high costs, but the development of electronics in the capitalisation of information and their crossover, with the provision of tools that can be either preventive or dissuasive, is leading to a general increase of the number of cameras watching over spaces dedicated to transport, public gatherings, and shopping centres. The prevention of technical incidents is the predominant reason for the installation of cameras, the images from which are both looked at directly and also, increasingly often, analysed using software. Preserving the integrity of these facilities is the second priority of these installations; misuse and intentional damage require rapid interventions for certain equipment, the functioning of which might affect thousands of people. The third motivation behind these installations is compensating for the reduction in the human workforce responsible for operating the equipment. It is for all of these reasons that our cities have become consumers of video surveillance images. The users of these images belong to both the private and public spheres. But a fourth motive has become apparent, and it brings a political twist to the debate. Thanks to CCTV cameras we can stop criminals from operating in the streets, in public spaces. This motive is borne out of a negative acknowledgement concerning the efficiency of the police services. Thus, increasing the number of cases solved would deter would-be criminals to commit a crime. This maxim for a liberal-leaning criminology asserts the principle that if criminals feel certain they will be caught, then they will abstain from commiting a crime. Hence, the twofold argument used in official texts: video cameras contribute to prevention and help to arrest criminals. Perhaps, perhaps... But is it worth it? Studies do not show a clear reduction in crime: they show arrests in some criminal cases, justifying in-depth studies, but the desired mass effect has not materialised. And this is a worry. To achieve at least the second objective, and perhaps even the first, cameras need to be placed throughout the entire city because crimes are evenly spread out in urban areas. If we cross this threshold by saturating public space with cameras, we are on a slippery road towards a society of mistrust, of restrictions of liberties. These questions are being debated throughout Europe. What price do we want to pay for a society that holds security as a fundamental value? A French parliamentary report has recently been published following a series of natural disasters. Its main conclusion is that perhaps we should think about re-introducing a “culture of risk” among citizens. The triumphalism of technology has eliminated the notion of risk from the consciences of citizens. What about letting them know that despite the wonders of technology, they must continue to live in a situation of risk? Is this not the same question that could be asked with regard to crime? There is no such thing as a safe, crimeless society, and any methods that purport to eliminate all risk should be rejected by responsible citizens. The increasing number of cameras watching over public spaces infringes on our individual right to anonymity. Public authorities have a duty to justify this infringement. The European Convention on Human Rights invites us to demand such a justification. It is essential in our opinion that the methods of use of cameras and images should be clarified. Such is the aim of the work carried out by practitioners and experts with the support of the Forum.

Details: Paris: European Forum for Urban Security, 2010. 113p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2010/sep/cctv-publication.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2010/sep/cctv-publication.pdf

Shelf Number: 120887

Keywords:
CCTV
Crime Prevention
Public Space
Video Surveillance

Author: Heinonen, Justin A.

Title: Measuring How Much Criminologists Know About Crime: Using Environmental Criminology to Assess Our Knowledge of Crime Events

Summary: Understanding crime events is critical to theory and practice. Increasingly, some criminologists have pointed to the utility of understanding crime events for understanding both offenders and how crime can be prevented. Nevertheless, there remains today a strong bias toward studying offenders in criminological research even though research indicates that criminological knowledge of the causes of criminality is highly problematic (Weisburd and Piquero, 2008). So there is reason to suspect that criminologists may also know little about crime events. A handful of studies have tried to shed light on this suspicion, but these studies are limited. To directly address this concern, I developed an assessment process that is systematic, replicable and theory-driven to measure what we do and do not know about specific crime events. I used this process to review studies of residential burglary and personal robbery from nine journals over 30 years to answer three research questions: How much do criminologists know about these crime events? Are certain journals more useful for understanding them? And, to what extent do criminologists study specific burglary and robbery events? In response to the first question, my findings suggest that criminologists know very little about these crime events, as compared to what theory would expect them to know. In response to the second question, my findings suggest that environmental criminology journals, compared to traditional criminology journals, are more likely to publish crime event studies. And in response to the third question, my findings suggest that criminologists seldom study specific burglary and robbery events, and show few signs of changing. I discuss the limitations of my findings and their implications for research and policy.

Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 130p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1288974887

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1288974887

Shelf Number: 120830

Keywords:
Crime Events
Crime Prevention
Environmental Criminology

Author: Payne, Troy C.

Title: Does Changing Ownership Change Crime? An Analysis of Apartment Ownership and Crime in Cincinnati.

Summary: Crime at multi-family dwellings is an ongoing concern. Using concepts from environmental criminology, this dissertation adapts Madensen's (2007) model of bar place management to apartments. One aspect of this model, the relationship between ownership change of an apartment building and crime, is examined. I found that while about half of apartments change ownership during the period 2002-2009, serial ownership change is rare. Crime is heavily concentrated among apartments, with over half of crime occurring at just 10% of apartments – and these extreme values of crime tend to drive the multivariate analysis. Ownership change and crime are associated with each other in a feedback system. Ownership change is more likely at apartments with a history of past crime, and ownership change is associated with a 10% increase in future crime counts. Neighborhood context has a complex relationship with significant variation between neighborhoods in both crime counts and in the relationship between ownership change and crime. In some neighborhoods, ownership change and crime are positively related; in other neighborhoods, the relationship is negative. Even though my findings are sensitive to extreme values, methodology and model selection decisions, it is apparent that ownership change could be an important intervention point for crime prevention. Interventions such as landlord training should be targeted at high crime apartments which change ownership, while recognizing that the overwhelming majority of apartments and apartment owners have zero crime.

Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 137p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1288968354

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1288968354

Shelf Number: 120998

Keywords:
Apartments
Crime Prevention
Environmental Criminology
Housing
Place Management

Author: Dossetor, Kym

Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis and Its Application to Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice Research

Summary: Cost-benefit analysis is one of a number of ways of measuring the impact and effectiveness of crime prevention programs and has been used by governments in Australia and elsewhere to determine the utility of a given program or intervention. In essence, cost-benefit analysis is an analytical tool that compares the total costs of an intervention or program against its total expected benefits; it assists in answering the question ‘has the money been well spent?’. Application of cost-benefit analysis within the criminal justice system and the crime prevention field is increasingly being embraced, although to date, most work has been undertaken in the United Kingdom and the United States. By comparison, relatively few cost-benefit analyses have been completed within Australia in these fields. In this report, a description is provided of when and how such analyses of crime prevention programs have been used and a number of cost-benefit analyses are reviewed, using a tool developed to assess the merit of cost-benefit analysis. It is noteworthy that a number of the programs that have shown a reduction in the risk of crime have not been developed by criminologists or law enforcement personnel, nor has crime prevention been the primary objective. Rather, a crime prevention effect has occurred as part of a suite of positive outcomes. For policymakers, cost-benefit analysis can be an important tool that informs policy decisions around program continuation, expansion or cessation. For practitioners, knowledge that programs are achieving their intended goals can assist program managers in future program development and may help to justify program expenditure. This report improves our understanding of the application of cost-benefit analysis and provides ways in which to make this important analytical tool more responsive and effective, which will help to ensure sustained investment in quality crime justice and crime prevention programs.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2011. 57p.

Source: Internet Resource: Technical and Background Paper No. 42: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/A/4/F/%7BA4FA76DE-535E-48C1-9E60-4CF3F878FD8D%7Dtbp042.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/A/4/F/%7BA4FA76DE-535E-48C1-9E60-4CF3F878FD8D%7Dtbp042.pdf

Shelf Number: 121062

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention

Author: Rhoades, Philip W.

Title: Weed and Seed Evaluation: A Report for The Weed and Seed Program, Park and Recreation Department, City of Corpus Christi

Summary: This report describes the findings of an evaluation of the Weed and Seed Program of the City of Corpus Christi. The Weed and Seed Program is managed by the Park and Recreation Department and is aided by an advisory board of citizens. The Weed and Seed Program is operated in two sites located in the west-central part of the City. In 1994, the City of Corpus Christi began preparation for implementation of the Weed and Seed project. The first target site for the program was officially defined in 1996 and the “weed” aspects of the program began. As defined by the Weed and Seed Staff to the Evaluation Team, Site I is bounded on the east by IH-37 and North Staples and on the west by Omaha and Baldwin Streets. It extends from the beginning of residential areas on the north next to the port area to Agnes Street on the south. In 1997, the second target site for the Weed and Seed program was officially defined and funding was received to establish “seed” programs. This site was defined to the Evaluation Team as being bounded by Baldwin-Airport-Greenwood-Horne-Old Brownsville on the west, Brownlee and South Staples on the east, Agnes on the north, and Saratoga Boulevard on the South. One neighborhood to the west of Old Brownsville Road and north of Bear Lane was included in Site II. Actual programming for the “seed” aspects of the project began in 1998. Initial negotiations to begin the present evaluation began in the fall of 2000. The actual contract and evaluation itself began in March 2001. Data collection for the indicators began at that time and extended through September 2001. The survey of residents occurred in June and July 2001. The evaluation and this report were divided into two parts. First, the evaluation examined the general goals of the Weed and Seed Program in relationship to indicators derived from official government sources of data. The Weed and Seed staff indicated that the Program’s objectives included the a. reduction of crime and juvenile delinquency, b. reduction of child abuse, c. improvement of academic performance, and d. improvement of economic conditions. These objectives were examined by indicators of crime, delinquency, child abuse, academic performance, and economic conditions. Second, the Program was examined in the light of a public opinion survey conducted by phone and in-person. The survey was administered only within the two sites. It contained questions concerning citizen’s satisfaction with their neighborhood, perceptions and experience with crime, perceptions of police services, opinions and evaluations of services in the neighborhood, and knowledge and evaluation of specific Weed and Seed funded programs. For much of the survey data, no base-lines are available for comparison. Thus, much of the results reported here must be seen as creating that base-line for future comparisons in later evaluation efforts.

Details: Corpus Christi, TX: Texas A&M University, 2002. 93p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://ssrc.tamucc.edu/PublicationsOther/weed%20seed%202002%20report.pdf

Year: 2002

Country: United States

URL: http://ssrc.tamucc.edu/PublicationsOther/weed%20seed%202002%20report.pdf

Shelf Number: 121207

Keywords:
Child Abuse, Prevention of
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Economic Conditions and Crime
Neighborhoods and Crime
Weed and Seed Program (Texas)

Author: Kooi, Brandon R.

Title: Theft of Scrap Metal

Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of scrap metal theft and reviewing factors that increase its risk. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local scrap-metal theft problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about these responses from evaluative research and police practice. While stolen precious metals include gold and silver—commonly targeted in residential burglaries — for the purposes of this guide, scrap metal theft includes mainly stolen copper, aluminum, brass, zinc, nickel, platinum, and bronze. These metals have value only when sold to a scrap metal dealer who arranges for the metal to be melted and reshaped for other uses. By contrast, gold and silver commonly have intrinsic value, either to the thief or to someone else who values the metal in its original shape. Scrap metal theft is but one of the larger set of theft and sale of stolen property problems. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms scrap metal theft causes.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 70p.

Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police
Problem-Specific Guides Series
No. 58; Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/metal_theft.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/metal_theft.pdf

Shelf Number: 121210

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Metal Theft
Problem-Oriented Policing
Stolen Property
Theft Offenses

Author: World Bank. Department of Finance, Private Sector and Infrastructure - Latin American Region

Title: A Resource Guide for Municipalities: Community Based Crime and Violence Prevention in Urban Latin America

Summary: Crime and violence have risen dramatically in Latin America in recent decades and are now recognized as serious threats to economic and social stability, particularly in urban areas. The economic costs of crime and violence represent a 14% loss in the region’s GDP. There are four types of costs associated with crime and violence: direct /indirect costs, such those spent on the criminal justice system and incarceration; non-monetary costs, meaning the non-economic detriments on victims; economic multiplier effects, which measure the macroeconomic effects on the country and labor market; and social multiplier effects, meaning the erosion of social capital and quality of life. The purpose of this Resource Book, financed by the Government of the Netherlands through the Bank-Netherlands Partnership Program (BNPP), is to provide mayors of Latin American countries with information on how to design violence and crime reduction programs. It brings together information on best practice principles, step-by-step approaches, and examples of international municipal crime and violence prevention and reduction strategies. The approach adopted by this guide combines law enforcement with social prevention and situational prevention. Effective local government action requires cooperation of all different municipal sectors, civil society organizations, and higher levels of government.

Details: Washington DC: World Bank, 2003. 80p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://vle.worldbank.org/bnpp/files/TF053945ResourceGuideENG_0.pdf

Year: 2003

Country: Central America

URL: http://vle.worldbank.org/bnpp/files/TF053945ResourceGuideENG_0.pdf

Shelf Number: 121282

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Situational Crime Prevention
Urban Violence (Latin America and Caribbean)
Violent Crime

Author: Vellani, Karim H.

Title: Crime Analysis for Problem Solving Security Professionals in 25 Small Steps

Summary: This manual shows security professionals how to select and implement appropriate countermeasures to reduce the opportunities for the everyday crimes that are the most common threats to assets and targets that security professionals must protect. Drawing on problem-oriented policing and situational crime prevention the manual is essential reading for security professionals, facility managers, risk managers, property managers, and as well for both public and private police who are concerned with everyday crime problems in business settings.

Details: Houston, TX: Karim H. Vellani, 2010. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.popcenter.org/library/reading/pdfs/crimeanalysis25steps.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.popcenter.org/library/reading/pdfs/crimeanalysis25steps.pdf

Shelf Number: 121361

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Private Security
Problem-Oriented Policing
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: Te Puni Kōkiri, the Ministry for Māori Development

Title: Māori Designed, Developed and Delivered Initiatives to Reduce Māori Offending and Re-offending

Summary: This report covers the proceedings of the wānanga (conference) hosted by Te Puni Kōkiri 24 June 2010 Brentwood Hotel Wellington. The purpose of the wānanga was primarily an opportunity to share the learning from Māori designed, developed and delivered initiatives with policy analysts and others working to address the drivers of crime and with an interest in reducing the over-representation of Māori in the criminal justice system. The impetus for this work began three or four years ago when the former government was concerned about high rates of Māori imprisonment. It became clear that Māori wanted an opportunity to design, develop and deliver initiatives themselves to address the problems leading to high levels of imprisonment. The way policy development works is premised on research evidence but there is little evidence-based information on what works for Māori. Most of the evidence that informs what is designed for Government is from overseas and not based on actual Māori experience. It is important to look at how Māori see the world and the solutions that Māori design for their communities. Māori tend to develop initiatives based on hypotheses, but do not have the resources to research them or fully evaluate them. They then find that government funders say that there is no evidence to support the initiatives. However, in practice there is much to be learnt from Māori designed, developed and delivered initiatives and early evaluations have shown promising results.

Details: Wellington, NZ: New Zealand Government, 2010. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2011 at: http://www.tpk.govt.nz/en/in-print/our-publications/publications/maori-designed-developed-and-delivered-initiatives-to-reduce-maori-offending-and-re-offending/download/tpk-reduceoffend-2010-en.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.tpk.govt.nz/en/in-print/our-publications/publications/maori-designed-developed-and-delivered-initiatives-to-reduce-maori-offending-and-re-offending/download/tpk-reduceoffend-2010-en.pdf

Shelf Number: 121499

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Indigenous Peoples (New Zealand)
Minority Groups
Prisoners
Recidivism
Reoffending

Author: Bandyopadhyay, Siddhartha

Title: An Analysis of Crime and Crime Policy

Summary: Crime and crime policy are never far from the public policy domain. There is heated debate among politicians, policy makers, law enforcement officers and the general public about what is the best approach for tackling crime. Even within the same political party there is disagreement. For example, in what was his first major speech since he took office, the Justice Secretary Ken Clarke said prison was often ‘a costly and ineffectual approach that fails to turn criminals into law-abiding citizens’. He went on to talk about the need to address the underlying causes (economic and sociological) of criminal behaviour. This view was immediately contested by his fellow Conservative and former Home Secretary Michael Howard (who said he stood by his long standing view that ‘prison works’). In this note, I try to provide an analysis of some empirical findings on what deters crime based on some recent research in which I have been involved. I then go on to point out what we don’t know and point out fresh challenges that law enforcement may face from deep budget cuts and having to comply with EU legislation. In the concluding section, I summarize our findings and touch briefly on complementary methods of crime fighting such as citizen reporting which have not been rigorously examined. Although this analysis does not provide an overview of recent work in the economics of crime (that would fill an entire book!), it explains some key issues of my recent research.

Details: London: CIVITAS: Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2011. 11p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/crimepolicyMarch2011.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/crimepolicyMarch2011.pdf

Shelf Number: 121566

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Policy (U.K.)
Criminal Justice Reform

Author: Liberman, Akiva

Title: Strategic Plan for a Collaborative Neighborhood-Based Crime Prevention Initiative

Summary: Neighborhoods vary in their experiences of crime and victimization. The reasons include both immediate and long-term factors associated with crime. Neighborhoods vary in the ongoing levels of problem behavior, including crime, the presence of gangs or crews, and the availability and/or visibility of drugs. Neighborhoods also vary in the presence of risky circumstances that might lead to crime, such as the number of unsupervised and idle youth, in the number of unemployed residents, in the levels of physical and social disorder on the streets, and in opportunities for theft. Neighborhoods also vary in their levels of protective factors including opportunities for positive recreational opportunities for youth, in the resources available to combat crime and disorder, and in informal social control and supervision. This combination of immediate and long-term factors suggests a promising approach to reduce and prevent crime at the neighborhood level which would combine e orts to address short-term and long-term factors. E orts to suppress crime in the short term would be combined with e orts to address risk factors for crime in the longer term, through the provision of services, the remediation of neighborhood neglect, and e orts to improve youth developmental outcomes and increase human and social capital. Suppression e orts would be led by law enforcement and other justice agencies, while e orts to prevent crime through the reduction in its risk factors and increase in protective factors would be led by human service agencies. This report is a strategic plan for a collaborative neighborhood-based crime prevention initiative (NCPI) that combines suppression by law enforcement with intervention and prevention through social services to address risk factors for crime, and is guided by analysis of data on crime and neighborhood risk factors.

Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412331-strategic-plan-collaborative-NCPI.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412331-strategic-plan-collaborative-NCPI.pdf

Shelf Number: 121587

Keywords:
Community Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime

Author: Kole, Olaotse John

Title: An Examination of Security Measures for the Protection of Petrol Stations: An Anslysis of Case Studies in Gauteng

Summary: Security measures need to be put in place in order to deal with any security weaknesses that might occur or be observed. Care should be taken when addressing any crime or loss problem in any organisation, in this research study more specifically: petrol stations. It is clear that because of their diverse locations petrol stations have different levels of risks, e.g. low, medium and/or high risks. The study explored many issues including, among the others: security measures; petrol stations’ busiest times; vulnerable assets at petrol stations.

Details: Pretoria, South Africa: University of South Africa, 2010. 226p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 5, 2011 at: http://uir.unisa.ac.za/handle/10500/3847

Year: 2010

Country: South Africa

URL: http://uir.unisa.ac.za/handle/10500/3847

Shelf Number: 121654

Keywords:

Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design
Fuel Theft
Gasoline Stations
Petrol Theft
Security
Theft (South Africa)

Author: Shields, Danielle

Title: Auto Theft in Nevada, 1994-2008

Summary: Motor vehicle theft involves the unlawful theft or attempted theft of a self-propelled vehicle that runs on land surfaces and not on rails (FBI, 2008). Nationally, nearly 1 million motor vehicles were stolen in 2008, totaling over $6 billion in losses (FBI, 2008). Efforts to control motor vehicle theft have primarily focused on making it more difficult to steal vehicles (e.g., by installing car alarms, ignition “kill switches”, and GPS tracking systems), redesigning physical spaces where vehicles are located (e.g., better lighting, security checkpoints), and increasing the number of law enforcement programs designed to catch these offenders. This state data brief describes the patterns of motor vehicle theft in Nevada and compares them to national trends. It examines the prevalence of motor vehicle thefts over time, the different types of motor vehicle theft and their characteristics, and the profile of persons arrested for this crime. This report also describes motor vehicle anti-theft strategies that have been enacted by law enforcement in Nevada.

Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada - Las Vegas, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2010. 4p.

Source: Internet Resource: State Data Brief: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Auto%20Theft/Auto%20Theft%20v4.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Auto%20Theft/Auto%20Theft%20v4.pdf

Shelf Number: 121744

Keywords:
Automobile Theft (Nevada)
Crime Prevention
Motor Vehicle Theft

Author: Koh, Robin

Title: Prediction, Detection, and Proof: An Integrated Auto-ID Solution to Retail Theft

Summary: Theft is a serious problem in North America costing retailers and manufacturers at least $25 Billion per year. For the past ten years, there has been no change in the rate of theft. This lack of improvement traces in part to current technologies that are not fully integrated. Auto-ID lays the foundation for developing applications to predict, prevent, detect and resolve theft within the supply chain; providing a comprehensive solution. Practical applications of the technology will occur within the next five years. These first steps will lead to other applications of Auto-ID including efficient transfers between companies and the reduction of diversion.

Details: Cambridge, MA: Auto-ID Center, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2003. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.autoidlabs.org/uploads/media/MIT-AUTOID-WH022.pdf

Year: 2003

Country: United States

URL: http://www.autoidlabs.org/uploads/media/MIT-AUTOID-WH022.pdf

Shelf Number: 122132

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Employee Theft
Retail Crime
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: Beck, Adrian

Title: The Impact and Control of Shrinkage at Self-Scan Checkouts: An ECR Europe White Paper

Summary: This study aimed to contribute to the debate concerning the potential impact self-scan checkouts may have on retail shrinkage. It adopted a multi-method approach: retailer case studies, a survey of self-scan supervisors, and interviews with self-scan technology companies, loss prevention practitioners and product protection providers. Key findings are: • Limited evidence from the retail case studies suggested that the introduction of self-scan technologies had little or no impact on levels of shrinkage. One retailer found that manned checkouts operators are three times more likely to not scan an item than a customer using self scan. • A survey of 955 self-scan supervisors did not identify widespread concerns about customers abusing this system, with the majority not having caught anybody stealing through this method nor suggesting that the non-scanning of items was widespread. • The research identified the need for retailers to create ‘zones of control’ within which self-scan checkouts operate to ensure that potential thieves perceive it to be both difficult to steal and that it was highly likely that if they did offend, they would be caught. • These zones of control should be created through careful design (where possible creating a separate self-scan space, controlling the movement of customers and limiting means of entrance and exit) and generating overt forms of surveillance (supervisors and other staff constantly being highly visible and near to customers; the use of CCTV and public view monitors and technological monitoring through till-based alerts and alarms). • Where possible one supervisor should be responsible for a maximum of four self-scan checkouts – this maximises their ability to be vigilant and to effectively respond to customer queries and system alarms and alerts. • Certain elements of self-scan systems should be reviewed, including: o the number of alerts generated compared with the ability of staff to act as ‘guardians of control’; identification of products that persistently create scanning problems for customers (barcode not reading) and ameliorative action taken (either by the retailer or through negotiation with the product manufacturer); review of location of the receipt function; improved customer notification of change, including location of scoop; review of loose item description interface; and how discount vouchers are handled and verified. • Training of self-scan supervisors is critical – they need to be aware of the importance of maintaining vigilance and keeping in close proximity to customers. They also need to be aware of all the well-known self-scan scams. • The providers of product protection equipment need to work much more closely with the manufacturers of self-scan technologies to ensure that the current problems being experienced with devices such as EAS tags (false alarms because customers are not deactivating tags consistently) can be addressed. • There is a need for further research to understand the level of losses being experienced through traditional checkouts to better understand whether the levels of loss are similar or indeed higher than those occurring through self-scan checkouts. • The emerging nature of self-scan technology and the growing public acceptance of, and familiarity with, suggests that this subject should be reviewed in years to come to see if levels of abuse are the same level.

Details: Brussels: ECR Europe Shrinkage Group, 2011. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 26, 2011 at: www.gs1ie.org/attachment/1015

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 122153

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Retail Crime
Shoplifting
Theft

Author: Johnson, Rucker

Title: How Much Crime Reduction Does the Marginal Prisoner Buy?

Summary: We present new evidence on the effect of aggregate changes in incarceration on changes in crime that accounts for the potential simultaneous relationship between incarceration and crime. Our principal innovation is that we develop an instrument for future changes in incarceration rates based on the theoretically predicted dynamic adjustment path of the aggregate incarceration rate in response to a shock (from whatever source) to prison entrance or exit transition probabilities. Given that incarceration rates adjust to permanent changes in behavior with a dynamic lag (given that only a fraction of offenders are apprehended in any one period), one can identify variation in incarceration that is not contaminated by contemporary changes in criminal behavior. We isolate this variation and use it to tease out the causal effect of incarceration on crime. Using state level data for the United States covering the period from 1978 to 2004, we find crime-prison elasticities that are considerably larger than those implied by OLS estimates. For the entire time period, we find average crime-prison effects with implied elasticities of between -0.06 and -0.11 for violent crime and between -0.15 and -0.21 for property crime. We also present results for two sub-periods of our panel: 1978 to 1990 and 1991 to 2004. Our IV estimates for the earlier time period suggest much larger crime-prison effects, with elasticity estimates consistent with those presented in Levitt (1996) who analyzes a similar time period yet with an entirely different identification strategy. For the latter time period, however, the effects of changes in prison on crime are much smaller. Our results indicate that recent increases in incarceration have generated much less bang-per-buck in terms of crime reduction.

Details: Berkeley, CA: Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~ruckerj/johnson_raphael_crimeincarcJLE.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~ruckerj/johnson_raphael_crimeincarcJLE.pdf

Shelf Number: 122415

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Deterrence
Imprisonment (U.S.)

Author: Ledbury Research

Title: Counterfeiting Luxury: Exposing the Myths. 2nd ed.

Summary: Building on the findings of the 2006 Edition of Counterfeiting Luxury: Exposing the Myths Report, our 2007 edition probes further into the impact that counterfeit and look-alike products has on luxury brands in the UK. Based on the results of an extensive survey of over 2,000 consumers and a number of focus groups, this report reviews what changes have taken place over the last 12 months in terms of purchasing drivers and attitudes of consumers of counterfeit and look-alike goods and provides guidance to brand owners as to how to change consumer behaviour.

Details: London: Davenport Lyons, 2007. 30p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2011 at: http://www.a-cg.org/guest/pdf/Counterfeiting_Luxury_2007_Report.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.a-cg.org/guest/pdf/Counterfeiting_Luxury_2007_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 122472

Keywords:
Consumer Fraud
Counterfeit Goods
Counterfeiting
Crime Prevention

Author: Arias, Enrique Desmond

Title: Introductory Handbook on Policing Urban Space

Summary: Over the past 20 years, Governments and civic actors have focused substantially on the question of crime and urban law enforcement efforts. It has come to be recognized that crime is unevenly distributed throughout the world. In certain countries, such as Guatemala, the homicide rate is higher than 30 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants, whereas in many other countries, including in Western Europe or South- East Asia, it is more than 10 times lower. Important disparities are also observed between and within regions: in Africa, Egypt, Mauritius and Morocco have homicide rates that are lower than 3 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants, far lower than those in South Africa. Discrepancies can also be significant within the same country. In Colombia, for example, the city of Tunja (population 150,000) has a rate of 7 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants, compared with 128 per 100,000 inhabitants in the city of San José del Guaviare (population 50,000). Finally, within the same city, homicide rates can vary significantly from one neighbourhood to another. In Rio de Janeiro, for example, rates vary from 2 to 12 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants, depending on the neighbourhood. A recent statistical report of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) shows stable or decreasing global homicide trends over the period 2003-2008 for the majority of countries for which data is available in the Americas, Asia, Europe and Oceania. Exceptions to the trend include a number of Caribbean and Central and South American countries, including Belize, Guatemala, Honduras, Jamaica and Venezuela (Bolivarian Republic of), which show significant increases in homicide rates. Research suggests that this may be due, in part, to increases in transnational organized crime, illicit drug trafficking and gang activity. In addition, a slight increase was seen between 2007 and 2008 in a few countries in Europe, demonstrating a need for continued vigilance and effective crime prevention action. Unfortunately, data for a number of countries in Africa and in parts of Asia are not robust enough to provide a clear picture for a useful analysis. Intentional homicide (the intentional killing of one person by another) is one of the most serious forms of crime and a key indicator of violent crime levels in a given country or region. intelligence-led policing, situational crime prevention, the “broken windows” theory and the strategy on crime prevention through environmental design. It also addresses broader principles of managing urban space to control crime and strategies for evaluating crime control programmes. The Handbook includes references to efforts to control crime in an array of countries, including Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, El Salvador, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Mexico, South Africa, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the United States of America. The overall objective of the Handbook is therefore to outline the new, innovative techniques and to explain how they have been applied to address crime problems in low- and middle-income countries. The various programmes, policies and approaches described here can provide law enforcement policymakers, front-line officers, urban planners and other city authorities as well as civil society organizations with basic information about an array of strategies and good governance practices to control crime in rapidly growing cities in low- and middle-income countries.

Details: New York: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, 2011. 118p.

Source: Internet Resource: Criminal Justice Handbook Series: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: http://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/crimeprevention/11-80387_ebook.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/crimeprevention/11-80387_ebook.pdf

Shelf Number: 122479

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Rates
Homicides
Law Enforcement
Policing
Urban Crime

Author: Montealegre, Francisco

Title: Jobsite Security in Residential Construction

Summary: Construction crime can cost a homebuilder hundreds to thousands of dollars each year. Theft and vandalism on construction sites is a common problem for the construction industry. Therefore, securing the jobsite is critical to avoid theft and vandalism. This thesis presents the effects that theft and vandalism have on the homebuilding industry as well as the common measures taken by residential contractors in Florida to curtail jobsite crime. Data for this research were obtained through a mailed survey. The survey participants consisted of Florida members of the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). Based on 128 survey respondents the results of this research show that construction theft and vandalism incidents are serious problems but they can be minimized by taking precautionary measures. Most thefts are preventable, and if precautions are not taken, profits will be adversely impacted. Ignoring the problem does not only make the problem worse, but encourages criminals to attack again. A culture of planning and reporting crimes needs to be created among homebuilders in order to address this problem at the root.

Details: Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, 2003. 75p.

Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0001192/montealegre_f.pdf

Year: 2003

Country: United States

URL: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0001192/montealegre_f.pdf

Shelf Number: 122530

Keywords:
Building Security
Construction Theft
Crime Prevention
Home Security
Vandalism

Author: Deisman, Wade

Title: A Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada: Part One

Summary: This is a report about camera surveillance in Canada. Although cameras have been appearing for some years in the streets, shopping malls, airports, train stations, arenas and even convenience stores and taxi‐cabs, no one has undertaken a systematic survey of what's happening in the Canadian context. This report offers some of the history of camera surveillance in Canada, the driving forces behind the trends, the deployment of cameras in specific sites and some of the issues, such as the effectiveness of systems, and privacy and civil liberties questions, raised by this relatively new development.

Details: Kingston, ON: Surveillance Cameras Awareness Network, Queen's University, 2009. 58p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase1_Final_Jan_30_2009.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase1_Final_Jan_30_2009.pdf

Shelf Number: 122663

Keywords:
Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV)
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance (Canada)

Author: Cahill, Meagan

Title: Movin’ Out: Crime Displacement and HUD’s HOPE VI Initiative

Summary: The purpose of this project was to conduct an evaluation of the impact on crime of the closing, renovation, and subsequent reopening of selected public housing developments under the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)’s HOPE VI initiative. No studies have specifically considered the effects of redevelopment of public housing under the HOPE VI initiative on the spatial distribution of crime. The current research aimed to remedy that deficiency through an examination of crime displacement and potential diffusion of benefits in and around three public housing developments. The developments were selected from a candidate set of six HOPE VI sites in Milwaukee, Wis., and Washington, D.C., all of which were in the process of being redeveloped with HOPE VI funds during the study period. Displacement refers to changes in crime patterns that occur because offenders adapt their behavior to changes in opportunities for offending. In the context of the proposed work, opportunity changes are the result of large-scale public housing redevelopment. Anecdotal evidence suggests that, when HOPE VI developments are demolished and construction begins on new housing, residents are typically moved to other public housing sites in the same city. Our assumption was that crime would move with those residents to the new public housing locations, or to other nearby areas offering similar criminal opportunities. Three central research questions thus guide this report: 1. Does the closing of a large high-poverty public housing development under HOPE VI influence patterns of crime in and around that development, and if so, how? 2. Does crime displacement or di usion of benefits result during the time that the development is closed for rebuilding, and does crime return to previous levels when the development reopens? 3. Do different methodologies for examining crime displacement and diffusion of benefits from public housing developments yield similar results, and which is most appropriate for studying displacement in this context? The work entailed a statistical analysis of potential displacement or diffusion of crime from three selected sites, after the redevelopment timeline of each site was established. Three methods were employed: a point pattern analysis, a Weighted Displacement Quotient (WDQ), and time series analysis. The methods were compared following their application in each site. The results indicate that displacement of crime did not appear to be a significant problem during or following redevelopment under the HOPE VI program in these three sites. Instead, a diffusion of benefits was observed to some extent in each site. We found a clear indication in all three sites that crime dropped at some point during redevelopment and that redevelopment affected crime in surrounding areas in some way — usually by decreasing it. The effects in the buffers (the areas searched for displacement or diffusion of benefits) varied, but for the most part, we observed a diffusion of benefits from the target sites outward. Additional investigation into subtypes of crime would help to bring more specificity to the results (e.g., whether any crime prevention methods implemented during redevelopment should target specific types of crimes that are more vulnerable to displacement). In addition, in no site did we find any return to pre-intervention crime levels following the intervention period in either the target site itself or in the buffer areas. This indicates that the positive effects — the drops in crime — lasted at least as long as the study period, which was generally one to two years beyond the end of the intervention period. The project also aimed to compare different methods for studying displacement. The point pattern analysis had limited use in the present context, but we concluded that it would have more utility if a specific crime such as homicide, robbery, or burglary, were studied as opposed to studying a class of crimes such as personal or property crimes. The method is also quite involved, but efficiencies are gained once analyses are set up for one context, making it easier to apply the method in additional contexts (e.g., for additional time period comparisons, different areas/site boundaries, or types of crime). While it cannot replace more rigorous statistical analyses and testing, the typical constraints felt by most practitioners on time and resources make the WDQ best suited for their context. The WDQ is intuitive, easy to calculate, and does not require a long series of data. It is appropriate for use in exploring the possible effects of an intervention to determine whether more sophisticated analyses are worthwhile. While there are drawbacks to the use of the WDQ — it is only descriptive, it can only indicate relative (not absolute) effect sizes, and it is dependent on the parameters selected (time periods and displacement areas selected) — it is nonetheless a useful intermediate tool in the study of displacement. Where skilled statisticians are available and a quantification of the changes in crime levels is desired, the time series analyses methods presented here produce more rigorous results. Our results also demonstrated the desirability of the structural Vector Autoregression (VAR) over the traditional time series method typically used in displacement research — single series Autoregressive Integrated MovingAverage (ARIMA) modeling. The VAR was preferable based on the simultaneous modeling of the three study areas, as opposed to modeling each area individually. Finally, to the extent that the three HOPE VI sites in two cities are representative of other actual and possible HOPE VI sites, the results are applicable to other public housing sites undergoing this type of large-scale redevelopment, especially given the comparability of results we found across sites and methods. The consistency with which we found evidence of diffusion from the sites is an indication that redevelopment under HOPE VI does indeed lead to diffusion of crime reduction, whether via changes directly attributable to HOPE VI in the target area or indirectly by encouraging additional investment in the larger neighborhood of the HOPE VI site, leading to additional redevelopment efforts in areas surrounding the HOPE VI site itself. Based on our findings, we expect that housing authorities that undertake such largescale public housing redevelopment efforts as are common under HOPE VI will likely see a diffusion of benefits to nearby areas, and those nearby areas may experience reductions in crime levels similar to that experienced in the redevelopment site itself. Localities considering large-scale redevelopment, either under the HOPE VI program or following a similar process, might look at specific crimes that may be displaced, such as personal crimes (as was the case in Milwaukee) and enact policies that serve to prevent displacement specifically of those crimes from occurring. Studying displacement from public housing is an important undertaking, and the possibility of displacement should be considered by housing authorities either already undertaking such e orts or considering whether to start large-scale redevelopment. While this research showed that diffusion of benefits is likely from redeveloped public housing, more work of this type — exploring different options for target area boundaries, intervention periods, and displacement areas — can provide more evidence of the best approaches to this type of effort and inform housing authorities of the most effcient ways to include studies of displacement and diffusion in their redevelopment efforts. Additional research in this vein that confirms the results here would add to the case presented by this research for the positive effects of HOPE VI on target sites and on surrounding neighborhoods.

Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 95p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412385-movin-out.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412385-movin-out.pdf

Shelf Number: 122687

Keywords:
Crime and Redevelopment
Crime Displacement
Crime Prevention
Diffusion of Benefits
Neighborhoods and Crime
Public Housing
Urban Areas

Author: ECR Europe

Title: Packaging Design for Shrinkage Prevention

Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide guidance on how retailers and their suppliers can work together to identify and minimise the risk of shrinkage through the better design of product packaging. The fundamental role of packaging is to deliver every product to the consumer in perfect condition at minimum cost and environmental impact. However, in order to achieve this goal, retailers and manufacturers often face competing challenges and tensions concerning the way in which products should be packaged, not least relating to the growing needs for sustainability, the differing and frequently competing demands of various parts of the supply chain as well as the need to apply product protection devices. It is estimated that shrinkage costs the industry globally as much as €174 billion1, with a further €34.8 billion being spent on trying to respond to it. In addition, the knock-on effect on out of stocks and defensive merchandising could be costing another €17 billion a year. Taken together, if the average retailer could reduce their shrinkage by just 25 per cent they could see their profits grow through reduced costs and increased sales by as much as 18 per cent.

Details: Brussels: ECR Europe, 2010. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://ecr-all.org

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://ecr-all.org

Shelf Number: 122883

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Employee Theft
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: ECR Europe Shrinkage Group

Title: The Impact and Control of Shrinkage at Self-Scan Checkouts

Summary: This study aimed to contribute to the debate concerning the potential impact self-scan checkouts may have on retail shrinkage. It adopted a multi-method approach: retailer case studies, a survey of self-scan supervisors, and interviews with self-scan technology companies, loss prevention practitioners and product protection providers. Key findings are: • Limited evidence from the retail case studies suggested that the introduction of self-scan technologies had little or no impact on levels of shrinkage. One retailer found that manned checkouts operators are three times more likely to not scan an item than a customer using self scan. • A survey of 955 self-scan supervisors did not identify widespread concerns about customers abusing this system, with the majority not having caught anybody stealing through this method nor suggesting that the non-scanning of items was widespread. • The research identified the need for retailers to create ‘zones of control’ within which self-scan checkouts operate to ensure that potential thieves perceive it to be both difficult to steal and that it was highly likely that if they did offend, they would be caught. • These zones of control should be created through careful design (where possible creating a separate self-scan space, controlling the movement of customers and limiting means of entrance and exit) and generating overt forms of surveillance (supervisors and other staff constantly being highly visible and near to customers; the use of CCTV and public view monitors and technological monitoring through till-based alerts and alarms). • Where possible one supervisor should be responsible for a maximum of four self-scan checkouts – this maximises their ability to be vigilant and to effectively respond to customer queries and system alarms and alerts. • Certain elements of self-scan systems should be reviewed, including: o the number of alerts generated compared with the ability of staff to act as ‘guardians of control’; identification of products that persistently create scanning problems for customers (barcode not reading) and ameliorative action taken (either by the retailer or through negotiation with the product manufacturer); review of location of the receipt function; improved customer notification of change, including location of scoop; review of loose item description interface; and how discount vouchers are handled and verified. • Training of self-scan supervisors is critical – they need to be aware of the importance of maintaining vigilance and keeping in close proximity to customers. They also need to be aware of all the well-known self-scan scams. • The providers of product protection equipment need to work much more closely with the manufacturers of self-scan technologies to ensure that the current problems being experienced with devices such as EAS tags (false alarms because customers are not deactivating tags consistently) can be addressed. • There is a need for further research to understand the level of losses being experienced through traditional checkouts to better understand whether the levels of loss are similar or indeed higher than those occurring through self-scan checkouts. • The emerging nature of self-scan technology and the growing public acceptance of, and familiarity with, suggests that this subject should be reviewed in years to come to see if levels of abuse are the same level.

Details: Brussels: ECR Europe, 2011. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://ecr-all.org

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://ecr-all.org

Shelf Number: 122884

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: Clarke, L., Gilbertson, A., eds.

Title: Addressing Crime and Disorder in Public Places Through Planning and Design

Summary: Dealing with crime (including terrorism) and disorder in public places is high on the public’s agenda. However, consideration of the complex issues involved may only start when construction is complete and operation starts. At that point many issues will be considered by operators and facility managers/maintainers. If these issues are considered in the early design stage they can be incorporated into the design. This guide considers how the issues may be considered at the planning and design stages to assist a successful outcome in operation. The guide also provides easily accessed information about parties to be consulted and notes the complexity and interplay of the issues. Detailed information is provided about the issues and case study examples are included to demonstrate decision making in action.

Details: London: CIRIA, 2011. 82p.

Source: Internet Resource: CIRIA C710: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://www.ciria.org/service/Web_Site/AM/ContentManagerNet/ContentDisplay.aspx?Section=Web_Site&ContentID=20843 (summary only): full report: http://www.bcsc.org.uk/media/downloads/CIRIAC710-AddressingCrimeAndDisorder.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.ciria.org/service/Web_Site/AM/ContentManagerNet/ContentDisplay.aspx?Section=Web_Site&ContentID=20843 (summary only): full report: http://www.bcsc.org.uk/media/downloads/CIRIAC710-AddressingCrimeAndDisorder.pdf

Shelf Number: 122885

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT
Design Against Crime
Public Space

Author: Lowry, Samantha S.

Title: Using Public Surveillance Systems for Crime Control and Prevention: A Practical Guide for Law Enforcement and Their Municipal Partners

Summary: This publication is designed to guide city administrators, law enforcement agencies, and their municipal partners in implementing and employing public surveillance systems in a manner that will have the greatest impact on public safety. It details the various aspects of a system that are integral in yielding a cost-beneficial impact on crime, including budgetary considerations, camera types and locations, how best to monitor cameras, and the role that video footage plays in investigations and prosecutions. It also highlights the most prominent lessons learned in an effort to guide city administrators and jurisdictions that are currently investing in cameras for public safety purposes, as well as to inform those that are contemplating doing so.

Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 78p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412402-Using-Public-Surveillance-Systems-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention-A-Practical-Guide.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412402-Using-Public-Surveillance-Systems-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention-A-Practical-Guide.pdf

Shelf Number: 122911

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Security
Video Surveillance

Author: Whitehead, Paul C.

Title: The Eye in the Sky: Evaluation of Police Helicopter Patrols

Summary: The prime objectives of the London Police Helicopter Research Project were: 1) to evaluate whether helicopter patrols have a suppression effect on the incidence of various types of crime and occurrences (residential break and enter, commercial break and enter, auto theft, theft from auto, robbery, property damage, trespass by night, suspicious person and suspicious vehicle); and 2) evaluate whether a helicopter increases the operational effectiveness and/or efficiency of the police service. The suppression (deterrent) impact of helicopter patrols on rates of crime was primarily examined using a pre-test-post-test design with matched comparison areas, where, within each pair, the experimental and comparison areas were chosen randomly. Efficiency and effectiveness were evaluated by comparing a variety of indices of outcome for occurrences where the helicopter was included with occurrences for the police service as a whole. The results and conclusions of the project were: 1) A critical review of the literature concluded that there is no data to substantiate claims that helicopter use suppresses rates of crime. 2) The quasi-experimental tests conducted in the present study led to the following conclusions: a) there is no suppression effect on rates of crime; b) there is no diversion of crime to non-patrolled areas; and c) there is no spillover effect of helicopter patrols to non-patrolled areas. 3) Analyses of occurrence reports and police logs led to the following conclusions: a) there is evidence of increased efficiency (i.e. time per call is less when a helicopter is involved; the helicopter is frequently first on the scene); b) there is evidence of increased effectiveness (i.e. apprehensions are more likely) when the helicopter is involved; c) some types of searches lend themselves exceptionally well to the unique advantages of the helicopter. 4) Surveys indicated the following: a) members of the public are somewhat supportive of police helicopter use; b) police officers are highly positive about its contribution to policing. 5) Other topics addressed included the following: the conduct of urban searches; noise and other bothersome features of police helicopters; traffic; and pursuits.

Details: Ottawa: Canadian Police Research Centre, 2001. 118p.

Source: Internet Resource: TR-01-2001-R: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/collection_2008/ps-sp/PS63-2-2001R-1E.pdf

Year: 2001

Country: Canada

URL: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/collection_2008/ps-sp/PS63-2-2001R-1E.pdf

Shelf Number: 122916

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police Helicopters (Canada)
Police Surveillance

Author: ETH Zurick

Title: Problem-Analysis Report on Counterfeiting and Illicit Trade

Summary: Counterfeiting and product piracy constitute a serious and ever growing problem against legally run businesses and owners of intellectual property rights. Counterfeiting is not specific to any industry but it affects a large number of sectors such as the music, software, and luxury goods industries, and also pharmaceutical industry, automobile industry, fast moving consumer goods industry, and toys. According to the International Chamber of Commerce, “[c]ounterfeiting and piracy are growing exponentially in terms of volume, sophistication, range of goods, and countries affected - this has significant negative economic and social impact for governments, consumers and businesses [...].” Product counterfeiting has many victims: Different kinds of counterfeit products threaten the health and safety of end-users and consumers, sometimes with the most serious consequences. Legally run businesses and governments are affected by a number of direct and indirect economic losses which decreases the welfare of affected societies. By understanding and continuously surveying the problem and available countermeasures, however, companies can protect their products and mitigate the negative impacts and ensure the safety of consumers. In addition, alongside with the development of technologies that enable counterfeiting on an industry scale, technology also allows for novel countermeasures. Most importantly, mass-serialization is changing the way product information is managed by giving unique identities to individual items. One implication of this higher level of information granularity is that the physical security of products can be improved in terms of novel anti-counterfeiting techniques, as well as with the detection of illicit trade activities. The potential of RFID and the EPCnetwork in enabling these novel anti-counterfeiting and anti-fraud techniques is well recognized. Even though it seems that there will never be one silver bullet solution against illicit trade, industries and academia see mass-serialization among the most promising single countermeasures. There are two major reasons for using EPCnetwork technology in anti-counterfeiting: First, RFID allows for new, automated and secure ways to efficiently authenticate physical items. Secondly, as many companies invest in networked RFID technology for varying supply chain applications, the item-level data will be gathered in any case – so why not using it to find counterfeit products? This report will provide a problem analysis of product counterfeiting and illicit trade as a first step towards making use of the potential of networked RFID technology to counter the problem of illicit trade.

Details: Paris(?): BRIDGE (Building Radio Frequency IDentification for the Global Environment), 2007. 55p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://www.bridge-project.eu/data/File/BRIDGE%20WP05%20%20Anti-Counterfeiting%20Problem%20Analysis.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.bridge-project.eu/data/File/BRIDGE%20WP05%20%20Anti-Counterfeiting%20Problem%20Analysis.pdf

Shelf Number: 122969

Keywords:
Consumer Fraud
Crime Prevention
Illicit Trade
Intellectual Property Rights
Product Counterfeiting

Author: ETH Zurich

Title: Anti-counterfeiting Requirements Report

Summary: This deliverable presents the requirements analysis for the anti-counterfeiting system that is under development in this work package. The envisaged system will authenticate products and it can be used to prevent counterfeit products from entering the distribution channel of genuine products. We define authentication of products as the verification of a product’s claimed identity. Because WP5 of the BRIDGE project is a business work package without a specific intended end-user company for the investigated anti-counterfeiting solution, this deliverable focuses on analyzing how potential technical solutions fit the requirements of anti-counterfeiting rather than on describing a list of requirements of a specific system. Interviews with different industries revealed that the end-users of the product authentication system, that is companies affected by product counterfeiting, need a fast and reliable online check that could be used by all business partners and for different kinds of products. Companies would also like to have the RFID-based product authentication system to be closely linked to other services, for instance to support supply chain management activities. Different industries have different requirements regarding the specific use of the RFID-based product authentication system. These requirements mostly relate to how the RFID tags are integrated into the products, what kind of RFID tags should be used, and how the tags are read. The level of security in RFID-based product authentication systems is an important cost factor because a higher level of security is achieved by cryptographic RFID tags that are more expensive than the common RFID tags. Overall, companies desire a secure and inexpensive system but find it hard to precisely specify the required level of security. Interviews with customs revealed that having a standard solution that can be used to authenticate different products is of primary importance for them. According to the interviews, customs officers would most benefit from a system that could be used to authenticate suspicious products with mobile devices. Analysis of functional security requirements of product authentication in general shows that there are three distinct approaches to authenticate products, depending on how the tag cloning attack is mitigated. Tag cloning attack refers to copying a genuine product’s ID number onto another tag that is attached to a counterfeit product. These approaches are: tag authentication (i.e. use of cryptographic tags), location-based authentication (i.e. track and trace based plausibility check), and authentication based on object-specific security features (i.e. product’s physical fingerprint). We have identified several solution concepts to to authenticate RFID-tagged products in the EPC network. Analysis of the current EPC network’s conformance to the identified requirements revealed that the network’s support for the detection of cloned tags is far from optimal and should be improved by an automated analysis of the track and trace data of the product’s locations. Completely automated product authentication check (instead of such that relies on users of the system analyzing the traces of products by themselves) is furthermore required by the industries as well as customs. Therefore in the future steps of this work package we will opt for the development of a track and trace based product authentication system that automatically detects the cloned tags. The goal of this work package is to study how the existing RFID and EPC technologies can be applied to anti-counterfeiting. Hence, the development of completely new technical solutions such as novel cryptographic tag authentication protocols is out of the scope of work package. The technical contribution of this work package will focus on application areas of the existing techniques, such as how to use the RFID track and trace data to detect cloned tags.

Details: Paris(?): BRIDGE (Building Radio frequency IDentification for the Global Environment), 2007. 85p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://www.bridge-project.eu/data/File/BRIDGE%20WP05%20Anti-Counterfeiting%20Requirements%20Report.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.bridge-project.eu/data/File/BRIDGE%20WP05%20Anti-Counterfeiting%20Requirements%20Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 122978

Keywords:
Consumer Fraud
Crime Prevention
Intellectural Property Rights
Product Counterfeiting

Author: Smith, Lance

Title: Policing Licensed Premises in the Australian Capital Territory

Summary: There is an old joke that says that an Australian’s definition of a drinking problem is being in a situation where you can’t get a drink. This reflects Australia’s well-established reputation for being a community where the consumption of alcohol, frequently at excessive and harmful levels, is associated with many forms of entertainment and participation in social events. In other words, the association between alcohol consumption and the enjoyment of social activity is a deeply embedded cultural phenomenon. However, the evidence relating to the range of individual and social harms associated with alcohol misuse is strong. In 2007, one in four Australians were a victim of alcohol-related verbal abuse, 13 percent were put in fear and 4.5 percent of Australians aged 14 years or older had been physically abused by someone under the influence of alcohol (AIHW 2008). The rates of physical and verbal abuse by a person affected by alcohol are more than twice the rate for other drug types. Alcohol-related crime and disorder also has a significant adverse impact upon the perceptions of safety among the broader community. At the same time, Australia also has a substantial reputation for developing and implementing innovative policy approaches to trying to reduce the harms associated with excessive alcohol use and violence in particular. Many of these initiatives have been focused on regulatory responses that target licensed premises and liquor outlets. Licensed premises are a high-risk setting for alcohol-related violence, with a large proportion of assaults occurring in or within very close proximity to hotels and nightclubs. Furthermore, both patrons and staff of licensed premises are at a heightened risk of becoming involved in a violent incident compared with other locations. Over the years, police and liquor regulatory authorities, often in partnership with liquor licensees, have committed significant effort and resources to efforts to improve the overall safety of drinking venues and the overall amenity of the nearby community. Unfortunately, often what has been missing from such efforts has been any systematic assessment of their relative effectiveness and methods for sharing the lessons learned. This report is part of an attempt to redress this knowledge deficit. Undertaken in close partnership with Australian Capital Territory Policing (ACTP), the project was a detailed study of the effectiveness of a series of policing measures implemented by the ACTP over several months to reduce and prevent alcohol-related violence in and around licensed premises and entertainment precincts in the ACT. As with similar studies previously conducted here and overseas, the project found mixed results in relation to effectiveness. However, the project was able to help identify and explain what things were working and why, thereby providing a series of evidence-based recommendations for future policing in this area, many of which it is pleasing to note have already been adopted by ACTP.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2011. 85p.

Source: Internet Resource: Technical and Background Paper 48: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/en/publications/current%20series/tbp/41-60/tbp048.aspx

Year: 2011

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/en/publications/current%20series/tbp/41-60/tbp048.aspx

Shelf Number: 123049

Keywords:
Alcohol Abuse (Australia)
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder
Crime Prevention

Author: LaVigne, Nancy

Title: Evaluating the Use of Public Surveillance Cameras for Crime Control and Prevention

Summary: Municipalities across the country are in a constant search for effective public safety interventions that will curb crime and improve the livability and economic well-being of their communities. This is particularly true among law enforcement agencies that embrace a community policing philosophy, which has become a key component of policing efforts in most mid- and large-sized law enforcement agencies across the United States. While many believe that the adoption of community policing has led to more efficient and effective policing strategies, law enforcement agencies continue to grapple with limited resources and are therefore interested in employing new tools that can enhance their community policing efforts. Among the latest waves of public safety tools is the use of public surveillance cameras, often referred to as Closed Circuit Television (CCTV). While surveillance cameras are widely employed in the business sector to improve security, until recently their use to monitor public spaces has been much less common in the United States, in part due to concerns about privacy and civil liberties. Community policing, which embodies a combination of proactive crime prevention and community engagement with more traditional policing functions, may benefit from this technology because public surveillance cameras could enhance problem-solving strategies, aid in arrests and investigations, and ultimately increase potential offenders’ perceptions that they will be both caught and prosecuted. Public surveillance systems may also have a secondary impact, serving to increase law abiding citizens’ perceptions of safety and thus their presence in public spaces, which in turn may increase guardianship, improve police-community partnerships, and reduce crime. The potential contributions to policing and public safety that public surveillance cameras may yield perhaps explain why the technology’s use has expanded in recent years. Unfortunately, these investments of scarce public safety resources are being made despite the fact that very few rigorous outcome evaluations of public surveillance cameras have been conducted in the United States. Scant research exists documenting the decisions behind public surveillance technology investment and use, and the lessons learned by cities that have employed this technology. Further, only one publication exists describing the use of public surveillance cameras in investigations and prosecutions. This evaluation aims to fill these research gaps by detailing: (1) the results of an in-depth qualitative data collection effort to examine and synthesize the experiences of cities—Baltimore, MD; Chicago, IL; and Washington, D.C.— that have invested heavily in public surveillance technology in recent years; (2) a rigorous analysis of crime data to determine the degree to which cameras significantly reduce and/or displace crime; and (3) the degree to which the camera investment is cost-beneficial. Designed primarily for law enforcement agencies and their municipal partners, this report begins with a review of previous findings of published public surveillance studies and describes the research methodology employed for the present study. We then present case studies from each of the three research sites, detailing the decisions behind camera investment, implementation, and use, and highlighting the role that public surveillance cameras play in supporting arrests, investigations, and prosecutions. Findings from the impact, spatial, and cost-benefit analysis pieces are discussed within the chapters for each of the three sites. The report concludes with a section devoted to the lessons learned by these jurisdictions, followed by recommendations to help inform both agencies that are currently investing in public surveillance systems for public safety purposes, as well as those that are contemplating doing so.

Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412403-Evaluating-the-Use-of-Public-Surveillance-Cameras-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412403-Evaluating-the-Use-of-Public-Surveillance-Cameras-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention.pdf

Shelf Number: 123056

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance

Author: Anderson, Jessica

Title: Considering Local Context When Evaluating A Closed Circuit Television System in Public Spaces

Summary: Closed circuit television‘s (CCTV) popularity as a solution to local crime problems continues to gain traction. Its broad community support and visibility as a tangible response to crime problems suggests that the demand for CCTV is unlikely to abate. However, many agencies have difficulty locating information on the practical considerations for implementing a CCTV system and only become aware of the real cost of CCTV after installing the system. Therefore, measures need to be taken to ensure knowledge of good practice in CCTV implementation is shared. In addition, agencies need to be aware of the different factors that can influence CCTV delivery. Such information could add further value by being considered when developing evaluations of CCTV. In this paper, a description is provided of the lessons learned by local agencies when implementing a CCTV system that was administered through a grants program. Such experiences, if adequately disseminated, can assist agencies to implement CCTV systems and assist in the development of evaluation strategies.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2011. 10p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice, No. 430: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/3/6/C/%7B36CB7AC1-0AFD-4D0B-925D-F7D3D5D7A562%7Dtandi430.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/3/6/C/%7B36CB7AC1-0AFD-4D0B-925D-F7D3D5D7A562%7Dtandi430.pdf

Shelf Number: 123180

Keywords:
CCTV
Closed Circuit Television
Crime Prevention
Public Space
Video Surveillance

Author: Ekblom, Paul

Title: Final report WPA2 of ‘Bike Off 2 – Catalysing Anti Theft Bike, Bike Parking and Information Design for the 21st Century

Summary: This is the report on one of the Work Packages of the Bikeoff 2 project, funded by AHRC/EPSRC Design for the 21st Century. WPA2 is about „Standard generation through application of CCO framework‟. The standards in question apply to secure bicycle parking facilities. CCO – the Conjunction of Criminal Opportunity – is a conceptual framework for providing a unified theoretical map of immediate causes of criminal events, and an equivalent map of preventive interventions intended to block, weaken or divert those causes. The interventions can be created and implemented through products, places and communications which are deliberately designed to influence the causes of crime. In the present case the events and the interventions relate to bicycle parking, but the framework is generic. The output of WPA2 is intended to complement guidance obtained from a compilation of existing secure cycle parking experience, under WPA1, as modified by public contributions from a user Wiki. In fact, the wider aim, of which WPA2 is a preparation, is to compare design recommendations obtained from the two sources, the one theoretical, the other experiential. More details are in the introduction. The relevant section of the project application (April 2006) states: This project aims to generate a ‘Secured By Design” standard for bicycle parking and in so doing test Ekblom’s model of the ‘Conjunction of Criminal Opportunity’ as an appropriate framework for standard generation. To deliver this research the work packages will identify and generate standards, using different methodologies, in order to evaluate the efficacy of the standards, and the ‘fitness for task’ of the methodologies that generated them. The standards we generate will be combined to provide a definitive ‘Secured By Design’ standard for cycle parking. The definitive standard will be evaluated and ‘evolved’ by potential users, such as engineers, designers, cycle parking specifiers and providers and cyclists (users of that the facilities the standard seek to inform). The present report describes the process of adapting the CCO framework – quite significantly as it transpired – to fit in with the demands of the design process (and designers‟ ways of thinking). The purpose of the adapted framework was twofold: first, to develop a systematic method of crime risk analysis that was suited to the design field; and second, to translate the identified risks into the design recommendations which constitute the output of this work package. Part 1 introduces the approach to crime prevention evolving within the Design Against Crime Research Centre at Central Saint Martin‟s College of Art & Design, University of the Arts, London; and in particular, how this approach involves activity at a number of different levels, from preventive operations aimed at tackling crime at specific sites to developing innovative capacity to transfer to designers. It then describes the Bikeoff project within this context, sets the scene for the current Work Package, discusses the concept of standards and guidelines, and reviews sources of knowledge for developing designers‟ capacity, including CCO (as a „digest‟ of theory) and experience (as from reviews of existing designs). Part 2 sets out the CCO approach to crime prevention and design as it was at the start of the current project – CCO Classic. It first shows how CCO originated as a means of unifying crime prevention theories and classifying diverse practice, and ended up as a dual conceptual framework for mapping out the immediate causes of criminal events and the corresponding intervention principles that serve to prevent them. Key ideas are introduced covering Situational Crime Prevention, causal mechanisms (how crimes happen and how interventions work) and the importance of context. This is followed by an account of how in principle CCO can guide Design Against Crime and why it seems well-suited to the task; and how it came to be used, and tested, in the Bikeoff project. That process of bringing a theoretical criminological framework together with design and designers in fact caused CCO to evolve in several significant ways, documented next. These modifications included combining CCO with additional concepts such as crime „scripts‟ and moving from the consideration of crime in general to that of different kinds of crime risk, handled by the Misdeeds & Security framework. (These developments have more general implications for some of the traditional tenets and assumptions of Situational Crime Prevention.) To distinguish this new version from CCO Classic, this became known as CCO Dynamic. During the development process it also became clear that the scope of the Work Package, originally aimed at producing CCO standards, in fact would only meaningfully deliver CCO-based guidance. Part 3 describes how CCO Dynamic was applied to the task of generating guidance for securing bike parking furniture and facilities. It covers the overall procedure for generating design guidance using CCO Dynamic; the development of the underlying framework for analysing the risks; the development of the framework for the response to that risk, namely for design guidance; and finally the complete prescriptive design guidance output. Part 4 supplies a brief conclusion. How CCO performed in generating guidance for bike parking security, in comparison with the designers‟ experience (so-called „Best of Breed compilation), is reported in a subsequent document (WP4).

Details: London: University of Arts London, 2009. 135p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2011 at: http://ualresearchonline.arts.ac.uk/2174/1/WPA2_Ekblom_Jan_09_CCO.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: International

URL: http://ualresearchonline.arts.ac.uk/2174/1/WPA2_Ekblom_Jan_09_CCO.pdf

Shelf Number: 123267

Keywords:
Bicycle Theft
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime

Author: Scheye, Eric

Title: Local Justice and Security Programming in Selected Neighborhoods in Colombia

Summary: This report initiates the second phase of a large, three-step, Clingendale Institute research project into the role of local justice and security providers and non-state actors in the delivery of justice and security as public goods and services. Specifically, the report examines how, in Colombia, local justice and safety networks deliver services to citizens when a significant percentage of the population in a given community do not have confidence in the country’s centralized state agencies (national police service; judiciary and the courts) and/or where the services provided by those centralized agencies are scarce and have limited effectiveness for those living in that community. The report outlines a series of practical entry points and programmatic alternatives that donors can consider, from which a concrete and operational justice and security program (s) could be designed. Furthermore, it is suggested that in the short- to intermediate- term, donors may have few options but to support initiatives that work with these local neighbourhood providers.

Details: The Hague: Netherlands Institute of International Relations 'Clingendael" 2011. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.clingendael.nl/publications/2011/20110415_cru_publication_escheye.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: Colombia

URL: http://www.clingendael.nl/publications/2011/20110415_cru_publication_escheye.pdf

Shelf Number: 123488

Keywords:
Crime (Colombia)
Crime Prevention
Security Sector

Author: Doty, Steven

Title: Maryvale Weed & Seed Site Evaluation Report

Summary: Operation Weed and Seed was developed by the U.S. Department of Justice in 1991 for the purpose of reducing crime (particularly violent and drug-related offenses) in high-crime neighborhoods through a mixture of focused policing techniques and community organization. Weed and Seed procedures are administered by the Community Capacity Development Office (CCDO) under the jurisdiction of the DOJ Office of Justice Programs. In the two decades since Operation Weed and Seed‟s inception, over 300 officially recognized sites have been established (CCDO, 2010). The key element of the program‟s crime reduction strategy is the development and maintenance of a dedicated working relationship between the community and the police department. While this is a difficult goal to master, it is also the greatest strength of the Weed and Seed program, due to the efficacy of pooling community and police resources to achieve a common goal based on quality of life. The purpose of this study was to conduct an evaluation of the Maryvale Weed and Seed Coalition. First, a process evaluation was conducted to examine the implementation of policies, goals, and planned activities by Maryvale Weed and Seed. Afterwards, an impact evaluation was conducted to assess the efficacy of Maryvale Weed and Seed in combating crime and disorder in the designated program area. The sections within outline both the characteristics of the affected site and the methodology used to conduct the process and impact evaluations.

Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2010.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2011 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/Maryvale_Weed_Seed_Report_FINAL.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United States

URL: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/Maryvale_Weed_Seed_Report_FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 123492

Keywords:
Community Participation
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Operation Weed and Seed

Author: Malleson, Nick

Title: Simulating Burglary with an Agent-Based Model

Summary: Understanding the processes behind crime is an important research area in criminology, which has major implications for both improving policies and developing effective crime prevention strategies (Brantingham and Brantingham, 2004; Groff, 2007a). In order to test modern opportunity theories it is essential to be able model the complex, dynamic interactions of the individuals involved in each crime event. However, studies to date are limited in their ability to provide consistent support for these theories due to an inability to model complex micro-level interactions (Groff, 2007a). Agent-based modelling (ABM) represents a shift in the social sciences towards the use of models that work at the level of the individual. Using the ABM paradigm, human agents can be implemented with realistic human behaviour who interact with each other and their environment to create a dynamic system which mimics a real scenario. This paper presents the development and application of an ABM for simulating the occurrence of residential burglary at an individual level. Experiments are conducted investigate the effectiveness of burglary reduction strategies and criminology theories. The model is able to demonstrate that a commonly used crime-reduction initiative is ineffective at removing crime hotspots.

Details: Leeds, UK: School of Geography, University of Leeds, 2009. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 09/3: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://www.geog.leeds.ac.uk/fileadmin/downloads/school/research/wpapers/09-03.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.geog.leeds.ac.uk/fileadmin/downloads/school/research/wpapers/09-03.pdf

Shelf Number: 123689

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Geographic Studies
Property Crimes
Residential Burglary (Leeds)

Author: Sahoo, Smita

Title: Exploring "Transparent Security": A Case Study of the Alachua County Courthouse Entrance Lobby in Gainesville, Florida

Summary: This study explores the how courthouse lobby design affects end users’ behavior, perception and cognitive judgments about personal security, as well as their impressions about the effectiveness of the lobby’s security systems. This study’s hypothesis contends that transparent security can actually make users feel less secure and less safe than conventional, or “visible,” security measures such as physical barriers, visible cameras [CCTVs], or security guards. It is based on two crimerelated theories— Routine Activity and Rational Choice —which tell us that when low risk of detection or apprehension accompanies a suitable crime target, offenders are more likely to commit a crime. But does transparent security also affect the perceptions of legitimate users? This study aims to answer that question by examining how legitimate users perceive personal safety and security within environments that employ transparent security strategies. An additional aim was to assess how well the courthouse designers’ intentions—that is, the creation of a lobby that is both secure and friendly—were relayed to the public. The study was conducted in three parts—first, determining the designers’ intentions in planning the courthouse lobby, second, conducting a pre-study that analyzed the reality of the courthouse lobby design, and finally, surveying 100 lobby users to assess user perceptions and cognitive judgments about built environments that employ transparent security strategies. After analyzing the study’s data with a series of the paired sample t-tests, results support the study’s hypothesis that areas with invisible security (transparent security) can actually make users feel less secure and less safe than areas with visible security. Henceforth, we are likely to believe that the original design intent of creating a lobby that is both secure and friendly was not entirely achieved. While most users perceived the space as open and friendly, several areas were seen as unsecured. This pilot study filled a knowledge gap by providing evidence about how transparent security strategies affect end users’ cognitive judgments, and also contributed to the body of crime prevention literature as a whole.

Details: Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, 2006. 144p.

Source: Master's Thesis. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0013391/sahoo_s.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: United States

URL: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0013391/sahoo_s.pdf

Shelf Number: 123744

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Rational Choice Theory
Routine Activities

Author: Bonora, Angela

Title: Post-conflict crime prevention and justice reform

Summary: The paper explores key issues concerning crime prevention and transitional justice in post-conflict societies. The need exists to develop innovative ways, within post-conflict environments, of addressing the causes and correlates of crime while rebuilding the policing and justice structures. In order to promote crime prevention, sustainable peace and conflict resolution in post-conflict settings, collaborative and integrated sector reform – both institutional and public/social – is required. This paper therefore highlights the importance of a more consolidated, integrated approach to crime prevention and reconciliation; one that expands on and moves beyond mere security sector reform initiatives, and which places greater emphasis on public sector reform and social service delivery in post-conflict settings – only in this way can functional and sustainable crime prevention and reconciliation measures be implemented.

Details: Claremont, South Africa: CJCP - Centre for Justice and Crime Prevention, 2006. 8p.

Source: CJCP Issue Paper No. 2: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at

Year: 2006

Country: South Africa

URL:

Shelf Number: 123935

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Reform
Transitional Justice (South Africa)

Author: Towers, Jude

Title: Measuring the impact of cuts in public expenditure on the provision of services to prevent violence against women and girls

Summary: A report by leading academic Professor Sylvia Walby, UNESCO Chair in Gender Research, and Jude Towers at Lancaster University, raises concern about the implications of public expenditure reductions for the provision of local violence against women services. This report, commissioned by the Northern Rock Foundation and Trust for London, examines the impact of public expenditure cuts on services to prevent violence against women and girls. The data was drawn from around 20 published and previously unpublished sources.

Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom: Northern Rock Foundation, 2012. 58p.

Source: Report for Northern Rock Foundation and Trust for London: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Measuring-the-impact-of-cuts-in-public-expenditure-on-the-provision-of-services-to-prevent-violence-against-women-and-girls-Full-Report-2.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Measuring-the-impact-of-cuts-in-public-expenditure-on-the-provision-of-services-to-prevent-violence-against-women-and-girls-Full-Report-2.pdf

Shelf Number: 123940

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Expenditures in Criminal Justice
Female Victims
Violent Crime

Author: Welsh, Brandon C.

Title: The Future of Crime Prevention: Developmental and Situational Strategies

Summary: Crime prevention means many different things to many different people. Programs and policies designed to prevent crime can include the police making an arrest as part of an operation to deal with gang problems, a court disposal to a secure correctional facility, or, in the extreme case, a death penalty sentence. These measures are more correctly referred to as crime control. More often crime prevention refers to efforts to prevent crime or criminal offending in the first instance – before the act has been committed. Both forms of crime prevention share a common goal of trying to prevent the occurrence of a future criminal act, but what distinguishes crime prevention from crime control is that prevention typically operates outside of the confines of the formal justice system. There are, of course, exceptions, as in the case of problem-oriented policing initiatives that incorporate prevention measures (Braga, 2008; Braga and Weisburd, 2010; Weisburd et al., 2010). In this respect, prevention is considered the fourth pillar of crime reduction, alongside the institutions of police, courts, and corrections (Waller, 2006). This categorization draws attention to crime prevention as an alternative approach to the more traditional responses to crime. Situational prevention refers to interventions designed to prevent the occurrence of crimes by reducing opportunities and increasing the risk and difficulty of offending (Clarke, 1995b; Cornish and Clarke, 2003). Community prevention refers to interventions designed to change the social conditions and institutions (e.g., families, peers, social norms, clubs, 4 organizations) that influence offending in residential communities (Hope, 1995). Criminal justice prevention refers to traditional deterrent, incapacitative, and rehabilitative strategies operated by law enforcement and criminal justice system agencies (Blumstein et al., 1978; MacKenzie, 2006). In this paper we set out to address three main questions as they relate to developmental and situational crime prevention today and in the years to come: 1. What do we know? This pertains largely to the effectiveness of the two strategies. 2. What do we need to know? This concerns gaps in knowledge on effectiveness and related key issues. 3. How can we find out? This final question has to do with research strategies to address the gaps in knowledge and priorities for research.

Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 65p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://www.nij.gov/nij/topics/crime/crime-prevention/working-group/future-of-crime-prevention-research.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.nij.gov/nij/topics/crime/crime-prevention/working-group/future-of-crime-prevention-research.pdf

Shelf Number: 124045

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Programs
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: Grieg, Alan

Title: Mobilising Men in Practice: Challenging sexual and gender-based violence in institutional settings - Tools, Stories, Lessons

Summary: Gender inequalities, and the violence that maintains them, are not simply a matter of individuals and their behaviours; they are maintained by the social, economic and political institutions that structure all of our lives. So, what can men do to work with women in challenging the institutionalised nature of sexual and gender-based violence? Through exploring ways of engaging men as gender activists within their every-day contexts, the Mobilising Men programme is working to better understand what it takes to confront sexual and gender-based violence in institutional settings. Since early 2010, the Institute for Development Studies, with support from UNFPA, has partnered with implementing civil society organisations in India, Kenya and Uganda to identify, recruit, train and support teams of male activists to work with women in developing campaigns to challenge and change the policies and cultures of specific institutional settings that condone or even fuel sexual and gender-based violence. ‘Mobilising Men in Practice’ brings together stories and lessons from this work, as well as some of the tools used by the partners in India, Kenya and Uganda. It is intended to inspire and guide others who are committed to engaging more men in efforts to address sexual and gender-based violence within the institutions in which we live our lives.

Details: Brighton, UK: Institute of Development Studies, 2012.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 124191

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gender-Based Violence
India
Kenya
Sexual Violence
Uganda

Author: Great Britain. Home Office

Title: Protecting Crowded Places: Design and Technical Issues

Summary: The UK faces a significant threat from international terrorism. The current assessed threat level to the UK can be found on the MI5 website1 where more information can also be found on what threat levels mean, who decides the level of threat and how the threat level system is used. Whilst there have been attacks against well protected targets around the world, experience shows that crowded places remain an attractive target for terrorists who have demonstrated that they are likely to target places which are easily accessible, regularly available and which offer the prospect for an impact beyond the loss of life alone (for example, serious disruption or a particular economic/political impact). The purpose of this guide is to give advice about counter-terrorism protective security design to anyone involved in the planning, design and development of the built environment from the preparation of local planning policy to the commissioning, planning, design and management of new development schemes through to detailed building design. Whilst it draws largely on good practice examples from England and refers to legislation that applies to England, this guide will be of interest to the Devolved Administrations. This guide will also be of interest to designers/architects, town planners, engineers, highway engineers and police Counter-Terrorism Security Advisers (CTSAs) and Architectural Liaison Officers (ALOs). It will also be of interest to those who have responsibility for ongoing management and maintenance of public spaces and streetscapes and to conservation officers in the context of development in Conservation Areas. The guide gives practical advice on how best to incorporate counter-terrorism protective security measures into proposed new development schemes whilst ensuring that they are of high design quality. The advice that is set out is generic and cannot address the plethora of varying circumstances and degrees of risk which apply to different facilities. Consideration should first be given to the relevance of such measures and whether or not they can be appropriately achieved through the planning system in any particular case. If so, the measures should be appropriate, proportionate and balanced with other relevant material considerations. The aim of the guide is to equip the reader with a better understanding of the links between the counter-terrorism dimension of crime prevention and the built environment, so that reducing the vulnerability of crowded places to terrorist attack can be tackled in an imaginative and considered way. The guide is not a manual to be applied by rote or a substitute for using skilled designers.

Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/counter-terrorism/crowded-places/design-tech-issues?view=Binary

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/counter-terrorism/crowded-places/design-tech-issues?view=Binary

Shelf Number: 124283

Keywords:
Counter-Terrorism
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Terrorism (U.K.)

Author: Hirschfield, Alex

Title: National Evaluation of New Deal for Communities, Scoping Report: Review of Major Policy Developments and Evidence Base: Crime Domain

Summary: The evidence base review for the Crime Domain examined some of the leading theories used to explain the manifestation of crime (i.e. what makes some neighbourhoods and places more vulnerable to crime than others), presented information on levels of reported and unreported crime and discussed current policy initiatives aimed at preventing and reducing crime. Particular attention was paid to developments relevant to Area Based Initiatives (ABIs). The extent of the evidence base on ‘what works’ in crime prevention was then examined. Variations in the quality and robustness of the evidence base was discussed and examples of best practice were identified drawing upon the Home Office’s ‘Toolkits’ for crime prevention and a comprehensive review of crime prevention evaluation studies carried out for the US National Institute of Justice. The latter identified crime prevention strategies that work, those that are promising and those that demonstrably do not work (Sherman et al 1998). Current and forthcoming evaluations of crime prevention initiatives that NDC Partnerships might draw lessons from were identified and efforts to build a comprehensive evidence base on effective crime prevention measures (the Campbell Collaboration – www.campbell.gse.upenn.edu) were outlined. Lessons were identified for the NDC evaluation teams in terms of known problems and pitfalls in conducting crime prevention evaluations and in obtaining consistent crime data. Lessons for partnerships were also defined, particularly, in relation to project management, maximising the positive impacts of crime prevention interventions and partnership working. Where feasible and appropriate, the review also sought to identify the extent to which local authority areas with NDC programmes had been successful in securing funds through the Home Office’s Crime Reduction Programme. Particular attention was paid to the Reducing Burglary Initiative, Targeted Policing and the CCTV programme.

Details: Sheffield, UK: New Deal for Communities Evaluation, Sheffield Hallam University, 2001. 125p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/reports/Crime%20Review%20of%20Evidence.pdf

Year: 2001

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/reports/Crime%20Review%20of%20Evidence.pdf

Shelf Number: 124324

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction (U.K.)
Evaluative Studies
Evidence-Based Practices
Neighborhoods and Crime

Author: Beck, Adrian

Title: Automatic Product Indentification & Shrinkage: Scoping the Potential

Summary: The purpose of this paper is to explore the possibilities offered by recent developments within the sphere of product Auto Identification (Auto ID) technologies to impact upon the problem of shrinkage in the retail sector and their suppliers (both manufacturers and third-party logistics providers). Its purpose is not to provide specific strategies for its implementation, but to consider the potential to impact upon shrinkage in the short, medium and long term. In this respect, this document aims to generate discussion, debate and above all, raise questions about how this rapidly developing technology might be used, rather than to be overtly prescriptive in suggesting how it should be used. The research was commissioned by Efficient Consumer Response Europe (ECR) and uses as its base a series of in-depth discussions with European retailers and manufacturers, technology providers and developers, standards agencies and academics. In particular, a oneday workshop was organised in February 2002, in Brussels, when invited delegates were offered the opportunity to discuss in detail the prospects, problems and potential of Auto ID. The author is extremely grateful to all those who contributed their time, expertise and knowledge to assist in this research. In particular, the staff at the Auto ID Centre in Boston (US) and Cambridge (UK), and the members of the ECR Europe Shrinkage committee.

Details: Brussels: Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) Europe, 2002.

Source: White Paper for ECR Europe: Internter Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/criminology/people/bna/RFIDandShrinkageWhitePaperpdf

Year: 2002

Country: International

URL: http://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/criminology/people/bna/RFIDandShrinkageWhitePaperpdf

Shelf Number: 124328

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Retail Crime
Technology

Author: Seeley, Ken

Title: Bullying in Schools: An Overview

Summary: The harmful effects of bullying cannot be overstated. Reports of bullying in the 1990s show that, in extreme cases, victims may face shooting or severe beatings and may even turn to suicide (Rigby and Slee, 1999). These reports have triggered public action, such that more than 20 states currently have laws that require schools to provide education and services directed toward the prevention and cessation of bullying. A well-known meta-analysis of school-based antibullying programs, conducted by the Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention, found that these programs result in a 17- to 23-percent reduction in bullying (Ttofi, Farrington, and Baldry, 2008). Ttofi and colleagues report that antibullying programs are less effective in the United States than in Europe in reducing the incidence and prevalence of bullying in schools that operate the bullying reduction programs. In response, the current study investigates how American schools can support victimized children and encourage them to graduate and thrive. To determine the causes of bullying in schools and to inform the development of effective intervention strategies, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention funded a series of studies in 2007 at the National Center for School Engagement. The research focused on the connection between different types and frequencies of bullying, truancy, and student achievement, and whether students’ engagement in school mediates these factors. The researchers completed three studies. The first was a quantitative analysis of students that would support the development of a predictive model to explain the relationships among bullying (referred to in the study as peer victimization), school attendance, school engagement, and academic achievement. The second study was a qualitative study in which researchers interviewed victims about their experiences to gain insight into how bullying in school affects attendance. The third study was a qualitative analysis of teachers’ experiences in working to ameliorate the impact of bullying in schools. In this bulletin, the authors compare the results of these studies with the results of the Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention report (Ttofi, Farrington, and Baldry, 2008), which is currently viewed as one of the most comprehensive studies on antibullying programs worldwide. Ttofi and her colleagues conducted a metaanalysis— Effectiveness of Programmes to Reduce School Bullying: A Systematic Review—that reviewed evaluations of 59 school-based antibullying programs in various countries, including the United States. In addition to their comparisons with the Swedish study, the authors recommend strategies and programs to combat bullying in schools that are based on the findings from the three studies described here and a literature review.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 12p.

Source: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/234205.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 124368

Keywords:
Bullying (U.S.)
Crime Prevention
Juvenile Offenders
Juvenile Victims
School Crime
Schools

Author: Wolf, Angela

Title: It's About Time: Prevention and Intervention Services for Gang-Affiliated Girls

Summary: Although a substantial number of girls are involved with gangs, gang prevention and intervention services are not designed with girls in mind. As Kevin Grant, a service provider working with girls in gangs, notes, "A lot of the [gang prevention and intervention] programs that are available do not fully support the needs of girls in gangs." Girls in gangs require services that respond to their unique experiences and needs. This NCCD Focus highlights the vulnerabilities and consequences of gang involvement for girls, the service needs of girls in gangs and girls at risk of joining gangs, as well as the importance of addressing these service needs as a critical gang violence-prevention strategy. It also provides examples of how various programs are currently addressing the gender-specific needs of girls involved in gangs.

Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD), 2012. 8p.

Source: NCCD FOCUS Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at http://nccd-crc.issuelab.org/sd_clicks/download2/its_about_time_prevention_and_intervention_services_for_gang_affiliated_girls

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://nccd-crc.issuelab.org/sd_clicks/download2/its_about_time_prevention_and_intervention_services_for_gang_affiliated_girls

Shelf Number: 124377

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Female Juvenile Offenders
Intervention Programs
Youth Gangs

Author: Villettaz, Patrice

Title: The Effects of Custodial vs. Non-Custodial Sentences on Re-Offending: A Systematic Review of the State of Knowledge

Summary: As part of a broad initiative of systematic reviews of experimental or quasiexperimental evaluations of interventions in the field of crime prevention and the treatment of offenders, our work consisted in searching through all available databases for evidence concerning the effects of custodial and non-custodial sanctions on reoffending. For this purpose, we examined more than 3,000 abstracts, and finally 23 studies that met the minimal conditions of the Campbell Review, with only 5 studies based on a controlled or a natural experimental design. These studies allowed, all in all, 27 comparisons. Relatively few studies compare recidivism rates for offenders sentenced to jail or prison with those of offenders given some alternative to incarceration (typically probation). According to the findings, the rate of re-offending after a non-custodial sanction is lower than after a custodial sanction in 11 out of 13 significant comparisons. However, in 14 out of 27 comparisons, no significant difference on re-offending between both sanctions is noted. Two out of 27 comparisons are in favour of custodial sanctions. Finally, experimental evaluations and natural experiments yield results that are less favourable to non-custodial sanctions, than are quasi-experimental studies using softer designs. This is confirmed by the meta-analysis including four controlled and one natural experiment. According to the results, non-custodial sanctions are not beneficial in terms of lower rates of re-offending beyond random effects. Contradictory results reported in the literature are likely due to insufficient control of pre-intervention differences between prisoners and those serving “alternative” sanctions.

Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2006. 73p.

Source: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2006:13: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at

Year: 2006

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 124420

Keywords:
Alternatives to Incarceration
Crime Prevention
Custodial Sentences
Re-Offending
Recidivism

Author: Hunter, Philip

Title: Human Trafficking and Business: Good Practices to Prevent and Combat Human Trafficking

Summary: This brochure presents an overview and introduction to human trafficking and the role that business can play in addressing it. It explains in practical terms what human trafficking is, why it is an issue for business and what companies large and small can do to take action against it. Divided into two parts, this brochure (1) presents a section that gives an overview of the key issues linking human trafficking and business; and (2) a series of case studies that highlight the practical actions companies are taking to fight this abuse.

Details: Geneva: UN.GIFT, 2010. 68p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://publications.iom.int/bookstore/free/UN.GIFT%20Private%20Sector.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://publications.iom.int/bookstore/free/UN.GIFT%20Private%20Sector.pdf

Shelf Number: 124450

Keywords:
Businesses and Crime
Crime Prevention
Human Trafficking

Author: Noble, Cameron

Title: Urban Youth in the Pacific: Increasing resilience and reducing risk for involvement in crime and violence

Summary: The report “Urban Youth in the Pacific – Increasing Resilience and Reducing Risk for Involvement in Crime and Violence" was produced in response to a concern raised by the Forum Regional Security Committee (FSRC) about the involvement of a small but increasing number of urban youth in crime and violence and acknowledgment that the region can work towards building the resilience of young people. The report aims to provide policy and programming options for Pacific governments and other stakeholders, including the United Nations, to prevent young people becoming involved in crime and violence, and to fulfill their potential as productive citizens. The report covers issues like what factors push Pacific youth to become involved in crime and violence and what can be done to reduce the risk and increase the resilience of young people. The report highlights good policies and activities that address youth crime and violence. It contains case studies from six Pacific Island countries – the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of Marshall Islands, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Samoa and Tonga.

Details: Suva, Fiji: UNDP Pacific Centre: PIFS, 2011. 172p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.undppc.org.fj/_resources/article/files/Full_Report_Urban_Youth.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.undppc.org.fj/_resources/article/files/Full_Report_Urban_Youth.pdf

Shelf Number: 124458

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Juveniles (Pacific)
Urban Crime (Pacific)

Author: U.S. Chamber of Commerce. Coalition Against Counterfeiting and Piracy (CACP)

Title: No Trade in Fakes Supply Chain Tool Kit

Summary: The growing problem of counterfeiting and piracy threatens businesses and consumers in nearly every region of the world. Fake products deprive legitimate businesses of revenue and undermine consumer confidence in their brand names. The damage affects both the brand and domestic and foreign subcontractors that supply materials, components, and finished products to the brand owner. Consumers are also adversely affected because they are deceived into buying fake products that don't meet the brand owner's standards and can pose health and safety hazards. Governments have a particularly critical role to play in this effort. They must create the necessary legal infrastructure to protect trademarks and copyrights effectively and enforce intellectual property laws to deter fraudulent behavior. Businesses, however, must also do their part to prevent the production and sale of counterfeit products. Many aspects of the counterfeiting problem are beyond the control of businesses. But one important area over which businesses can exert a large measure of control is the security of their supply chain. Lax security creates opportunities for counterfeit and stolen goods to make their way into legitimate production, wholesale, and retail channels. Globalization, the Internet, and advanced technology have made it easier for counterfeiters to infiltrate fake products into the supply chain and increase the availability of these products in markets around the world. Yet many businesses, particularly small and medium-size companies, do not fully appreciate the bottom-line cost of lax supply chain security and the adverse impact it has on brand value. To assist businesses and raise awareness of the importance of supply chain security, the Coalition Against Counterfeiting and Piracy (CACP) has developed a tool kit of best practices that companies in a variety of industry sectors are using to improve their internal systems and coordinate with other stakeholders, including subcontractors and government authorities. The CACP recognizes that supply chain requirements vary from industry to industry. There is not one set of best practices effective for all businesses. However, there are lessons that can be learned from businesses that take the security of their supply chains seriously. The following tool kit provides a useful guide for businesses to assess the effectiveness of their supply chain practices and consider new options for improving performance. In addition, this tool kit includes 7 case studies highlighting companies who are employing successful strategies to help protect their products from counterfeiters and modern-day pirates.

Details: Washington, DC: Accenture, 2006. 25p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.fnal.gov/directorate/OQBP/sci/sci_reference_docs/SCI%20No%20Trade%20in%20Fakes%20CACP.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: United States

URL: http://www.fnal.gov/directorate/OQBP/sci/sci_reference_docs/SCI%20No%20Trade%20in%20Fakes%20CACP.pdf

Shelf Number: 124469

Keywords:
Consumer Fraud
Counterfeiting
Crime Prevention
Crimes Against Businesses
Piracy

Author: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime (ICPC)

Title: Public-Private Partnerships and Community Safety: Guide to Action

Summary: In recent years, more and more companies have sought new ways to contribute to the well-being and quality of life. The private sector engages in actions aimed at addressing various social problems and contributes to the development of communities, cities, and countries. Safety is an essential condition for development and the private sector is in a unique position to contribute to the prevention of crime and violence. ''The Public-Private Partnerships and Community Safety: Guide to Action'' publication is a practical guide that demonstrates how companies can engage in community safety. This guide is designed to help companies gain a better understanding of the importance of community safety and the role that the private sector can play in it, mobilize the right partners and identify ways of engagement to work on initiatives to improve community safety. Finally, it intends to inspire these companies by presenting promising actions that have been implemented throughout the world.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime (ICPC), 2011. 160p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/Guide-Public-Private_Partnerships-FINAL.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/Guide-Public-Private_Partnerships-FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 124517

Keywords:
Community Safety Partnerships
Crime Prevention
Public-Private Partnerships

Author: Baldridge, David

Title: Preventing and Responding to Abuse of Elders in Indian Country

Summary: In 2002, the National Indian Council on Aging (NICOA), under contract to the National Center on Elder Abuse, initiated a project to achieve a greater understanding of the scope and nature of elder abuse in Indian country, how it is perceived, services currently being provided, and promising approaches to prevention. This final report for the project – Preventing and Responding to Abuse of Elders in Indian Country – is accompanied by a separate document, Elder Abuse in Indian Country: A Review of the Literature on Research, Policy and Practice. Elder abuse spans a broad spectrum. It ranges from physical violence to the neglect of elders who depend on others for their basic needs. Over the past twenty years, states and local communities across the country have crafted policies and programs to stop abuse, treat its effects and prevent its recurrence. Most states have adopted laws, patterned after child abuse response programs, which enlist professionals and the public to report abuse to public agencies for investigation and follow up. Adult protective service (APS) programs are typically authorized to receive and investigate reports and assess victims’ needs for legal, health or social services. Although little is known about elder abuse in Indian country, the existing literature and accounts by Indian elders and their families, tribes and advocates suggest that it is a serious and pervasive problem. The experiences of Indian elders with abuse, however, and their attitudes about what should be done about it appear to differ from those of non-Indian elders, suggesting the need for new responses to prevention. This project was created to explore the special needs of abused or vulnerable Indian elders and promising approaches for meeting them.

Details: Washington, DC: National Indian Council on Aging, National Center on Elder Abuse, 2004. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/main_site/pdf/whatnew/abuseindian040707.pdf

Year: 2004

Country: United States

URL: http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/main_site/pdf/whatnew/abuseindian040707.pdf

Shelf Number: 124640

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Elder Abuse and Neglect
Native Americans

Author: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)

Title: International Framework for Action To Implement the Smuggling of Migrants Protocol

Summary: While 129 States, to date, have ratified the United Nations Protocol against the Smuggling of Migrants by Land, Sea and Air, supplementing the United Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime, giving effect to the Protocol remains a challenge in all regions. Most countries do not have dedicated action plans or strategies. Most commonly, migrant smuggling is partially addressed through efforts to combat irregular migration, by strengthening border controls and through efforts undertaken against transnational organized crime. Where migrants are simply detained and returned to countries of origin without the smuggling actors involved in their migration being investigated, the criminal processes at work continue unchallenged. Where border controls are strengthened without addressing the root causes of irregular migration and demand for smuggling services, the modus operandi of smugglers will simply adapt. Where opportunities to safely and regularly migrate are not offered as part of a holistic response to migrant smuggling alongside measures to address root causes of irregular migration, the demand for migrant smuggling services will only increase. These considerations highlight the need to elaborate an International Framework for Action to implement the Smuggling of Migrants Protocol (Framework for Action) to harmonize and coordinate a holistic and global response to the phenomenon in countries of origin, transit and destination. The purpose of the Framework for Action is to assist Member States and non-state actors in identifying and addressing gaps in their response to migrant smuggling in accordance with international standards. The Framework for Action unpacks provisions of the Smuggling of Migrants Protocol, drawing upon international instruments, political commitments, guidelines and best practices to enable the implementation of a comprehensive response to migrant smuggling. The Framework for Action consists of a narrative section and a set of tables. The Narrative describes the key challenges in the implementation of the Migrant Smuggling Protocol and elaborates guiding principles in responding to them. The set of tables details practical measures that can be taken in response of four key pillars: i) Prosecution of migrant smugglers; ii) Protection of smuggled migrants and their rights; iii) Prevention of migrant smuggling; iv) Cooperation to address migrant smuggling. For each of the four pillars, the Framework for Action is divided into: Protocol Objectives, which reflect the provisions of the Smuggling of Migrants Protocol; Specific Objectives, which explain the intent of the provisions; Framework Requirements, setting out minimum standards for action; Implementation Measures, which offer best practices to achieve effective implementation; and Operational Indicators, to measure implementation and help monitor change over time.

Details: Vienna: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), 2011. 176p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.unodc.org/documents/human-trafficking/Migrant-Smuggling/Framework_for_Action_Smuggling_of_Migrants.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.unodc.org/documents/human-trafficking/Migrant-Smuggling/Framework_for_Action_Smuggling_of_Migrants.pdf

Shelf Number: 124722

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Human Smuggling
International Cooperation
Migrant Smuggling
Prosecution
Victims Services

Author: Oakley, Robin

Title: Combating Hate Crime in Lativa and The Czech Republic: A Comparative Assessment

Summary: This paper has been prepared within the framework of the EU-funded project “Combating Hate Crime in Latvia and the Czech Republic: Legislation, Police Practice and the Role of NGOs”, which has been carried out during the period 2006–2008 by the Latvian Centre for Human Rights together with its partner the Czech Helsinki Committee. The main focus of the project has been to address the issue of ineffective policing of hate crime in the two countries. In addition the project has also focused on issues relating to legislation and its implementation, and on the victim’s perspective and the impact on communities. Through developing cooperation between police and NGOs at both national and international levels, and by involvement of international experts in seminars and conferences, the project has aimed to enhance awareness and understanding, as well as elaborating practical tools and methods for more effective policing of hate crime in the two countries. After briefly setting the European context, the paper characterises and compares the state of development in each country, and then describes and assesses the contribution made by the project. Finally the paper draws out the lessons learned, and makes recommendations for follow-up activities both at national and European levels. Key lessons learned include (a) the need for legislation to effectively address other hate crime motives in addition to racism, (b) the need for clear directives and procedures for policing and record-keeping, (c) the need for greater awareness of the victim perspective, (d) the importance of inter-agency cooperation (especially between police, prosecutors and courts), and (e) the importance of preventive activities. Despite the fact that the Czech Republic already has a well-established specialist policing response for tackling “extremist” crime, much more needs to be done in the above fields in both countries. So far as methodology is concerned, the project highlights the key role that NGOs can play in helping to develop the response of the police and other public authorities in responding to hate crime. NGOs can do this not only by monitoring and challenging the performance of the authorities, but also by cooperating with them in a constructive way to help them improve their response, both by raising their knowledge and awareness and by building bridges between them and victims and their communities. Establishing successful relationships between NGOs and the police and other authorities is not always easy and is dependent on mutual respect, understanding and trust. Such relationships need to be built up over time on a basis of sustained practical cooperation. Finally, as regards the implications for the EU, the paper highlights the relevance of the project for current EU policies on combating racism and wider forms of discrimination and social exclusion. Specifically, the project offers a methodology and model of operation that could be used more widely across the EU to promote good practice in combating hate crime through cooperation between police and NGOs. It is therefore recommended that measures should be introduced at EU level to enable the methodology adopted in this project to be applied in other countries across the EU, preferably in the form of a systematic targeted EU-funded programme. The key features of such a programme should be that in each country it should be NGOled, that it should have the focus of implementing EU policy commitments relating to racist and other forms of hate crime, and that national-level activities should be complemented by international exchange of experience.

Details: Latvian Centre for Human Rights, 2008. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.humanrights.org.lv/upload_file/anglu.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.humanrights.org.lv/upload_file/anglu.pdf

Shelf Number: 124726

Keywords:
Comparative Studies
Crime Prevention
Hate Crime (Latvia) (Czech Republic)

Author: Anti-Defamation League

Title: Bullying/Cyberbullying Prevention Law: Model Statute and Advocacy Toolkit

Summary: Bullying and harassment in elementary and secondary educational settings is a continuing problem for school districts, parents, and students. The impact of bullying has been well documented -- studies have shown that difficulty making friends, loneliness, low self-esteem, depression, poor academic achievement, truancy and suicide are all associated with being bullied. Bullying is often motivated by prejudice and hate, and some of the most serious cases are the result of bias based on the victim’s personal characteristics, such as race, religion, national origin, gender identity, or sexual orientation. Whether bullying is related to identity-based group membership, or more universal characteristics such as appearance or social status, this form of social cruelty can produce devastating consequences for the targets – and the perpetrators of bullying – and may be a precursor to more destructive behavior. Cyberbullying, described as intentional harm inflicted through electronic media, is a growing problem that affects almost half of all U.S. teens. An increasing number of youth are misusing online technology -- e-mailing, text messaging, chatting and blogging -- to bully, harass and even incite violence against others. Targets of cyberbullying may be subject to additional distress due to the pervasive and invasive nature of modern communication technology. Cyberbullying messages can be circulated far and wide in an instant and are usually irrevocable; cyberbullying is ubiquitous—there is no refuge and victimization can be relentless; and cyberbullying is often anonymous and can rapidly swell as countless and unknown others join in on “the fun.” For years, governments, schools and courts have been wrestling with how to deal with the issue of bullying and harassment in schools. A school’s duty to maintain a safe learning environment for students must be balanced with a student’s right to privacy and free speech. Particularly with the rise in cyberbullying, schools are seeking ways to create a safe environment, and communities and legislatures are creating guidelines on the issue. Over the past ten years, thirty-seven states have adopted legislation mandating schools implement anti-bullying statutes. Some statutes are general prohibitions on bullying while others are specific in their requirements. The Anti-Defamation League has prepared a Model Anti-Bullying Statute. The League’s Model Statute combines the best elements of existing laws, along with refinements to ensure that this anti-bullying statute is comprehensive and constitutional. While some of the current thirty-seven state statutes may have all of the elements in ADL’s model, most do not. ADL is taking a strong lead in encouraging states to ensure their anti-bullying statutes are complete, effective, constitutional, and implemented. This Toolkit contains ADL’s Model Anti-Bullying Statute, general talking points in support of anti-bullying legislation, a specific section-by-section description of our model policy, a compilation of the existing anti-bullying statutes, and examples of school Internet Acceptable Use Policies.

Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2009. 34p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.adl.org/civil_rights/Anti-Bullying%20Law%20Toolkit_2009.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://www.adl.org/civil_rights/Anti-Bullying%20Law%20Toolkit_2009.pdf

Shelf Number: 124949

Keywords:
Bullying
Crime Prevention
Cyberbullying
Legislation

Author: LeGendre, Paul

Title: Minorities Under Siege: Hate Crimes and Intolerance in the Russian Federation

Summary: There has been no respite for Russia’s minorities in the past year from violent attacks motivated by bias, with any given week marred by serious assaults or racist murders. Although no official statistics are available, a leading Russian nongovernmental monitor of hate crimes documented 31 racist murders in 2005 and hate-based attacks on 413 individuals, while estimating that the real number of violent attacks is far higher. In the first four months of 2006, attacks appeared to escalate with 15 racist murders and hate-based attacks on 114 individuals. In April 2006 alone at least nine people were victims of racist murders. One nine-yearold girl suffered multiple stab wounds but survived. Those who are vulnerable to hate crimes include both foreigners and Russia nationals with a “non-Slavic” appearance. Non-Slavic people from the Russian Federation’s republics in the Caucasus who are Russian citizens are as much targets of racist violence as are recent immigrants from the now independent republics of the former Soviet Union. Particularly high levels of racist violence are directed toward people from the Caucasus, in part in response to the war in Chechnya and associated terrorist attacks in Russian towns and cities. Attacks motivated by racism sometimes have an overlay of religious hatred and intolerance: most people from the Caucasus are Muslims or of non-Orthodox Christian faiths. At the same time, reporting of attacks on people from these areas probably remains the least comprehensive, as these victims also tend to fear police abuse or arrest and are least likely to report racist attacks. Attacks on the Jewish community build on deeply rooted antisemitism that has found new voices, while Russia’s scattered Roma – sometimes known as gypsies – face violent attacks as part of longstanding patterns of discrimination and social marginalization by both the state and civil society. People of African origin have been the object of persistent and serious attacks, with African students in particular subject to everyday threats of violence. In addition to “visible” minorities, identified through their skin color, culture, or language, bias crimes target members of religions that are considered “non-traditional,” from Jehovah’s Witnesses to Baptists, Roman Catholics, and Hare Krishnas. Those whose minority status is due to their sexual orientation also have become targets of bias-based violence. Victims of hate crimes have likewise included those who are taking action against racism and intolerance. Human rights and anti-racism campaigners, including young people who speak out against racism through music and groups that call themselves anti-Fascist, have engaged in growing protests against extremist violence and are increasingly themselves the victims. The perpetrators are drawn typically from ordinary citizens who are receptive to a pervasive message of hatred and fear of those who do not fit an ethnic Russian, Orthodox Christian ideal. Tens of thousands of mostly young people have been mobilized in a loosely organized movement of “skinheads” united by extreme nationalist ideology, sometimes in frank imitation of Germany’s National Socialists. Whereas in the past skinheads were an important factor only in the larger cities, they are now often present in smaller cities and towns, and they also have become increasingly bold in their public presence. A recent eyewitness account told of a group of some 30 skinheads marching in formation through a central Moscow metro station shouting racist slogans. Such accounts are no longer a rarity. The violence is being perpetrated in an atmosphere in which the xenophobic and racist discourse is not limited to extremist groups, but has extended into the mainstream through political parties and the media. Such discourse is increasingly a part of mainstream politics – as evidenced by the racist campaign rhetoric in last year’s Moscow Duma (Parliament) election, which led to the barring of one political party from the election race. Xenophobic statements by political leaders and media coverage have an influence on public opinion by exacerbating preexisting fears and prejudices and a recent survey shows high levels of xenophobic sentiment in the population at large. Russian laws today provide a basis for the investigation and prosecution of crimes motivated by racial, ethnic, or religious bias. The Russian Criminal Code contains a general penalty enhancement provision for “the commission of crimes with a motive of national, racial, religious hate or enmity…” Several other articles of the Code provide specific enhanced punishments for particular crimes committed with these motivations. Russian law also contains provisions to punish incitement to hatred. Yet, despite the generally sound legal basis with which to address racist violence, those responsible for these crimes operate with relative impunity. Criminal laws to punish hate crimes do not appear to be systematically applied and bias motivations figure in prosecutions only in a fraction of such cases. Although prosecutions for the most serious crimes have increased in number, racist assaults are still often prosecuted as acts of “hooliganism” and many violent attacks causing injury fall outside of the criminal justice system altogether. Separate laws on combating extremism define “extremism ” broadly, but have not been used effectively to counter the many extreme nationalist or neo-Nazi groups that openly espouse and engage in racist violence. Anti-extremism laws have, in contrast, been misused to target human rights advocates critical of the government who speak out against intolerance. No official statistics on the incidence of hate crimes and their prosecution are systematically collected and regularly reported. The continued absence of detailed and systematic monitoring and statistical reporting on hate crimes, including data distinguishing the groups targeted for violence, seriously limits the capacity of policy makers to understand the true nature of the problem and make corresponding policy decisions. It likewise hinders a better understanding of the weaknesses of the criminal justice system as concerns the prosecution of hate crimes. Nongovernmental organizations within Russia have somewhat compensated with their own collection of data on hate crimes. While they acknowledge that their coverage is limited in scope and no substitute for government collection and reporting, they coincide in reporting a steady increase in recent years in the level of discriminatory violence. Although several official bodies address the issue of hate crimes in some way, there is no specialized antidiscrimination body in Russia with a specific mandate to monitor and report on hate crimes. A result is an inadequate response by the Russian authorities to the growing problem of racist violence. Government officials have on occasion publicly spoken out against racist violence in general, and on individual cases of hate crimes, but with little apparent follow-through. Just as often, officials have sought to downplay the scale of the problem. Overall, the message coming from Russia’s civil society leaders is that the official reaction to hate-motivated crimes and what these crimes reveal about the plight of Russia’s minorities has been both intermittent and largely muted, falling far short of the visible, concrete, concerted action needed to combat racist violence and related hate crimes. A comprehensive approach to the problem of racist violence is sorely needed. President Putin should appoint a special commission with the mandate to undertake a comprehensive investigation of the problem of racist violence and related intolerance in Russia. Political leaders should react immediately in public statements to crimes of racist violence and other violent bias crimes. Russia’s criminal justice authorities should undertake to more systematically implement the laws in place dealing with hate crimes and should take steps to establish a system for the monitoring and collection of statistics on hate crimes and their prosecution and for the regular publication of this data. Finally, the Russian authorities should also provide a mandate and appropriate resources to an official antidiscrimination body, in line with Council of Europe recommendations, to drive the policy measures required in the longer-term to combat hate crimes.

Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2006. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April, 15, 2012 at http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/wp-content/uploads/pdf/06623-discrim-Minorities-Under-Siege-Russia-web.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: Russia

URL: http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/wp-content/uploads/pdf/06623-discrim-Minorities-Under-Siege-Russia-web.pdf

Shelf Number: 124964

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Hate Crimes (Russian Federation)
Racist Crimes

Author: van der Laan, Peter H.

Title: Cross-border Trafficking In Human Beings: Prevention and Intervention Strategies for Reducing Sexual Exploitation

Summary: Over the years, growing attention has been given to the phenomenon of trafficking in human beings (THB). Sexual exploitation was until recently by far the most commonly identified feature of THB, followed by forced labour. Many activities to combat trafficking for the purpose of sexual exploitation have been initiated by numerous supranational, international as well as national organizations. Much is written about these initiatives, but some areas have been neglected. Knowledge on ‘what works’ is in particular limited. The growing attention to THB entails a demand for more information. The severity of the crime and the impact on its victims makes it of utmost importance to gain more insight into the working and effectiveness of anti-trafficking strategies and interventions. The main objective of this review was to assess the presently available evidence on the effects of interventions that aim to prevent and suppress trafficking in human beings. The following questions were central to the systematic review: 1) What types of anti-THB strategies and interventions can be identified that have been accompanied by some form of empirical analysis? 2) Which of these studies incorporate (quasi-)experimental evaluations that are rigorous enough to determine the effect of these anti-THB strategies on preventing and suppressing THB? 3) What are the outcomes of these (quasi-)experimental studies? Policies or interventions to prevent or suppress cross border trafficking for the purpose of sexual exploitation have not been evaluated rigorously enough to determine their effect. Using different search strategies and key words in nine different languages, the authors identified 19.000 studies on trafficking that came out between January 2000 and June 2009. They examined and coded the full text of the 20 studies that contained a combination of the relevant key words in their title, subtitle and/or abstract. None of these were controlled and most did not even use pre- and post-test measures.

Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2011. 50p.

Source: Campbell Systematic Review 2011:9 : Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2012 at http://www.emnbelgium.be/sites/default/files/publications/cross_border_trafficking_systematic_review.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.emnbelgium.be/sites/default/files/publications/cross_border_trafficking_systematic_review.pdf

Shelf Number: 124999

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Human Trafficking
Intervention Programs
Sex Trafficking
Sexual Exploitation

Author: Jain, Saranga

Title: New Insights on Preventing Child Marriage: A Global Analysis of Factors and Programs

Summary: The international community and U.S. government are increasingly concerned about the prevalence of child marriage and its toll on girls in developing countries (UNICEF 2005; Save the Children 2004; Mathur, Greene and Malhotra 2003). One in seven girls in the developing world marries before 15 (Population Council 2006). Nearly half of the 331 million girls in developing countries are expected to marry by their 20th birthday. At this rate, 100 million more girls—or 25,000 more girls every day—will become child brides in the next decade (Bruce and Clark 2004). Current literature on child marriage has primarily examined the prevalence, consequences and reported reasons for early marriage. Much less has been analyzed about the risk and protective factors that may be associated with child marriage. Also, little is known about the range of existing programs addressing child marriage, and what does and does not work in preventing early marriage. The work presented here investigates two key questions: What factors are associated with risk of or protection against child marriage, and ultimately could be the focus of prevention efforts?; What are the current programmatic approaches to prevent child marriage in developing countries, and are these programs effective? This report is for policy-makers and development practitioners working on or planning a future program to prevent child marriage. New insights on risk and protective factors will help program designers find points of intervention to prevent child marriage. The program scan offers a better understanding of what programs currently exist and how to expand efforts.

Details: Washington, DC: International Center for Research on Women, 2007. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://www.icrw.org/files/publications/New-Insights-on-Preventing-Child-Marriage.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.icrw.org/files/publications/New-Insights-on-Preventing-Child-Marriage.pdf

Shelf Number: 125044

Keywords:
Child Marriage
Crime Prevention
Evaluative Studies
Intervention Programs

Author: Social & Market Research

Title: Research into the Views and Experiences of People Involved in Neighbourhood Watch Schemes in Northern Ireland

Summary: This report presents the findings from research into Neighbourhood Watch schemes in Northern Ireland. The aims of the research were to establish the views and experiences of key partners and local stakeholders in relation to the impact and effectiveness of Neighbourhood Watch in: preventing crime and anti-social behavior; reducing the fear of crime; assisting local police in detecting crime; enhancing the relationship between the police and the community; and promoting community spirit.

Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2007. 90p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/neighbourhood_watch_evaluation_final_report_-_nov._2007.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/neighbourhood_watch_evaluation_final_report_-_nov._2007.pdf

Shelf Number: 125100

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Fear of Crime
Neighborhood Watch (Northern Ireland)
Police-Community Relations

Author: Braga, Anthony A.

Title: The Effects of

Summary: A number of American police departments have been experimenting with new problem-oriented policing frameworks to prevent gang and group-involved violence generally known as the “pulling levers” focused deterrence strategies. Focused deterrence strategies honor core deterrence ideas, such as increasing risks faced by offenders, while finding new and creative ways of deploying traditional and non-traditional law enforcement tools to do so, such as directly communicating incentives and disincentives to targeted offenders. Pioneered in Boston to halt serious gang violence, the focused deterrence framework has been applied in many American cities through federally sponsored violence prevention programs. In its simplest form, the approach consists of selecting a particular crime problem, such as gang homicide; convening an interagency working group of law enforcement, social-service, and community-based practitioners; conducting research to identify key offenders, groups, and behavior patterns; framing a response to offenders and groups of offenders that uses a varied menu of sanctions (“pulling levers”) to stop them from continuing their violent behavior; focusing social services and community resources on targeted offenders and groups to match law enforcement prevention efforts; and directly and repeatedly communicating with offenders to make them understand why they are receiving this special attention. These new strategic approaches have been applied to a range of crime problems, such as overt drug markets and individual repeat offenders, and have shown promising results in the reduction of crime.

Details: Oslo, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review 2012:6: Accessed May 9, 2012 at: www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/1918/

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL:

Shelf Number: 125231

Keywords:
Collaboration
Crime Prevention
Focused Deterrence Strategies
Gang Violence
Problem-Oriented Policing (U.S.)
Pulling Levers
Violent Crime

Author: Robinson, Elly

Title: Parental involvement in preventing and responding to cyberbullying

Summary: This paper outlines definitions and statistics related to cyberbullying, differences between cyberbullying and offline bullying, and parents’ roles and involvement in preventing and responding to cyberbullying incidents. The aim of the paper is to inform practitioners and other professionals of ways to help parents clarify their roles, and provide them with the tools to help their teenage children engage in responsible online behaviour.

Details: Melbourne, Victoria, Australia: Child Family Community Australia, Australian Institute of Family Studies, 2012. 11p.

Source: CFCA Paper No. 4 2012: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://www.aifs.gov.au/cfca/pubs/papers/04/cfca04.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aifs.gov.au/cfca/pubs/papers/04/cfca04.pdf

Shelf Number: 125337

Keywords:
Bullying (Australia)
Crime Prevention
Cyberbullying (Australia)
Cybersecurity
Parents

Author: Ram, Christopher D.

Title: Meeting the Challenge of Crime in the Global Village: An Assessment of the Role and Future of the United Nations Commission on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice

Summary: This book examines recent developments in the evolution of crime at the domestic and transnational level, the pressures that these have exerted on domestic law and policy and national sovereignty, and the effectiveness of the United Nations Commission on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice as a collective response to those pressures. At the time of writing (April - December of 2011) the Commission, which was established in 1992, is in its 20th year, and a re-assessment is in order. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of the Commission, it is necessary to first assess the various functions it performs, whether by design or not, and the value of these functions to the Member States individually and the international community as a whole. This is more complex than it may seem, because effectiveness is largely in the eye of the beholder and must inevitably be assessed as against the expectations of the many different constituencies it serves, which are defined not only by national or regional economic, political or other substantive interests but also in terms of the diplomatic, criminological, security, development and intergovernmental, governmental or non-governmental lenses through which various participants perceive the Commission and its work. In this context, the book then considers developments of the past two decades and the perspectives of various constituencies on what has worked and what has not. It concludes that the benefits of the Commission and the work it mandates are, while often abstract, long-term and difficult to quantify, substantial when compared with the relatively small investment it demands from the Member States. At the 20th session, held in April 2011, the frustrations of many delegations appeared to crystallise in a new will to adopt procedural reforms, which bodes well for the future, but the Commission was also advised of major resource limits that will reduce the documentation by the Commission of its work, which bodes ill. These and other recent developments will be considered with a view to developing ideas and proposals for the future.

Details: Helsinki: European Institute for Crime Prevention and Control, affiliated with the United Nations (HEUNI), 2012. 144p.

Source: Internet Resource: Publication Series No. 73: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.heuni.fi/Satellite?blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobcol=urldata&SSURIapptype=BlobServer&SSURIcontainer=Default&SSURIsession=false&blobkey=id&blobheadervalue1=inline;%20filename=HEUNI%20report%2073%20final%2028022012.pdf&SSURIsscontext=Satellite%20Server&blobwhere=1331736235201&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&ssbinary=true&blobheader=application/pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.heuni.fi/Satellite?blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobcol=urldata&SSURIapptype=BlobServer&SSURIcontainer=Default&SSURIsession=false&blobkey=id&blobheadervalue1=inline;%20filename=HEUNI%20report%2073%20final%2028022012.pdf&SS

Shelf Number: 125477

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Policies
Criminal Justice Reform
United Nations

Author: Gabor, Thomas

Title: Evidence-Based Crime Prevention Programs: A Literature Review

Summary: The current fiscal crisis has led governments at all levels to reflect on their approaches to fighting crime. A decline in the revenues of local governments compels them to prioritize programs on the basis of their efficacy and cost effectiveness. A recent editorial in the Palm Beach Post (August 24th) stated that the pressure is on the Criminal Justice Commission (CJC) to demonstrate that cherished programs, such as the youth empowerment centers, are effective in reducing crime. Research and evaluation allow funding to proceed by demonstrating program effectiveness. They also contribute to a more impartial and transparent way of arriving at funding decisions. The present project involved a structured, scholarly literature review that was designed to achieve two objectives: 1) to assess the evidence underlying the key crime prevention programs and initiatives currently being funded by Palm Beach County; and, 2) to identify exemplary or promising programs that might be considered for implementation in the County. The ultimate goal was to provide evidence-based information that would inform crime policy, improve the operation of the criminal justice system, and reduce crime. Decisions taken on the project, including the selection of programs to be covered by the literature review, were made collaboratively with the Research and Planning Unit of the CJC. In short, this review aimed to answer the question of “what works” in crime prevention and what is likely to work in Palm Beach County. This paper describes the methodology used in the structured literature review as the aim was to minimize the bias that frequently intrudes in literature reviews. The selection of materials for literature reviews, the material extracted from each work, and the methods used to assess the literature as a whole can easily be influenced by one’s prior expectations and beliefs. Therefore, a systematic approach is taken in the present 2 Thomas Gabor, LLC Literature Review of Crime Prevention Programs review. A critical aspect of this review is to distinguish between evaluations on the basis of their methodological rigor. While some program evaluations are true experiments with randomization (also known as randomized control trials), the vast majority use less rigorous methods. The more rigorous a study, the more reliable will be the conclusions of the evaluation. Hence, the greater the confidence will be that the program will be effective if implemented elsewhere. Thus, the weight given to the conclusion of an evaluation study must take into account the methodology applied. Methods for rating evaluation studies and for drawing conclusions across studies are presented below. The ultimate goal of the review is to facilitate the implementation of politically neutral and evidence-based crime prevention programming in Palm Beach County.

Details: West Palm Beach, FL: Palm Beach County Board of County Commissioners and Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 204p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.pbcgov.com/criminaljustice/youth/pdf/FinalReportStructuredLiteratureReview.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.pbcgov.com/criminaljustice/youth/pdf/FinalReportStructuredLiteratureReview.pdf

Shelf Number: 125616

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Programs
Evidence-Based Practices

Author: Victoria. Parliament. Drugs and cRime Prevention Committee

Title: Inquiry Into Locally Based Approaches to Community Safety and Crime Prevention: Final Report

Summary: The recent release of crime statistics in Victoria has shown that crime against the person has increased during the last year. Crime costs the community in a variety of ways. For example, the Australian Institute of Criminology found the cost of crime in Australia in 2005 to be nearly $36 billion per year. More recently a study by Professor Russell Smyth from Monash University conservatively estimated the cost of crime in Victoria 2009-2010 to be $9.8 billion. Given these statistics it is timely that the Drugs and Crime Prevention Committee has undertaken an inquiry into community safety and crime prevention. It should be noted at the outset however that this Inquiry has not been about individual crime prevention initiatives or specific areas of crime prevention such as family violence or alcohol related crime. Rather, the focus is about the processes and models through which effective crime prevention policy and programs can be developed and implemented at local level and the partnerships that can be formed to make this happen. The recommendations arising from this Report reflect this. Having said this the Committee received considerable evidence through submissions and witness testimony in Victoria and other parts of Australia that alcohol and drug misuse is one of the key drivers contributing to crime and antisocial behaviour and that accordingly measures need to be taken to address this. The Committee agrees that there is a definite place for criminal justice initiatives to deter and reduce offending and antisocial behaviours. However the concept of crime prevention cannot be narrowly circumscribed to traditional law and order approaches only. These approaches can be superficially attractive but they ignore the complex and multiple contributory factors that lead to criminal offending. Crime prevention strategies need to be based on social developmental, situational and environmental models approaches in addition to law enforcement measures. It is equally important to incorporate the concepts of community engagement, social capital and community capacity building into crime prevention policy and program implementation. Modern crime prevention and community engagement approaches are essentially about investing in safer, healthier and happier local communities. A key aspect of this Inquiry was examining local approaches to crime prevention including the role and work of Neighbourhood Watch within the community. The work of local government and community agencies therefore featured strongly throughout this Report. Much crime prevention theory and research indicates that initiatives developed and implemented at a local level are some of the best ways of reducing crime and antisocial behaviour. As most crime of immediate concern to communities is local (e.g. property crime, antisocial behaviour and alcohol related crime, vandalism etc.) then the primary focus for preventive action should also be local. As such the Committee has made recommendations to the overall structure of Community Crime Prevention in this state which will allow for greater local level and community collaboration as well as more easily facilitating input from experts. These recommendations will also provide for greater coordination across government. The Report and its recommendations address many of the complex challenges of crime prevention. The Committee is of the view that given this complexity of the task a ‘one size fits all’ approach is inappropriate in addressing the issues of crime and antisocial behaviour in Victoria.

Details: Melbourne: Government Printer for State of Victoria, 2012. 376p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.parliament.vic.gov.au/images/stories/committees/dcpc/Locally_Based_Approach_Crime_Prevention/dcpc.icp.finalreport.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.parliament.vic.gov.au/images/stories/committees/dcpc/Locally_Based_Approach_Crime_Prevention/dcpc.icp.finalreport.pdf

Shelf Number: 125684

Keywords:
Communities and Crime
Community Crime Prevention
Community Participation
Community Safety
Crime (Australia)
Crime Prevention

Author: United Nations Economic and Social Council. Commission on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice

Title: World Crime Trends and Emerging Issues and Responses in the Field of Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice

Summary: The present document was prepared in accordance with the practice established by Economic and Social Council resolution 1990/18. The document provides information on preliminary results from the United Nations Survey of Crime Trends and Operations of Criminal Justice Systems covering the year 2010, on statistics on trends and patterns in intentional homicide and on the prominent theme of the twenty-first session of the Commission on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice: Violence against migrants, migrant workers and their families. The document also includes an overview of some of the methodological challenges in obtaining crime and criminal justice data and improving their quality.

Details: Vienna: United National Economic and Social Council, 2012. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2012 at: http://www.unodc.org/documents/data-and-analysis/Crime-statistics/V1250994.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.unodc.org/documents/data-and-analysis/Crime-statistics/V1250994.pdf

Shelf Number: 125844

Keywords:
Crime Measurement
Crime Prevention
Crime Rates
Crime Statistics
Crime Trends (International)
Homicides
Immigrants

Author: De Martino, Luigi

Title: Reducing Armed Violence, Enabling Development

Summary: The residents of low- and middle-income countries bear a grossly disproportionate share of the global burden of armed violence. Insecurity and high levels of violence have profoundly negative consequences for societies and the quality of people’s lives. Not only does armed violence in its different forms kill and injure hundreds of thousands of people every year, but the impact of wide-scale violence and armed conflict is devastating on a country’s public institutions, national economy, infrastructure, and social cohesion (GD Secretariat, 2008, p. 31). Violence stops or even reverses development, especially in low- and middle-income countries. At the same time, weak governance, economic stagnation, and social inequalities contribute to the persistence of violence. This Research Note relies mostly on the key findings of the 2008 and 2011 Global Burden of Armed Violence (GBAV) reports (GD Secretariat, 2008; 2011), as well as on the World Bank’s World Development Report 2011 (World Bank, 2011). It examines the negative relationship between armed violence and development by providing an overview of the impacts of armed violence and considering the links between armed violence and development; more specifically, it highlights the statistical evidence on the linkages between lethal violence and specific Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). A clear message emerges from this analysis: if countries and donors want to realize their development goals, then addressing the root causes of armed violence becomes a priority for policy-makers.

Details: Geneva, Switzerland: Small Arms Survey, 2012. 4p.

Source: Small Arms Survey Research Notes, Number 19: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.smallarmssurvey.org/fileadmin/docs/H-Research_Notes/SAS-Research-Note-19.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.smallarmssurvey.org/fileadmin/docs/H-Research_Notes/SAS-Research-Note-19.pdf

Shelf Number: 125946

Keywords:
Armed Violence
Costs of Crime
Crime Prevention
Violence

Author: Smith, Chloe

Title: Grippa Evaluation Trial Strategy: Iteration One Report

Summary: The relationships between disorder, crime and alcohol have been widely researched and represent a complex and multifaceted set of interactions (Richardson & Budd, 2003). Several themes have emerged demonstrating associations between alcohol and assault (Mattinson, 2001); alcohol and burglary (Bennett & Wright, 1984); and, alcohol and domestic violence (Leonard, 2004). The current research deviates from this and examines associated problems in venues that sell alcohol. In particular, it considers the problem of licensed premises as what Clarke and Eck (2003) refer to as ‘risky facilities’ and what contributes to this status. In the United Kingdom, perhaps more so than other European countries, ‘public house culture’ is an ever increasing phenomena in terms of both popularity and business (Jackson et al. 2000). In terms of criminogenic characteristics, licensed premises have the clear potential to both generate crime, as large numbers of people congregate within them, and attract crime as offenders will quickly learn about venues which offer good opportunities for crime with acceptable risks of detection. In contrast to other types of locations at which people congregate, alcohol can play a contributory role in enhancing victimisation risk, lowering victims awareness of security, and potentially reducing offender’s perceptions of risk or their consideration of it. The aim of the current research was to examine the impact on crime of a crime prevention intervention implemented in a licensed environment. Before discussing the intervention, a brief review of the research literature concerned with those factors that contribute to the risk of victimisation will be presented with a particular focus on crime in bars.

Details: London: Jill Dando Institute of Crime and Science University College London, 2005. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.grippaclip.com/wp-content/uploads/Grippa-Phase-1-Report.pdf

Year: 2005

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.grippaclip.com/wp-content/uploads/Grippa-Phase-1-Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 125993

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.)
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Risky Facilities
Taverns, Bars, Pubs

Author: Marshall, Phil

Title: Re-Thinking Trafficking Prevention: A Guide to Applying Behaviour Theory

Summary: Trafficking prevention, vulnerability reduction, and strengthened monitoring, evaluation, and analysis of programmes are all mandated under the 3rd COMMIT Sub‐regional Plan of Action (COMMIT SPA III, 2011‐2013) as well as the 2004 COMMIT Memorandum of Understanding. This Guide aims to support COMMIT Taskforces and partners in improving the effectiveness of trafficking prevention programmes though an analytical approach centred around the planning and measurement of behaviour change. The term “prevention” is used to describe a huge range of anti‐trafficking interventions and has accounted for a large proportion of the investment in anti‐trafficking. In source-based efforts to reduce vulnerability and migration, we find a host of awareness‐raising activities, microcredit schemes, vocational training, community protection networks, programmes to increase school attendance, and even the building of wells in rural communities to reduce seasonal migration. At destinations we find further awareness-raising efforts, emerging campaigns targeting consumers, migrant hotlines, and workplace inspections. Governments and other actors have also attempted to prevent trafficking in transit through strengthened border controls, restrictions on movement, particularly of young women and girls, and out‐reach services for potentially vulnerable migrants in border areas, boat and bus terminals. To date, however, there has been limited analysis to understand how these efforts ultimately impact human trafficking or how they fit together into a set of activities to prevent human trafficking. Further, although the prevention of trafficking requires changes in behaviour, there have been few attempts to define prevention activities in behavioural terms. This paper seeks to highlight the potential advantages of doing so, demonstrating the benefits of behavioural theory, developed and refined in other fields, as a basis for stronger programme design and evaluation in the anti‐trafficking sector. It will not provide extensive detail on behavioural theory, on which there is much documentation, but seeks to present core ideas in broad terms to anti‐trafficking practitioners.

Details: Bangkok: United Nations Inter-Agency Project on Human Trafficking, 2011. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://www.no-trafficking.org/pub/rethinkingTraffickingPreventionWeb.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.no-trafficking.org/pub/rethinkingTraffickingPreventionWeb.pdf

Shelf Number: 126024

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Programs
Human Trafficking

Author: FMR Research

Title: Final Report May 2009: Evaluation of Nite Zone

Summary: This report is a study evaluating the Nite Zone programme implemented by the Glasgow City Centre Alcohol Action Group (GCCAAG). This report highlights the findings of the evaluation and offers recommendations regarding improvements for the project. The evaluation was undertaken during January to April 2009. Glasgow city centre can host between 70,000 to 100,000 people on a Friday or Saturday night which creates challenges when looking at protection and control issues around alcohol. This led to the establishment of the Glasgow City Centre Alcohol Group (CCAAG) in 2003 to tackle alcohol related harm in the City Centre. GCCAAG is a partnership between Strathclyde Police, Glasgow City Council, Glasgow Community & Safety Services and NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde. The remit of the group is to develop actions around a range of activities to reduce alcohol-related harm and promote a safer environment by co-ordinated action; with the implicit recognition that at all levels alcohol-related harm cannot be tackled without multi-agency effort. Nite Zone draws together a number of community safety strands which helps to facilitate the prompt and safe exit of users of the Glasgow city centre night time economy. While initially focusing on the area around Glasgow Central Station when the project was established in December 2005, the project was extended to Sauchiehall Street in June 2006. Nite Zone‟s main aims are to get people who are using the night time economy quickly and safely out of the city centre with a positive impact on violent crime, disorder, anti-social behaviour and the fear of crime. 1.2 Objectives The overarching aim of this evaluation was to evaluate and report on the contribution that Nite Zone had made with regard to reducing violence in the City Centre as well as reviewing the success of the specific strands of the Nite Zone initiative. These include: increasing the capacity of night taxi ranks; amending traffic sequences to reduce congestion at night; provision of public street white lighting; developing a radio network involving night clubs and other late night premises; providing Taxi and Bus Marshalls; increasing CCTV operators and providing Public Help Points; and providing first aid to people in taxi queues.

Details: Glasgow: FMR Research, 2009. 55p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2012 at: www.shiftingthebalance.scot.nhs.uk

Year: 2009

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 126047

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorders
Crime Prevention
Disorderly Conduct
Nightime Economy (Scotland)
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: McCormick, Joel G.

Title: National Evaluation of Crime Prevention Strategies in Urban Parks: Using Rational Choice Theory to Understand Decisions of Park Directors and Professors

Summary: Crime and fear of crime is increasing in recreational settings Chavez, Tynon, & Knap, 2004, Manning et al., 2001; Pendleton, 2000; Shore, 1994). However, research on the effectiveness of crime prevention programs in urban parks, rural parks, or national forest/park lands is scarce. This dissertation utilized a three paper format to gain a more complete understanding of how Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design CPTED) principles observation, access control, territoriality and maintenance) are taught and applied in urban parks. Paper one evaluates crime prevention strategies currently being employed by public park managers in the United States. Paper two applies a combination of descriptive statistics and qualitative methods to investigate Rational Choice Theory as a decision making tool for implementing CPTED) strategies to reduce crime and fear of crime in urban parks. The third paper examines whether and how CPTED is being taught at the college level. This paper also uses a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods to investigate college professors decisions to teach CPTED using a Rational Choice framework. In papers one and two, a web based survey link was e-mailed to the directors of municipal recreation and park agencies in the 250 largest cities in the United States. A total of 129 agencies responded 52%). In paper three, a different web based survey link was e-mailed to 100 college professors across the United States. A total of 72 professors responded. The results indicate that 45% of park directors in the United States have received training in crime prevention strategies. A belief that the occurrence of crime was not a problem in parks was reported by 66% of park directors. However, when presented with the statement, “reducing fear of crime in the park that I manage is a priority” 55% of park directors agreed. Over two-thirds of the professors agreed that crime in parks was a problem; even more agreed that fear of crime in parks was a problem, but only one-third stated that they would make it a priority to do something about it. Only 24% of professors in this study included CPTED strategies in their classes. The main reason given for not including these strategies was “lack of knowledge” of CPTED. There appears to be a need to bring awareness about fear of crime and strategies to the forefront of the field. Park directors should increase their efforts to reduce crime opportunities in their parks and most academicians need to increase their awareness and teaching of CPTED strategies to address problems that have real world applications. Further research in park safety for visitors is needed.

Details: Florida: University of Florida, 2011. 125p.

Source: Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2012 at http://www.socscience.com/social-sciences/17825.html

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.socscience.com/social-sciences/17825.html

Shelf Number: 126073

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evaluative Studies
Parks, Urban
Rational Choice Theory

Author: Sarver, Christian M.

Title: Utah Cost of Crime 2012: Methods for Reviewing Program Effectiveness (Systemic Review/Meta-Analysis)

Summary: This paper describes the methodology used by researchers at the Utah Criminal Justice Center and the Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice to assess program effectiveness for its inclusion in the Utah's Cost Benefit Model, including sources of data and descriptions of statistical methods used.

Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2012. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20of%20Crime%202012%20-%20Methods%20Review%20Benefits.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20of%20Crime%202012%20-%20Methods%20Review%20Benefits.pdf

Shelf Number: 126108

Keywords:
Costs of Crime (Utah)
Costs of Criminal Justice (Utah)
Crime Prevention
Intervention Programs (Utah)
Research Methods

Author: Great Britain. Office of the Deputy Prime Minister. Social Exclusion Unit

Title: Transitions: Young Adults with Complex Needs: A Social Exclusion Unit Final Report

Summary: Transitions is the Social Exclusion Unit's final report looking at 16 - 25 year-olds with complex needs. It examines the problems faced by young people as they move from adolescence to adulthood; it explores the areas of thinking and behaviour, age boundaries and holistic services and the trusted adult and sets out the principles of effective service delivery for young adults. The report ends by outlining the actions the Government will take to address the problems of service delivery to young adults with complex needs.

Details: London: ODPM, 2005. 110p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/cabinetoffice/social_exclusion_task_force/assets/publications_1997_to_2006/transitions_young_adults.pdf

Year: 2005

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/cabinetoffice/social_exclusion_task_force/assets/publications_1997_to_2006/transitions_young_adults.pdf

Shelf Number: 126220

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth (U.K.)
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Disadvantaged Youth
Young Adults

Author: Maynard, Brandy R.

Title: Indicated Truancy Interventions: Effects on School Attendance among Chronic Truant Students

Summary: Truancy is a significant problem in the U.S. and in other countries around the world. Truancy has been linked to serious immediate and far-reaching consequences for youth, families, and schools and communities, leading researchers, practitioners, and policy makers to try to understand and to address the problem. Although numerous and significant steps have been taken at the local, state, and national levels to reduce truancy, the rates of truancy have at best remained stable or at worst been on the rise, depending on the indicator utilized to assess truancy rates. The costs and impact of chronic truancy are significant, with both short- and long-term implications for the truant youth as well as for the family, school, and community. Although several narrative reviews and one meta-analysis of attendance and truancy interventions have attempted to summarize the extant research, there are a number of limitations to these reviews. It is imperative that we systematically synthesize and examine the evidence base to provide a comprehensive picture of interventions that are being utilized to intervene with chronic truants, to identify interventions that are effective and ineffective, and to identify gaps and areas in which more research needs to be conducted to better inform practice and policy.

Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 84p.

Source: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2012:10: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/2136/

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/2136/

Shelf Number: 126250

Keywords:
At-risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Evaluative Studies
Juvenile Offenders
Truancy

Author: Braga, Anthony

Title: Hot spots policing effects on crime

Summary: In recent years, crime scholars and practitioners have pointed to the potential benefits of focusing crime prevention efforts on crime places. A number of studies suggest that there is significant clustering of crime in small places, or “hot spots,” that generate half of all criminal events. A number of researchers have argued that many crime problems can be reduced more efficiently if police officers focused their attention to these deviant places. The appeal of focusing limited resources on a small number of high-activity crime places is straightforward. If we can prevent crime at these hot spots, then we might be able to reduce total crime. To assess the effects of focused police crime prevention interventions at crime hot spots. The review also examined whether focused police actions at specific locations result in crime displacement (i.e., crime moving around the corner) or diffusion (i.e., crime reduction in surrounding areas) of crime control benefits.

Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 97p.

Source: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2012:8: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/2097/

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/2097/

Shelf Number: 126251

Keywords:
Crime and Place
Crime Hot Spots
Crime Patterns
Crime Prevention
Hot Spots
Policing

Author: Sharpe Research Ltd.

Title: Public Attitudes to the Deployment of Surveillance Techniques in Public Places: Qualitative Research Report

Summary: The main aim of the research was to investigate informed public attitudes towards current and planned public surveillance activities, and establish the limits of public acceptability and confidence, to provide understanding of where the boundary might lie between personal privacy and society’s ability to intrude into an individual’s affairs. This involved investigation of the following: • levels of spontaneous knowledge and awareness about: - the extent and prevalence of CCTV and other surveillance technologies - the purposes for which video surveillance is deployed - which authorities and other organisations use video surveillance - how the recordings are used or processed - how long recordings are kept - who can see them, and in what circumstances - the effectiveness of video surveillance in preventing and/or detecting crime • sources of knowledge and awareness, including personal experience; • reactions to prompted information on - licensing/authorisation - covert vs. overt installations - new surveillance technologies - new ‘purposes’, such as road pricing - ‘sensitive’ personal data, in the data protection context • factors underlying public confidence in video surveillance; • the perceived applicability of the 8 data protection principles to the deployment and use of surveillance technology; • perceived risks of unlawful or criminal violations of privacy arising from video surveillance, looking both at likelihood and potential severity of consequences to the individual; • what rules ought to control the deployment and use of video surveillance in public places, and who should set and enforce those rules; • information needs – what members of the public want to know about video surveillance and its regulation.

Details: London: Information Commissioner's Office, 2004. 89p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.ico.gov.uk/upload/documents/library/corporate/research_and_reports/public_attitudes_research.pdf

Year: 2004

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.ico.gov.uk/upload/documents/library/corporate/research_and_reports/public_attitudes_research.pdf

Shelf Number: 126303

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Attitudes
Public Opinion
Public Space
Surveillance Cameras (U.K.)
Video Surveillance

Author: Papazian, John

Title: Program Evaluation of the Denver Police HALO Camera Surveillance System: A Geospatial Statistical Analysis of Crime

Summary: The Denver Police Department has recently implemented a new high-tech surveillance program to prevent crime throughout the city. The High Activity Location Observation (HALO) cameras are an improvement over traditional closed-circuit television cameras because they have full pivot and zoom capabilities that can transmit video to police headquarters in real time. The department has installed more than 100 HALO cameras at various high crime areas in Denver as of 2012. This investigation attempts a program evaluation of the surveillance system through a geospatial statistical analysis of crime. Although cameras have been installed across the city, this investigation focuses on cameras installed in Police District #6, which encompasses the central business district. This investigation establishes a statistically significant relationship between the installation of the HALO cameras and a reduction of thefts from motor vehicles in the viewshed of the cameras in Denver Police District #6. The difference-in-difference econometric approach is rigorous enough to infer causality in the relationship. Other categories of crime also may have been reduced due to the HALO cameras, but the statistical evidence is not strong enough to make a causal claim. Based upon the empirical results, I recommend three strategies: (1) collaborating with local BIDs to expand new HALO video cameras into other areas experiencing high levels of theft from motor vehicles, (2) upgrading the information system to cross-reference NIBRS crime incident data to actual arrests and convictions, and (3) implementing a randomized controlled experiment in the next phase of the HALO program.

Details: Durham, NC: Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, 2012. 38p.

Source: Sanford School Master of Public Policy (MPP) Program Master’s Projects: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/5146/MPP_MP_John_Papazian.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/5146/MPP_MP_John_Papazian.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 126339

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evaluative Studies
Surveillance Cameras (Colorado)
Thefts from Automobiles
Video Surveillance

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office

Title: Border Security: State Could Enhance Visa Fraud Prevention by Strategically Using Resources and Training

Summary: Foreign nationals may apply for entry into the United States under dozens of different visa categories, depending on circumstances. State’s Bureaus of Consular Affairs and Diplomatic Security share responsibility for the prevention of visa fraud, which is a serious problem that threatens the integrity of the process. Some documents through illegal means, such as using counterfeit identity documents or making false claims to an adjudicating officer. Visa fraud may facilitate illegal activities in the United States, including crimes of violence, human trafficking, and terrorism. This report examines (1) countries and visa categories that are subject to the most fraud; (2) State's use of technologies and resources to combat fraud; and (3) training requirements of State officials responsible for fraud prevention. GAO examined State's reports and data on fraud trends and statistics, examined resources and technologies to counter fraud, and observed visa operations and fraud prevention efforts overseas and domestically. Certain countries and visa categories are subject to higher levels of fraud. In fiscal year 2010, almost 60 percent of confirmed fraud cases (9,200 out of 16,000) involved applicants from Brazil, China, Dominican Republic, India, and Mexico. Department of State (State) officials told GAO that fraud most commonly involves applicants for temporary visits to the United States who submit false documentation to overcome the presumption that they intend to illegally immigrate. Fraud is also perpetrated for immigrant visas and nonimmigrant visa categories such as temporary worker visas and student visas. In response to State efforts to combat visa fraud, unscrupulous visa applicants adapt their strategies, and as a result, fraud trends evolve over time. State has a variety of technological tools and resources to assist consular officers in combating fraud, but does not have a policy for their systematic use. For example, State recently implemented fraud prevention technologies such as a fraud case management system that establishes connections among multiple visa applications, calling attention to potentially fraudulent activity. Overseas posts have Fraud Prevention Units that consist of a Fraud Prevention Manager (FPM) and locally employed staff who analyze individual fraud cases. In 2011, the ratio of Fraud Prevention Unit staff to fraud cases varied widely across overseas posts, causing disproportionate workloads. The Kentucky Consular Center (KCC) is a domestic resource available to posts that verifies information on certain visa applications. However, KCC services are only provided on an ad-hoc basis, and State does not have a policy for posts to systematically utilize its resources. For example, an FPM at a high fraud post told GAO that the post would like to utilize KCC anti-fraud services for screening certain visa categories, but did not know how to request KCC assistance. Although State offers anti-fraud training courses at the Foreign Service Institute and online, it does not require FPMs to take them and does not track FPMs’ enrollment. Consular officers receive limited fraud training as part of the initial consular course, and FPMs are not required to take advanced fraud training in new technologies. In addition, GAO found that 81 percent of FPM positions were filled by entry-level officers and 84 percent of FPM positions were designated as either part-time or rotational. Between October 2009 and July 2012, entry-level officers made up about 21 percent of the total students who registered for a course on detecting fraudulent documents, and State could not guarantee that FPMs were among them. Four out of the five FPMs with whom GAO spoke had not been trained in State's new fraud case management system. GAO recommends that State (1) formulate a policy to systematically utilize anti-fraud resources available at KCC, based on post workload and fraud trends, as determined by the Department and (2) establish requirements for FPM training in advanced anti-fraud technologies, taking advantage of distance learning technologies, and establishing methods to track the extent to which requirements are met. State concurred with these recommendations.

Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 51p.

Source: GAO-12-888 Report to Congressional Requesters: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://www.gao.gov/assets/650/647871.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.gao.gov/assets/650/647871.pdf

Shelf Number: 126341

Keywords:
Border Security
Crime Prevention
Immigration
Visa Security
Visas, Fraud

Author: Calderoni, Francesco

Title: Crime Proofing the Policy Options for the Revision of the Tobacco Products Directive: Proofing the Policy Options Under Consideration for the Revision of EU Directive 2001/37/EC Against the Risks of Unintended Criminal Opportunities

Summary: The report by Transcrime uses a widely endorsed crime proofing methodology that assesses opportunities for crime inadvertently created by regulation. Analyzing all the proposed policy options for the revision of the TPD, Transcrime found three major policy areas which are likely to increase crime: generic packaging for tobacco products, implementation of a “polluter pays principle” and a ban on the display of tobacco products at the point of sale. “The crime proofing exercise we have conducted has shown that some of the policy options envisaged by the European Commission carry significant risks of creating unintended opportunities for the illicit trade in tobacco products. In particular, there is a high risk that a measure such as generic packaging may increase the counterfeiting of tobacco products and make it difficult for consumers to distinguish legitimate products from illegitimate ones” said the report’s author, Professor Ernesto Savona. Available information on the currently on-going impact assessment for the revision of the TPD indicates that the Directorate General for Health and Consumer Protection (DG SANCO) paid almost no attention to the potential impacts on the illegal trade in tobacco products. “Contrary to their own guidelines, European policymakers rarely consider the crime risk implications when drafting new legislation and the revision of the Tobacco Products Directive by DG SANCO seems to confirm this,” continued Professor Savona. In the report, Transcrime emphasizes the need for further research and attention by policy makers to assess, among the many consequences, also the crime impact of proposed tobacco policy measures, something that has been systematically overlooked so far.

Details: Trento, Italy: Transcrime - Joint Research Centre on Transnational Crime, 2012. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2012 at: http://transcrime.cs.unitn.it/tc/537.php

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL: http://transcrime.cs.unitn.it/tc/537.php

Shelf Number: 126347

Keywords:
Counterfeit Tobacco
Counterfeiting
Crime Prevention
Crime Proofing
Illegal Tobacco
Illicit Tobacco
Organized Crime
Tobacco Control Policy

Author: Davis, Diane E.

Title: Urban Resilience in Situations of Chronic Violence

Summary: While the sources and forms of social and political violence have been extensively examined, the ways ordinary people along with their neighbors and officials cope with chronic urban violence have earned far less attention. This eight-case study of cities suffering from a history of violence explores this latter phenomenon, which we call resilience. We define resilience as those acts intended to restore or create effectively functioning community-level activities, institutions, and spaces in which the perpetrators of violence are marginalized and perhaps even eliminated. This report identifies the sets of conditions and practices that enhance an individual or a community’s capacity to act independently of armed actors. We specify the types of horizontal (e.g., intra-community, or neighborhood-to-neighborhood) and vertical (e.g., state-community) relationships that have been used to sustain this relative autonomy. Violence and responses to it are situated in physical space, and we look for the spatial correlates of resilience, seeking to determine whether and how physical conditions in a neighborhood will affect the nature, degrees, and likelihood of resilience. Urban resilience can be positive or negative. Positive resilience is a condition of relative stability and even tranquility in areas recently or intermittently beset by violence. Strong and cooperative relationships between the state and community, and between different actors—businesses, civil society, the police, etc.—tend to characterize positive resilience. Negative resilience occurs when violence entrepreneurs have gained effective control of the means of coercion, and impose their own forms of justice, security, and livelihoods. In such situations—most frequently in informal neighborhoods where property rights are vague or contested—the community is fragmented and seized by a sense of powerlessness, and the state is absent or corrupted. Our findings suggest that resilience appears at the interface of citizen and state action, and is strengthened through cooperation within and between communities and governing authorities. Resilience is robust and positive when ongoing, integrated strategies among the different actors yield tangible and sustainable gains for a particular community: improvement in the physical infrastructure, growing commercial activity, and communityoriented policing, to name three common attributes. When citizens, the private sector, and governing authorities establish institutional networks of accountability that tie them to each other at the level of the community, a dynamic capacity is created to subvert the perpetrators of violence and establish everyday normalcy. The security activities produced through citizen-state networks are most accountable, legitimate, and durable when they are directed and monitored by communities themselves, in a relationship of cooperative autonomy. More broadly, urban resilience benefits from good urban planning—promoting and investing in mixed commercial and residential land use, for example, particularly in areas of the city at-risk for crime, and building infrastructure that enables free movement of people within and between all neighborhoods (via pedestrian corridors; parks; public transport) to promote security and livelihoods. This speaks to the challenge of informality—the communities built up, usually on the city’s periphery, without regard to ownership rights. The legal entanglements of informality can be daunting, but some cities have finessed this to provide services, with substantially positive outcomes. Formal property rights or not, citizens of all income groups need to have the opportunity to live in vibrant areas where social, economic, and residential activities and priorities reinforce each other in ways that bring a community together in the service of protecting and securing those spaces. This process yields good results for the entire metropolitan area. Finally, this report develops the idea of legitimate security as a way to address the vexing interactions of the state and communities in the provision of security and positive resilience. The relationship of at-risk communities with the police is often troubled. Legitimate security addresses this by seeking to ensure democratic and participatory governance in every sense—political, civil, and social. It recognizes needs specific to marginalized and underrepresented populations, including ethnic/racial minorities, women, the poor, and indigenous groups. It is, moreover, a viable alternative to deleterious responses to insecurity—e.g., privatization of security, fortification of urban spaces, and vigilantism, among others. Legitimate security fosters broad participation and initiatives from “below” with an increased focus on multi-sector partnerships to provide more effective, lasting, and accountable ways forward for cities seeking security.

Details: Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Center for International Studies; Washington, DC: United States Agency for International Development, 2012. 134p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://web.mit.edu/cis/urbanresiliencereport2012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://web.mit.edu/cis/urbanresiliencereport2012.pdf

Shelf Number: 126361

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Social Capital
Urban Areas and Crime
Urban Planning
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: John Howard Society of Ontario

Title: Effective, Just and Humane: A Case for Client-Centered Collaboration: Case Study of John Howard Society of Toronto’s Housing Program

Summary: Access to safe and affordable housing is a cornerstone of healthy communities. Failure to provide this necessary foundation for individuals who are vulnerable to homelessness results in a population that faces enormous health disparities, not to mention massive costs to health care and social service systems. Health disparities or inequities are differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and systematically related to social inequality and disadvantage. The literature is quite clear in this regard: homelessness is inexorably linked with significantly poorer health outcomes, including, but certainly not limited to: being at a higher risk for communicable diseases, acute and often life-threatening conditions, victimization and extremely high mortality rates. Social determinants of health such as poverty, lack of social supports, unemployment and lack of stable housing all increase an individual’s likelihood of becoming homeless. In fact, the underlying determinants of homelessness tend to be the very same factors that predict involvement in the criminal justice system. Indeed, there is a significant bidirectional relationship between homelessness and involvement in the criminal justice system, whereby precariously housed or homeless individuals are more likely to come into conflict with the law and be incarcerated, and once incarcerated, risk of homelessness becomes greater upon eventual release. Not surprisingly then, simply providing housing will not eliminate the existence of homelessness, given all of its associated complexities. It is also necessary to provide resources that address the underlying causes of homelessness, which are manifold (Tremblay, 2009). It is evident from the current literature that the challenges of homelessness require a comprehensive and multi-sectoral solution, which not only addresses the issue of lack of safe and affordable housing, but also targets other intersecting determinants of health inequities experienced by the homeless population. Despite this need, there generally exists a lack of, or inadequate mechanisms for, effective communication between community organizations, government agencies, and other key stakeholders in coordinating the multiple services often required by individuals who are homeless. This need is especially salient for homeless populations who have been recently released from correctional institutions, or who have had previous contact with the criminal justice system, as this population tends to have added challenges that cross-cut any one service sector.

Details: Toronto: John Howard Society of Ontario, 2012. 47p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.johnhoward.on.ca/pdfs/FINAL%20Community%20Report%20May%202012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.johnhoward.on.ca/pdfs/FINAL%20Community%20Report%20May%202012.pdf

Shelf Number: 126369

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Ex-Offenders
Homeless Persons
Homelessness
Prisoner Reentry
Supportive Housing (Toronto, Canada)

Author: Cunningham, Sonia

Title: Outcome Evaluation of Police Youth at Risk Programmes July 1997 to June 2000

Summary: This outcome evaluation of the 14 Police Youth at Risk programmes is based on data from the period July 1997 to June 2000, and aims to assess the extent to which each programme met the Police objectives, and overall effectiveness of each programme. The Government’s 1994 crime prevention strategy identified seven goals, one of which specified the establishment of preventative programmes targeted youth at risk of offending. As a result, the 1997 Crime Prevention Youth at Risk (CPYAR) package, dedicated to the three fiscal years beginning July 1997, invested $8.7 million in Youth at Risk strategies. The package was aimed at diverting youth from a criminal lifestyle and preventing their entering the criminal justice system. Of the $8.7 million, approximately $2 million was allocated to the New Zealand Police to develop ‘youth at risk of offending programmes’ throughout New Zealand. In addition, $400,000 of Police baseline funds per year and nine additional full-time police officer salaries were allocated to the development and operation of these programmes. Funding was allocated to 14 programmes throughout New Zealand. Three existing programmes were allocated funding: Mount Roskill Community Approach, an Auckland community-based programme; Operation New Direction, a mentoring programme in Dunedin; and Turn Your Life Around (TYLA), an Auckland school-based programme. Five programmes were established in the five identified ‘hot spots’ of New Zealand (these areas were Kaikohe, Mangere, Hamilton, Gisborne, and Christchurch). An additional six programmes were selected for development on the basis of business cases provided by the Police districts of Glen Innes, Tauranga, Wainuiomata, Nelson, Rangiora, and Dunedin. Police defined five objectives for the programmes based on the Crime Prevention package requirements: To develop a strategic approach to participant selection and programme implementation; To build the supportive capacity of participants’ families; To prevent or reduce offending by children and young people attending police ‘youth at risk’ programmes; To foster the integration of Police programmes with other agency and community initiatives; and To be a demonstration project for the movement of police resources into proactive intervention. The programmes were measured against these objectives for the purpose of the evaluation.

Details: Wellington, NZ: The Evaluation Unit, Office of the Commissioner, New Zealand Police, 2002. 245p., app.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.police.govt.nz/resources/2002/youth-at-risk/outcome-evaluation-of-police-youth-at-risk-programmes-1997-to-2000.pdf

Year: 2002

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.police.govt.nz/resources/2002/youth-at-risk/outcome-evaluation-of-police-youth-at-risk-programmes-1997-to-2000.pdf

Shelf Number: 126394

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth (New Zealand)
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Offenders

Author: Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, Office of Health Assessment and Epidemiology

Title: Reducing Alcohol-Related Harms in Los Angeles County: A Cities and Communities Report, Revised Edition

Summary: Excessive alcohol consumption costs LA County 2,500 lives and $10.8 billion each year. The findings in this analysis are consistent with previous studies which have shown significant associations between alcohol availability and alcohol-related harms.

Details: Los Angeles, CA: Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, 2011. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at http://publichealth.lacounty.gov/sapc/resources/AODFinalRevised13012.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://publichealth.lacounty.gov/sapc/resources/AODFinalRevised13012.pdf

Shelf Number: 126540

Keywords:
Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder
Alcohol Use and Abuse (Los Angeles)
Crime Prevention

Author: Romaniuk, Peter

Title: From Input to Impact: Evaluating Terrorism Prevention Programs

Summary: In the years following 9/11, threat assessments necessarily focused on the dangers posed by al-Qaida, its affiliates, and those inspired by its ideology. There are signs, however, that the threat today is more complex and diffuse, comprising extremists from all parts of the ideological spectrum who may act in small “self-starter” groups or, in some cases, as “lone wolves.” The paths to extremism are more varied than ever before, and as our understanding of contemporary patterns of radicalization has advanced, terrorism prevention initiatives have become more prevalent in the counterterrorism repertoire at the national and multilateral levels. As many states have elaborated terrorism prevention strategies in recent years, they have begun to confront similar challenges. Among these is the challenge of program evaluation. Is the turn toward prevention an effective response to the diverse extremist threats that states face today? How can the effectiveness of prevention policies be measured? What approaches have states advanced in evaluating the impact of terrorism prevention initiatives? In responding to this challenge, can lessons be gleaned from efforts to evaluate programs in related policy domains? This policy report provides an initial discussion of these questions. It draws on the discussions during a meeting entitled “Colloquium on Measuring Effectiveness in Counterterrorism Programming” and held in Ottawa on 9–10 February 2012, as well as discussions with experts, government officials, and an initial desktop literature review.

Details: New York: Center on Global Counterterrorism Cooperation, 2012. 24p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.globalct.org/images/content/pdf/reports/CGCC_EvaluatingTerrorismPrevention.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.globalct.org/images/content/pdf/reports/CGCC_EvaluatingTerrorismPrevention.pdf

Shelf Number: 126571

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Programs
Evaluative Studies
Extremist Groups
Lone Wolves Terrorism
Terrorism
Violent Extremism

Author: Tabachnick, Joan

Title: A Reasoned Approach: Reshaping Sex Offender Policy to Prevent Child Sexual Abuse

Summary: It is only in the last 30 years that society has begun to fully recognize child sexual abuse as the devastating problem that it is, to portray the trauma of sexual abuse in the media, and to seek ways to prevent and eliminate sexual violence. As communities have begun to demand a response to sexual abuse, legislators have passed an increasing number of policies directed at the people who sexually abuse. In 2007 and 2008 alone, more than 1500 sex offender-related bills were proposed in state legislatures and over 275 new laws were enacted. Nearly all of these laws and policies follow two key trends: 1) they increase the length of sex offender incarceration and 2) they monitor, track, and restrict individuals convicted of sexual offenses upon their return to communities. While the intent of these laws is to protect communities from those who abuse, to improve responses to allegations of abuse, and to prevent child sexual abuse, the broad application of these laws has unintended consequences which may make our children and communities less safe. Research from the last decade has highlighted some of the unintended negative impacts these laws may be having on our ability to prevent sexual abuse before it is perpetrated and to prevent re-offense by individuals returning to communities. When a convicted abuser returns to a community, current sex offender management policy may cause the offender to face housing, employment, and financial instability, as well as social isolation and despair — all risk factors for re-offense. The resulting instability may also reduce the ability of law enforcement and probation and parole systems to supervise the offender and ensure that s/he has access to the specialized treatment and services necessary for full accountability. In creating a legislative policy environment that may inhibit the willingness of individuals, families, and communities to face, prevent, and respond to child sexual abuse, our society does a disservice to its children. If no hopeful, rehabilitative solutions are available and made publicly known, people who witness signs of risk for victimization and/or perpetration may be less motivated to take the steps necessary to prevent child sexual abuse, intervene in situations of risk, and come forward when a child is sexually abused. Experts agree that a criminal justice response alone cannot prevent sexual abuse or keep communities safe. Yet, tougher sentencing and increased monitoring of sex offenders are fully funded in many states, while victim services and prevention programs are woefully underfunded. Furthermore, with the majority of child sexual abuse unreported (report rates are as low as 12 percent), laws and policies are unable to ensure accountability for those who abuse or to address the needs of victims. Even with these concerns there is reason for hope. Emerging research about people who sexually abuse has begun to inform new policies. Innovative state-based policies, and policies and programs within organizations and communities, are taking a comprehensive approach toward safety by focusing on the prevention of the perpetration of child sexual abuse, encouraging a range of options for holding abusers accountable, and offering incentives for abusers and families to reach out for help. And new collaborative models encourage cross-disciplinary professional partners to work together to craft new policies that prevent abuse before it is perpetrated and re-offense.

Details: Beaverton, OR: Association for the Treatment of Sexual Abusers, 2011. 58p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.atsa.com/sites/default/files/ppReasonedApproach.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.atsa.com/sites/default/files/ppReasonedApproach.pdf

Shelf Number: 126572

Keywords:
Child Sexual Abuse
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Policy
Legislation
Offender Management
Sex Offenders

Author: Albanese, Jay S.

Title: Assessing Risk, Harm, and Threat to Target Resources against Organized Crime: A Method to Identify the Nature and Severity of the Professional Activity of Organized Crime and its Impacts (Economic, Social, Political)

Summary: The risk, harms, and threat posed by organized crime are a central concern of governments and citizens around the world. Methods to identify, rank, and combat organized crime activity are drawing greater attention in recent years as both domestic and international organized crime activities threaten legitimate economies, governments, and public safety. In response to calls for proactive work to better understand, anticipate, and respond to organized crime, methods are being developed to calibrate the comparative risk of different crime groups and different types of legal and illegal markets at risk for infiltration. Many international efforts are in their early stages, and lack a transparent approach or method, so an effort is made here to develop a more precise empirical, theoretically-based approach to risk assessment which has relevance across jurisdictions. The result reported here is a proposed methodology that offers both law enforcement and prevention efforts a basis for targeting resources using an objective rationale and risk model. In this way, the precise nature of different organized crime-related risks will be identified empirically, and which can be defended to skeptics, and permit the allocation of scarce resources to those organized crime problems found to pose the greatest risk. Furthermore, periodic application of this risk assessment method can be used to gauge the success of organized crime interdiction and prevention efforts over time. This working paper will move forward existing research and practical assessment efforts on organized crime both within (domestic) and also among countries (international) by offering a transparent approach not confined to any particular location. But first it is necessary to be clear about the precise issues to be assessed: what is organized crime, risk, harm, and threat - the four central elements to this effort.

Details: Santiago, Chile: Global Consortium on Security Transformation (GCST), 2012. 20p.

Source: GCST Working Paper Series No. 12: Library Resource: Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers Newark Law Library, Acc. # 126642

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 126642

Keywords:
Costs of Crime
Crime Prevention
Criminal Organizations
Organized Crime
Risk Assessment

Author: Shehayeb, Dina

Title: Planning and Designing Urban Space, Community and Crime Prevention: The Case of Arab Countries

Summary: World statistics on safety and security show that the MENA region has one of the lowest crime rates in the World (UN-HABITAT, 2007). Homicide rates are associated with combinations of social, economic, cultural and political factors that are unique to localities. Even though underlying risk factors, such as poverty, unemployment, and political conflict prevail in several of the Arab Countries, homicide rates for selected global regions shows that the Arab Countries still have the lowest rates. At city level, large and rapidly growing cities in the Middle East report significantly lower crime rates than urban places elsewhere (UN-HABITAT, 2007). Based on Crime Trends Survey data, the Middle East is one of the regions with the lowest rates of robbery, with 3 and 2 incidents per 100,000 inhabitants, respectively (UNOCD, 2005). The relation of urban space, community and crime prevention has not been studied enough in the region. Place-based crime prevention and reduction theories of defensible space since Oscar Newman (1972) have originated in certain social and cultural contexts and have been often challenged (Kennedy & Silverman, 1985; Merry, 1981; Rohe & Burby, 1988). This earlier trend of physical determinism ignores the role of other variables such as socio-cultural homogeneity, income, teenager-to-adult ratio, places where crimes occurred, and type of crime; the impact of which on crime and fear of crime proved highly significant (Coleman, 1985; Coleman, 1988, pp. 161-170; Mawby, 1977; Van der Wurff, 1988; Schweiteer et al 1999). More recently crime prevention through environmental design – CPTED (Jeffrey, 1977) situational crime prevention (Clarke,1997) and environmental criminology have increasingly been supported by empirical research suggesting that interaction between the social and the built environment including the physical design and its management plays a role in facilitating or diminishing opportunities for crime and violence. While there is no way of establishing causality between physical design or management and crime, some research indicates that 10 - 15 % of crimes have environmental design and management components (Schneider and Kitchen, 2002, 2007). However, the relation between design, management and social aspects as factors affecting crime lacks clarification. Another problem is the limited scope of intervention that this literature has targeted. Empirical research has focused on certain planning and design elements and ignored others. For example, lighting, landscape, and activity scheduling in urban space (UN-HABITAT, 2007) have been focused upon, but not land use planning, street pattern and conditions of the edge of urban space, all of which have proved to play a major role in influencing use and perceptions within urban space (Shehayeb et al., 2003; Shehayeb, 1995). The lack of integration of crime prevention strategies within comprehensive city planning practices has been emphasized as a factor in facilitating opportunities for urban crime (UN-HABITAT, 2007). Recent directions in crime prevention have addressed physical planning from a rather limited perspective; with an emphasis on more effective policing and control strategies such as video surveillance (UN-HABITAT, 2009). For example, they focus on elements such as street widening that can open up previously impenetrable urban areas to police and emergency service vehicles, or the creation of new and ‘better’ housing which would improve manifest living conditions and public control of urban spaces. Such guidelines may lead to reverse outcomes; increased policing maybe at the cost of community building and territorial claim, both of which are factors that have shown effectiveness in promoting safety and security, in some contexts better than policing! Mediating factors such as perceptions of safety, sense of community, and appropriation of space, highly practiced in many cities of the Arab World, should be explained to reveal the nature of the relation between urban space and crime. The role of culture as a modifier of both behavior in, and meaning of, the built environment should be understood so as to avoid making the mistake of formulating prescriptive guidelines and design recipes suitable in some socio-cultural contexts but not in others. This paper aims at exposing some wide-spread misconceptions about the relation between physical space and crime, explaining the role of mediating factors so as to better generalize conclusions to different contexts, and finally, to show how these factors are at play in the context of Egypt as a case study representing the Arab Countries.

Details: Santiago, Chile: Global Consortium on Security Transformation (GCST), 2010. 21p.

Source: GCST Policy Brief Series No. 16: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://s3.amazonaws.com/zanran_storage/www.securitytransformation.org/ContentPages/2467318928.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://s3.amazonaws.com/zanran_storage/www.securitytransformation.org/ContentPages/2467318928.pdf

Shelf Number: 126643

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT
Design Against Crime (Arab Countries)
Public Space
Situational Crime Prevention
Urban Areas

Author: Brooke, Michael

Title: Design and Access Statements: How to Use Them to Prevent Crime

Summary: One of the biggest problems that the field of planning for crime prevention has faced is the fact that, too often, crime prevention when it is considered at all in the design process is merely an afterthought. The consequence of this, very frequently, is that the scope for reducing the opportunity for crime to be committed via the design process becomes limited. Experience suggests that, once design ideas get established, developers and their agents are often unwilling to change them very significantly to incorporate something that hasn’t been thought about properly up to that point, and of course to incur the extra costs associated with undertaking further design work. And the consequence of this is that, unfortunately, the opportunity to incorporate crime prevention concerns into a development layout has often not been taken as fully as it could have been. But it doesn’t need to be like this, and Design and Access Statements provide an opportunity for the development community to face this issue more effectively than has often been the case to date. The key to this is thinking about the kinds of crimes that the type of development being proposed is likely to be subject to right at the start of the development process (which can be established from crime statistics and from police advice), and then creating strategies to reduce the likelihood of these crimes occurring as an integral part of initial design thinking about the project rather than as a later consideration. This guide gives lots of helpful advice about the kinds of things that developers and their agents need to think about when tackling the issue of planning for crime prevention in this manner. Adopting this approach in turn should mean that the requirements of paragraph 132 of Communities and Local Government’s publication ‘Guidance on Information on Requirements and Validation’ (March 2010) can readily be met when preparing a Design and Access Statement.

Details: London: ACPO Secured by Design, 2010.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://www.securedbydesign.com/pdfs/Design%20and%20Access%20Statements%20-%20How%20to%20use%20them.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.securedbydesign.com/pdfs/Design%20and%20Access%20Statements%20-%20How%20to%20use%20them.pdf

Shelf Number: 126646

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT
Design Against Crime (U.K.)
Public Space

Author: Yarming, Michael

Title: Safe Housing Estates: Suggestions for Crime Prevention in Renovation Programmes

Summary: When renovation work is about to start on a housing estate, it may be a good idea to look at the same time into the possibility of making the estate a safer, more secure place to live and be in, and of reducing any crime with simple, physical improvements. It may not cost anything extra. On the other hand, it will require a little more thought in the planning process. The residents can, for example, be drawn into the process, and suggestions for improving the area and increasing security can be heard. This brochure covers a series of such measures that can be pointed out, measures that have been tried with success on Danish public housing estates during renovation. These renovation programmes, which included physical improvements to 173 housing estates, have been closely followed by the Building Research Institute of Denmark.

Details: Glostrup, Denmark: Danish Crime Prevention Council, 2002. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.dkr.dk/sites/default/files/SafeHousingEstates.pdf

Year: 2002

Country: Denmark

URL: http://www.dkr.dk/sites/default/files/SafeHousingEstates.pdf

Shelf Number: 126654

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime (Denmark)
Housing

Author: Gwynn, Mike

Title: Theft of Construction Plant & Equipment

Summary: This paper examines the problem of construction plant and equipment theft as it affects various insurance markets in the world and the actions which can be taken by those plant operators who wish to reduce their exposure to theft.

Details: International Association of Engineering Insurers, 2005. 33p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://www.imia.com/downloads/imia_papers/wgp43_2005.pdf

Year: 2005

Country: International

URL: http://www.imia.com/downloads/imia_papers/wgp43_2005.pdf

Shelf Number: 126731

Keywords:
Burglary
Construction Equipement Theft
Crime Prevention
Crimes Against Businesses
Property Crimes
Theft Offenses

Author: Grove, Louise E.

Title: Preventing Repeat Victimization: A Systematic Review

Summary: A large proportion of all crimes are committed against crime victims who have been victimized before, a phenomenon known as repeat victimization. There is thus a potential to achieve substantial benefits by focusing crime prevention measures on individuals, institutions or objects that have previously been exposed to crime. Successful strategies of this kind would prevent repeat victimization, and thus also would prevent a substantial proportion of all the crimes committed. The crime prevention measures that are implemented to this end may take several different forms. The strategy is not primarily about specific kinds of measures, but rather involves a way of directing crime prevention measures at relevant targets. An increasing number of crime prevention initiatives have been directed at repeat victimization especially to prevent repeat burglaries. But how well do they work? What does the research tell us? This report presents a systematic review, including a statistical meta-analysis, of the effects of initiatives to prevent repeat victimization. The study follows the rigorous methodological requirements of a systematic review. The analysis combines the results from a number of evaluations that are considered to satisfy a list of empirical criteria for measuring effects as reliably as possible. The meta-analysis then uses the results from these previous evaluations to calculate and produce an overview of the effects associated with initiatives to prevent repeat victimization. The systematic review and the statistical meta-analysis presented in this report are based on a substantial number of empirical evaluations. Even though important questions remain unanswered, the study provides an accessible and far-reaching overview of the effects of initiatives to prevent repeat victimization. Generally, the results are encouraging; suggesting that appropriately targeted situational prevention measures can significantly reduce repeat burglaries.

Details: Stockholm, Sweden: Brottsförebyggande rådet/The Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention, 2012. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.bra.se/download/18.1ff479c3135e8540b29800015728/2012_Preventing_repeat_victimization2.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.bra.se/download/18.1ff479c3135e8540b29800015728/2012_Preventing_repeat_victimization2.pdf

Shelf Number: 126757

Keywords:
Burglaries
Crime Prevention
Repeat Victimization
Victims of Crime

Author: Bellis, Mark A.

Title: Protecting People, Promoting Health – A Public Health Approach to Violence prevention in England

Summary: Preventing violence must be seen as a priority for public health, health care and multi-sectoral working in England. Violence is a major cause of ill health and poor wellbeing as well as a drain on health services and the wider economy. However, it is preventable using measures that save much more money than they cost to implement. Interventions, especially those in early childhood, not only prevent individuals developing a propensity for violence but also improve educational outcomes, employment prospects and long-term health outcomes. Abuse in childhood increases risks of violence in later life, but also risks of cancer, heart disease, sexually transmitted infections, substance use, and a wide range of health conditions that are currently stretching health care resources (see chapter 3). Moreover, without safe and secure communities, measures to encourage people to exercise, socialise or adopt more sustainable lifestyles (e.g. using public transport) are more likely to fail as people feel trapped in their houses and cars and unable to engage with local communities. Even broader economic inequalities can remain stubbornly entrenched when investment in the poorest communities is inhibited by risks of violence to staff and customers. The breadth of individuals and organisations affected by violence and the number that need to be coordinated in order to prevent it mean that public health is uniquely positioned to lead programmes on violence prevention, support the implementation of violence prevention activity by partner agencies and make a major contribution to integrated multi-agency working for violence prevention. This document is designed as a resource for those that wish to rise to this challenge.

Details: London: Department of Health, 2012. 70p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: https://www.wp.dh.gov.uk/publications/files/2012/11/Violence-prevention.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.wp.dh.gov.uk/publications/files/2012/11/Violence-prevention.pdf

Shelf Number: 126821

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Health Initiatives
Violence (U.K.)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: MIT Senseable City Lab

Title: New Energy for Urban Security: Improving Urban Security Through Green Environment Design

Summary: UNICRI, in collaboration with the SENSEable City Laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, has implemented a research project aimed at helping policymakers to design and implement effective urban security, crime prevention and criminal justice policies based on sustainable urban design. The project includes assessing the impact of sustainable urban design on the security and rule of law in contemporary cities. Within the framework of the project, the Institute published the report New Energy for Urban Security: Improving Urban Security through Green Environmental Design.

Details: Turin, IT: UNICRI; Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2011. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2012 at: http://www.unicri.it/news/2011/1104-2_urban_security/110414_CRA_Urban_Security_sm.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.unicri.it/news/2011/1104-2_urban_security/110414_CRA_Urban_Security_sm.pdf

Shelf Number: 126886

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPT
Design Against Crime
Urban Areas
Urban Security

Author: Liu, Francis Ju-Ting

Title: The Condition of Security of Gated Communities under Private Governance: findings from residents’ experiences and opinions

Summary: The number of gated communities is rapidly increasing worldwide. Although security has always been one of the most appealing features of gated communities, studies show that there is no significant difference in crime rates between gated communities and surrounding non-gated neighbourhoods. How safe are gated communities? How effective are the enhanced security measures of gated communities in preventing crime? Are residents responsible for the condition of security in gated communities? All these questions need to be addressed to improve the safety and security of residents of gated communities. The study aims to examine the condition of security of gated communities by drawing on the experiences and opinions of residents. It used a quantitative approach, with a descriptive methodology. Surveys were distributed to residents of seven sample gated communities in Auckland. Survey results were analysed by descriptive statistics and cross-tabulations. In conclusion, the study found that the condition of security of Auckland gated communities is generally good as experienced and perceived by surveyed residents. ‘Security’ was regarded as one of the most significant factors for moving into a gated community. The majority of residents felt safe and secure both inside the property and within the community, and believed that their community was experiencing less crime than surrounding neighbourhoods. The study also found that the building manager, rather than the Owners’ Committee or the Body Corporate secretary, was identified as the most significant agent in the management of security related issues. The building manager was heavily relied by both residents and members of the Owners’ Committee. The study has presented basic findings about gated communities in the light of security and private governance. However, more research is needed to obtain sufficient data to discover the elements of successful crime prevention for gated communities.

Details: Wellington, NZ: School of Social and Cultural Studies Victoria University of Wellington, 2010. 165p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://researcharchive.vuw.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10063/1490/thesis.pdf?sequence=2

Year: 2010

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://researcharchive.vuw.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10063/1490/thesis.pdf?sequence=2

Shelf Number: 126898

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gated Communities (New Zealand)
Private Security

Author: Carli, Vivien

Title: The Aboriginal Justice Research Project: Report

Summary: Increasing numbers of Aboriginal people in Canada are migrating to cities, and 50.6% of Aboriginal people now live in urban areas. The city has for many decades been envisioned as a place of opportunity and providing freedom from challenges back home. Montreal is but one example of a city that has experienced a growing Aboriginal population due to educational and employment opportunities, and reconnecting with family and friends. At this point in time we know that 17,865 Aboriginal people live in Montreal (Census 2006). Montreal is among the smallest per capita Aboriginal population; Aboriginal people account for just 0.5 percent of the total population of Montreal, on par with Toronto (UAPS 2011). However, according to the Census (2006) the Aboriginal population in Montreal is the fastest growing populace out of all the cities that were examined in the Urban Aboriginal Peoples Study (2011). The ‘average’ Aboriginal person living in Montreal is female, identifies herself as First Nations, is between the age of 25 and 44, has either a high school or college degree, has an average household income of $10,000 to $30,000 and lives in a rented apartment or house (UAPS Montreal report 2011). One can compare this to the ‘average’ Montreal resident who is male, identifies himself as a Canadian citizen, is between the age of 35 and 44, has either a high school or university degree, has an average household income of $68,000 and lives in a private house or condo (Statistics Canada 2007). While Montreal may be attracting more Aboriginal people, safety is a major issue for many new arrivals as well as long-term residents. Montreal’s Aboriginal population is still relatively invisible, however their vulnerability to crime and violence is oftentimes overlooked despite the fact that they experience a heightened level of exposure compared to most other groups in the city. As in other Canadian urban areas, Aboriginal people are overrepresented in the criminal justice system when one compares their representation in the city. Further, a high proportion of Aboriginal people are victims of crime and violence and Aboriginal women face greater risk of victimization, poverty and oppression than non-Aboriginal women. Urban Aboriginal youth are the fastest growing segment of the Aboriginal population in Canada and face discrimination by the wider community and denied equal opportunities in employment and education, thus being forced to engage in aggressive and risky behaviour, and illegal activities. Taking this information into consideration, safety is an important issue which cannot be neglected. Safety embodies all aspects of one’s life and is instrumental in the achievement of an equitable and inclusive city for all.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2012. 130p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://www.reseaumtlnetwork.com/eng/Portals/5/Report%20on%20the%20Aboriginal%20Justice%20Research%20Project.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.reseaumtlnetwork.com/eng/Portals/5/Report%20on%20the%20Aboriginal%20Justice%20Research%20Project.pdf

Shelf Number: 126950

Keywords:
Aboriginal Peoples (Montreal, Canada)
Crime Prevention
Minorities
Urban Areas
Urban Crime

Author: Alvarado, Camila

Title: Crime in College Park: Understanding Crime Levels, Perceptions, and Environmental Design in an Off-Campus Student-Occupied Neighborhood

Summary: Despite recently decreasing crime rates in College Park, fear of crime remains high. Additionally, while the crime rate on the University of Maryland campus is relatively low compared to the national average, crime in off-campus areas continues to be a problem. Crime mapping using spatial analysis techniques allowed the researchers to identify Old Town College Park as a student-occupied, off-campus residential area with a relatively high rate of larcenies, burglaries, and robberies. Through a longitudinal case study, quantitative and qualitative data about crime and students' perceptions of crime in the target were collected. These data were used to identify trends in how the rate of crime and perception changed in response to the implementation of CCTV cameras in Old Town. These data were also used to identify the correlation between crime level and the existing environmental design of the neighborhood's housing properties.

Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2011. 181p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis, Gemstone Team Crime Prevention and Perception: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/11391

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/11391

Shelf Number: 126984

Keywords:
Camera Surveillance
Closed-Circuit Television
Colleges and Universities
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Fear of Crime
Neighborhoods and Crime
Off-Campus Housing

Author: Smith, Lance

Title: Service Station Armed Robbery in Australia

Summary: The incidence of service station armed robbery has steadily increased over the past decade. Using the Australian Institute of Criminology's National Armed Robbery Monitoring Program (NARMP) data, this paper examines the incidence of armed robbery at service stations and profiles the offenders involved. The NARMP data shows that about one in ten armed robberies in Australia were of service stations, and that these were more likely to be targeted at night by lone offenders using knives. The most common item stolen was cash, with an average value of $643. The relative youth of the offenders — on average 23 years old — and infrequent use of firearms suggests the armed robberies involved little if any planning. This opportunistic targeting of service stations has been attributed to their extended opening hours, their sale of cigarettes and other exchangeable goods, their high volume of cash transactions and their isolation from other businesses. Widespread adoption of crime prevention measures by service stations, such as transfer trays, could help reduce their risk of being robbed, but the paper cautions that displacement effects should be considered prior to the implementation of new countermeasures.

Details: Sydney: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2009. 6p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice, No. 373: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/8/B/3/%7B8B3D782C-2799-45FE-83DF-991B72D734D1%7Dtandi373.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/documents/8/B/3/%7B8B3D782C-2799-45FE-83DF-991B72D734D1%7Dtandi373.pdf

Shelf Number: 127107

Keywords:
Armed Robbery, Service Stations
Crime Prevention

Author: Frischtak, Claudio

Title: Crime, House Prices, and Inequality: The Effect of UPPs in Rio

Summary: We use a recent policy experiment in Rio de Janeiro, the installation of permanent police stations in low-income communities (or favelas), to quantify the relationship between a reduction in crime and the change in the prices of nearby residential real estate. Using a novel data set of detailed property prices from an online classifi eds website, we fi nd that the new police stations (called UPPs) had a substantial effect on the trajectory of property values and certain crime statistics since the beginning of the program in late 2008. We also fi nd that the extent of inequality among residential prices decreased as a result of the policy. Both of these empirical observations are consistent with a dynamic model of property value in which historical crime rates have persistent effects on the price of real estate.

Details: New York: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 2012. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Staff Report No. 542: Accessed December 3, 2012 at: http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/staff_reports/sr542.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Argentina

URL: http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/staff_reports/sr542.pdf

Shelf Number: 127112

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Economics of Crime
Favelas (Rio de Janeiro)
Housing
Policing

Author: Frischtak, Claudio

Title: Crime, House Prices, and Inequality: The Effect of UPPs in Rio

Summary: We use a recent policy experiment in Rio de Janeiro, the installation of permanent police stations in low-income communities (or favelas), to quantify the relationship between a reduction in crime and the change in the prices of nearby residential real estate. Using a novel data set of detailed property prices from an online classifi eds website, we fi nd that the new police stations (called UPPs) had a substantial effect on the trajectory of property values and certain crime statistics since the beginning of the program in late 2008. We also fi nd that the extent of inequality among residential prices decreased as a result of the policy. Both of these empirical observations are consistent with a dynamic model of property value in which historical crime rates have persistent effects on the price of real estate.

Details: New York: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 2012. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Staff Report No. 542: Accessed December 3, 2012 at: http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/staff_reports/sr542.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Brazil

URL: http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/staff_reports/sr542.pdf

Shelf Number: 127112

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Economics of Crime
Favelas (Brazil)
Housing
Policing

Author: Coburn, Tom

Title: Safety At Any Price: Assessing the Impact of Homeland Security Spending in U.S. Cities

Summary: The Oklahoma City bombing in 1995 and the attacks of September 11, 2011 will forever be etched in our collective memory and forever serve as painful reminders that the enemies of freedom are many and our security often comes at a steep price—in dollars, lives and liberty. We no longer can assume our distant shores from foreign lands or having the greatest military force in the history of the world are enough to protect us. We now live with the reality terrorists are within our midst and they may look, sound and act like us, but they hate everything we are and the values we share. The balancing act between liberty and security has been tenuous throughout the history of our nation, founded upon basic freedoms granted by our Creator and protected from government infringement within the Bill of Rights of our Constitution. But a new element has been added to this equation over the past decade that threatens to undermine both our liberty and security—excessive government spending and insurmountable debt. We cannot secure liberty and guarantee security simply by spending more and more money in the name of security. Every dollar misspent in the name of security weakens our already precarious economic condition, indebts us to foreign nations, and shackles the future of our children and grandchildren. Our $16 trillion national debt has become the new red menace not only lurking in our midst, but created and sustained by shortsighted and irresponsible decisions made in Washington. We can only defend our freedoms by ensuring the dollars we spend on security are done so in a fiscally responsible manner, meet real needs, and respect the very rights we are aiming to preserve and protect. This report, Safety at Any Price, exposes misguided and wasteful spending in one of the largest terror-prevention grant programs at the Department of Homeland Security – the Urban Area Security Initiative (UASI). We cannot assume that because the UASI program has an important mission and a large budget it is accomplishing its goals, however. Significant evidence suggests that the program is struggling to demonstrate how it is making U.S. cities less vulnerable to attack and more prepared if one were to occur—despite receiving $7.1 billion in federal funding since 2003. After ten years, a clear danger for the Urban Areas Security Initiative (UASI) grant program is that it would be transformed from a risk-based program targeting security gaps into an entitlement program for states and cities. My office has conducted a year-long inquiry into the this grant program found that to wide of latitude is given to states and urban areas to determine the projects they will fund, and program parameters defining what constitute allowable expenses are extremely broad. Congress and DHS failed to establish metrics to measure how funds spent through the UASI program have made us safer or determine the right amount to dedicate to counterterrorism programs to mitigate the threat. While DHS recently established its first National Preparedness Goal, it has yet to develop a robust assessment of the nation’s current preparedness capabilities or defined performance metrics to assess the effectiveness of federal expenditures made to date. If in the days after 9/11 lawmakers were able to cast their gaze forward ten years, I imagine they would be surprised to see how a counter-terrorism initiative aimed at protecting our largest cities has transformed into another parochial grant program. We would have been frustrated to learn that limited federal resources were now subsidizing the purchase of low-priority items like an armored vehicles to protect festivals in rural New Hampshire, procure an underwater robot in Ohio and to pay for first responder attendance at a five-day spa junket that featured a display of tactical prowess in the face of a “zombie apocalypse.” As we mark the tenth anniversary of the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, the time has come for Congress to reconsider DHS’s mission and approach to counterterrorism. We must be honest with the American people that we cannot make every community around the country invulnerable to terrorist attacks by writing large checks from Washington, D.C. Not only is this an unrealistic goal, but it also undermines the very purpose of our efforts. By letting every level of government – federal, State and local – do the things each does best, we can secure our cities and our freedoms. Confusing these roles, as we have done with UASI, leads to waste, inefficiency and a false sense of security. We must rededicate ourselves to ensuring that every dollar the federal government spends on terrorism prevention programs is spent wisely, yielding the largest improvement in security and best return on investment for your tax dollars. Facing a $16 trillion national debt, Congress needs to have a conversation about what we can afford to spend on the Department of Homeland Security’s terrorism prevention programs and where to spend it. The American people recognize and understand the limits we face. They understand that we should never sacrifice all of our freedoms in the name of security. We similarly cannot mortgage our children and grandchildren’s future by funding unnecessary and ineffective programs, even including those that have important missions.

Details: Washington, DC: Office of U.S. Senator Tom Coburn; Member, Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, 2012. 55p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2012 at http://www.coburn.senate.gov/public//index.cfm?a=Files.Serve&File_id=b86fdaeb-86ff-4d19-a112-415ec85aa9b6

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.coburn.senate.gov/public//index.cfm?a=Files.Serve&File_id=b86fdaeb-86ff-4d19-a112-415ec85aa9b6

Shelf Number: 127209

Keywords:
Costs of Criminal Justice
Counterterrorism
Crime Prevention
Homeland Security
Security

Author: Operation Charm

Title: The Illegal Trade in Bears

Summary: Most of us have known bears from our earliest days, but today, all of the world’s bear species are threatened by illegal trade. The illegal trade in endangered species is worth billions of pounds every year and threatens the survival of species all over the world. Trade in endangered species is controlled by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES), an international agreement that has been signed by more than 170 countries, including the UK. CITES bans international trade in the world’s most endangered species and strictly controls trade in many others. All species of bears are included in the CITES listings. Even so the illegal trade continues and the UK plays a part in this. The illegal trade in endangered species, like any other trade, works on the basis of supply and demand. In many cases the consumer demand for endangered species products comes from wealthy countries like the UK. Wild bears are being killed for their gall bladders and the bile which they produce is highly valued as an ingredient in some traditional Chinese medicines. Others are farmed in China and Vietnam where they are forced to spend their lives in tiny cages and are “milked” of their bile every day. Still others are killed for their skins which are used as home “decorations” for the wall or the floor.

Details: London: Operation Charm, 2012. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2012 at http://www.animalsasia.org/eng/images/index/index/Bearbilebooklet%28UK%29.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.animalsasia.org/eng/images/index/index/Bearbilebooklet%28UK%29.pdf

Shelf Number: 127232

Keywords:
Bears
Crime Prevention
Illegal Wildlife Trade
Wildlife Crime

Author: Greiff, Shaina

Title: No Justice in Justifications: Violence against Women in the Name of Culture, Religion, and Tradition

Summary: This briefing presents a survey of culturally justified violence against women, including how violence against women is justified by 'culture', the different forms this violence can take, and recommendations for change. The SKSW Campaign is undertaking projects on 'culture', women and violence, with partners in Senegal, Afghanistan, Nigeria, Pakistan, Indonesia, Iran, and Sudan. This briefing paper will therefore give a general overview of discourses on culture, tradition, and/or religion that are used to justify, and therefore perpetuate, specic manifestations of VAW in these focal countries, as well as local methods to counter such arguments. While recognising that culture and religion can be empowering for, and central to, both individual and collective identities, this article will look at the misuse of these discourses for the purpose of sanctioning impunity for perpetrators and silencing dissenters. This discussion concludes with recommendations for activists, scholars, and policy makers.

Details: Violence is Not Our Culture, 2010. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2012 at http://www.violenceisnotourculture.org/sites/default/files/No%20Justice%20in%20Justifications%20-Violence%20against%20Women%20in%20the%20Name%20of%20Culture%2C%20Religion%20and%20Tradition%20%28Greiff%29.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.violenceisnotourculture.org/sites/default/files/No%20Justice%20in%20Justifications%20-Violence%20against%20Women%20in%20the%20Name%20of%20Culture%2C%20Religion%20and%20Tradition%20%28Greiff%29.pdf

Shelf Number: 127236

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Religion, Culture
Violence Against Women

Author: Humansecurity-cities.org.

Title: Human Security for an urban Century: Local Challenges, Global Perspectives

Summary: The objective of this project has been to examine in detail the nature and scale of organized armed violence in urban areas and to explore the value of bringing a human security lens to the challenges posed by cities at the beginning of an “Urban Century.” For the first time in history, the majority of people now live in cities. Rapid urbanization is already shaping trends in global peace and security. Armed violence is increasingly taking place in sprawling hillside slums, involving adolescent boys with automatic weapons, corrupt police officers determined to “clean up” city streets, or vigilante groups who take justice into their own hands. The violence feeds on the toxic mix of transnational criminal organizations and failed public security. This book is the product of a unique research partnership between the Human Security Research and Outreach Program of Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada, and the Canadian Consortium on Human Security, a research network operated through the University of British Columbia’s Centre of International Relations. Over the past year, our two organizations have together explored the issues of human security in urban spaces. Through this partnership, we have sponsored expert dialogues and conferences, supported graduate student research awards, created a new website (www.humansecurity-cities.org), and presented our early findings to international experts at the United Nations World Urban Forum in Vancouver in June 2006. These research and outreach efforts were critical to the identification of a new community of expertise relevant to the human security and cities agenda. This book provides an overview of what we have learned from these expert consultations. It provides a collection of contributions from 40 leading academics, civil society experts, government officials, and graduate students woven together with a general narrative that tells a compelling story about the human security challenges and opportunities we will face. Among its main conclusions is that building secure cities — cities with effective public security; inclusive, participatory governance; and positive social capital — will be critical to the prevention of armed violence and the protection of civilian populations from such violence when prevention fails. This research suggests that achieving “cities without slums” — the 11th target of the seventh UN Millennium Development Goal — will require a clear recognition of the linkages between security and development. It also suggests that much more work is required by researchers and policy makers in order to fully understand the profound implications rapid urbanization holds for for the human security agenda.

Details: Ottawa: humansecurity-cities.org, 2007. 112p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.eukn.org/E_library/Security_Crime_Prevention/Security_Crime_Prevention/Human_security_for_an_urban_century_local_challenges_global_perspectives

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: http://www.eukn.org/E_library/Security_Crime_Prevention/Security_Crime_Prevention/Human_security_for_an_urban_century_local_challenges_global_perspectives

Shelf Number: 127337

Keywords:
Armed Violence
Crime Prevention
Urban Areas
Urban Crime
Urban Violence
Violent Crime

Author: van Ours, Jan C.

Title: The Engine Immobilizer: A Non-Starter for Car Thieves

Summary: We provide evidence for a beneficial welfare impact of a crime policy that is targeted at strenghtening victim precaution. Regulation made application of the electronic engine immobilizer, a simple and low-cost anti-theft device, mandatory for all new cars sold within the European Union as of 1998. We exploit the regulation as source of exogenous variation in use of the device by year of manufacture of cars. Based on detailed data at the level of car models, we find that uniform application of the security device reduced the probability of car theft by an estimated 50 percent on average in the Netherlands during 1995-2008, accounting for both the protective effect on cars with the device and the displacement effect on cars without the device. The costs per prevented theft equal some 1,500 Euro; a fraction of the social benefits of a prevented car theft.

Details: Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University, Tilburg Law and Economics Center, 2013. 27p.

Source: Internet Resource: CentER Discussion Paper Series No. 2013-004
TILEC Discussion Paper No. 2013-001: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2202165


Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2202165


Shelf Number: 127418

Keywords:
Automobile Theft
Car Theft
Crime Prevention
Engine Immobilizer
Vehicle Theft

Author: Uchida, Craig D.

Title: Los Angeles, California Smart Policing Initiative Reducing Gun-Related Violence through Operation LASER

Summary: The Los Angeles Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) sought to reduce gun-related violence in specific neighborhoods in the city of Los Angeles, through application of the SARA problem-solving model—Scanning, Analysis, Response, and Assessment. As part of the scanning phase, the LAPD and its research partner examined gun-related crimes by Division and by Reporting District for 2011. In 2011, the Newton Division was ranked third in gun violence among the 21 Divisions. The Los Angeles SPI team next sought to identify specific areas for intervention in the Newton Division, employing a geographic analysis of data on gun-related crimes, arrests, and calls for service over a six-year period (2006-2011). The location-based analysis resulted in the identification of five large hotspots. Once the target areas were identified, the Los Angeles SPI team developed their intervention strategy, called Los Angeles’ Strategic Extraction and Restoration Program (Operation LASER). Established in September 2011, Operation LASER’s overall goal is to target with laser-like precision the violent repeat offenders and gang members who commit crimes in the target areas. LASER involves both location- and offender-based strategies, most notably the creation of a Crime Intelligence Detail (CID). CID’s primary mission centers on the development of proactive, real-time intelligence briefs called Chronic Offender Bulletins. The bulletins assist officers in identifying crime trends and solving current investigations, and they give officers a tool for proactive police work. The Los Angeles SPI team assessed the impact of Operation LASER using Interrupted Time-Series Analysis. In particular, the team analyzed monthly crime data for the Newton Division and 18 other divisions from January 2006–June 2012. Results show that Part I violent crimes, homicide, and robbery all decreased significantly in the Newton Division after Operation LASER began. After the program was implemented, Part I violent crimes in the Newton Division dropped by an average of 5.4 crimes per month, and homicides dropped by 22.6 percent per month. Importantly, the crime declines did not occur in the other LAPD divisions, which provide strong evidence that Operation LASER caused the declines in the Newton Division. The Los Angeles SPI experience offers a number of lessons learned for both police managers and line officers. The initiative underscores the value of the SARA model as an evidence-based framework for crime control, and it highlights the central role of both crime analysis and technology in data-driven decision-making. The Los Angeles SPI invested heavily in the relationship between line officers and crime analysts, and the investment paid off in sizeable reductions in gun-related crime in the target areas. The initiative also demonstrates the importance of focusing intervention strategies on both people and places to achieve success in crime control and prevention.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, bureau of Justice Assistance, 2012. 12p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/spotlights/LA%20Site%20Spotlight%20FINAL%20Oct%202012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/spotlights/LA%20Site%20Spotlight%20FINAL%20Oct%202012.pdf

Shelf Number: 127437

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence (Los Angeles, CA)
Hotspots Policing
Operation LASER
Problem-Solving
Violent Crime

Author: Vetter, David M.

Title: The Impact of the Sense of Security from Crime on Residential Property Values in Brazilian Metropolitan Areas

Summary: Using a hedonic residential rent model for Brazil's metropolitan areas calibrated with micro data from Brazil's annual household survey, we estimate that increasing the sense of security in the home by one standard deviation would increase average home values by R$1,513 (US$757) or about US$13.6 billion if applied to all 18.0 million households in the study area. Our principal components analysis of sense of security and crime victimization variables indicates that higher income households tend to feel more secure from crime in the home, even though theft and robbery victimization tend to rise with household income and rent. Higher levels of home protection measures by higher income households partially explain this.

Details: Rio de Janeiro: David Vetter Consultoria Econômica Ltda., 2013. 69p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed February 4, 2013 at: http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument.aspx?docnum=37414262

Year: 2013

Country: Brazil

URL: http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument.aspx?docnum=37414262

Shelf Number: 127470

Keywords:
Crime (Brazil)
Crime Prevention
Property Values and Crime
Security Systems

Author: Haitana, Bronwyn

Title: Review of the New Zealand Police Youth Education Service Programmes

Summary: The New Zealand Police Strategic Plan 2011 – 2015 (Police Strategic Plan) determines the role of Youth Education Services (YES) as one of the many New Zealand Police (Police) services working within the Police's vision of Safer Communities Together. The mission articulated through the strategy is to direct Police to work in partnership with communities to prevent crime and road trauma, enhance public safety and maintain public order. The Prevention First National Operating Strategy 2011 ‐ 2015 (Prevention First Strategy) sits within the Police Strategic Plan. The strategy focuses on 'putting prevention at the front of policing'. The strategy indicates that Police will work with other agencies, service providers and the community, particularly Maori, Pacific and ethnic groups, to address the underlying causes of offending and victimisation. Youth is one of the five areas of focus within the Prevention First Strategy and YES plays a vital part in meeting those outcomes for the Police. YES has on average 120 Police Education Officers (PEOs) per annum working in partnership with school principals, teachers and the school communities in 25001 schools throughout New Zealand. The YES curriculum identifies two strategic themes.  Crime Prevention  School Road Safety Education (SRSE) Currently YES provides twenty‐one primary and nine secondary programmes free to schools. There are programmes for primary, intermediate and secondary schools. The programmes are all designed to help children and young people lead confident, safe lives and are focussed on various key competencies and learning areas within the New Zealand Curriculum. Schools are seen as ideal settings in which to promote mental, emotional and social wellbeing for young people. As a result, both in New Zealand and overseas, a smorgasbord of road safety, social responsibility, violence prevention and drug education programmes are offered in schools, many delivered by outside providers. Internationally and nationally, the popularity of these educational interventions is a result of a desire to satisfy a number of goals within government and non‐government agencies. They allow authorities to be seen to be addressing a matter of public concern: they are plausible, both to those who create them and those who receive them; and they are politically non‐controversial, requiring no regulation. However, the evidence indicates that they are in large part ineffective. 5 In New Zealand, as well as overseas, it has become essential for education prevention providers to consider whether their programmes align with the New Zealand Curriculum and to provide outcome evidence that their prevention programmes are invariably making a difference for youth. With the increasing awareness of ineffective intervention and the lack of outcome‐based programmes YES identified the need to partake in a review of its programmes to:  determine the education pedagogical2 principles within which effective YES programmes (within the YES key themes of Road Safety and Crime Prevention education) should be developed  identify strengths and opportunities for improvement of YES programmes  review and update systems and processes associated with the identification, development, implementation and evaluation of YES programmes  investigate the current profile of youth offending and victimisation and any correlation with YES programmes. This review concludes that YES has an important role in creating the understanding that Police is an integral part of New Zealand society. The YES service has provided a wide range of printed education resources and education services since 1980 and it has helped Police to provide a presence for children and young people and a reassurance that policing involves both a preventative (educative) as well as an enforcement approach to building a safer community.

Details: Wellington, NZ: New Zealand Police, 2012. 126p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/youth-education-service-programmes-review-full.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.police.govt.nz/sites/default/files/resources/youth-education-service-programmes-review-full.pdf

Shelf Number: 127590

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention (New Zealand)
Educational Programs
Police-Community Relations
Police-School Partnerships

Author: Azrael, Deborah

Title: Developing the Capacity to Understand and Prevent Homicide: An Evaluation of the Milwaukee Homicide Review Commission

Summary: The Milwaukee Homicide Review Commission (MHRC) was established in May 2004 to address the city’s persistent lethal violence problem. The MHRC is a multi-tiered intervention with four levels, each of which involves participation by a different set of agencies and stakeholders. A key assumption underlying the four levels of MHRC review, and driving its decision to include stakeholders outside of the traditional criminal justice arena, was that the development and implementation of homicide prevention strategies is a complex and multi-faceted process that can be strengthened by input and buy-in from stakeholders throughout the community. The goal of the MHRC was to foster and support innovative homicide prevention and intervention strategies using the emerging tool of strategic problem analysis. In February 2005, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded the Harvard School of Public Health to evaluate the MHRC. The evaluation, which utilized a randomized matched pair design, consisted of three principal components: 1) a formative evaluation, 2) a process evaluation, and 3) an impact evaluation. More specifically, through semi-structured interviews and analysis of homicide data collected as part of the project, the evaluation examined whether homicide reviews provide additional insights into the nature of homicide problems relative to traditional methods; whether these insights lead to the development of new strategic responses to homicide problems; whether law enforcement agencies, social service providers, and the community feel that sharing information improves their ability to work together; and whether these responses seem to have short-term homicide reduction impacts. The NIJ-sponsored evaluation closely examined MHRC work from January 2005 through December 2007. During this time period, the MHRC conducted thirty criminal justice reviews, fifteen community service provider reviews and two community reviews, covering cases from January 2005 through November 2007. Overall, the homicide review process revealed that homicides in the City’s intervention districts were largely clustered in very specific places, such as in and around taverns, and among active offenders who were very well known to the criminal justice system. Homicides were often the outcome of an ongoing dispute between individuals and/or groups (usually gangs) and involved respect, status, and retribution as motives. The MHRC process yielded a comprehensive set of actionable policy and program development recommendations. These recommendations were ratified by and the implementation was continuously monitored by the MHRC Working and Executive Committees. In general, the MHRC recommendations better positioned criminal justice, social service, and community-based organizations to address high-risk places and high-risk people central to recurring homicide problems. MHRC participants credited the implementation of the recommendations with improving both criminal justice and community provider capacity to prevent violence. A key to this increased capacity was the improved communication, information sharing and cooperation both within and between criminal justice agencies, community service providers and community members. The impact evaluation used statistical models to analyze a time series of monthly counts of homicides in the control and treatment districts (January 1999 – December 2006). The impact evaluation revealed that the implementation of the MHRC iv interventions was associated with a statistically significant 52% decrease in the monthly count of homicide in the treatment districts. The control districts experienced a non-significant 9.2% decrease in homicide, controlling for the other covariates. While these analyses can’t be used to specify the exact effect of the MHRC interventions, the empirical evidence suggests that the MHRC interventions were associated with a noteworthy decrease in homicide. As such, the MHRC homicide review process seems to add considerable value to understanding the nature of urban homicide problems, crafting appropriate interventions to address underlying risks associated with homicides, implementing innovative strategies to address these risks, and assessing the impacts of these strategies.

Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 95p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240814.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240814.pdf

Shelf Number: 127695

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Homicide Prevention
Homicides (Milwaukee, U.S.)
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Schaenman, Phil

Title: Opportunities for Police Cost Savings Without Sacrificing Service Quality: Reducing False Alarms

Summary: This report focuses on ways to reduce calls to police for what turn out to be false alarms from security systems. In many cities, such false alarms often number in the tens of thousands each year, waste millions of dollars of officer time, and detract from attention to reducing crimes. We welcome feedback from local or state governments on the usefulness of this report, and information on other ways police departments have obtained cost savings relating to false alarms. The information provided here was primarily drawn from the experiences of three local governments: Montgomery County (MD); Seattle (WA); and Salt Lake City (UT). The report is presented in two sections. The first provides a summary of the findings for public officials. The second provides detailed findings for those wanting more specific information on the various options for reducing the costs of false alarms, and details on how a series of approaches was implemented over time in each jurisdiction examined.

Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2012. 30p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412729-Opportunities-for-Police-Cost-Savings-Without-Sacrificing-Service-Quality.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412729-Opportunities-for-Police-Cost-Savings-Without-Sacrificing-Service-Quality.pdf

Shelf Number: 127697

Keywords:
Burglar Alarms
Costs of Criminal Justice
Crime Prevention
False Alarms
Security Systems

Author: De Bock, Tine

Title: Exploring the Impact of Fear Appeals on the Prevention of Shoplifting

Summary: The present study investigates the effectiveness of fear appeals in preventing shoplifting among adolescents. We study the effects of type of punishment (social disapproval versus fines), probability of getting caught when shoplifting and severity of the punishment. Results show that social punishment messages should stress severe levels of social disapproval when the chance of getting caught is low. When social disapproval messages imply a high probability of apprehension, the severity of social rejection makes no difference for the shoplifting intentions. Finally, messages focusing on fines should depict large instead of small fines, irrespective of the communicated probability of getting caught.

Details: Ghent: University of Ghent, Faculty of Economics and Business Administration, 2010. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.feb.ugent.be/nl/Ondz/wp/Papers/wp_10_668.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: International

URL: http://www.feb.ugent.be/nl/Ondz/wp/Papers/wp_10_668.pdf

Shelf Number: 127747

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Retail Crime
Shoplifting

Author: Kelman, Steven

Title: Are There Managerial Practices Associated with Service Delivery Collaboration Success?: Evidence from British Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships

Summary: Little empirical work exists measuring if interagency collaborations delivering public services produce better outcomes, and none looking inside the black box at collaboration management practices. We examine whether there are collaboration management practices associated with improved performance of Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships, a crossagency collaboration in England and Wales. These exist in every local authority in England and Wales, so there are enough of them to permit quantitative analysis. And their aim is crime reduction, and crime data over time are available, allowing actual results (rather than perceptions or self-reports) to be analyzed longitudinally. We find that there are management practices associated with greater success at reducing crime, mostly exhibited through interaction effects such that the practice in question is effective in some circumstances but not others. Our findings support the arguments of those arguing that effective management of collaborations is associated with tools for managing any organization, not ones unique to managing collaborations: if you want to be a good collaboration manager, you should be a good manager, period.

Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, John F. Kennedy School of Government, 2011. 62p.

Source: Internet Resource: HKS Faculty Research Working
Paper Series RWP11-011, John F. Kennedy School of
Government, Harvard University: Accessed March 7, 2013 at: http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4723208

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4723208

Shelf Number: 127864

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Management Practices (U.K.)
Interagency Collaborations
Partnerships in Criminal Justice

Author: Pease, Ken

Title: Home Security and Place Design: Some Evidence and Its Policy Implications

Summary: In August 2011 the National Housing Federation stated that ‘rises in private rental sector costs, increased social housing waiting lists, price booms and a 'chronic under-supply' of new homes that has seen 105,000 built in England in 2011, threaten to plunge the market into an 'unprecedented crisis', Housing Minister Grant Shapps promised ‘… despite the need to tackle the deficit we inherited, this government is putting £4.5 billion towards an affordable homes programme which is set to exceed our original expectations and deliver up to 170,000 new homes over the next four years. 'The Government aims to reduce the regulatory burden and where possible the cost of development for house builders. This commitment takes a number of forms, including a ‘one in one out policy’ where any increase in regulation in one area must be matched by a decrease in another, with an explicit approach of ‘regulation as a last resort’. In 2013 additional regulatory burdens are to fall on house builders. These will have to be offset somehow. The Home Office has already signalled its unwillingness to offer offsetting deregulation. Complementing the aspiration to reduce nationally imposed regulation is the localism agenda. The core policy aspiration to create a ‘Big Society’ focuses attention on the generation of local structures and associations. Policy almost always involves a trade-off between, on the one hand, personal and organisational freedom and on the other, longer-term social objectives; between the freedom of mothers to dispense bags of chips through school railings at lunchtime and the long-term health costs of the obesity epidemic; between freedom from security checks and possible terrorist action. The trade-off between freedom in place design and consequent crime represents such a dilemma. Security has a cost at the point of build or refurbishment. Such benefits as it may confer come later. The means by which such benefits may best be conferred require discussion. This report attempts to discuss the benefits (direct and indirect) against the costs, and (given that security is concluded to have benefits), to decide how these benefits may be realised.

Details: Leicester, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd, 2011. 49p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.securedbydesign.com/professionals/pdfs/Home-Security-and-Place-Design.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.securedbydesign.com/professionals/pdfs/Home-Security-and-Place-Design.pdf

Shelf Number: 127917

Keywords:
Burglary
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPT
Design Against Crime
Home Security (U.K.)

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A.

Title: Teaming Up for Safer Cities

Summary: The National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention is a White House inspired, locally coordinated effort to strengthen youth violence prevention in selected U.S. cities. Communities electing to participate in the National Forum collaborate to develop youth violence prevention strategies that draw upon a wide array of community and organizational resources, including law enforcement, courts, schools, social services, mental health agencies, faith-based organizations, the business community, and a variety of neighborhood and community-based groups. Six cities began working with the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention in 2010. They were Boston, Chicago, Detroit, and Memphis, as well as Salinas and San Jose, California. By 2012, the Forum had grown to ten cities, including Camden (New Jersey), Minneapolis, New Orleans, and Philadelphia. Soon after the National Forum began, the federal partners managing the effort asked the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice to observe the implementation of the National Forum and to prepare an assessment of the strategies pursued by each city. The research team at John Jay College worked with colleagues at Temple University’s Department of Criminal Justice to conduct the assessment. The project employed a number of techniques for measuing the implementation of the National Forum, including direct observations, participant interviews, and stakeholder surveys administered at three points in time. This report describes the results from the series of stakeholder surveys conducted in five of the first six cities to participate in the National Forum: Boston, Detroit, Memphis, Salinas, and San Jose. (By 2012, the National Forum efforts in Chicago had not reached a point that would justify the city’s inclusion in this assessment report.) The first round of surveys was launched (via surveymonkey.com) in June 2011, while the second and third rounds began in February and August 2012, respectively. The last survey in the third round was received in October 2012. Thus, this report describes changes perceived by respondents during 15 months of National Forum implementation. Changes are slow to come in complex violence reduction initiatives. The assessment team didn’t expect to find large and profound improvements in the perceptions of respondents from National Forum cities. There were, however, a number of important indicators of postive change. Across the five surveyed cities, respondents reported improved law enforcement effectiveness, better access to family services and opportunities for youth, and more support for violence prevention from local officials. Most importantly, survey respondents in the third round of surveys were less likely than those in the first round to report increasing levels of particular forms of violence in the community. Perceptions of violence associated with drug sales and family conflict, for example, improved in National Forum cities. Perceptions of gang violence also improved. In the first survey, for example, 46 percent of respondents in the five cities believed that gang activity was becoming more visible in their communities. By the third survey, the same perception was reported by just 33 percent of respondents. Cities involved in the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention are beginning to see substantive improvements in their efforts to stem youth violence. The results of these efforts are modest and they are almost always slow to develop. Some of the indicators that improved between the first and second surveys did not appear to improve in the third survey. Yet, the existence of any positive and measurable change in just 15 months is reason enough to believe that the efforts of the National Forum are having a beneficial effect on community safety.

Details: New York: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2012. 46p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2012/12/teamingup2012.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2012/12/teamingup2012.pdf

Shelf Number: 127931

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime (ICPC)

Title: International Report on Crime Prevention and Community Safety

Summary: The ICPC’s 2012 International Report on Crime Prevention and Community Safety presents key subjects on the international agenda regarding crime and violence, highlighting forms in which prevention can address these issues to generate more resilient and cohesive communities around the world. The third edition of the Report focuses on five topics of significance for crime prevention policymaking at the international level: Human Trafficking, Informal Settlements, Post-Conflict and Post-Disaster Areas, Drug Production in Developed Countries and ICPC’s own Global Survey on Safety in Cities. It analyses these issues from the prevention perspective and contributes to the larger debate on responses to crime using ICPC’s 18 years of expertize in the field. The International Report provides information and tools to help governments, local authorities, international organizations and other actors implement successful crime prevention policies in their countries, cities and communities.

Details: Montreal: ICPC, 2012. 180p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/en/publications/report/report/article/translate-to-english-rapport-international-2012-sur-la-prevention-de-la-criminalite-et-la-secu.html

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/en/publications/report/report/article/translate-to-english-rapport-international-2012-sur-la-prevention-de-la-criminalite-et-la-secu.html

Shelf Number: 128012

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug Control
Drug Trafficking
Drugs and Crime
Human Trafficking

Author: Verhage, Antoinette

Title: Community Policing as a Police Strategy: Effects and Future Outlook

Summary: COP as a police strategy has been widely discussed and commented, both in theory and in practice. Police research has indeed devoted a considerable amount of time in discussing the roots of this police strategy and in contemplating its effects. In this article, we aim to give the reader an overview of these discussions, focusing on the research into the effects of COP. After an introduction on COP as a police strategy and its backgrounds, we look at studies that have reviewed the impacts of this strategy on a number of levels: the impact on crime, on public opinion and on incivilities and fear of crime. These studies show that the research focus remains very narrow, looking at specific types of interventions, but often without taking the broader context into account. We conclude by referring to a number of positive results of community oriented policing and plead for more and specifically more long-term research into effects of police strategies and tactics.

Details: Brussels: European Crime Prevention Network, 2012. 13p.

Source: Internet Resource: EUCPN Thematic Paper Series, no. 3: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: www.eucpn.org/

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL:

Shelf Number: 128277

Keywords:
Community Policine (Europe)
Crime Prevention
Problem-Oriented Policing

Author: Klima, Noel

Title: European Cross-Country Crime Statistics, Surveys and Reports

Summary: This report is a start up of a series of European Crime Prevention Monitor reports published every six months, presenting information on crime situations and crime trends based on statistics, surveys and reports. This first report presents findings from different international cross-country crime statistics, surveys and reports. A summary of some data, reports and on the major findings is outlined and presented with a focus on the 27 European Member States where possible. The aim of this report is to provide a quick and substantial, but selected overview of the situation and trends on crime and crime prevention in European Member States from the perspectives of the used data and literature. Target groups are local, national and European practitioners and policy makers. This report does not claim to be exhaustive. There are more statistics, surveys and reports which were not considered for this report. The data used has been published elsewhere and is not originally collected by the EUCPN. However, the information used in this report is analysed and presented in accordance with the needs of the target groups and the strategy of the EUCPN.

Details: Brussels: EUCPN Secretariat, 2012. 34p.

Source: Internet Resource: European Crime Prevention Monitor
2012/1: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: www.eucpn.org

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL:

Shelf Number: 128292

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Rates
Crime Statistics (Europe)

Author: Mancini, Francesco, ed.

Title: New Technology and the Prevention of Violence and Conflict

Summary: There are now 6 billion cell phone subscriptions in the world, and one third of the world’s population is online. These numbers are growing rapidly, particularly in the developing world, and they demonstrate an unparalleled level of global interconnectivity. They also point to the unprecedented amount of data that we are generating while using new information and communication technologies (ICTs): in 2012 alone, humans generated more data than over the course of their entire history. This report explores the ways in which ICTs and the data they generate can assist international actors, governments, and civil society organizations to more effectively prevent violence and conflict. It examines the contributions that cell phones, social media, crowdsourcing, crisis mapping, blogging, and big data analytics can make to short-term efforts to forestall crises and to long-term initiatives to address the root causes of violence. Five case studies assess the use of such tools in a variety of regions (Africa, Asia, Latin America) experiencing different types of violence (criminal violence, election-related violence, armed conflict, shortterm crisis) in different political contexts (restrictive and collaborative governments). The cases demonstrate clearly that employing new technologies for conflict prevention can produce very different results depending on the context in which they are applied and whether or not those using the technology take that context into account. This is particularly true in light of the dramatic changes underway in the landscapes of violence and conflict on a global level. As such, instead of focusing on supply-driven technical fixes, those undertaking prevention initiatives should let the context inform what kind of technology is needed and what kind of approach will work best. With this in mind, lessons and insights from across the cases point to seven promising steps for strengthening prevention efforts that involve new technologies. 1. Even if you crowd-source your hammer, not every problem is a nail. New technologies have the potential to make huge contributions to violence- and conflictprevention efforts, but they are not a panacea for holistic solutions. International organizations and governments should examine all the tools at their disposal for preventing conflict, and civil society organizations should not be blinkered by their particular thematic focus. 2. Consider the context. The cases show that socioeconomic, cultural, and demographic factors will all influence whether technology can have a positive impact, which technology would be appropriate, and how technologies could or should be combined. International organizations and governments should make needs assessments and feasibility studies that address these factors standard practice. Civil society organizations should also include such needs assessments or conflict and peace assessments in their proposals when seeking funding from donors. 3. Do no harm. Failure to consider the possible knock-on effects of applying a specific technology can lead to fatal outcomes in violent settings. Spoilers also leverage new technologies to incite violence, promote conflict, and perpetrate crimes. As such, a conflict-sensitive approach remains vital from conception to completion of any initiative involving new technologies. As part of project design and implementation, every actor should identify possible spoilers, conduct a cost-benefit analysis that incorporates levels of risk, develop mechanisms to mitigate risks, and create contingency plans. 4. Integrate local input throughout, and don’t reinvent the wheel. Examples abound where an absence of local input meant there was a lack of buy-in from the affected communities, project financing was unsustainable, the credibility of the information collected was questionable, or there was duplication of work. Once a project is underway, continual consultation with and involvement of the affected community is vital. In general, the application of new technological tools to prevention efforts at the local level works best when integrated into existing civil society initiatives. 5. Use technology to help information flow horizontally more than vertically. Horizontal citizen-to-citizen ICT initiatives can help to connect more “warners” and “responders” more quickly and closer to the crisis. They can also contribute to communities’ resilience in the long term. International organizations should consider supporting spontaneous microinitiatives in this area, provide funding to develop local capacity, improve connectivity between different initiatives, and help the sharing of best practices. Civil society organizations should identify and reward skilled individuals and groups in local communities who can adopt new technologies for preventing violence and conflict. 6. Establish consensus regarding ownership, use, and sharing of information. New technologies make it possible for international organizations and government agencies to acquire more information and more granular information to inform prevention efforts. International organizations, governments, and civil society actors should establish consensus around questions of privacy, access, and use of digital data in any given initiative. This will make prevention efforts more legitimate in the eyes of the affected communities, and ultimately more effective. 7. Foster partnerships for better results. There are indications that prevention initiatives that drew on the complementary strengths of international donors, governments, the private sector, and civil society proved more effective. International organizations and governments are well placed to foster such partnerships and should invest in doing so for more promising results. Given the frequent paralysis at national and international levels when it comes to preventing conflict, the empowerment of individuals to participate in conflict-prevention initiatives in their own communities and societies may be one of the most significant innovations created by advances in technology. This is particularly true when it comes to bridging the persistent gulf between warning and response. Much more research is needed to assess how ICT can be used to generate action at the local level, as well as to inform or warn. In the long run, however, the most effective approach to using new technologies for conflict prevention may well be the one needed in prevention more broadly: one that successfully balances both grassroots, decentralized efforts and the more rationalized and coordinated activities of governments and international organizations.

Details: New York: International Peace Institute, 2013. 104p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/ipi-e-pub-nw-technology-conflict-prevention-advance.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/ipi-e-pub-nw-technology-conflict-prevention-advance.pdf

Shelf Number: 128347

Keywords:
Cell Phones
Crime Prevention
Technology and Crime
Violence Prevention (International)
Violent Crime

Author: Papachristos, Andrew V.

Title: Desistance and Legitimacy: The Impact of Offender Notification Meetings on Recidivism among High Risk Offenders

Summary: Objective: Legitimacy-based approaches to crime prevention operate under the assumption that individuals — including violent offenders — are more likely to comply with the law when they believe that the law and its agents are legitimate and act in ways that seem inherently “fair” and “just.” While mounting evidence finds an association between such legitimacy-based programs and reductions in aggregate levels of crime and violence, no study has investigated whether such programs influence individual offending. This study evaluates the effectiveness of one such program — Project Safe Neighborhoods’ (PSN) Offender Notification Meetings — at reducing individual recidivism among a population of returning prisoners in Chicago. Methods: This study uses a quasi-experimental design and two types of survival analyses (Cox hazard models and competing risk models) to evaluate the effects of PSN on the subsequent recidivism of program participants relative to the control group. Results: Cox hazard models and competing risk models suggest that involvement in PSN significantly reduces the risk of subsequent incarceration. In fact, participation in PSN Offender Notification Forums is associated with a significant lengthening of the time that offenders remain on the street and out of prison. Conclusion: This study provides some of the first individual-level evidence of the efficacy of such programs on patterns of individual offending. Results suggest that interventions such as these do indeed reduce rates of recidivism in the treatment group.

Details: Working Paper, 2013. 41p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2240232

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2240232

Shelf Number: 128349

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Legitimacy
Offender Notification Meetings
Prisoner Reentry
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Recidivism

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand

Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: Southern District of Alabama

Summary: In 2001 the Bush Administration made the reduction of gun crime one of the two major priorities of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), along with defeating terrorism and enhancing homeland security. The vehicle tor translating this goal into action is Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN). PSN represents a commitment to gun crime reduction through a network of local partnerships coordinated through the nation's 94 United States Attorneys Offices. These local partnerships are supported by a strategy to provide them with the resources that they need to be successful. The PSN initiative integrates five essential elements from successful gun crime reduction programs such as Richmond's Project Exile, the Boston Ceasefire Program and DOJ's Strategic Approaches to Community Safety Initiative (SACSJ). Those elements are: partnerships, strategic problem solving, outreach, training and accountability.' The strategic problem-solving component of PSN was enhanced through grants to local researchers to work in partnership with the PSN task force to analyze local gun crime patterns, to inform strategic interventions, and to provide feedback to the task force about program implementation and impact. At the national level, PSN included a grant to a research team at the School of Criminal Justice at Michigan State University (MSU) to provide support to the strategic problem-solving component as well as to conduct research on PSN implementation and impact. As part of its research role, MSU has produced a series of strategic case studies ofPSN interventions that have emerged in a number of jurisdictions across the country." The current report is part of a second series of studies focused on implementation of PSN in particular districts. The current study, focused on the Southern District of Alabama, is similar to the situation in the Middle District of Alabama. The PSN effort was initially focused on the major city within the district and relied on a strong partnership between the local police department and the U.S. Attorney's Oftice. The task force implemented a strategy that drew heavily on Project Exile and the core principles ofPSN. Once sites were identified, the MSU research team conducted site visits to learn more about PSN structure, implementation, and impact. Cooperative relationships between the local research partners and the MSU research team were established for the purpose of generating the case studies. This provided the benefit of the "deep knowledge" of the local research partners with the "independent eyes" of the national research team. This approach will continue to be employed through an ongoing series of case studies in additional PSN sites. Given this strategy, in effect a purposive sampling approach, the case studies cannot be considered representative of PSN in all 94 judicial districts. Rather, these are studies of PSN within specific sites. Through these studies, particularly as more and more case studies arc completed, complemented by evaluations conducted by local research partners, we hope to generate new knowledge about the adaptation of the national PSN program to local contexts as well as about the impact ofPSN on levels of gun crime in specific jurisdictions.

Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 37p.

Source: Internet Resource: PSN Case Study Report #10: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241728.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241728.pdf

Shelf Number: 128418

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Gang Violence
Gun Violence
Neighborhoods and Crime (U.S.)
Problem-Oriented Policing

Author: DiPoala, Audrey

Title: An Exploration of Gun Violence and Prevention: Toward the Development of an Inclusive Database Working Paper 2 of 3: Databases as Prevention

Summary: This paper is the second in a series of three addressing the need for developing a shooting database in Rochester. The benefit from crime analysis has been seen in recent years as smart policing has come to the forefront. This paper addresses the role that databases play in crime prevention and then moves toward a focus on the need for a shooting database and what role that would play in law enforcement. In addition to providing examples of crime databases, this paper will also highlight the variables necessary to include in a database specific to shooting victims.

Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives Rochester Institute of Technology, 2013. 17p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper # 2013-2: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2013/2013-03.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2013/2013-03.pdf

Shelf Number: 128662

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence (U.S.)
Violent Crimes

Author: Kurchin, Mariana Kiefer

Title: The Role of Municipalities and the 'New Paradigm' in Safety Public Policies in Brazil: An Analysis of the Process of Shifts in Public Policies

Summary: After the democratic transition in Brazil (1984) public safety has become especially relevant in the country due to high rates of crime and the feeling of insecurity among the population, especially in big cities. In this context, prevention is presented in the last decade in response to the repressive policies that have not prevented the continued growth of violence in the country. Regarding public safety, the Brazilian Constitution stipulates in its art. 144 that public safety is carried out by a set of institutions. The list that follows this statement is composed by different (but only) police forces, which are the exclusive responsibility of the government of the provinces. In this scenario, there is a strong demand for active participation of municipalities in public safety policies by scholars and professionals who work with the topic. This debate was developed within the political arena whereas the legal field was delegitimize as the field of productions of new truths. This thesis seeks to understand the meaning of the decentralization of public safety policies in socio-legal terms, i.e. the production of meaning and new legal interpretation through social and political discourse and the relations between a new discourse and the possibilities of new practices. A shift in the discourse has altered in practice the terms of the debate in the field, but it was necessary to investigate whether the changes in the level of discourse, rather than the regulatory system are sufficient to alter the existing political model.

Details: Onati, Spain: Oñati International Institute for the Sociology of Law, 2011. 40p.

Source: Internet Resource: Oñati Socio-Legal Series, Vol. 1, No. 1, 2011 : Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1737358

Year: 2011

Country: Brazil

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1737358

Shelf Number: 129226

Keywords:
Crime (Brazil)
Crime Prevention
Public Safety

Author: Manuel, Celie

Title: Systematic Review of Youth Crime Prevention Interventions

Summary: This systematic literature review was commissioned by the Danish Crime Prevention Council to supplement the existing knowledge base about youth crime prevention and provide useful information about implementation and effectiveness of known crime prevention initiatives. The review is one component of a larger project commenced by the Danish Crime Prevention Council to collect information about methods and implementation processes for youth crime prevention interventions. Within the scope of this project, a network of prevention ambassadors is being established across Danish municipalities and it is the hope of the Danish Crime Prevention Council that this systematic literature review can inform and qualify the work of these prevention ambassadors in their local prevention efforts. INTERVENTIONS THAT INCLUDE A FOCUS ON THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT OF YOUTH HAVE GREATER LIKELIHOOD OF SUCCESS We included primary, secondary and tertiary prevention interventions and analysed them according to their delivery modes splitting them into seven different types: individual interventions, family-based, group-based, or school-based interventions, community oriented or systems-oriented interventions or interventions with multiple delivery modes. The greatest likelihood of positive intervention results was found for comprehensive interventions that aim to develop a more pro-social environment for target youth and that do not merely focus on individual-level factors such as cognition and behaviour management. The interventions that were most frequently successful were those with multiple delivery modes or delivered to the entire family. 63% and 57% of interventions with multiple delivery modes and family-based interventions respectively showed positive effects in terms of reducing disruptive or criminal behaviour. This is in comparison with a third or less of the school- or group-based interventions included in this review. The review also found trends to suggest that interventions with durations of at least four to six months were more likely to be effective than shorter durations in reducing disruptive or criminal behaviour. At the same time, most interventions lasting over four months had multiple delivery modes and it is as such not possible to separate effects related to longer duration from effects related to a more comprehensive approach. Also, interventions that appear to take a resource-oriented rather than a problem-focussed approach had a higher likelihood of success. This inference is tempered by the unverified assessment of approach and the fact that only few problem-focussed interventions were included in the review. GAPS IN RECENT YOUTH CRIME PREVENTION LITERATURE The systematic literature review reveals that very few quality evaluations using a control-group design have been conducted in a European let alone a Nordic setting. The vast majority of included interventions are from the United States. Due to the differences in juvenile justice systems and target group characteristics generally, translation of findings from the U.S. to the Danish context is problematic. As an example of this, an intervention such as Multisystemic Therapy (MST) which is one of the blueprints for violence prevention in the U.S. (showing sustained effects and successful replication across study sites) was not found to be better than usual services when implemented in Sweden. Recently evaluated youth crime prevention interventions distin-guish only broadly between different types of youth offenders and youth with problem behaviour. Very few interventions target for instance ethnic minorities, girls or youth with specific risk characteristics. Similarly, the interventions identified in this review do not, for the most part, expressly recognize youth offending as group behaviour, though this is the case for the majority of youth offending in Denmark. THE LITERATURE BASE FOR THE SYSTEMATIC REVIEW Seventy-two studies (incl. journal articles, dissertations, book chapters and reports) published between 2008 and 2012 were identified through a systematic literature search conducted for this review. Selected studies used using experimental or quasi-experimental research designs targeting 12-17 year olds and focusing on effects in terms of disruptive or criminal behaviour. Fifty-six studies were of adequate quality to allow a plausible inference of causality between intervention implementation and evaluation findings. These form the basis for the analysis of intervention characteristics and intervention effectiveness across preventive levels and intervention delivery modes.

Details: Copenhagen: SFI Udgivelsesdato (Danish National Centre for Social Research), 2013. 312p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.sfi.dk/rapportoplysninger-4681.aspx?Action=1&NewsId=3850&PID=9267

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.sfi.dk/rapportoplysninger-4681.aspx?Action=1&NewsId=3850&PID=9267

Shelf Number: 129236

Keywords:
At-risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Interventions
Juvenile Offenders

Author: John Scougall

Title: Keeping People Safe: An evaluation of the Nyoongar Patrol Outreach Service

Summary: NPS is the only Aboriginal patrol service operating in the Perth metropolitan area. There have been many It began in 1998 as a fledgling volunteer managed service operating only three night patrols each week. Through many years of hard work NPS transformed itself into a professionally structured organisation with a strong board, experienced CEO and seventeen fulltime staff, all of whom participate in a programme of professional development. There are a further seven trained casual staff. Description of the Service The objectives of the NPS are: 􀂇􀀃 Safety and harmony 􀂇􀀃 Referring people who are in need to agencies that can assist 􀂇􀀃 Transporting people to safety 􀂇􀀃 Partnering and cooperating with other agencies 􀂇􀀃 Remaining a strong viable organisation with a professional reputation 􀂇􀀃 Providing greater social and economic support to youth. The NPS currently delivers a range of community services which contribute to community safety: 􀂇􀀃 Conflict mediation and defusion of incidents 􀂇􀀃 Street level support to the homeless 􀂇􀀃 Youth support and child protection 􀂇􀀃 Street level linkage of people to health services 􀂇􀀃 Employment and training 􀂇􀀃 Policy advocacy and planning input. The crime prevention role of NPS receives the most emphasis and is the source of most current funding, but it is not the only street level service NPS provides. There is a need to ensure that performance measures are in place to enable progress in all areas of service delivery to be measured. There is also a need to ensure the organisation is adequately funded to provide these services. Strategies used by NPS to deliver its services include: 􀂇􀀃 Street patrols to maintain a visible presence 􀂇􀀃 Referral of people to other services including shelters and refuges 􀂇􀀃 Providing diversionary transport to a safe place 􀂇􀀃 Improving cooperation and relationships between Aboriginal people, the business community, police and other services. The NPS is about early detection of Aboriginal people in jeopardy. The target group are Aboriginal people in public places in Perth whose safety is at risk. Youth, the homeless and people affected by substances are amongst the primary beneficiaries. Desired outcomes expected as the result of the work of the NPS include: 􀂇􀀃 a safer community 􀂇􀀃 fewer incidents 􀂇􀀃 reduced assault and violence 􀂇􀀃 reduced property damage and robbery 􀂇􀀃 reduced detention and arrests by police 􀂇􀀃 reduced homelessness 􀂇􀀃 better access to services by people at risk 􀂇􀀃 reduced truancy 􀂇􀀃 reduced child abuse 􀂇􀀃 a more effective community safety service sector.

Details: Victoria Park, AU: John Scougall Consulting Services, 2012. 94p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accesssed August 5, 2013 at: http://apo.org.au/sites/default/files/docs/Keeping_People_Safe_NPS-Report.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://apo.org.au/sites/default/files/docs/Keeping_People_Safe_NPS-Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 129531

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Crime Prevention
Police Patrol
Public Spaces
Street Patrols
Volunteers

Author: Thelin, Rachel

Title: Evaluation of Indianapolis Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative, Final Report

Summary: Through collaboration between the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Indiana, the City of Indianapolis/Marion County, and the Indiana Criminal Justice Institute, a steering committee was formed to plan and execute activities for the three-pronged approached focusing on prevention, law enforcement, and reentry programs to diminish gang activity in Indianapolis. The CAGI Steering Committee was comprised of representatives from the Indianapolis Mayor’s Office, the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD), the Marion County Prosecutor’s Office, community leaders, and members of the faith community. Three subcommittees also were created to oversee the three initiatives (law enforcement, prevention/intervention, and reentry).. In July 2008, the Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR), part of the Indiana University Public Policy Institute, was engaged to serve as the research partner for CAGI. Throughout the program, CCJR provided feedback on implementation, input on data collection, and gathered a considerable amount of information for evaluating law enforcement, prevention/intervention, and reentry activities. This report summarizes the history of the grant and expenditures, recaps CAGI research activities undertaken in 2009 and 2010, and discusses research activities across all three areas in 2011 and 2012, concluding with lessons learned during the entire grant period.

Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, School of Public and Environmental Affairs Indiana University, 2012. 80p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/6868

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/6868

Shelf Number: 129538

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Gangs (U.S.)
Youth Gangs

Author: Gorr, Wilpen L.

Title: Early Warning System for Crime Hot Spots

Summary: Objectives - Using violent crime data from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania we investigate the performance of an "early warning system" (EWS) for starting/stopping police deployments to hot spots for crime prevention. We show that (1) even the hottest chronic hot spots are dynamic with months "on" and "off" and (2) temporary hot spots are also targets for prevention. We compare the performance of EWS to constant deployment at chronic hot spots. Methods - We estimate chronic hot spots using kernel density smoothing. We use simple methods for implementing EWS rules for detecting flare-ups, predicting persistence of flare-ups, and stopping deployments. Using 2000-2010 data we run computational experiments varying size of hot spots and rule thresholds to tune EWS. Results - Tradeoff curves with crimes exposed to prevention efforts versus area of the city under prevention workload show that static and dynamic deployments have nearly the same efficiency. Different, however, is land-use distribution. While chronic hot spots tend to be in or adjacent to commercial areas, dynamic hot spots have significantly more and widely-scattered residential locations. We argue that dynamic hot spots thus have higher potential for reducing fear of crime and providing responsive police services to neighborhoods. Conclusions - Even though police resources are "wasted" during "off" months by constant deployment to chronic hot spots, a dynamic system of deployment with simple methods cannot improve the efficiency of crime prevention. EWS comparably "wastes" resources because of false positives for hot-spot persistence and waiting to confirm hot-spot extinguishment. Nevertheless, EWS is more responsive to residential crime.

Details: Pittsburg, PA: School of Public Policy and Management, H. John Heinz III College, Carnegie Mellon University, 2013. 35p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed October 28, 2013 at:

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.heinz.cmu.edu/research/482full.pdf

Shelf Number: 131485

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Early Warning System
Hot Spots
Police Deployment

Author: Gorr, Wilpen L.

Title: Longitudinal Study of Crime Hot Spots: Dynamics and Impact on Part 1 Violent Crime

Summary: Objectives: Design and estimate the impacts of a prevention program for part 1 violent crimes in micro-place crime hot spots. Methods: A longitudinal study of crime hot spots using 21 years of crime offense report data on part 1 violent crimes from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Based on kernel density smoothing for a definition of micro-place crime hot spots, we replicate past work on the existence of "chronic" hot spots, but then with such hot spots accounted for introduce "temporary" hot spots. Results: Chronic hot spots are good targets for prevention. They are easily identified and they tend to persist. Temporary hot spots, however, predominantly last only one month. Thus the common practice of identifying hot spots using a short time window of crime data and assuming that the resulting hot spots will persist is ineffective for temporary hot spots. Instead it is necessary to forecast the emergence of temporary hot spots to prevent their crimes. Over time chronic hot spots, while still important, have accounted for less crime while temporary hot spots have grown, accounting for a larger share. Chronic hot spots are relatively easy targets for police whereas temporary hot spots require forecasting methods not commonly in use by police. Conclusions: The paper estimates approximately a 10 to 20 percent reduction in part 1 violent crimes in Pittsburgh if the hot spot enforcement program proposed in this paper were implemented.

Details: Pittsburgh, PA: H. John III Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon University,, 2012. 29p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed October 28, 2013 at:

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://www.heinz.cmu.edu/research/447full.pdf

Shelf Number: 131486

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Hotspots
Crime Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Nestel, Thomas J., III

Title: Using Surveillance Camera Systems to Monitor Public Domains: Can Abuse Be Prevented?

Summary: After mainland United States suffered a violent attack upon its citizenry, Homeland Security professionals recognized the need to protect a growing number of critical infrastructure locations. Millions of dollars earmarked for emergency management programs were funneled into technologies that enabled public safety to "do more with less." Closed circuit television surveillance systems rocketed to the forefront as the must-have technology. Citizens of the United States became subject to video surveillance during their normal daily routines. This thesis examines the management of CCTV systems used by municipal police departments and analyzes the policies created to control the technology and prevent abuse. Using U.S. Census Bureau data, the police departments responsible for protecting the 50 largest cities were contacted and surveyed. The initial step determined what jurisdictions utilized surveillance cameras to monitor public domains. The follow-up steps gathered information about the systems being used; the management decisions regarding where to place the cameras; the training for its operators; supervision standards; the written policies regulating the department's program; analyzing those directives; and finally, presenting step-by-step recommendations for implementing CCTV surveillance systems for Homeland Security use.

Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2006. 93p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=461595

Year: 2006

Country: United States

URL: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=461595

Shelf Number: 131593

Keywords:
CCTV
Closed-Circuit Television (U.S.)
Crime Prevention
Public Space
Video Surveillance

Author: De Senna Fernandes, Linda Micaela Monteiro

Title: Residential Burglary in Macao: A Rational Choice Analysis

Summary: This thesis is based on an evaluation of 1,060 cases of residential burglary in Macao in the years 2001, 2002 and 2003. Using official data sources supplemented by interviews, self-reported measures and on-site observations, the analyses are aimed to see if the rational choice perspective can be used to explain the situation of residential burglary in Macao, thereby acquiring more background information concerning such criminal act. Such study makes use of the distribution pattern of hotspots for residential burglary, the time of the offence, the characteristics of the victims particularly their lifestyles and the characteristics of the dwellings within the neighbourhoods that are prone to such criminal act. Research findings reveal that the rational choice perspective provides an analytical tool to understanding certain aspects of residential burglary in Macao. The relevance of this perspective comes into play when burglars in Macao appear to make rational choice when selecting their offence locations as well as targets. For instance, burglars in Macao tend to choose i) neighbourhoods that are closer to their home base; ii) buildings that are comparatively vulnerable and within reach; iii) buildings that are near to ground-level stores that facilitate their target selection processes; iv) dwellings that are left unoccupied and are less visible to neighbours and passers by and v) time period that secures the absence of capable guardians (such as 12:01 - 18:00) if not the vulnerability of them (03:01 - 06:00). Whatever the degree of rationality, however, research findings also reveal that the rational choice perspective is limited to the extent that it cannot explain certain features in Macao. For instance, the perspective fails to explain why it is not necessary, in the situation of Macao, to ensure the presence of suitable targets existing all at once, why higher population density, higher neighbourhood's average income, higher transient population and higher individual's confinement to their routine daily activities are not associated with higher burglary rate in certain neighbourhoods. Indeed, the limitations of the rational choice perspective is owed, to a large extent, to the fact that the perspective is derived from Western studies and that Macao has its own unique geographical settings as well as cultural background that are seen to play a vital role in the determination of such distinctive pattern of residential burglary. Hence, although this research serves to flesh out the use of the rational choice perspective in assessing the validity of the choice criteria for residential burglary, it implores that other theoretical perspectives like social disorganisation theory, the routine activity and situational opportunity theories be used should the rational choice perspective be taken further. In addition, the discrepancy thus put forward suggests that crime prevention strategies should be divided into location-focused, dwelling-focused, victim-focused and offender-focused interventions in order to improve the current measures against residential burglary in Macao.

Details: Hong Kong: University of Hong Kong, 2007. 311p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 11, 2013. at: http://hub.hku.hk/handle/10722/52680

Year: 2007

Country: China

URL: http://hub.hku.hk/handle/10722/52680

Shelf Number: 131612

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Hot Spots
Property Crimes
Rational Choice Theory
Residential Burglary (China)

Author: Payne, Troy C.

Title: Green Bay Chronic Nuisance Notification Evaluation, 20062010

Summary: Green Bay City Ordinance Chapter 28 allows the municipality to recover the cost of providing police services for chronic nuisances. Enforcement of Chapter 28 began in October 2006 and continues as of this writing. This report examined calls for service at properties with chronic nuisance enforcement to determine if enforcement was associated with a reduction in calls for service. Findings Our analysis found that: - There is an immediate, significant reduction in calls for service after chronic nuisance enforcement. - The reduction in calls for service persists over a four‐year period. There is not a general "rebound effect" at chronic nuisance parcels after enforcement ends. - The reduction in calls for service persists even after controlling for number of units, district, and city‐wide longitudinal trends. Key recommendations Based on our findings, we recommend that the Green Bay Police Department: - Continue recording detailed information for each chronic nuisance case. - Continue using human judgment when making chronic nuisance determinations. - Collect data on additional outcome measures such as community satisfaction, diffusion of crime prevention benefits, and officer time spent at each property. - Consider creating objective criteria for compliance. - Encourage officers and dispatchers to enter accurate arrival and clear times in the CAD to facilitate analysis. - Partner with local landlord associations to encourage their members to engage in crime prevention and good management. - Continue development of early warning systems for internal and external use. - Consider amending the ordinance to reduce police officer and analyst time required. Conclusions Enforcing the chronic nuisance ordinance is costly in terms of officer and analyst hours. This analysis found that such enforcement is associated with reduced calls for service. We note, however, that the best use of the chronic nuisance ordinance may be as a credible threat. That is, the credible threat of chronic nuisance enforcement can be a powerful enticement for property owners to partner with the Green Bay Police Department on crime prevention and nuisance abatement efforts.

Details: Anchorage: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2012. 22p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1301.greenbay/1301.01.green_bay_eval.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United States

URL: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1301.greenbay/1301.01.green_bay_eval.pdf

Shelf Number: 131677

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Disorderly Conduct
Nuisance Behaviors and Disorders

Author: Sethi, Dinesh

Title: Preventing Injuries in Europe: From international collaboration to local implementation

Summary: Injuries and violence are the third leading cause of death in the WHO European Region and pose a threat to economic and social development. This publication presents the results of a three-year collaborative project between WHO and the European Commission, funded by SANCO in the framework of the Public Health Programme (2003-2008), on progress achieved by European countries in implementing resolution EUR/RC 55/R9 and the European Council Recommendation on the prevention of injury and the promotion of safety. A web-based database of country profiles was developed using a questionnaire survey completed by health ministry focal people for preventing injury and violence. Information was provided on progress in delivering on key items of resolution EUR/RC 55/R9, on the implementation of 99 selected evidence-based programmes to prevent unintentional injuries and violence and on the cross-cutting risk factors of alcohol and socioeconomic inequality. There were responses from 47 of the 51 WHO European Member States that have focal people. Good progress is taking place, and resolution EUR/RC 55/R9 has catalysed change in 75% of the countries responding. The development of national policies for individual types of injury and violence varied from 95% for road safety to 40% for preventing drowning. Implementation of evidence-based programmes for preventing all types of injury and violence varied in countries, and the median score was 73% for all these together. This progress report documents that the health sector needs to commit more to the widespread implementation of effective programmes both in number and coverage and to engage with other stakeholders in a multisectoral response to prevent injuries and violence.

Details: Copenhagen, Denmark: World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe, 2010. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2013 at: http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0011/96455/E93567.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0011/96455/E93567.pdf

Shelf Number: 131723

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs
International Cooperation
Violence (Europe)
Violent Crime
Wounds and Injuries

Author: Houghton, Claire

Title: A Review of the Increased Use of CCTV and Video-Surveillance for Crime Prevention Purposes in Europe

Summary: This report describes the evolution of Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) video surveillance from a simple system involving a camera and a video recorder to the sophisticated digital, multi-camera systems, integrating fully functional cameras capable of tracking a person's movements across public space. Most European cities now have extensive CCTV surveillance in private and semi-public space, particularly in the transport and retail sectors, but many countries are following the UK's example and deploying open street CCTV for the purposes of crime prevention in their major cities. While the growth of open CCTV in the Nordic countries has been limited, in other countries, particularly France, Italy and the Netherlands many cities now have open street CCTV systems. The regulation of CCTV in Europe is primarily through the application of data protection law. This has been shown to be uneven in its scope and application. Moreover, CCTV sits uneasily with the Data Protection concept of consent. Consent is implied in the public operation of CCTV and data subjects have not given it freely. Moreover, data is being processed without subject's knowledge and this suggests that regulatory requirements need to be strengthened and extended.

Details: Brussels: European Parliament, 2009. 27p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2009/apr/ep-study-norris-cctv-video-surveillance.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2009/apr/ep-study-norris-cctv-video-surveillance.pdf

Shelf Number: 131825

Keywords:
Children and Violence
Closed-Circuit Television
Crime Prevention
Domestic Violence
Family Violence
Video Surveillance

Author: Reisman, Lainie

Title: Assessment of Crime and Violence in Mozambique and Recommendations for Violence Prevention and Reduction

Summary: This report is an assessment of crime and violence in Mozambique undertaken between August 2011 and March 2012. The objective of the assessment was to provide a broad overview of the crime and violence situation in Mozambique and help inform future programming decisions there for OSISA and the OSF CVPI. It was written on the basis of key stakeholder interviews and analysis of existing data. Given the complexity of issues surrounding crime and violence, the report attempts to highlight major initiatives in a variety of sectors and is meant to inform debate and programme design. Section 1 of the assessment introduces the report and presents the methodology. Section 2 focuses on the Background and Context of crime and violence in Mozambique. After a brief history, the emphasis is on crime and violence data and analysis. As the report argues, reliable data is hard to obtain, but recent victimization surveys indicate that Mozambique is significant in that rates of victimization are particularly high, while rates of reporting crime to the police are particularly low. This phenomena is likely linked to issues around a lack of trust in the police services and perceived corruption. Armed robberies are the major reported crime concern for most Mozambicans, although levels of domestic violence and child abuse are also estimated to be extremely high. Maputo City, Maputo Province, and Sofala are the provinces with the highest levels of reported crime. Following the analysis on crime and violence data, the section ends with a summary of the Mozambican legal and policy framework, which is considered to be well developed although clearly lacking in full implementation. Section 3 analyses the major drivers of crime and violence in Mozambique and includes a detailed analysis on inequality, urbanization, corruption, organized crime, centralization, lack of opportunities for youth, victimization of women and children, high numbers of street dwellers, culture of violence, weak criminal justice system, prevalence of HIV/AIDS, rise in vigilantism, damaging customary practices and local beliefs, and trafficking along the coastlines and land corridors. While none of these factors in isolation cause crime and violence, all contribute to the challenges faced by Mozambique. Section 4 of the assessment report highlights the key actors in crime and violence prevention. Government agencies (including MDI, MDN, PRM, MINJUS, MINED, MISAU, MMAS), key donors, non-governmental organizations, and research and academia organizations are included and their relevant initiatives and interventions presented. For ease of analysis, the NGO sector is broken down into four areas, namely 1) women victimization organizations, 2) children victimization organizations, 3) governance, human rights, and community development organizations, and 4) peace, security, and conflict prevention organizations. The assessment notes the particular emphasis placed on women and children victimization by almost all of the key actors, although also notes an absence of support for unemployed and out-of-school youth. Section 5 of the assessment highlights promising prevention initiatives in Mozambique undertaken by key stakeholders. Innovative programs range from local level interventions to national government programmes. Section 6 analyses some of the key challenges to crime and violence prevention in Mozambique including: 1) Lack of opportunities for youth, 2) Marginalized role of local government, 3) Lack of engagement of the private sector, 4) Limited research and knowledge sharing on crime and violence prevention, 5) Absence of debate on security sector reform, 6) Parenting and early childhood development not prioritized, 7) Religious sector not fully engaged, 8) Poor support for displaced people, and 9) Disconnect between national policies and programs and local realities. The final Section 7 of the report makes a series of recommendations for Open Society, largely directed towards a community based focus, the importance of knowledge generation, building off of Brazilian expertise, providing opportunities for marginalized youth, and engaging new sectors in the crime and violence prevention debate. The assessment report is also accompanied by a community case study, which analyses crime and violence issues in two communities, Magoanine C and Feroviario das Mahotas. The case study, which was conducted by FOMICRES, provides an important point of reflection and highlights the juxtaposition between the national level policy and programs and the realities on the ground in marginalized communities.

Details: Washington, DC: Open Society Foundations Crime and Violence Prevention Initiative; Open Society Initiative for Southern Africa, 2012. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://www.osisa.org/sites/default/files/cvpi_mozambique_report_-_final_english.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Mozambique

URL: http://www.osisa.org/sites/default/files/cvpi_mozambique_report_-_final_english.pdf

Shelf Number: 131892

Keywords:
Corruption
Crime Prevention
Crime Statistics
Organized Crime
Robbery
Victimization
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Mytton, J.A.

Title: School-Based Secondary Prevention Programmes for Preventing Violence (Review)

Summary: Are school-based programmes aimed at children who are considered at risk of aggressive behaviour, effective in reducing violence? Violence is recognised as a major global public health problem, thus there has been much attention placed on interventions aimed at preventing aggressive and violent behaviour. As aggressive behaviour in childhood is considered to be a risk factor for violence and criminal behaviour in adulthood, violence prevention strategies targeted at children and adolescents, such as school-based programmes, are considered to be promising interventions. Some school-based prevention programmes target all children attending a school or class, whilst others confine the intervention to those children who have already been identified as exhibiting, or threatening, behaviour considered to be aggressive, such an approach is known as 'secondary prevention'. A wide variety of school-based violence prevention programmes have been implemented over the last 20 years, yet we are still without a full understanding of their effectiveness. The objective of this systematic review was to determine the effectiveness of school-based secondary prevention programmes to prevent violence (that is those interventions targeted at children identified as aggressive or at risk of being aggressive). The authors examined all trials investigating the effectiveness of secondary violence prevention programmes targeted at children in mandatory education compared to no intervention or a placebo intervention. The authors found 56 studies; the overall findings show that school-based secondary prevention programmes aimed at reducing aggressive behaviour do appear to produce improvements in behaviour. The improvements can be achieved in both primary and secondary school age groups and in both mixed sex groups and boy-only groups. Further research is needed to investigate if the apparent beneficial programmes effects can be realised outside the experimental setting and in settings other than schools. None of the studies collected data on violent injury, so we can not be certain of the extent to which an improvement in behaviour translates to an actual injury reduction. In addition, more research is needed to determine if the beneficial effects can be maintained over time, and if the benefits can be justified against the costs of implementing such programmes.

Details: Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2006, Issue 3. 97p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2014 at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004606.pub2/pdf

Year: 2006

Country: International

URL: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/14651858.CD004606.pub2/pdf

Shelf Number: 131964

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
School-Based Programs
Secondary Prevention Programs
Violence Prevention

Author: Mytton, Julie

Title: The Feasibility of Using a Parenting Programme for the Prevention of Unintentional Home Injuries in the Under-Fives: A Cluster Randomised Controlled Trial

Summary: Most injuries in preschool children occur at home, and many are preventable. Parenting programmes,supporting parents to make changes to their behaviour, have been shown to improve outcomes in children. This study explored whether or not a parenting programme could prevent home injuries in preschool children. We were asked to target parents whose child had recently been injured. We were concerned that parents asked to take part would fear that they were considered poor parents. We know that parents are interested in learning first aid, so we developed a programme to include first aid and safety advice to make it more appealing. To find out if it would be feasible to run a trial of the parenting programme, we tried to recruit 96 parents from eight children's centres to a small study with four randomly chosen centres providing the programme and four not doing so. After 10 months we had recruited only 40 parents, so we opened the study to all parents, whether or not their child had been injured. This helped us engage another 11 parents over 2 weeks. We ran the programme four times and 15 parents completed the course. Based on our experience we have made improvements to the programme and made recommendations about how a future trial could be run, including making it available to all parents using children's centres in disadvantaged areas. We have advised how to measure the number of injuries in children, and how to find out if the programme provides value for money.

Details: Southampton, UK: National Institute for Health Research, Health Technology Assessment (HTA) Programme, 2014. 212p.

Source: Internet Resource: Health Technology Assessment, 18(3): Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/98451/FullReport-hta18030.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/98451/FullReport-hta18030.pdf

Shelf Number: 131982

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Protection
Childhood Injuries
Crime Prevention
Parenting Programs

Author: Stevens, Alex

Title: Review of Good Practices in Preventing the Various Types of Violence in the European Union

Summary: The report provides information from a review of good practices in preventing various types of violent crime in the European Union. It is based on a multi-lingual systematic literature review, visits to EU countries and conferences and a meeting of European experts. These activities took place between June 2005 and February 2006. It provides, in appendices, an inventory of promising and effective European approaches and a glossary of useful terms in crime prevention.

Details: Brussels: European Crime Prevention Network, 2006. 124p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.eucpn.org/pubdocs/A%20review%20of%20good%20practice%20in%20preventing%20various%20types%20of%20violence%20in%20the%20EU.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.eucpn.org/pubdocs/A%20review%20of%20good%20practice%20in%20preventing%20various%20types%20of%20violence%20in%20the%20EU.pdf

Shelf Number: 107154

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Stevens, Alex

Title: Review of Good Practices in Preventing Juvenile Crime in the European Union

Summary: The report provides information from a review of good practices in preventing juvenile crime in the European Union. It is based on a multi-lingual systematic literature review, visits to EU countries and conferences and a meeting of European experts. These activities took place between June 2005 and February 2006. It provides, in appendices, an inventory of promising and effective European approaches and a glossary of useful terms in crime prevention. Following earlier work in this field (FitzGerald, Stevens, & Hale, 2004), we use the public health approach to the prevention of juvenile crime. This involves work at three levels: 1. Primary prevention - universal approaches that aim to prevent crime before it occurs. 2. Secondary prevention - approaches that focus on those people who are at the highest risks of victimisation and perpetration of crime. 3. Tertiary prevention - approaches that focus on people who have already been victimised or criminal.

Details: Brussels: European Crime Prevention Network, 2006. 138p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.eucpn.org/pubdocs/A%20review%20of%20good%20practice%20in%20preventing%20juvenile%20ccrime%20in%20the%20EU.pdf

Year: 2006

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.eucpn.org/pubdocs/A%20review%20of%20good%20practice%20in%20preventing%20juvenile%20ccrime%20in%20the%20EU.pdf

Shelf Number: 106733

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Delinquency
Juvenile Offenders

Author: Goldschmidt, Pete

Title: The Long-Term Effects of After-School Programming on Educational Adjustment and Juvenile Crime: A Study of the LA.s BEST After-School Program

Summary: Widespread interest in the impact of after-school programs on youth development has increased dramatically over the past several years. Although research has investigated the short-term impact of programs on academic and social student development, there is limited research on the long-term effectiveness of after-school programs in lowering rates of juvenile crime. This study bridges that research gap and presents results from an evaluation of the effectiveness of LA's BEST - the largest urban-based, after-school program in Los Angeles County - on long-term academic achievement growth and juvenile crime. This research tracked the academic and juvenile crime histories for a sample of 6,000 students, 2,000 students participating in LA's BEST and 4,000 matched control students not participating in LA's BEST. We used multilevel propensity scores to match control to treatment students and applied multilevel longitudinal models and multilevel survival analyses methods to analyze the data. Results indicate that students' engagement in the program is a strong mediating factor of program effectiveness. The key element of positive program impact is student engagement, as indicated by a medium to high average monthly attendance, and by significant adult contact of at least one additional adult (volunteer) per day. Student participants, who attended sites with a higher average of adult volunteerism, demonstrate modest achievement gains compared to students who did not participate in LA's BEST. Likewise, students who consistently attended LA's BEST demonstrate a substantively significant reduction in the juvenile crime hazard compared to participants with inconsistent attendance, and compared to students in the control group. Benefit-cost analyses indicate that results are sensitive to assumptions regarding the value of avoided costs from prevented crimes.

Details: Los Angeles: University of California, National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST), 2007. 177p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.lasbest.org/download/dept-of-justice-final-report

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: http://www.lasbest.org/download/dept-of-justice-final-report

Shelf Number: 132087

Keywords:
After-School Programs
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Educational Programs
Juvenile Delinquency

Author: Buckley, Laura

Title: An Evaluation Activity Undertaken by Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships in the North West Which Aim to Engage Young People in Crime Prevention and Reduction Initiatives

Summary: In 2009 the ten Neighbourhood and Home Watch (NHW) regions in England and Wales were awarded a small sum of money by the Home Office to spend on developing the capacity of the movement regionally to better engage with the communities they serve. Neighbourhood and Home Watch North West decided to look specifically at the engagement of young people and, as part of this strategy, commissioned the International School for Communities, Rights and Inclusion at the University of Central Lancashire to undertake a small scale evaluation of existing activity undertaken to engage young people in crime reduction and crime prevention initiatives. It was agreed that there would be three strands to this work: 1. A brief literature review of published and grey literature relating to the engagement of young people in crime reduction activity to identify any best practice with respect to the engagement of young people in crime reduction and crime prevention initiatives; 2. A survey of Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership (CDRP) leads for the North West to identify examples of successful engagement practice. 3. The production of a report identifying best practice and making practical and strategic recommendations for future Neighbourhood Watch activity across the North West. This research proposal was reviewed by an Ethics Committee at the University of Central Lancashire in order to ensure compliance with appropriate standards of ethics and procedures. This report sets out the findings and recommendations from the work and is split in to three parts. Part 1 - the literature review Part 2 - findings from the survey data Part 3 - discussion and recommendations for Neighbourhood and Home Watch North West

Details: Lancashire, UK: University of Central Lancashire, 2010. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.ourwatch.org.uk/uploads/general/Research_Paper_on_engagement_with_young_people_in_crime_prevention_initiatives_by_CDRPs_in_the_North_West_region.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.ourwatch.org.uk/uploads/general/Research_Paper_on_engagement_with_young_people_in_crime_prevention_initiatives_by_CDRPs_in_the_North_West_region.pdf

Shelf Number: 132117

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Neighborhood Watch
Partnerships

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice

Title: Transforming Rehabilitation: A Summary of Evidence on Reducing Reoffending (Second Edition)

Summary: This evidence review has been produced to support policy makers, practitioners and others who work with offenders. It summarises key evidence on approaches to offender management and how to work effectively with offenders, and then considers the evidence on specific interventions such as drug and alcohol treatment, offender behaviour programmes, mentoring and restorative justice. The first version of this review, published in September 2013, has been updated by a second edition, published in April 2014, in order to include recently published and emerging evaluation evidence.

Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 58p.

Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Analytical Series: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/243718/evidence-reduce-reoffending.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/243718/evidence-reduce-reoffending.pdf

Shelf Number: 132150

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Interventions
Offender Supervision
Recidivism
Rehabilitation
Reoffending

Author: Shirk, David A.

Title: Building Resilient Communities in Mexico: Civic Responses to Crime and Violence

Summary: This study is part of a multiyear effort by the Mexico Institute at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and the Justice in Mexico Project at the University of San Diego to analyze the obstacles to and opportunities for improving citizen security in Mexico. Each of the authors featured in this edited volume makes a significant contribution to this endeavor through original research - including exhaustive data analysis, in-depth qualitative interviews, and direct field observations - intended to inform policy discussions on how to foster robust civic responses to the problems of crime and violence. This research was developed with an intended audience of policymakers, journalists, leaders of nongovernmental organizations, and other current and future leaders working to address these problems in Mexico. However, there are also important lessons from Mexico's experience that may have resonance in elsewhere in Latin America and other societies grappling with similar challenges.

Details: Washington, DC: Wilson Center, Mexico Institute, 2014. 294p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/Resilient_Communities_Mexico.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Mexico

URL: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/Resilient_Communities_Mexico.pdf

Shelf Number: 132178

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gangs
Partnerships
Police-Citizen Interactions
Public Security
Violence (Mexico)
Violent Crime

Author: Campie, Patricia E.

Title: Strategies to Prevent Urban Violence. A Companion Report to the SSYI Evidence and Implementation Review

Summary: The Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) commissioned a review of strategies utilized by the federal government, states and cities trying to address serious youth violence among older youth ages 14-24. The goal of this work is to provide Massachusetts with a sense of where its own violence prevention efforts fit among the range of initiatives implemented in localities nationwide and provide additional insights on strategies that SSYI may want to employ in the future. This strategy review complements the 2013 report "What Works to Prevent Urban Violence Among Proven Risk Young Men? The Safe and Successful Youth Initiative Evidence and Implementation Review". In that report, the SSYI evaluation team reviewed the state of the research on effective urban violence prevention programs targeting highest risk older youth, ages 14-24. Taken together, the guidance from research on effective programs and high quality implementation, along with the best thinking from state and local policymakers, provide SSYI with valuable information to inform SSYI moving forward.

Details: Boston, MA: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2013. 47p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Strategies%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Strategies%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence.pdf

Shelf Number: 132214

Keywords:
At-Risk Yough
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Urban Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Norton, Adam P.

Title: The Evidence on Police Contributions to Crime Reduction: What do we know and what does the Ottawa Police Service do about it?

Summary: There are two main objectives of this thesis. First, to review the social science evidence on the extent to which different police practices have been proven to reduce crime, or not reduce crime, as well as those cases where the evidence is not clear. This thesis synthesizes crime reduction strategies to short-list those practices that are proven to reduce crime. Second, it uses the evidence collected to facilitate an exploratory case study with three key informants from the Ottawa Police Service (OPS). The case study examines the current use and perceived future role of the police in evidence-based crime prevention efforts. Overall, the research study seeks to answer the following four research questions: 1. What sources of literature provide well-researched and reliable data on effectiveness of policing in crime reduction? 2. In this literature, what policing strategies/practices are shown to reduce crime, not reduce crime or are promising in reducing crime? 3. To what extent is the OPS using evidence-based knowledge to guide their policing strategy/practices? 4. To what extent is the OPS open to using evidence-based knowledge to guide their policing strategy/practices in the future?

Details: Ottawa: Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa, 2013. 1142p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.ruor.uottawa.ca/en/bitstream/handle/10393/23663/Norton_Adam_2013_thesis.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2013

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.ruor.uottawa.ca/en/bitstream/handle/10393/23663/Norton_Adam_2013_thesis.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 132230

Keywords:
Crime Control
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Policing
Police Effectiveness
Police Performance

Author: Simpson, Sally S.

Title: Corporate Crime Deterrence: A Systematic Review

Summary: BACKGROUND Corporate crime is a poorly understood problem with little known about effective strategies to prevent and control it. Competing definitions of corporate crime affect how the phenomenon is studied and implications for reducing it. Therefore, in this review, we use John Braithwaite's definition (1984: 6) which specifies that corporate crime is "the conduct of a corporation, or of employees acting on behalf of a corporation, which is proscribed and punishable by law." Consistent with this approach, this review focuses on various legal strategies aimed at companies and their officials/managers to curtail corporate crime. Interventions may be punitive or cooperative, but the goal is to prevent offending and increase levels of corporate compliance. OBJECTIVES Our overall objective is to identify and synthesize published and unpublished studies on formal legal and administrative prevention and control strategiesi.e., the actions and programs of government law enforcement agencies, legislative bodies, and regulatory agencies on corporate crime. We then assess the impact of these strategies on individual and company offending. Included are legal and administrative interventions such as new laws or changes in laws, inspections by regulatory agencies, punitive sanctions and non-punitive interventions aimed at deterring or controlling illegal behaviors. CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF STUDIES We were highly inclusive in our selection criteria, including studies that encompass a wide variety of methodologies: experimental (e.g., lab studies or vignette surveys), quasi-experimental (e.g., pre/post-tests), and non-experimental (e.g., correlational statistics using secondary data). The studies included also contained a wide variety of data (e.g., data from official agencies, corporate reports, individuals' survey responses, etc.). Our search included published and unpublished articles, reports, documents, and other readily available sources. The outcome of interest, corporate offending, could reflect actual behavior or behavioral intentions as reported by respondents. Out of the 40 possible treatment categories, we were able to calculate a mean effect size for 19. Although most showed a positive albeit non-significant treatment effect, some (including a significant effect) were iatrogenic. Looking at the specific mechanisms, the impact of law on corporate crime showed a modest deterrent effect at the firm and geographical level of analysis (there was not enough data to calculate effect sizes for individuals). However, this finding is limited to cross-sectional studies. For punitive sanctions, where there was substantially more data from which to calculate effect sizes, we observe a similar pattern: A tendency toward deterrence across units of analysis, with relatively few significant effects regardless of whether data are cross-sectional or longitudinal. The one area where there appears to be a consistent treatment effect is in the area of regulatory policy, but only at the individual level. Effects for other levels are contradictory (with some positive and others iatrogenic) and none are statistically significant. Regarding moderator effects, the least methodologically rigorous designs those that were not experimental versus experimental designs and those without statistical control variables versus controls were associated with a treatment effect. We also found that older studies were associated with stronger deterrent effectsperhaps because the older studies are less methodologically rigorous that those that are newer. Other moderator results were less clear (publication bias, country bias, disciplinary bias; offense type), but given how few of the analyses revealed strong treatment effects overall we think it is premature to draw any conclusions from these findings and call instead for more methodologically rigorous and focused studies particularly in the punitive sanction and regulatory policy areas.

Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2014. 106p.

Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review 2014:4: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/project/199/

Year: 2014

Country: International

URL: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/project/199/

Shelf Number: 132243

Keywords:
Corporate Crime
Crime Prevention
Deterrence
Financial Crime
Fraud
White-Collar Crime

Author: Dobbs, Terry

Title: Kaupapa Maori wellbeing framework: The basis for whanau violence prevention and intervention

Summary: Key messages - Maori are over-represented in family violence statistics as both victims and perpetrators. The causes of whanau violence are acknowledged as complex and as sourced from both historical and contemporary factors. The impact of colonisation needs to be considered in order to respond effectively to whanau violence. - Western approaches have not curbed the epidemic of whanau violence. Multi-level approaches to whanau violence prevention and intervention are more likely to achieve the best results. - Understanding the difference between whanau and family is critical in terms of any prevention and intervention practices, policies and legislation. - The use of cultural imperatives, for example, whakapapa, tikanga, wairua, tapu, mauri, and mana, has the potential to inform wellbeing in intimate partner and whanau relationships, transform behaviours and provide alternatives to violence. Using these imperatives can guide transformative practices and inform strategies for whanau violence prevention and whanau wellbeing. They can also be seen as protective factors within whanau, hapu and iwi. - Culturally responsive initiatives and programmes that restore and strengthen whanau and communities should be considered as well as the individual based interventions of mainstream for Maori whanau. Kaupapa Maori conceptual frameworks, for example the Mauri Ora framework, advocate for the development of Maori models that change the way whanau violence is understood and managed. --Successful programmes are likely to have: - Maori population based responses that complement the work of Maori and other community-based intervention services. These should be grounded in te reo me ona tikanga (Maori language and culture), underpinned by Maori values and beliefs, Maori cultural paradigms and frameworks - Government agencies working in close collaboration with iwi organisations to facilitate the implementation of Maori whanau violence prevention initiatives that meet the needs, priorities and aspirations of iwi - Funding sufficient to (a) engage leaders and staff who have the nationally and locally recognised skills to ensure successful implementation of violence prevention initiatives, and (b) to allow for local consultation and subsequent responsiveness in planned activities and projects - Support for capacity building opportunities for both prevention and intervention staff, including opportunities for networking, advocacy, and training - Maori violence prevention initiatives that are funded for research and evaluation in a way that builds local knowledge within a Maori worldview.

Details: Auckland, New Zealand: New Zealand Family Violence Clearinghouse, University of Auckland, 2014. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Issues Paper 6: Accessed May 6, 2014 at: http://www.nzfvc.org.nz/issues-papers-6

Year: 2014

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.nzfvc.org.nz/issues-papers-6

Shelf Number: 132250

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Crime Prevention
Domestic Violence
Family Violence (New Zealand)
Indigenous Peoples
Violence Prevention

Author: McGuinness, Kate

Title: Community Education and Social Marketing Literature Review: To inform a campaign to prevent child abuse and neglect in the Northern Territory

Summary: The aim of this review is to inform a community education and social marketing strategy to improve the safety and wellbeing of children in the Northern Territory (NT). Examining national and international literature provides an overview of the current research on i) what helps communities and families to keep their children safe; ii) the use and effectiveness of social marketing and community education approaches for the prevention of child abuse and neglect and/or approaches in remote and/or Aboriginal contexts and iii) their applicability to the NT context. In doing so the review seeks to answer the following questions: - Why is there a need for a community education and social marketing campaign in the NT? - Why do strategies need to reach Aboriginal families? - What helps communities and families to keep their children safe? - What methods of delivery (what strategies) are best for achieving change? - Who should key messages be targeted at?

Details: Darwin, NT, AUS: The Centre for Child Development and Education, Menzies School of Health Research, 2013. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://ccde.menzies.edu.au/sites/default/files/Menzies-SocialMarketing-Review-Final-May.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: http://ccde.menzies.edu.au/sites/default/files/Menzies-SocialMarketing-Review-Final-May.pdf

Shelf Number: 132292

Keywords:
Aboriginals
Child Abuse and Neglect (Australia)
Child Protection
Crime Prevention
Indigenous Peoples
Media Campaigns
Publicity Campaigns

Author: Williams, Damien J.

Title: Mentors in Violence Prevention: Evaluation of the pilot in Scottish High Schools

Summary: This report outlines evaluation findings of the pilot implementation of the Mentors in Violence Prevention programme (MVP) delivered in three Scottish high schools during the 2012-13 school year: Port Glasgow and St Stephen's High Schools in Inverclyde, and Portobello High School in Edinburgh. The project utilised a mixed methods approach to undertake a process and outcome evaluation to examine the effectiveness and acceptability of MVP from the perspective of staff, mentors, and mentees. The three primary research questions were: 1. What are pupils' attitudes towards gender violence? 2. Is the MVP programme effective at shifting these attitudes, and encouraging non-violent intervention? 3. How can the programme become more effective?

Details: St. Andrews, Fife, UK: University of St. Andrews, 2013. 75p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.actiononviolence.com/sites/default/files/FINAL%20MVP%20EVALUATION%20REPORT.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.actiononviolence.com/sites/default/files/FINAL%20MVP%20EVALUATION%20REPORT.pdf

Shelf Number: 75

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Date Rape
Dating Violence
Gender Violence
Mentoring
Violence Against Women

Author: Donadio, Marcela

Title: Public Security INDEX. Central America: Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua and Panama

Summary: Security is far from a theoretical discussion. It is a vital necessity, a primary feeling that contextualizes our decisions, hopes, challenges, possibilities and difficulties. It is not a question for disputes between political factions, or a favor bestowed by political representatives, it is a policy that the State designs and sustains in order to legitimize its own existence as the guarantor of the social contract that unites citizens below a single political form. Security permits the exercise of the right to live in peace, to create and make use of opportunities to develop one's life and those of loved ones. An environment of insecurity removes that right and interrupts essential development. Various discussions of security and insecurity in a large number of countries in the Latin American region are explained by the weakness of understandings regarding the State and the rights of citizens. The State is the political representation, not the owner of aspirations, feelings, and projects; political representatives do not own the State, but instead occupy it transitionally. The energized debates and responses, and citizen demands (or their negation, as is observed in the common misrepresentations of public opinion as "perceptions that don't consider the facts") display a confused understanding of the role of representation. A change in the way in which representatives see themselves and in how citizens see them or the power that they actually have would bolster the democratic regime. In the formation of a secure living environment, and wherever a State exists, institutions play a key role. It is in them that the State lives, and through them that policies and legal frameworks are developed and laws that affect all of us applied. The strengths and weaknesses of these institutions have a wide-ranging effect on the development of a secure environment. It is this very security environment that occupies the worries and hopes of the inhabitants of a great part of Latin America, especially in the last decade with the rising rates of criminality. It is a central theme on the agenda, related with the alternatives to the construction of democratic regimes and institutions. The Public Security Index directly addresses this institutional problematic and the foundation of State capacities to provide security in the region. It advances from the premise that institutions should be incorporated into security-development analysis. A pending issue was the field of policy formulation, of capacities to manage the security sector, of the indicators of how to construct a State apparatus that, in collaboration with civil society, faces up to security problems. It is a program born from RESDAL's commitment to work towards the construction of democratic institutions, combining the capacities of those that work within the State, with those from academia and civil society, and also from the objective of providing useful tools for discussions, analysis and decision-making. This publication is dedicated to six Central American countries: Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua and Panama. Each one has its own particular reality and wealth, and should avoid the temptation to embrace realities that are different, and it is for this motive that each is treated separately. For a better understanding and analysis, the coverage of the cases also presents transversal axis that contribute to the security environment, such as economic resources, the institutional problematic, cross-border people flows, the collaboration of the armed forces with the police, and the role of private security.

Details: Buenos Aires, Argentina: RESDAL, 2013. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.resdal.org/ing/libro-seg-2013/index-public-security-2013.html

Year: 2013

Country: Central America

URL: http://www.resdal.org/ing/libro-seg-2013/index-public-security-2013.html

Shelf Number: 132322

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Statistics
Law Enforcement
Policing
Security

Author: Copus, Ryan

Title: Entertainment as Crime Prevention: Evidence from Chicago Sports Games

Summary: The concern that mass media may be responsible for aggressive and criminal behavior is widespread. Comparatively little consideration has been given to its potential diversionary function. This paper contributes to the emerging body of literature on entertainment as a determinant of crime by analyzing Chicago by-the-minute crime reports during major sporting events. Sports provide an exogenous infusion of TV diversion that we leverage to test the effect of entertainment on crime. Because the scheduling of a sporting event should be random with respect to crime within a given month, day of the week, and time, we use month-time-day-of-week fixed effects to estimate the effect of the sporting events on crime. We compare crime reports by the half hour when Chicago's NFL, NBA, or MLB teams are playing to crime reports at the same time, day, and month when the teams are not playing. We conduct the same analysis for the Super Bowl, NBA Finals, and MLB World Series. The Super Bowl generates the most dramatic declines: total crime reports decrease by approximately 25 percent (roughly 60 fewer crimes). The decline is partially offset by an increase in crime before the game, most notably in drug and prostitution reports, and an uptick in reports of violent crime immediately after the game. Crime during Chicago Bears Monday night football games is roughly 15 percent lower (30 fewer crimes) than during the same time on non-game nights. Our results show similar but smaller effects for NBA and MLB games. Except for the Super Bowl, we find little evidence for temporal crime displacement before or after the games. In general, we find substantial declines during games across crime types - property, violent, drug, and other - with the largest reductions for drug crime. We believe fewer potential offenders on the streets largely explain the declines in crime

Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley - School of Law; 2014. 27p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2429551

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2429551

Shelf Number: 132325

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Mass Media
Sporting Events

Author: World Health Organization

Title: Preventing Violence: Evaluating Outcomes of Parenting Programmes

Summary: Violence is both a serious human rights violation and a major public health concern. It affects the general well-being, physical and mental health, and social functioning of millions of people; it also puts strain on health systems, lowers economic productivity, and has a negative effect on economic and social development. In particular, the number of children affected by violence each year is a major concern. Child maltreatment affects children's physical, cognitive, emotional and social development. It can lead to the body's stress response system being overactive, which can harm the development of the brain and other organs, and increase the risk for stress-related illness and impaired cognition (the capacity to think, learn and understand). Maltreatment is a risk factor for mental health, education, employment and relationship problems later in life. It also increases the likelihood of behavior that is a risk to health, such as smoking, drinking heavily, drug use, over-eating and unsafe sex. These behaviours are, in turn, major causes of death, disease and disability, including heart disease, cancer, diabetes and suicide - sometimes decades later. Victims of maltreatment are also more likely to become perpetrators and victims of other types of violence later in life. Child maltreatment negatively affects a country's economy, due to expenses relating to treating victims' health problems, welfare costs, lowered economic productivity and so forth. In the United States of America (USA), in 2010, the lifetime cost for each victim of non-fatal child maltreatment was estimated to be US$ 210 012. The many serious economic, physical and mental health consequences of child maltreatment mean that it makes sense to develop and implement effective prevention strategies. Child maltreatment is more likely in families that have difficulties developing stable, warm and positive relationships. Children are at increased risk of being maltreated if a parent or guardian has a poor understanding of child development, and therefore has unrealistic expectations about the child's behaviour. This is also the case if parents and guardians do not show the child much care or affection, are less responsive to the child, have a harsh or inconsistent parenting style, and believe that corporal punishment (for example, smacking) is an acceptable form of discipline. Strengthening parenting therefore plays an important role in preventing child maltreatment. One way of strengthening parenting is through parenting programmes. Although many parenting programmes do not specifically aim to reduce or prevent violence, those which aim to strengthen positive relationships through play and praise, and provide effective, age-appropriate positive discipline, have the potential to do so. Parenting programmes to prevent violence usually take the shape of either individual or group-based parenting support. An example of individual parenting support is home visits, which involve trained home visitors visiting parents (typically only the mother) in their homes both during and after their pregnancy. The home visitor supports and educates parents so as to strengthen parenting skills, improve child health and prevent child maltreatment. Group-based parenting support, on the other hand, is typically provided by trained staff to groups of parents together. These programmes aim to prevent child maltreatment by improving parenting skills, increasing parents' understanding of child development and encouraging the use of positive discipline strategies. Most parenting programmes that have proven to be effective at preventing violence have been developed and tested in high-income countries such as the USA and the United Kingdom. There is very little work on parenting programmes in lowand middle-income countries. However, there is evidence from low-resource settings that positive parent-child relationships and a positive parenting style can buffer the effects of family and community influences on children's development, including violent behaviour later in life. From what is already known, there is good evidence to support promoting parenting programmes across different cultural and economic backgrounds. Because we do not know enough about parenting programmes in low- and middle-income countries, evaluations of programmes are critical. First, we need to confirm that desired results are achieved in new contexts. Second, because of the lack of resources available to fund programmes in poorer countries, evaluations can prevent time and money from being wasted on programmes that do not work. Third, the results from outcome evaluations can be used to influence governments to fund parenting programmes. This document was designed to help strengthen the evidence for parenting programmes aimed at preventing violence in low- and middle-income countries. The intended audiences are: - policy-makers; - programme developers, planners and commissioners; - high-level practitioners in government ministries, such as health and social development; - nongovernmental organisations; - community-based organisations; and - donors working in the area of violence prevention.

Details: Geneva, SWIT: World Health Organization, 2013. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/85994/1/9789241505956_eng.pdf?ua=1

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/85994/1/9789241505956_eng.pdf?ua=1

Shelf Number: 104859

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Child Protection
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Parenting Programs

Author: Foster, Rebecca

Title: Knife Crime Interventions: What Works?

Summary: - This review of the literature sought to identify what is known about 'what works' in reducing knife carrying and knife crime. Specifically, it sought to identify the features of successful interventions for young people; summarise evidence of good practice; and examine the outcomes of successful intervention programmes. - There are a wide range of interventions seeking to tackle knife related crime available throughout the world. Scholars have repeatedly called for comprehensive evaluation to be undertaken with regard to these. This review has highlighted once more the need to remedy this. - The two chief motivators for carrying a knife are: acquisition of status and fear of crime. Fear of crime is coupled with the belief that carrying a knife is protection against victimisation. Given that these are the main causes, interventions which are the most effective in addressing knife crime are ones which so address these causes. - Diversionary activities have some potential to address knife crime. These activities, which include engagement in sport and mentoring programmes, may help prevent a young person from choosing to carry a knife. - Current research suggests that education based interventions hold the most promise for effectively addressing knife crime. Education based interventions can be supported by criminal justice responses, which also have an important role to play in addressing knife crime. - Educational interventions should aim to raise awareness about the dangers and consequences of choosing to carry a knife and engage in knife crime. Acknowledgement should be made of the very real fear many young people have of victimisation, the origins of which may be complex. This acknowledgement should involve taking young people's fears seriously. Once the fear is acknowledged, young people should be reassured that police and other agencies are working hard to ensure their safety, so rendering carrying a knife unnecessary. It should also be emphasised to young people that carrying a knife increases rather than decreases their risk of victimisation. - Educational interventions should be delivered both in schools and within the communities, in order to reach all young people, recognising that different young people have different experiences of education.

Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2013. 20p.

Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 04/2013: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/SCCJR_Report_No_04.2013_Knife_Crime_Interventions.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/SCCJR_Report_No_04.2013_Knife_Crime_Interventions.pdf

Shelf Number: 132389

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Interventions
Knife Crime
Knives
Violent Crime

Author: Conflict Prevention Forum

Title: Begging in Kosovo and its Impact on Peoples' Safety

Summary: In December 2013, AKTIV, FIQ, and seven local partner organisations in Kosovo organised a series of community dialogue meetings to examine the issue of begging and the effect it has on people's safety, and their perception of their safety. Begging has been recognised as a problem to varying degrees within Kosovo and this research project, implemented by Saferworld and partners, explores who beggars are perceived to be, how their actions affect communities, and how government and non-government actors are engaging with the issue. This report shows that beggars are the most vulnerable in society as no official safety net exists to support them. They include the poor, vulnerable adults with addictions, people suffering from disabilities and mental illnesses, and perhaps most worryingly children who have been trafficked. Within a complex environment such as Kosovo these already vulnerable groups are exposed to additional hostility if they arrive from neighbouring or regional countries. The situation is compounded by the adverse economic environment that has led to increased levels of unemployment. From the research the Conflict Prevention Forum has compiled recommendations for the government, local municipalities, civil society actors, and the Kosovo Police, including: examining and tackling the root causes of begging, including ethnic discrimination; ensuring the inclusion of socially marginalised children in the education system while effectively managing outreach to their families; establishing organisations that can work together to eradicate begging; investigating forced labour and the economic exploitation of children, as part of a wider investigation into human trafficking.

Details: Pristina, Kosovo: Conflict Prevention Forum and European Union Office in Kosovo, 2014. 13p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2014 at http://www.saferworld.org.uk/downloads/pubdocs/begging-in-kosovo-and-its-impact-on-peoples-safety.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.saferworld.org.uk/downloads/pubdocs/begging-in-kosovo-and-its-impact-on-peoples-safety.pdf

Shelf Number: 132413

Keywords:
Begging (Kosovo)
Crime Prevention

Author: Linder, Barbara

Title: Corporate Social Responsibility to Prevent Human Trafficking: The Construction Sector in Austria - A Mapping

Summary: This research report outlines the problem of exploitation and human trafficking related to the construction sector of Austria.

Details: Vienna, Austria: Ludwig Boltzmann Institute of Human Rights, 2013. 43p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2014 at http://bim.lbg.ac.at/files/sites/bim/Untersuchung_Construction%20Sector%20Austria_engl.%20Version.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Austria

URL: http://bim.lbg.ac.at/files/sites/bim/Untersuchung_Construction%20Sector%20Austria_engl.%20Version.pdf

Shelf Number: 132442

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Human Trafficking (Austria)
Labor Exploitation (Austria)
Labor Exploitation, Construction

Author: Whittington, R.

Title: A Systematic Review of Risk Assessment Strategies for Populations at High Risk of Engaging in Violent Behaviour: Update 2002-8

Summary: This review systematically examines the research literature published in the period 2002-8 on structured violence risk assessment instruments designed for use in mental health services or the criminal justice system. Violence is a major social problem and improved assessment of those who present an above-average risk is an important goal in the overall strategy for addressing the issue. Techniques for formally assessing individual and social risk factors have developed rapidly over the past two decades from a process of unstructured clinical judgement to one of structured assessment based on empirically tested instruments. A vast number of structured risk assessment instruments relating to violence in different populations have been developed over this period and attempts have been made elsewhere to summarise aspects of the literature relating to various instruments. This review adopted much broader inclusion criteria than previously used in order to capture and summarise data on the widest possible range of available instruments. Objectives The objectives of the review were to address two questions: (1) what features (i.e. population, instrument, outcome measure and design aspects) are associated with a risk assessment instrument score being significantly associated with a violent outcome? and (2) which risk assessment instruments have the highest level of predictive validity for a violent outcome?

Details: London: National Institute for Health Research, 2013. 146p.

Source: Internet Resource: Health Technology Assessment, Vol. 17, Issue 50: Accessed June 14, 2014 at: http://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/87108/FullReport-hta17500.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/87108/FullReport-hta17500.pdf

Shelf Number: 132459

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Risk Assessment
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Townsley, Michael

Title: Crime in High-Rise Buildings: Planning for Vertical Community Safety

Summary: The aim of this research is to inform housing and planning policy development by exploring the variation in types and volumes of crime in a range of existing high-density communities. By analysing actual rates and types of crime, building management styles and perceptions of fear of crime, the research will reveal how policing and high-rise building management styles can coalesce to create safer vertical communities. The methodological approach was multi-method, comprising quantitative analysis, in depth interviews, a systematic observational instrument and resident surveys. The research was partitioned into three separate studies, each differentiated by the corresponding data sources and methodological approach. Qualitative analyses of police recorded crime incidents (Study 1) showed a high degree of concentration of crimes in a small proportion of high-rise buildings. This pattern was observed regardless of crime type or time of year. Building characteristics were examined and it was found that residential tenure appeared to have a relationship with the amount of crime recorded at the building level. Buildings with long-term residents recorded the lowest levels of crime, on average. Buildings with short-term tenancies (holiday apartments, hotels) had the next highest, and buildings with mixed tenure (both long and short term tenancies) recording the highest levels of crime. The second study took a subsample of high-rise buildings and used an observational protocol to make ratings about place management, guardianship, and physical security. The most notable finding was that unlike findings internationally, place management and active guardianship did not appear to be positively correlated. That is, theory would suggest that locations with high levels of active guardianship should also have high levels of place management, but we did not observe this at the buildings in our sample. Strong positive correlations between place management and territoriality, image and physical security were observed. The third study involved interviewing residents, police officers, and building managers with a focus on the relationship between perceptions of safety and high-rise living. The findings indicated that the tenure and design aspects of the buildings had a significant influence upon perceived safety and security. Buildings of mixed tenures (short term or holiday letting and longer term residential) were most vocal in discussing the challenges of security and safety. Importantly, design and building management alone are not the sole panacea and individuals also had to take responsibility for considering their safety and security within high density environments.

Details: Canberra: Criminology Research Advisory Council, 2013. 142p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.criminologyresearchcouncil.gov.au/reports/1314/29-1112-FinalReport.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.criminologyresearchcouncil.gov.au/reports/1314/29-1112-FinalReport.pdf

Shelf Number: 132492

Keywords:
Building Security
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Physical Security

Author: Curman, Andrea S. Nemeth

Title: Crime and Place: A Longitudinal Examination of Street Segment Patterns in Vancouver, B.C.

Summary: The study of crime and place recognizes the important interplay between the physical landscape and criminal activity. In doing so, research in this area has shown substantial concentrations of crime amongst micro geographic units, such as street blocks. Despite these revelations, little research has examined whether such criminal concentrations persist over time. The developmental trajectory of criminal activity on street blocks was originally studied in Seattle, Washington. This dissertation replicates that seminal study by examining crime volumes on the streets of Vancouver, British Columbia, over a 16 year period using a group-based trajectory model (GBTM). Going further, this research also applies a non-parametric technique, termed k-means to address various limitations inherent to the GBTM method. The major findings reveal the majority of street blocks in Vancouver evidence stable crime levels, with a minority of street blocks throughout the city showing decreasing crime trajectories over the 16 year period. Both statistical techniques found comparable patterns of crime throughout Vancouver. A geographic analysis of the identified crime trajectories revealed linear concentrations of high, medium and low decreasing trajectories throughout the city, with the high decreasing street blocks showing particularly visible concentrations in the northeast part of Vancouver. Overall, the results confirm the original conclusions from the Seattle study in that many street blocks evidence significant developmental trajectories of crime and that the application of trajectory analysis to crime at micro places is a strategically useful way to examine the longevity of crime clusters. The results did not support the existence or stability of bad areas, but did find 'bad streets'. It is recommended that police and public safety practitioners pay close attention to the varying levels of criminal activity on street blocks when developing place-based crime prevention initiatives.

Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 180p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: summit.sfu.ca

Year: 2012

Country: Canada

URL: summit.sfu.ca

Shelf Number: 132560

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Patterns
Crime Prevention
Geographical Analysis
High Crime Areas
Hot-Spots
Place-Based
Street Crime

Author: Berg, Louis-Alexandre

Title: Crime, Violence and Community-Based Prevention in Honduras

Summary: Violent crime has emerged as a growing development challenge, affecting large segments of societies and taking a severe toll on economic development. In Honduras, the most violent country in the world as measured by its homicide rate of 90.4 per 100,000 inhabitants in 2013, variations in the level of violence across time and space suggest that some communities have successfully prevented crime. This note summarizes the findings of a study of crime dynamics and prevention practices in Honduras. The research revealed that while the transnational drug trade, economic downturn and political crisis have deepened the effects of organized crime, some communities have prevented these forces from taking root in their neighborhoods. The study identified practices that communities have pursued to prevent violence, and examined the capabilities of communities, municipal governments and national institutions that enable or constrain these responses. In the context of the World Banks Safer Municipalities Project in Honduras, this research points to evidence-based approaches for preventing violence at the community level.

Details: Washington, DC: The World Bank, 2014. 8p.

Source: Internet Resource: Just Development, Issue 4: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTLAWJUSTINST/0,,contentMDK:23587510~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theSitePK:1974062~isCURL:Y,00.html

Year: 2014

Country: Honduras

URL: http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTLAWJUSTINST/0,,contentMDK:23587510~pagePK:148956~piPK:216618~theSitePK:1974062~isCURL:Y,00.html

Shelf Number: 132574

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Organized Crime
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Welsh Local Government Association

Title: Tackling Hate Crimes and Incidents: A Framework for Action

Summary: The Framework aims to tackle hate crimes and incidents in respect of the protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010. These include: -disability -race -religion -sexual orientation -gender identity -age. The Framework has also been developed to tackle areas of hate crimes and incidents across cyber hate and bullying, far right hate and mate crime (befriending of people, who are perceived by perpetrators to be vulnerable, for the purposes of taking advantage of, exploiting and/or abusing them). The Framework includes three objectives on prevention, supporting victims and improving the multi-agency response. It is supported by a Delivery Plan which will be updated on an annual basis.

Details: Cardiff: Welsh Government, 2014. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/dsjlg/publications/equality/140512-hate-crime-framework-en.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/dsjlg/publications/equality/140512-hate-crime-framework-en.pdf

Shelf Number: 132580

Keywords:
Bias-Motivated Crimes
Bullying
Crime Prevention
Cybercrimes
Hate Crimes

Author: Nakanishi, Yuko, Consultant

Title: Practices to Protect Bus Operators from Passenger Assault

Summary: This synthesis report addresses the important issue of protecting bus operators from passenger assault. The key elements of the synthesis study included a survey of transit agencies with a 75% (66/88) response rate, profiles of security practices, and a literature summary. Although serious crime in transit systems is relatively rare and constitutes a small percentage of overall crime, even one serious incident of violence can make media headlines and diminish the perception of security, especially if the crime is against the transit operator. Assaults on operators have caused worker absence, productivity issues, and increased levels of stress for the victim and for coworkers. Minor incidents can be precursors to more serious violence against operators. Therefore, it is important that transit agencies address the issue of operator assaults before they become problematic. "Assault" of a bus operator is defined broadly in this synthesis and includes acts of aggression that may or may not cause physical injury to the operator. Assault is defined as: Overt physical and verbal acts by a passenger that interfere with the mission of a bus operator-to complete his or her scheduled run safely-and that adversely affect the safety of the operator and customers. Bus operator protection measures ranging from policing, personnel, and training to technology, information management, policy, and legislation were identified and explored in this synthesis study. Transit agencies face different challenges and problems, along with different sets of institutional, legal, and budgetary constraints; these issues typically are considered when agencies select and implement security measures. Some measures are more appropriate for preventing certain types of attacks. For instance, conflict mitigation training is appropriate for reducing assaults emanating from disputes, whereas barriers may be more useful in protecting the operator against spontaneous attacks. Some measures, such as emergency communications and vehicle location technologies, focus on improving incident response. Video surveillance is useful for deterrence as well as for identification and prosecution of assailants. Audio surveillance is especially useful in addressing verbal attacks and threats. Agencies have helped to enact legislation on enhanced penalties for operator assault and have established agency policies such as suspending service for violating transit agency rules. The characteristics of assailants also influence the protection method. If most are teenagers, a school outreach program may mitigate assaults. If gang-related assaults are increasing, close cooperation with local law enforcement could be key. The synthesis survey requested respondents to describe their bus system and security characteristics; their policies on fare and rules enforcement; characteristics of bus operator assaults; and their assault prevention and mitigation practices, including training, hiring, use of officers and patrols, technology, and self-defense tools and training. The survey was distributed to 88 multimodal and bus-only transit agencies representing large, medium, and small U.S. agencies; the survey was also sent to several Canadian agencies and to one Chinese bus rapid transit system. Survey respondents represented large, medium, and small agencies and were geographically diverse. In general, the primary security provider for the respondents was local, county, or state or provincial police; more than a third used a combination of security providers. Respondents that indicated having transit police departments were generally large or midsize agencies. Practically all agencies have a standard operating procedure in place for response to bus operator assaults. About half of the survey respondents stated that their local laws provided more severe punishments for assaults against bus operators than for some other assaults.

Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2011. 136p.

Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Synthesis 93: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.tcrponline.org/PDFDocuments/tsyn93.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.tcrponline.org/PDFDocuments/tsyn93.pdf

Shelf Number: 132668

Keywords:
Assaults
Buses
Crime Prevention
Transit Crime
Transit Security
Transportation Security
Workplace Crime
Workplace Violence

Author: Cohen, Jay

Title: Making Public-Private Security Cooperation More Efficient, Effective and Sustainable. Recommendations of the Task Force

Summary: A global economy has empowered criminals and terrorists on a global scale. Embedded across far-flung production, trade and investment networks, illicit trafficking in high-tech data and equipment, narcotics, arms and counterfeit goods has laid bare the weaknesses of topdown government controls. The challenges of preventing illicit transshipment and other misappropriations of sensitive technologies have never been more urgent. In this report, Stimson's Partners in Prevention Task Force presents its final recommendations to US government and industry stakeholders for combating these threats through public-private partnerships that more effectively harness the power of decentralized, market-based incentives. Individually actionable but collectively diverse, these seven targeted proposals follow an 18-month Stimson collaboration with hundreds of industry partners spanning high-tech manufacturers and service providers, transport and logistics firms, and insurance providers. With the rise of a global marketplace, finding more innovative ways to leverage the resources, agility and expertise of the private sector is essential - and not just for "security," narrowly understood. It will also go far in shaping the future of US global influence and leadership. The Task Force proposals connect that strategic imperative with pragmatic steps forward.

Details: Washington, DC: The Stimson Center, 2014. 49p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.stimson.org/images/uploads/pip_public-private_security_task_force_recs.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.stimson.org/images/uploads/pip_public-private_security_task_force_recs.pdf

Shelf Number: 132673

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Private Security
Public-Private Partnerships
Security
Terrorism
Trafficking

Author: Schulz, Dorothy Moses

Title: Video Surveillance Uses by Rail Transit Agencies

Summary: Previous TCRP reports, notably Electronic Surveillance Technologies on Transit Vehicles (Maier and Malone 2001) and Transit Security Update (Nakanishi 2009), have studied overall security and the use of electronic video surveillance technology in the transit environment. Improving Transit Security (Needle and Cobb 1997) and Guidelines for the Effective Use of Uniformed Transit Police and Security Personnel (Interactive Elements Inc. 1997) considered how transit agencies were using video surveillance as part of their overall security strategies, primarily in conjunction with uniformed patrol by police or security officers. Most of the examples and case studies in earlier reports combined discussions of the use of electronic video surveillance cameras in bus and rail systems and few considered nonsecurity uses of such technology. This synthesis differs from the earlier ones in several ways. It is the first synthesis to document the current use of electronic video surveillance technology solely by passenger rail agencies and to consider the totality of its use, including onboard railcars and along the right-of-way (ROW). The synthesis also describes current administrative policies on monitoring video images either in real time or for post-event analysis; policies on archiving and storing images and access to them by employees, other public agencies (primarily police), and the general public; and funding sources for installing new or upgrading existing video surveillance systems. Results of a survey emailed to passenger rail agencies throughout the United States are used to document important issues, including the following: - The percentage of stations, station platforms, or shelters where surveillance is employed and how decisions are made on which locations to cover. - The percentage of railcars in which onboard surveillance is employed and how decisions are made on which vehicles to cover. - Whether video surveillance is employed along the ROW and, if so, where. - The type of video surveillance systems in use and any special features they may utilize. - Policies pertaining to monitoring, recording, and archiving images, including chain of custody policies. - Purposes other than for crime/vandalism prevention for which surveillance is employed and its perceived effectiveness for those applications. - Whether patrons or employees have been surveyed regarding their perceptions of security and, if so, what those perceptions are. - Funding sources for installing and/or upgrading electronic video surveillance systems. - Existing plans for installing video surveillance systems in new vehicles or stations. Forty-three completed surveys were received from the 58 passenger rail agencies to which questionnaires were sent, a response rate of 73%. Five agencies were selected as case study sites because they reflected a variety of modes, had different security configurations (transit police or reliance on local agencies), and were upgrading their systems to include technologies that other agencies are likely to be considering. These agencies provided opportunities to share information in a lessons-learned format. Agencies that did not employ surveillance technology were encouraged to complete the survey by answering two brief questions: (1) whether the agency was considering installing a surveillance system and, if so, where, or (2) whether the agency was not considering installing a surveillance system and, if so, why not. All the responding agencies employed video surveillance in some capacity. Although the authors cannot speak for agencies that did not respond, it is reasonable to say that all passenger rail transit agencies make at least some use of electronic video surveillance on their property.

Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2011. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Synthesis 90: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/tcrp/tcrp_syn_90.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/tcrp/tcrp_syn_90.pdf

Shelf Number: 132681

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Trains
Transit Crime
Transit Safety
Transportation Security
Video Surveillance

Author: Rowe, Elizabeth

Title: Organised Crime and Public Sector Corruption: A crime scripts analysis of tactical displacement risks

Summary: Organised crime in Australia has received increased attention over the last decade, with the enactment of legislation and the development of other interventions that have sought to control this serious criminal phenomenon. Although the success of such interventions in reducing organised crime is yet to be subject to detailed evaluation, prior research has identified certain risks associated with policy responses that could, arguably, also lead to counterproductive consequences (Guerette & Bowers 2009; Smith, Wolanin & Worthington 2003). One consequence of enhanced legislation and/or law enforcement approaches developed to combat organised crime is so-called 'tactical crime displacement', namely that criminals may modify their tactics in order to circumvent the effects of new legislation or increased law enforcement activity, thus allowing them to continue to offend with a reduced risk of detection or criminal justice action taking place. One particular risk of tactical crime displacement is the potential for organised crime groups to focus more on forming corrupt relationships with public officials in order to obtain information that minimises the risk of detection and prosecution. This paper illustrates how organised criminal groups can alter their patterns of offending by inducing public officials into corruptly disclosing information relevant to the facilitation of further criminal activity. This process of corruption is explained using the notion of 'crime scripts', as developed by Cornish (1994), and applied in the context of organised crime. Following an analysis of the crime scripts used by organised criminals in relation to the corruption of public servants in selected cases in Australia, various situational crime prevention solutions based on Ekblom's (2011) 5Is approach to crime prevention are explored as potential ways in which to minimise risks of this nature.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2013. 7p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice, no. 444: Accessed Jhttp://www.aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi444.pdfuly 16, 2014 at:

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi444.pdf

Shelf Number: 132693

Keywords:
Corruption
Crime Displacement
Crime Prevention
Crime Scripts
Organized Crime (Australia)
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: Davis, Paul K.

Title: Using Behavioral Indicators to Help Detect Potential Violent Acts : A Review of the Science

Summary: Government organizations have put substantial effort into detecting and thwarting terrorist and insurgent attacks by observing suspicious behaviors of individuals at transportation checkpoints and elsewhere. Related technologies and methodologies abound, but their volume and diversity has sometimes been overwhelming. Also, effectiveness claims sometimes lack a clear basis in science and technology. The RAND Corporation was asked to review the literature to characterize the base in behavioral sciences relevant to threat detection, in part to help set priorities for special attention and investment. Our study focused on the science base for using new or nontraditional technologies and methods to observe behaviors and how the data gathered from doing so might-especially when used with other information-help detect potential violent attacks, such as by suicide bombers or, as a very different example, insurgents laying improvised explosive devices (IEDs). Behavioral indicators may help identify individuals meriting additional observation in an operational context. For that context, security personnel at a checkpoint are assessing whether an individual poses some risk in the limited sense of meriting more extensive and perhaps aggressive screening, follow-up monitoring, or intercept. They obtain information directly, query databases and future versions of information-fusion centers ("pull"), and are automatically provided alerts and other data ("push"). They report information that can be used subsequently. In some cases, behaviors of a number of individuals over time might suggest a potential ongoing attack, even if the individuals are only pawns performing such narrow tasks as obtaining information.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 306p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR200/RR215/RAND_RR215.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR200/RR215/RAND_RR215.pdf

Shelf Number: 132701

Keywords:
Behavioral Analysis
Crime Prevention
Risk Assessment
Suicide Bombing
Terrorism Prevention
Terrorists
Violence

Author: David-Ferdon, Corinne

Title: Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action

Summary: All forms of violence, including youth violence, suicidal behavior, child maltreatment, sexual violence, intimate partner violence, and elder abuse, negatively affect the health and well-being of our country. Youth violence, in particular, is a significant public health problem. Each and every day, approximately 13 young people in the United States are victims of homicide and an additional 1,642 visit our hospital emergency departments because of physical assault-related injuries. Among high school students, 1 in 4 report being in at least one physical fight and 1 in 5 report being bullied in the last year. Youth who are victims of violence also have a higher risk for many other poor physical and mental health problems, including smoking, obesity, high-risk sexual behavior, asthma, depression, academic problems, and suicide. Young people are frequently the ones hurting other youth and commit a significant proportion of the violence in communities-youth aged 10-24 years represented 40% of all arrests for violent crimes in 2012. The damage resulting from youth violence extends beyond the young perpetrators and victims. Each year, youth homicides and nonfatal assault injuries result in an estimated $17.5 billion in combined medical and lost productivity costs. Violence can increase health care costs for everyone, decrease property values, and disrupt social services. Many of our young people and communities view the grim facts about youth violence as unavoidable and have accepted youth violence as a societal reality. However, the truth is that youth violence is not inevitable. Youth violence is preventable. The past investment into monitoring, understanding, and preventing youth violence is paying off and proving that youth violence can be stopped before it occurs. We cannot continue to just respond to violence after it happensthe public health burden of youth violence is too high and our potential to prevent youth violence is too great. Our understanding about youth violence and our ability to prevent it is based on decades of work by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the larger field of youth violence prevention researchers and practitioners. From systematic surveillance, rigorous research on modifiable factors that predict violence, evaluation of prevention strategies, and the strengthening of the capacity of communities to use approaches that work, we have learned a great deal about how to prevent youth violence. To help communities take advantage of the available knowledge, CDC has developed, Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action. This resource summarizes what we currently know about youth violence-the health consequences, trends, disparities, causes, costs, and prevention strategies. This resource outlines important strategies for youth violence prevention that are based on strong evidence and experience. It includes examples of specific programs and activities that have been found to be effective. These evidence-based youth violence prevention strategies focus on reducing the factors that put young people at risk for violence and bolstering the factors that strengthen their positive development and buffer against violence. Everyone has a role to play in preventing youth violence. Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action provides information and action steps that can help public health and other community leaders work with partners to prevent youth violence. This resource also describes actions that young people, families, caregivers, adults who work with youth, and other community members can take to reduce youth violence. A companion document, titled Taking Action to Prevent Youth Violence, is available to help these groups better understand the steps they can take.

Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/youthviolence/pdf/opportunities-for-action.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/youthviolence/pdf/opportunities-for-action.pdf

Shelf Number: 132706

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Offenders
Violence Prevention
Youth Programs
Youth Violence

Author: Shepherd, Jonathan

Title: How to Achieve More Effective Services: The Evidence Ecosystem

Summary: The creation and adoption of effective policies, programmes and interventions depends on a functional evidence ecosystem. In whichever policy or service area it serves, the purpose of this system is to sustain continuous evidence generation, synthesis and evidence-informed action. As in all efficient systems, form follows function. Not only must each stage be operational but also stages must be connected and the flow of evidence and its translation into "what works" needs to be maintained. This means that at each stage, demand and supply of quality-assured evidence are needed, together with demand for the products of the system by commissioners and end users. The What Works Centres are an essential part of this ecosystem and need to be concerned not just with evidence synthesis and adoption but with the whole system in their sector so that faults can be identified and put right. This strategic perspective is important if the What Works Centres are to achieve and increase behaviour change. The generic recommendations listed below, and those specific to each What Works sector, are therefore designed to address both structural and functional problems that were identified in a series of interviews. For some Centres there are major capacity shortfalls, especially for evidence generation; for others there are disconnects, for example, between academics and front line services, and between commissioners in the same sector; for others still, the workforce needs to be categorised and professionalised so that target groups for training and training sources can be identified. Raw and synthesised evidence in the forms in which it is currently published is generally unusable by many practitioners - and sometimes does more harm than good. Changing course in all sectors on the basis of evidence depends on implementing a range of interventions that motivate practitioners, their managers, commissioners and policy makers to do this. A series of recommendations based on an evidence review is therefore a central part of this report.

Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, What Works Network, 2014. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://www.vrg.cf.ac.uk/Files/2014_JPS_What_Works.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: International

URL: http://www.vrg.cf.ac.uk/Files/2014_JPS_What_Works.pdf

Shelf Number: 132741

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices

Author: Morgan, Anthony

Title: Northern Territory Safe Streets Audit

Summary: This Special Report is a research driven response to community concerns regarding the level of crime and fear of crime in the Northern Territory. The Northern Institute at Charles Darwin University and the Australian Institute of Criminology (AIC) were commissioned by the Northern Territory Police Force (NT Police) to undertake the NT Safe Streets Audit. The purpose of the Safe Streets Audit was to examine crime and safety issues in the Northern Territory urban communities of Darwin, Katherine and Alice Springs and to help inform effective strategies to reduce the actual and perceived risk of victimisation. The audit involved a literature review exploring issues impacting on the fear of crime in the Northern Territory, focus groups with a range of stakeholders in Darwin, Alice Springs and Katherine, the analysis of media articles on crime and policing, the analysis of incident data from NT Police on assault offences and public disorder incidents, and a rapid evidence assessment of the effectiveness of strategies targeting NT crime problems. Implications for future crime reduction approaches in the Northern Territory were then identified.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology and Charles Darwin University Northern Institute, 2014. 130p.

Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/special/004/NT-Safe-Streets-Audit.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/special/004/NT-Safe-Streets-Audit.pdf

Shelf Number: 132879

Keywords:
Crime
Crime Prevention
Fear of Crime
Urban Areas (Australia)

Author: Hunt, Priscillia

Title: Evaluation of the Shreveport Predictive Policing Experiment

Summary: Predictive policing is the application of statistical methods to identify likely targets for police intervention (the predictions) to prevent crimes or solve past crimes, followed by conducting interventions against those targets. The concept has been of high interest in recent years as evidenced by the growth of academic, policy, and editorial reports; however, there have been few formal evaluations of predictive policing efforts to date. In response, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded the Shreveport Police Department (SPD) in Louisiana to conduct a predictive policing experiment in 2012. SPD staff developed and estimated a statistical model of the likelihood of property crimes occurring within block-sized areas. Then, using a blocked randomized approach to identify treatment and control district pairs, districts assigned to the treatment group were given maps that highlighted blocks predicted to be at higher risk of property crime. These districts were also provided with overtime resources to conduct special operations. Control districts conducted property crime-related special operations using overtime resources as well, just targeting areas that had recently seen property crimes (hot spots). This study presents results of an evaluation of the processes in addition to the impacts and costs of the SPD predictive policing experiment. It should be of interest to those considering predictive policing and directed law enforcement systems and operations, and to analysts conducting experiments and evaluations of public safety strategies. This evaluation is part of a larger project funded by the NIJ, composed of two phases. Phase I focuses on the development and estimation of predictive models, and Phase II involves implementation of a prevention model using the predictive model. For Phase II, RAND is evaluating predictive policing strategies conducted by the SPD and the Chicago Police Department (contract #2009-IJ-CX-K114). This report is one product from Phase II.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 88p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR531/RAND_RR531.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR531/RAND_RR531.pdf

Shelf Number: 132885

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prediction
Crime Prevention
Hot-Spots Policing
Predictive Policing
Property Crimes

Author: Bachner, Jennifer

Title: Predictive Policing: Preventing Crime with Data and Analytics

Summary: In this report, Dr. Bachner tells compelling stories of how new policing approaches in communities are turning traditional police officers into "data detectives." Police departments across the country have adapted business techniques -- initially developed by retailers, such as Netflix and WalMart, to predict consumer behavior -- to predict criminal behavior. The report presents case studies of the experiences of Santa Cruz, CA; Baltimore County, MD; and Richmond, VA, in using predictive policing as a new and effective tool to combat crime. While this report focuses on the use of predictive techniques and tools for preventing crime in local communities, these techniques and tools can also be applied to other policy arenas, as well, such as the efforts by the Department of Housing and Urban Development to predict and prevent homelessness, or the Federal Emergency Management Agency's efforts to identify and mitigate communities vulnerable to natural disasters.

Details: Washington, DC: IBM Center for The Business of Government, 2013. 40p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.businessofgovernment.org/sites/default/files/Predictive%20Policing.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.businessofgovernment.org/sites/default/files/Predictive%20Policing.pdf

Shelf Number: 133020

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Data Mining
Predictive Policing

Author: UK Centre for Tobacco Control Studies

Title: Tackling Illicit Tobacco for Better Health: Final Evaluation Report

Summary: In recognition of the role of illicit tobacco (IT) in undermining tobacco control strategies and in maintaining and encouraging tobacco use among deprived communities, the North of England Tackling Illicit Tobacco for Better Health Programme (the Programme) was launched in July 20091. The main aim of this pilot Programme was to increase the health of the population in three regions (North West, North East and Yorkshire and Humber) through reducing smoking prevalence by (a) reducing the availability (supply) of IT, thus keeping real tobacco prices high; and (b) reducing the demand for IT by building on existing tobacco control measures. Prior to the launch of this Programme, IT was largely the responsibility of the agency, Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs (HMRC), which focused predominantly on supply, so the Programme marked the first large-scale attempt of the health sector to reduce IT use. The UK Centre for Tobacco Control Studies (UKCTCS) was commissioned in September 2009 to evaluate the Programme up until March 2011. The evaluation team was multi-disciplinary and included researchers from the Universities of Nottingham, Durham (including researchers from FUSE3), Stirling, Northumbria and University College London. Methods The UKCTCS used a Theory of Change approach to the evaluation as the Programme was perceived to be a complex community initiative. A "mixed-methods‟ approach was utilised involving document analysis, qualitative research interviews, ethnographic research and examination of relevant quantitative indicators: including external ones (such as calls to Customs Hotline and Crimestoppers and a national survey of trading standards services carried out by Local Government Association) and from other studies commissioned by the Programme (such as surveys of stakeholders, Trading Standards and market research by The Hub and NEMS). As the Programme could not be expected to have an impact on prevalence during the evaluation period, indicators to assess supply and demand factors needed to be identified and monitored.

Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham University, 2012. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: https://www.newcastle.gov.uk/sites/drupalncc.newcastle.gov.uk/files/wwwfileroot/business/trading_standards/illicit_tobacco_evaluation1.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.newcastle.gov.uk/sites/drupalncc.newcastle.gov.uk/files/wwwfileroot/business/trading_standards/illicit_tobacco_evaluation1.pdf

Shelf Number: 133034

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Health Programs
Illegal Tobacco (U.K.)
Illicit Tobacco

Author: Scotland. Regulatory Review Group

Title: Review of the Knife Dealer's Licensing Scheme: Report

Summary: The Regulatory Review Group (RRG) works to promote and develop a culture and environment in Scotland where both business and Government, in all its forms, work together to create better regulation for all. In delivering this, the remit of the RRG includes reviewing existing regulations where this learning could help improve the regulatory landscape. On 1 June 2010 a new mandatory licensing scheme for knife dealers was introduced which applied to the sale of non-domestic knives. This was introduced as part of measures to tackle Scotland's knife carrying culture. Concerns about the implementation of this licensing scheme were subsequently brought to the attention of RRG. After discussion, RRG agreed to set up a sub group to undertake a review of the implementation of the legislation in respect of the impact on business and local authorities, and alignment with the principles of better regulation. RRG drew from its experience of previous reviews and looked to identify key aspects of better regulation. In particular, the sub group was keen to understand the extent to which any problems had been identified at an early stage in the development of legislation or whether implementation produced any unintended consequences. As well as analysing Scottish Government consultations associated with the development of the legislation, the sub group surveyed local licensing authorities. Representing licensees, the British Association for Shooting and Conservation (BASC) also surveyed their members for views on the scheme. Views were also sought from other relevant stakeholders including the Law Society of Scotland.

Details: Edinburgh: Regulatory Review Group, 2013. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0042/00423287.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0042/00423287.pdf

Shelf Number: 131890

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Knife Crime (Scotland)
Licensing Schemes

Author: Morgan, Anthony

Title: Tackling property damage: A guide for local commerce groups, councils and police

Summary: Property damage is the intentional 'destruction or defacement of public, commercial and private property' (Howard 2006: 1). This covers a range of different acts, including vandalism (eg smashing windows, knocking over letterboxes) and graffiti. Graffiti is the act of marking property with writing, symbols or graphics and is illegal when committed without the property owner's consent (White 2001). According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics' Crime Victimisation Survey 2011-2012, malicious property damage was more common than any other property offence, with 7.5 percent of respondents reporting having been a victim in the previous 12 months (ABS 2013). The cost of property damage to private property owners, local and state governments and businesses are significant, with an estimated cost of $1,522 per incident (in 2012 dollars) and a total cost to the Australian community of nearly $2 billion each year (Rollings 2008). This handbook forms part of a series of guides developed by the Australian Institute of Criminology (AIC) to support local commerce groups (ie representative groups for business owners and operators), local government and the police to implement evidence-based crime prevention strategies. This handbook has been developed to help guide project managers through the stages of planning, implementing and evaluating a crime prevention project to reduce property damage offences in their local community, particularly in and around commercial precincts. The handbook provides an overview of the three key stages that are involved in delivering a project to reduce property damage: - Stage 1: Planning; - Stage 2: Implementation; and - Stage 3: Review. These steps do not necessarily need to be undertaken in order. Some steps may be undertaken concurrently or it may be necessary to revisit earlier steps. However, it is vital that some steps, such as consulting stakeholders and planning for evaluation, be undertaken early on in the project. Property damage is a very broad offence category. The choice of a particular intervention or interventions will depend largely on the nature of the local problem. Similarly, the successful implementation of a prevention strategy will often be heavily influenced by the characteristics of the local community. This needs to be considered throughout the life of a project.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2014. 33p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research in Practice Report No. 35: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/rip/rip35/rip35.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Australia

URL: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/rip/rip35/rip35.pdf

Shelf Number: 133119

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Graffiti
Property Damage
Vandalism

Author: Bosilong, Kgomotso Pearl

Title: Monitoring and evaluation for crime prevention: the 16 days of no violence against women and children campaign

Summary: South Africa has the highest levels of violent crime in the world and is home to high levels of violence against women and children. In response to the challenge imposed by the high level of crime and violence, the South African Government initiated the development of the National Crime Prevention Strategy(NCPS). One of the goals of the NCPS is to identify and implement programmes to prevent crime and to support, protect and empower victims of crime and violence, with special focus on women and children. Responding to the international call to prevent and act against women and child abuse and within the ambit of the NCPS, the 16 Days of No Violence against Women and Children Campaign (referred to as the 16 Days Campaign in this research) was established in1999. The main aim of the 16 Days Campaign is to generate an increased awareness of the negative impact of crime and violence on women and children thus contributing to the prevention of crime and violence against women and children. The first impact assessment of the 16 Days Campaign was undertaken by the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) in 2009. The CSIR report states that the 16 Days Campaign has not yet showed a positive impact due to the lack of proper planning, implementation and monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system tofacilitate the assessment of its impact. The majority of Government departments and Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) that participated in this research (99%) do not know the tools used to monitor and evaluate the 16 Days Campaign. Each department or participating NGO works in silos and does not share good practice on M&E of the 16 Days Campaign, rendering planning, implementation inadequate and subsequently M&E inconsistent. This research demonstrates that the GCIS Tracker Survey and Exit Reports are not effective M&E Tools for the 16 Days Campaign. It proposes a iii comprehensive M&E Framework based on the insight from the literature review, good practice and inputs from participants. The M&E Framework facilitates the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation and impact assessment of the 16 Days Campaign.

Details: Johannesburg, South Africa: University of the Witwatersrand, Faculty of Commerce, Law and Management, Graduate School of Public and Development Management, 2013. 85p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://wiredspace.wits.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10539/13331/Final%20Masters%20Research%20report%202013.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2013

Country: South Africa

URL: http://wiredspace.wits.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10539/13331/Final%20Masters%20Research%20report%202013.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 133141

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Crime Prevention
Domestic Violence (South Africa)
Media Campaign
Violence Against Women and Children
Violent Crime

Author: United Nations Human Settlements Programme

Title: Diagnosis of Insecurity Report in Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea

Summary: In 2002, the Government of Papua New Guinea with the support of the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and technical assistance from the United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-HABITAT) launched the Safer Port Moresby Initiative with the express aim of addressing the underlying causes of crime that have accompanied the unprecedented urban growth of Port Moresby. The Safer Port Moresby Initiative (SPMI) is a citywide crime prevention initiative that is built on partnerships with public, private and popular (sector) institutions that can contribute towards crime reduction in the city. The initiative is presently being run from the offices of the Department for Community Development, formally known as the Department of Social Welfare and Development and works closely with the City Government (National Capital District Commission - NCDC).

Details: Nairobi, Kenya: UN-HABITAT, 2004. 57p.

Source: Internet Resource: Safer Cities Programme Series 4: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://unhabitat.org/publications/diagnosis-of-insecurity-report-in-port-moresby-papua-new-guinea/

Year: 2004

Country: Papua New Guinea

URL: http://unhabitat.org/publications/diagnosis-of-insecurity-report-in-port-moresby-papua-new-guinea/

Shelf Number: 133301

Keywords:
Collaboration
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Partnerships
Urban Areas (Papua New Guinea)

Author: Miles, Thomas J.

Title: Does Immigration Enforcement Reduce Crime? Evidence from "Secure Communities"

Summary: Does immigration enforcement actually reduce crime? Surprisingly, little evidence exists either way-despite the fact that deporting noncitizens who commit crimes has been a central feature of American immigration law since the early twentieth century. We capitalize on a natural policy experiment to address the question and, in the process, provide the first empirical analysis of the most important deportation initiative to be rolled out in decades. The policy initiative we study is "Secure Communities," a program designed to enable the federal government to check the immigration status of every person arrested for a crime by local police. Before this program, the government checked the immigration status of only a small fraction of arrestees. Since its launch, the program has led to over a quarter of a million detentions. We exploit the slow rollout of the program across more than 3,000 U.S. counties to obtain differences-in-differences estimates of the impact of Secure Communities on local crime rates. We also use rich data on the number of immigrants detained under the program in each county and month-data obtained from the federal government through extensive FOIA requests-to estimate the elasticity of crime with respect to incapacitated immigrants. Our results show that Secure Communities led to no meaningful reductions in the FBI index crime rate. Nor has it reduced rates of violent crime-homicide, rape, robbery, or aggravated assault. This evidence shows that the program has not served its central objective of making communities safer.

Details: Chicago: University of Chicago School of Law; New York: New York University Law School, 2014. 61p.

Source: Internet Resource: Draft, August 21, 2014: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/does_immigration_enforcement_reduce_crime_082514.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/does_immigration_enforcement_reduce_crime_082514.pdf

Shelf Number: 133328

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Immigrants (U.S.)
Immigrants and Crime
Immigration
Immigration Enforcement
Secure Communities
Undocumented Citizens

Author: Maryland. Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention

Title: Evaluation of the Maryland Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI): 2013

Summary: In 2007, under the direction of Governor Martin O'Malley, the Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI) was launched in Maryland. Developed and implemented by the Maryland Division of Parole and Probation, now known as Community Supervision, the goal of VPI was to identify, and closely monitor the state's most dangerous supervisees. In 2010, Dr. James F. Austin from the JFA Institute completed a preliminary evaluation of VPI while analyzing specific data regarding the VPI population. Expanding on these preliminary findings, GOCCP conducted a study with additional research to determine if VPI was truly accomplishing its goals by lowering recidivism among a violent subgroup of offenders, and providing swift and certain punishment to violent offenders who violated the terms of their community supervision. This current study used a quasi-experimental design to analyze two groups of offenders. The control group consisted of paroled offenders who were assigned to Maryland's intensive community supervision program for the three years prior to the implementation of VPI in 2007. The experimental group consisted of paroled offenders who were assigned to Maryland's Violence Prevention Initiative from January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2008. Criminal and technical violation data was collected on both cohorts for a period of three years from their assignment to their respective supervision. Results indicated that the 2004 control group had a statistically significantly higher mean number of arrests while under original supervision, violent arrests while under original supervision, arrests 3 years after the start of supervision, and violent arrests 3 years after the start of supervision than the VPI group. In addition, offenders in the 2008 group were violated, served warrants, and apprehended swifter than offenders in the 2004 group. Finally, offenders in the VPI group were more likely to have their supervision revoked for a new offense, a violent new offense, and a technical violation when compared to the 2004 sample. An analysis of the substance treatment aspect of VPI yielded inconclusive results due to limitations in data collection. Overall, evidence supports the theory that when compared to the intensive supervision program in place prior to VPI, the Violence Prevention Initiative aids in the reduction of crime, and administers swift and certain sanctions when supervision is violated.

Details: Towson, MD: Maryland Statistical Analysis Center (MSAC) Governors Office of Crime Control and Prevention, 2014. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.jrsa.org/sac-spotlight/maryland/vpi-eval.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://www.jrsa.org/sac-spotlight/maryland/vpi-eval.pdf

Shelf Number: 133528

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Intensive Supervision
Parole Supervision
Parolees
Violence Prevention (Maryland)
Violent Crime
Violent Offenders

Author: Gately, Natalie

Title: The 'oldest tricks in the book' don't work! Reports of burglary by DUMA detainees in Western Australia

Summary: Research investigating the methods and motivations of burglars has typically focused on incarcerated offenders. The Australian Institute of Criminology's Drug Use Monitoring in Australia (DUMA) program provided an opportunity for the authors to explore the methods and motivations of those actively involved in committing burglaries, whether or not they had actually been caught or detained for that offence. The findings support Routine Activity Theory, indicating that offenders consider a number of factors in determining whether a property will be targeted for a break and enter offence. As might be expected, opportunistic burglars choose easy to access properties, stay a minimum length of time and take goods that can be disposed of easily. It was concluded that simple prevention strategies could minimise the risk of becoming a victim of opportunistic burglary, which also has implications for law enforcement, the security industry and insurance agencies.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2014. 9p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice, No. 489: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi489.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi489.pdf

Shelf Number: 133962

Keywords:
Burglars (Australia)
Burglary
Crime Prevention
Offender Decision-Making
Property Crimes
Routine Activity Theory

Author: Brown, Radhika

Title: Getting Safety on Track. Expanding Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines to Improve Women's Perceptions of Safety at Transit Stations

Summary: People base their travel choices on their perceptions of personal safety in environments such as transit stations. Women are more likely to perceive public spaces as threatening and they use public transit more than men, to access fundamental needs such as employment, childcare, education and healthcare. Effective design can reduce crime and fear by creating defensible spaces that assert ownership, and offer opportunities for natural surveillance. This is the underlying concept of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED). Creating transit stations that make users feel safe could potentially increase use of public transit among women, particularly at off-peak hours. Identifying elements that affect women's feelings of safety in suburban (non-central) surface LRT stations in Edmonton can guide future station development, and reduce experiences of fear in existing stations for a safer and more inclusive transit system. The aim of this study is to determine how the City of Edmonton can better address women's safety in suburban (non-central) surface LRT stations through expanding their existing design guidelines to incorporate both CPTED guidelines as well as additional elements addressed by the safety audit checklist provided in the City of Edmonton's Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention (2000). The main questions guiding research are: 1. In what ways do the City of Edmonton's existing LRT Design Guidelines for Edmonton Transit System (ETS) incorporate CPTED guidelines, if at all? 2. What are the similarities and differences between the CPTED guidelines and the criteria that enhance safety in public spaces as noted in the Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention developed by the City of Edmonton, which is based on the Metropolitan Action Committee on Violence Against Women and Children (METRAC) Women's Safety Audit Guide? 3. How can the City of Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines be expanded to enhance women's safety at above-ground suburban light-rail transit stations? The research involved a review of the published literature on gendered fear of crime in public spaces, the relationship of the built environment to perceptions of safety, and situational crime prevention. This was followed by a document review of the City of Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines for Edmonton Transit System (ETS) (2011), as well as CPTED guidelines from the existing literature. A safety audit was undertaken using the a slightly modified version of the Checklist of Safety Audit for Crime Prevention in the City of Edmonton's Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention (2000). The key CPTED principles of natural surveillance, territorial definition, compatible building placement, and building form formed the broad framework under which the specific concerns addressed by the safety audit were classified. The findings of the safety audits conducted at Clareview and Century Park stations showed that there had been some, but not full, integration of CPTED principles in the design and upkeep of these stations. The newer Century Park station benefitted from the transparency resulting from the extensive use of glass in the building, and offered better natural surveillance opportunities than the older Clareview station which used concrete and had no windows on the lower level. Century Park was also noticeably better-maintained than Clareview, where signs of vandalism, disrepair, and poor maintenance contributed to feelings of insecurity. Both stations were fairly isolated at night, due to lack of activity-generating land uses in the immediate area of the station. The findings of the safety audit emphasize the importance of natural surveillance and territorial definition (maintenance and defensibility of space) in creating feelings of safety in transit users. Recommendations were formulated based on the findings of the safety audits: Conduct safety audits at all LRT stations. The results of these safety audits could then inform the design of future LRT stations in the expanding network, and provide a CPTED framework that is better tailored to the specific opportunities and challenges of the Edmonton transit system.

Details: Kingston, ONT: School of Urban and Regional Planning, Queen's University, 2013. 77p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: http://qspace.library.queensu.ca/bitstream/1974/8328/1/Brown_Radhika_201309_MPL.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Canada

URL: http://qspace.library.queensu.ca/bitstream/1974/8328/1/Brown_Radhika_201309_MPL.pdf

Shelf Number: 134081

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
Design Against Crime
Fear of Crime
Transit Crime (Canada)
Transit Safety
Transportation Security

Author: Dennis, Stephen

Title: Evaluation and Crime Prevention: An Investigation of Evaluation and Monitoring of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design Initiatives in New Zealand

Summary: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) has become an increasingly popular tool for local authorities to adopt in their effort to reduce and prevent crime. Scholars have drawn attention to the shortcomings of crime prevention approaches including the proliferation of negative side-effects, its adoption for political reasons, and its role in causing social exclusion, all of which undermine the credibility of such approaches. However, the effectiveness of CPTED is rarely questioned by practitioners who commonly consider that it is guaranteed to produce positive results. As such, the practice of evaluation is largely a forgotten process whereby its value to a more informed, ethical, and effective delivery of CPTED remains untapped. The purpose of this research was to investigate the evaluation and monitoring process of CPTED projects and initiatives by local authorities in New Zealand. This was achieved by adopting an interpretive-qualitative research approach in order to gain the views and opinions of those experienced with the use of CPTED. The findings of the research suggest that issues which undermine the effectiveness of CPTED exist in the New Zealand context including examples of negative side effects and the common perception among practitioners that results will always produce positive results. Unsurprisingly, the research found that evaluation remains a neglected element of CPTED delivery in New Zealand, however, practitioners illustrated that they were aware of the benefits that evaluation can provide. Importantly, the findings suggest that there is a growing interest in undertaking evaluation among New Zealand practitioners however a number of barriers and limitations restrict opportunities to do so. These barriers included reliability and availability of crime statistics, lack of knowledge, loss of knowledge, fear of failure, limited resources, and the importance of service delivery. This research has identified several ways in which CPTED evaluation can be facilitated and encouraged throughout New Zealand. This includes providing training for evaluation and including evaluation as a prerequisite of funding provision. Additionally, evaluation can be encouraged through the promotion of methods and measures which are sympathetic to the realities and restrictions that practitioners face in their daily routines. Finally, greater central guidance is required which could be facilitated through the establishment of a professional CPTED body and a centre for information providing access to research findings and information allowing practitioners to learn from past, and each others, experiences. Through these means a better indication of CPTEDs effectiveness can be gained. By facilitating the adoption of CPTED evaluation practitioners can work towards a more informed, effective, ethical, and sustainable delivery of CPTED throughout New Zealand.

Details: Dunedin, NZ: University of Otago, 2012. 158p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://otago.ourarchive.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10523/3971/DennisStephen2013MPlan.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2012

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://otago.ourarchive.ac.nz/bitstream/handle/10523/3971/DennisStephen2013MPlan.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 134140

Keywords:
Built Environment
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Secured by Design

Author: Barnsley, Ken

Title: Report to Salford SRB 5 Executive. Integrating and Sustaining Communities Salford's SRB 5 Final Programme Evaluation

Summary: This document presents Quaternion's evaluation of the Salford SRB Round 5 Programme, Integrating and Sustaining Communities. The overall purpose of the evaluation was to look at the initial conditions of the area, covering the issues the programme set out to tackle; the schemes, objectives and strategy; an analysis of the outputs and outcomes of the programme; the process of regeneration and neighbourhood renewal; the overall achievements of the scheme and the main lessons learned that can be taken forward for future regeneration in Salford. The programme aimed to target Seedley and Langworthy and to address economic and social needs across Salford. At the time of the bid Seedley and Langworthy was a small residential area with a concentration of 3000 or so terraced houses, with significant problems of decline in the housing market, high levels of unemployment, high crime and anti-social behaviour. Other parts of inner city Salford experience similar issues in terms of high levels of unemployment, poor educational attainment and high levels of social exclusion and poverty; these areas being targets for the Social Inclusion programme. In addition to these issues there was a need to provide support to local businesses and ensure that people from deprived communities were able to benefit from job opportunities in Salford and the surrounding labour market; issues that were tackled through the Economic Development Programme. The programme had five strategic objectives and achieved most of the significant outcomes it aimed for in 1999: - Reducing unemployment and increasing business growth, improving educational attainment as the contribution to SO1: Enhancing Employment Education and Skills - There was a reduction in poverty across the City and positive impacts on communities experiencing exclusion as the contribution to SO2 Tackling Social Exclusion - The programme set about and achieved the start of sustainable regeneration in Seedley and Langworthy, introduced new methods of managing the housing stock and innovative approaches to improving the environment for SO3: Sustainable physical regeneration - It assisted in the stabilisation of the housing market in Seedley and Langworthy and helped businesses to grow and invest as part of SO4: Economic Growth - It increased the confidence to report crime and reduced both crime and the fear of crime as its contribution to SO5: Improving Community Safety In addition to making progress towards the outcomes, the programme more than achieved in terms of target outputs: with more than twice as many jobs created as set out in the bid; many more community and voluntary organisations supported; almost 250 new businesses established and thriving and many more people than anticipated benefiting from community safety initiatives. Some of the most dynamic impacts and achievements have been realised in Seedley and Langworthy and key stakeholders cited improvements to the physical fabric of the area in terms of the housing and environment and equally important, improvements in community spirit and the involvement of local people in their area.

Details: Manchester, UK: QUARTERNION, 2007. 155p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.salford.gov.uk/d/srb5-evaluation1.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.salford.gov.uk/d/srb5-evaluation1.pdf

Shelf Number: 134310

Keywords:
Community Safety
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime (U.K.)
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime
Urban Neighborhoods

Author: Morgan, Nick

Title: An evaluation of government/law enforcement interventions aimed at reducing metal theft

Summary: Executive summary - While most acquisitive crimes have fallen consistently over the past five years, metal theft increased between 2009 and 2011 in line with a sharp rise in global metal prices. It then fell during 2012 and 2013. - This paper summarises results of analyses which aimed to test whether the decline from 2012 was caused primarily by the government/law enforcement interventions launched to address metal theft, or was simply due to metal prices falling back from their peak. - The analysis is based mainly on data for metal thefts held by the Energy Networks Association (ENA), though data from British Transport Police (BTP) are also used to verify the main results. The phased roll-out of Operation Tornado across England and Wales helps to identify the specific impact of the interventions, as distinct from other factors that might have contributed to the fall in metal thefts. - The analysis found that metal thefts recorded by the Energy Networks Association and by British Transport Police fell to levels far lower during 2012 and 2013 than would be expected from the drop in metal prices alone. - This implies that the interventions launched during that period, Operation Tornado and cashless trading at scrap metal dealers (described below), did contribute to a substantial reduction in the number of offences. - Analysis showed a large, statistically significant effect for the interventions even when controlling for metal prices and other factors driving acquisitive crime. - Scotland, which did not receive the interventions, had a rising trend in metal theft during the post-intervention period, according to the Energy Networks Association data. This adds further weight to the main finding, and suggests that some metal theft may have been displaced north of the border. - As with most retrospective evaluations, there are necessary limitations with both the data and the methodology employed, but these findings are in line with the limited existing evidence from other nations.

Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 80: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/398511/horr80.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/398511/horr80.pdf

Shelf Number: 134480

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Metal Theft (U.K.)
Property Theft
Scrap Metal Theft
Stealing

Author: Bradham, Douglas D.

Title: Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative: Benefit-to-Cost Analysis of Springfield and Boston Sites

Summary: This Benefit to Cost Analysis was conducted as a preliminary investigation into the value of the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) implemented in Massachusetts (MA) as an effort to curb violent crime in eleven cities across the State. The American Institutes for Research (AIR) and WestEd are conducting a series of studies on the effectiveness of the SSYI program on behalf of the MA Executive Office of Health and Human Services. In this study we use the results of an Interrupted Time Series (ITS) study examining SSYI's impact on community violence victimizations (Petrosino, et al., 2014), to derive an estimate of SSYI's prevention benefits over the 2012 to 2013 funding period. Boston and Springfield, as the state's two largest cities involved in SSYI, were chosen for the analysis, pending receipt of additional cost data from the other nine SSYI cites; as such, the findings in this report should be considered preliminary in terms of placing a total benefit to cost estimate on the entire SSYI initiative. Three descriptive objectives were investigated: (1) to estimate the site-specific costs to society of implementing the SSYI interventions in Boston and Springfield, from January 2012 through December 2013; (2) to estimate the potential economic benefits of the crime victimization reductions documented in the ITS study by applying reliable estimates of the economic losses incurred when violent crimes are committed; and (3) to estimate the average annual ratio of society's benefit-to-cost ratios (BCR), after all amounts have been adjusted to 2013 values. This study utilized methods consistent with recommendations for program evaluation in public health prevention, and conservative estimates from a 2010 study that estimated the costs of violent crimes in Boston, adjusted to dollar values for 2013 (Drummond, et al, 2005; Brownson, et al, 2010; Gold et al, 1996; Haddix, et al, 2003). We proportionally adjusted Springfield's costs-savings estimate based on SSYI wage rate comparison to Boston's SSYI wages. Boston's 2013 value of 99.7 million in potential cost savings per 10% reduction in crime rate was used as the "benefit of prevention" for each city. This annual cost savings ("benefit of prevention") of violent crimes for each city was then placed over the city's estimated, annual societal intervention costs, and Benefit-to-Cost Ratios (BCR) calculated.

Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2014. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Benefit%20to%20Cost%20Analysis%20of%20Boston%20and%20Springfield%20SSYI%20Programs.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Benefit%20to%20Cost%20Analysis%20of%20Boston%20and%20Springfield%20SSYI%20Programs.pdf

Shelf Number: 134503

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis (Boston)
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Williams, Naomi

Title: 100 Promising Practices on Safer Cities: Collation of Urban Safety Practices

Summary: As crime and violence becomes an even greater concern for residents in urban areas globally, two general approaches have been developed to address this scourge. On one hand, national governments have attempted to reinforce security through repression. These repressive measures include increasing police manpower, increasing the term of prison sentences, and applying repressive measures which are difficult to administer and at the same time questionable, e.g. "zero tolerance". Such measures can also include curfews for minors or the lowering of the age of legal responsibility. The second approach favours prevention in addition to repression. This can be undertaken in two ways. One way involves the centralisation of the fight against insecurity by making police officers the key players in the matter and subordinating the prevention' practitioners to them. The other tends to decentralise the fight through the delegation to the local authorities of the leadership through a partnership between civil associations in which the police can participate. It should be noted that in the two approaches, one often sees police reform applied in parallel to the implementation of preventive actions. While the repressive approach has the advantage of having immediate effects which can satisfy the short-term demands of public opinion and the needs for effectiveness of the political class, it is clearly evident, however, that the cost of repression is much higher than that of prevention and that prevention has a long term and broad range of effects on quality of life. A social call for safer cities and urban spaces is nowadays clearly voiced. Such a demand concerns directly all those who are responsible for urban development projects. Bearing this in mind, UN-Habitat has embarked on the progressive development of an urban safety approach that builds on a culture of prevention within a sustainable human settlement and more specifically a sustainable urban development agenda The development of this urban approach to crime and violence prevention reveals that the principles governing the layout, functionality and management of streets and urban spaces that determine quality of urban life are close to those that contribute to feelings of safety of urban users. That is why urban safety has become an accepted goal of urban development projects and has provided local authorities and urban stakeholders with a great opportunity to take advantage of the Safer Cities approach to change the face of cities for the better - to produce better quality of life for urban residents, to enhance values of citizenship and social cohesion and to create liveable urban environments. But equally, without documenting lessons from practice on the application of the prevention approach at the local level, there is an enormous risk that urban stakeholders continue to apply the prevention models of two decades ago that have achieved little impact due to their design and lack of systematization - consequently the scourge of crime and violence continues to perpetuate itself in those cities and communities and more segregated urban communities continue to be produced offering no social context or cohesion, no new hopes or possibilities for the most vulnerable groups in the society. There is plenty of evidence about the right and wrong ways to go about the prevention and reduction of urban crime and violence and there is a gathering consensus that the way forward is enhancing multi-dimensional, multi-stakeholder, integrated and holistic approaches to urban safety. Yet there is still not much debate and application of the principles of this approach to urban safety to address the problem of delivery of urban safety for all. The problem of delivery is multifaceted, however two key aspects can be underlined: the weak institutional capacity of local government in many countries often manifested by bad urban governance, planning and management practices; and the lack of political will to decentralize national security policies to the institutions of local government, often seeing local as the interface of the police station with local communities. Coupled with this, is the fact that in the face of rising crime and violence, many local authorities resort to short term quick win actions as opposed to long term social prevention measures which many suspect as more costly to plan and develop. In addition, planning authorities are not well enough informed about the multi-sectoral benefits which are associated with holistic approaches on the prevention of urban crime and enhancement of urban safety, to incorporate these more enlightened principles more robustly in their urban planning, urban management and urban governance principles, nor confident enough to work to actively implement this type of safety-conscious urban development. Accordingly, this report, which presents the case for urban safety, has been written with two audiences in mind - public authorities on the one hand and urban stakeholders on the other hand. The goal of this report is not to be prescriptive but rather to foster an understanding of how the safer cities model has evolved from practice and to provide a source of reference for the elaboration of UN Guidelines on Safer Cities. The 100 practices have been classified into 5 categories : - YOUTH SAFETY PRACTICES - GENDER SAFETY PRACTICES - URBAN DEVELOPMENT SAFETY PRACTICES - COMMUNITY MOBILIZATION SAFETY PRACTICES - POLICING & SECURITY SAFETY PRACTICES - GOVERNANCE SAFETY PRACTICES

Details: s.l.:Global Network of Safer Cities, 2014. 214p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: http://efus.eu/files/2014/12/100-Promising-Practices-on-Safer-Cities-1-1.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: International

URL: http://efus.eu/files/2014/12/100-Promising-Practices-on-Safer-Cities-1-1.pdf

Shelf Number: 134591

Keywords:
Cities
Crime Prevention
Urban Areas (International)
Urban Crime

Author: Brown, Rick

Title: Explaining the property crime drop: The offender perspective

Summary: For more than a decade, Australia has witnessed a sustained reduction in property crime. Yet relatively little is known about what may have caused this decline. This study aimed to explore plausible explanations for the property crime drop by 'going to the source' and interviewing a sample of 994 police detainees as part of the Drug Use Monitoring in Australia (DUMA) Program. The results showed that less than half of police detainees were able to offer a reason for the property crime drop, highlighting the difficulties with asking for retrospective explanations for an observed event. Among those who gave a response, nine key themes were identified as potential reasons for the property crime drop. The most frequent of these related to improved security, improved policing and 'other' reasons. Less frequent responses related to increased affluence, increased imprisonment, improved community responses, changes in drug use, changes in the market for stolen goods and changes in crime recording. These findings provide a basis for future testing of hypotheses that might explain the property crime drop in Australia

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2015. 7p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & issues in crime and criminal justice, no. 495: : Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi495.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi495.pdf

Shelf Number: 134596

Keywords:
Crime Drop
Crime Prevention
Crime Statistics
Property Crime (Australia)

Author: De Stercke, Jeroen

Title: An integral methodology to develop an information-led and community-orientated policy to tackle domestic burglary

Summary: With over 8 registered burglaries every hour and yearly more than 69,568 registered burglaries and attempts, domestic burglary continues to be one of the biggest crime problems in Belgium. Furthermore, domestic burglary is one of the only crimes within the European Union which rises in intensity. Therefore, the policy makers need to take action. With the financial help from the European Commission, we were able to investigate this problem. This project focuses specifically on improving the policy for domestic burglary prevention, in which there is also a focus on itinerant crime groups. This was carried out by evaluating the national and European policy and by searching for possibilities to strengthen the approach. In regard to this, we developed, provided and widely diffused a methodological step-by-step plan to realize a dynamic burglary policy plan. This step-by-step plan materialized through the organization of advisory boards, focus groups, field visits and a World Cafe. With this methodological step-by-step plan, we want to support other Member States by developing multiple methods, and improve our own national policy. The action plan developed during this project can serve as an example of a good practice and therefore inspire the policy makers in the other Member States.

Details: Brussels: General Directorate Security and Prevention, Belgian Ministry of Internal Affairs, 2014? 70p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.domesticburglary.eu/sites/default/files/domestic_burglary_GB.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Europe

URL: http://www.domesticburglary.eu/sites/default/files/domestic_burglary_GB.pdf

Shelf Number: 134599

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Domestic Burglary (Europe)
Property Crimes

Author: Ramirez, Debbie A.

Title: The greater London experience: essential lessons learned in law enforcement - community partnerships and terrorism prevention

Summary: Since the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, United States law enforcement has feared the sleeper cell - a small group of individuals sent from abroad by a foreign terrorist organization to live quietly in Muslim neighborhoods in the United States and wait for the signal to initiate pre-planned terrorist attacks. More recently, in large part as a result of the July 7, 2005 London attacks, United States law enforcement has recognized that similar dangers may arise from homegrown militants who are either born or raised in the United States, and who operate with little or no support from foreign terrorist organizations. Information that would likely be most helpful to exposing these potential dangers lies in Muslim communities in a small number of United States cities. United States law enforcement, however, has been slow to reach out to them for assistance and guidance and develop meaningful relationships with them. Our research has shown that a significant reason for this disconnect is that United States law enforcement does not appear to know how to effectively connect with these communities. British law enforcement is far ahead of the United States both in thinking creatively about building bridges to its Muslim communities and implementing community policing programs that produce constructive interactions between these communities and various branches of law enforcement. Because they began their efforts well before the July 7, 2005 London bombings, British law enforcement was able to see firsthand how their connections with the Muslim community, particularly in the Bradford/Leeds area of England, helped them quickly identify the bombers and develop leads that were critical to their investigation. In the wake of those bombings, British law enforcement has worked even harder to expand their community policing efforts with their Muslim communities. These efforts have proven fruitful on multiple fronts, including in August 2006, when a tip from the Muslim community helped British police thwart a terrorist plot to detonate bombs on international flights departing from London's Heathrow Airport. In short, British law enforcement is far ahead of our own in connecting with Muslim communities, even though Muslim communities in Great Britain are significantly less prosperous and more alienated from the mainstream than Muslim communities in the United States. The premise of this paper is that we have much to learn from what they have begun.

Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Partnering for Prevention & Community Safety Initiative, 2011. 44p.

Source: Internet Resource: Partnering for Prevention & Community Safety Initiative Publications Paper no. 5: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=pfp_pubs

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=pfp_pubs

Shelf Number: 134906

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Minority Groups
Muslims
Partnerships
Police-Community Relations
Terrorism

Author: Portland State University

Title: Decreasing Crime By Increasing Involvement: A Law Enforcement Guidebook For Building Relations In Multi-Ethnic Communities

Summary: In 2010, Oregon's Governor-appointed Law Enforcement Contacts Policy and Data Review Committee (LECC), through its partnership with the CJPRI, formed a partnership with the Salem Police Department to collaborate on creating this guidebook as a resource for Oregon law enforcement agencies. The booklet was created with the realization and understanding that law enforcement agencies have many demands, competing priorities, and limited resources with which to meet their goals. This resource is intended to assist agencies that would like to improve upon their current strategies for connecting with the ethnic communities they serve by providing: - Information on key elements of improving police-citizen relations. - Examples of specific Oregon law enforcement agency efforts. (case illustrations are provided throughout this guidebook) - Information for finding resources for your own efforts.

Details: Portland, OR: Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 2011. 75p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.pdx.edu/cjpri/sites/www.pdx.edu.cjpri/files/Decreasing_Crime_By_Increasing_Involvement.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United States

URL: http://www.pdx.edu/cjpri/sites/www.pdx.edu.cjpri/files/Decreasing_Crime_By_Increasing_Involvement.pdf

Shelf Number: 134948

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Minority Groups
Multi-Ethnic Communities
Police-Community Relations

Author: Villettaz, Patrice

Title: The Effects on Re-offending of Custodial vs. Non-custodial Sanctions: An Updated Systematic Review of the State of Knowledge

Summary: As part of a broad initiative of systematic reviews of experimental or quasi-experimental evaluations of interventions in the field of crime prevention and the treatment of offenders, our work consisted in searching through all available databases for evidence concerning the effects of custodial and non-custodial sanctions on re-offending. For this purpose, we examined, in 2006, more than 3,000 abstracts, and identified more than 300 possibly eligible studies. For the update, nearly 100 additional potentially eligible studies published or completed between 2003 and 2013 have been identified. For the update, 10 matched-pair design studies and one RCT have been abstracted. One study (Bergman 1976) that, in 2006, had been classified as an RCT turned out, after closer examination, to have been quasi-experimental with respect to the comparison of the custodial and the non-custodial groups. As a result, it has been "downgraded" and included among the quasi-experimental studies in this update. The findings of the update confirm one of the major results of the first report, namely that the rate of re-offending after a non-custodial sanction is lower than after a custodial sanction in most comparisons. However, this is true mostly for quasi-experimental studies using weaker designs, whereas experimental evaluations and natural experiments yield results that are less favourable to non-custodial sanctions. It can be concluded that results in favour of non-custodial sanctions in the majority of quasi-experimental studies may reflect insufficient control of pre-intervention differences between prisoners and those serving "alternative" sanctions.

Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2015. 92p.

Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Reviews, 2015:1: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/?go=monograph&year=2015

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/?go=monograph&year=2015

Shelf Number: 135108

Keywords:
Alternatives to Incarceration
Crime Prevention
Custodial Sentences
Re-Offending
Recidivism

Author: Moore, Kristin A.

Title: Preventing Violence: A Review of Research, Evaluation, Gaps, and Opportunities

Summary: Rates of violence have declined substantially in the United States across all types of violence. Nevertheless, rates of violence and the numbers of children and youth affected by violence remain high compared with other countries. Moreover, data indicate great variation across states and communities. The fact that there is so much variation across states and countries suggests that there is substantial opportunity to reduce high rates of violence. Violence comes, of course, in many forms. In this report, we use the following definition of violence: "The intentional use of physical force or power, threatened or actual, against oneself, another person, or against a group or community that either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury, death, psychological harm, maldevelopment, or deprivation." While Child Trends takes the lens of the child in this review, violence is often intergenerational; hence adults are frequently critical actors. Our purview includes varied forms of violence, including child maltreatment, crime/delinquency, gang violence, intimate partner violence, suicide, self-harm, and general physical aggression. Our review identifies a number of critical themes. - Violence appears in many forms, but there are common determinants across types of violence; these are the risk and protective factors that are found across types of violence. A child or family that experiences multiple risk factors and few protective factors faces a particularly high risk of experiencing violence, either as a victim, as a perpetrator, or both. - While the U.S. has high rates of violence compared with other countries, many programs and approaches have been identified that could reduce violence, if scaled up with quality. - Prevention of violence is preferable to treatment, but emerging evidence from neuroscientists indicates significant plasticity of the human brain, including individuals experiencing trauma, supporting the perspective that treatment can make a difference. - Social and economic disparities are strongly correlated with violence and are malleable; however, we have not focused on these because other interventions seem more realistic. - Interventions are available at the level of individuals, the family, schools, and communities. - For individuals, problems with self-regulation, sleep, hostile attributions about other people's intentions, and abuse of substances are risk factors. While mental health problems are not generally a cause of violence, the combination of substance use and mental health issues does elevate the risk of violence. Individuals with mental health issues and disabilities are more likely to be victims of violence. - Family factors represent an important determinant of violence. Potential interventions include the prevention of unintended pregnancy, programs to prevent and treat intimate partner violence, and parenting education. - Schools are another important locus for intervention, and efforts to improve school climate include a focus on improving engagement, safety, and environment by developing social and emotional skills, reduction of bullying and other physical and emotional safety issues, and creating consistent and fair disciplinary policies. - High levels of violence across the U.S. compared with other countries suggest that there are beliefs, values, and policies underlying our national culture that, if better understood and thoughtfully discussed, could reduce violence. - Many of the interventions that might be pursued to reduce violence are useful in their own right (e.g., reducing substance abuse); the fact that these interventions can also reduce violence should give them added importance and urgency.

Details: Bethesda, MD: Child Trends, 2015. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/2015-15FuturesWithoutViolence1.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/2015-15FuturesWithoutViolence1.pdf

Shelf Number: 135146

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Interventions
Violence (U.S.)
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Smith, Dennis C.

Title: An Empirical Assessment of NYPD's "Operation Impact": A Targeted Zone Crime Reduction Strategy

Summary: About a decade ago one of the leading students of policing in America, David Bayley in a widely-praised book, Police for the Future, wrote "The Police do not prevent crime. This is one of the best kept secrets of modern life. Experts know it, the police know it, yet the police pretend that they are society's best defense against crime." In making this observation about the "myth" that police prevent crime Bayley was echoing the conclusion written more than two decades earlier of another distinguished expert, James Q. Wilson, who wrote in his pioneering empirical study of eight police departments, Varieties of Police Behavior, that the police administrator "is in the unhappy position of being responsible for an organization that lacks a proven technology for achieving its purpose". Bayley was in the position to go further than Wilson and base his conclusion on research that "consistently failed to find any connection between the number of police officers and crime rates," and studies of "primary strategies adopted by modern police" that found "little or no effect on crime". In the past decade and a half in the crime laboratory called New York City, these dire assessments of the plight of the police and by extension of the public have undergone a substantial revision. At the time Bayley published his commentary on the myth of police efficacy in preventing crime, New York City had used new police resources provided by Safe Streets, Safe City and a new police strategy called "community policing" to begin a reversal of an upward crime trend that had lasted more than a decade, and peaked in 1990 with more than 2,200 homicides. In 1993, a new anti-corruption system that would over time produce a two-thirds reduction in complaints of police corruption had been designed and implemented by then Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly, and in 1994 a new management system at the City, Borough, and Precinct level was being introduced that committed the police to fighting crime as the highest priority. Since then, crime has dramatically declined in every borough and every precinct in the City. The remarkable achievement of crime reductions achieved from 1988 though 2001, led many to question whether it would be possible for a new administration to continue the relentless downward trend in crime. The fear that crime had been brought down as much as was possible was not entirely unreasonable. Criminologists have long tracked the cyclical nature of crime patterns, and most people instinctively understand the economic concept of a "declining marginal return on investment," the idea that "low hanging fruit" are found and harvested first, and that the challenges of production grow increasingly more difficult after that. For those who firmly believe, despite evidence, that the economy in New York rebounded after crime came down, that economic trends explain the crime rate, the economic downturn following the 911 attack further fueled pessimism about the prospects of continuing the successful fight against crime in New York. Across the United States, the skepticism expressed in New York has been validated in cities large and small. After a decade long decline in crime in America's big cities, recent national crime statistics show a disturbing upward turn. An October, 2006, Police Executive Research Forum report, "A Gathering Storm: Violent Crime in America," documents that shift, which it finds became evident in the 2005 crime statistics. New York City, which led the national decline, is an exception to this much noted reversal. The New York Times reported in late March, 2007, homicides in New York City were averaging fewer than one per day. Although by the end of May, with the City was recording slightly more than one murder per day, the trend is downward by almost 17% in the first five months of the year. As of the end of May, 2007, NYPD showed an almost 9% drop in total major crimes for the year to date. When crime declined over the past decade, some criminologists pointed to declines in other cities, even though they were less than New York's, to say that NYC was part of a national trend, and thus discounted claims that anything special had been accomplished by NYPD. Now that New York is clearly not following the national pattern, attention returns to the question: what is New York doing to reduce crime?

Details: New York: New York University Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service, 2007. 58p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://urbanizationproject.org/uploads/blog/Dennis_Smith_Impact_Zone_Policing_Report.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United States

URL: http://urbanizationproject.org/uploads/blog/Dennis_Smith_Impact_Zone_Policing_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 135165

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Focused Deterrence
Problem-Oriented Policing (New York City)

Author: Nadasdy, Michael

Title: Hertfordshire Taxi Marshal Schemes: Evaluation Report

Summary: Taxi ranks have always been reported, at least anecdotally, as a focus of disorder in the night time economy. Generally, the people that gather there do so in numbers, at the end of the evening after having consumed alcohol (often to excess). When combined with disagreements as people bump up against each other and jostle for places on the rank it is unsurprising that taxi ranks can be flashpoints for violence and disorder. Any scheme that aims to disperse groups quickly and peacefully away from the night time economy centre should be welcomed. It is widely recognised that a range of initiatives are required in order to tackle the complex issues surrounding consumption of alcohol in the night time economy - from high visibility police patrols to alcohol workers in A and E departments. Taxi Marshalls are considered a valuable part of this range of interventions. With this in mind, Taxi Marshalls were first introduced in Hertfordshire in October 2005. The first marshalled rank was located in St Albans. Subsequent schemes were rolled out in November of the same year (Watford and Hertford), January 2006 (Stevenage) and December 2006 (Hitchin). A further scheme was introduced at Batchwood Hall night club in St Albans in November 2009. The aim of Taxi Marshalls is to reduce incidents of disorder on and around the taxi rank by providing an 'official' presence. Taxi Marshalls are not accredited to the constabulary and have no formal powers however all are Security Industry Authority (SIA) affiliated. The Marshalls have been trained in many aspects of disorder and crowd control such as diffusing aggression and mediation techniques.

Details: Hertfordshire, UK: County Community Safety Unit, 2011. 15p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.stevenage.gov.uk/content/committees/55185/55780/56197/56200/Safer-Stronger-DS-12June2012-Item6-AppendixA.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.stevenage.gov.uk/content/committees/55185/55780/56197/56200/Safer-Stronger-DS-12June2012-Item6-AppendixA.pdf

Shelf Number: 135245

Keywords:
Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder
Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.)
Crime Prevention
Disorderly Conduct
Incivilities
Night Time Economy
Nuisance Behaviors
Taxi Marshalls

Author: Bamfield, Joshua

Title: Changing Retail, Changing Loss Prevention

Summary: At one time, protecting a retail corporation's assets was a role seen primarily as a policing one and retailers employed personnel (often with a police or military background) to carry out this task. The main role was to apprehend thieves stealing from the organisation and to prevention violent crime. The expectation was that this role was to be carried out mostly by arresting malefactors and handing them to the police. The value of retail security was often judged in terms of the numbers of arrests made and the efficiency of individual loss prevention officers would frequently be measured in terms of whether they had achieved their target number of arrests. Starting with the U.S. the 'retail security' (ie policing) model of loss prevention has been increasingly disparaged. The role of loss prevention, as its name suggests, has been to minimise retail loss rather than arresting large numbers of people. Loss prevention has been seen as being more concerned with financial and operational performance capable of reducing or preventing losses of all kinds. Specialist skills of investigation and arresting thieves without creating civil liability are of course essential to loss prevention work, but they only form part of what is required. The emphasis increasingly has been upon the prevention and deterrence of offending, and much less upon apprehending as many thieves as is practicable. Indeed, at its best, a good loss prevention department might have no arrests at all if its prevention work is of a very high order, although in practical terms this is highly unlikely. Apprehending thieves, processing them and handing them to the police (inevitably involving some court appearances) is extremely expensive and often costs more than the merchandise recovered when a thief is caught. Loss prevention specialists certainly patrol the stores and investigate suspicious employee behaviour, but loss prevention also includes preparing improved procedures, ensuring greater conformity with company loss prevention policy, training staff to be more aware of potential loss, analysing loss and working with other departments to mitigate actual or potential losses caused by error or procedural failures (as well as loss caused by crime), and helping to develop new policies needed for the changing pattern of retail losses, such as online losses or losses caused by the growing problem of refund/returns fraud.

Details: Newark, Nottinghamshire, UK: Centre for Retail Research, 2013. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://all-tag.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/GRTB_Changing_Retail_Changing_Loss_Prevention_2013.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://all-tag.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/GRTB_Changing_Retail_Changing_Loss_Prevention_2013.pdf

Shelf Number: 135305

Keywords:
Crime Against Businesses
Crime Prevention
Employee Theft
Loss Prevention
Retail Security
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: Kantorowicz, Elena

Title: Any-Where Any-Time: Ambiguity and the Perceived Probability of Apprehension

Summary: Enforcement is a costly endeavour. Thus, governments ought to be innovative in designing less costly policies, yet, effective in preventing crime. To this end, this paper suggests using insights from behavioural law and economics. Empirical evidence demonstrates that police have an important effect in deterring crime. However, increasing the number of policemen is a costly policy. Therefore, this paper explores policy changes which exploit offender's ambiguity aversion in order to reduce crime without increasing the police force. Namely, empirical evidence suggests that criminals are better deterred by ambiguous detection. Thus, this paper analyses the ways to randomize the apprehension strategies to meet this end. Furthermore, it provides new evidence, based on a survey, that potential violators are largely not aware of policy changes. Inasmuch as the information regarding the intensified uncertainty is essential to its success, this paper discusses the possibility to increase criminals' awareness through the 'availability heuristic'.

Details: Rotterdam: Erasmus University, Rotterdam Institute of Law and Economics, 2014. 33p.

Source: Internet Resource: Rotterdam Institute of Law and Economics (RILE) Working Paper Series, No. 2014/11: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2202329

Year: 2014

Country: International

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2202329

Shelf Number: 135371

Keywords:
Costs of Criminal Justice
Crime Prevention
Criminal Apprehension
Criminal Deterrence
Law Enforcement

Author: United States. Postal Service. Office of Inspector General

Title: Postal Inspection Service Mail Covers Program

Summary: In fiscal year 2013, the U.S. Postal Inspection Service processed about 49,000 mail covers. A mail cover is an investigative tool used to record data appearing on the outside of a mail-piece. Law enforcement agencies use this information to protect national security; locate fugitives; obtain evidence; or help identify property, proceeds, or assets forfeitable under criminal law. A mail cover is justified when it will further an investigation or provide evidence of a crime. The U.S. Postal Service is responsible for recording and forwarding the data to the Postal Inspection Service for further processing. Postal Service and law enforcement officials must ensure compliance with privacy policies to protect the privacy of customers, employees, and other individuals' information. Our objective was to determine whether the Postal Service and Postal Inspection Service are effectively and efficiently handling mail covers according to Postal Service and federal requirements

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Postal Service, 2014. 21p.

Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report No. HR-AR-14-001: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: https://www.uspsoig.gov/sites/default/files/document-library-files/2014/hr-ar-14-001.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: https://www.uspsoig.gov/sites/default/files/document-library-files/2014/hr-ar-14-001.pdf

Shelf Number: 135373

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence
National Security
Postal Inspection (U.S.)

Author: Hirschfield, Alex

Title: The Health Impact Assessment of the Home Office Reducing Burglary Initiative

Summary: There is an increasing body of literature, which considers not only the negative health impacts of crime on individuals and communities, but also the nature and context of fear of crime. This element, which is not easily explained by either experience or risk of crime, has only recently been further explored. The health impacts of property crimes such as theft and burglary are, however, the least well documented of all crime types. Researchers have even less frequently examined the preventive and protective effects on health of crime prevention; this is probably the first study approaching this subject directly for the area of domestic burglary. Emerging Health Impact Assessment (HIA) methods offer mechanisms for identifying and exploring the potential links between health and non-health policies, programmes or projects (Lock, 2000). The current rapid HIA study has applied an 'off-the-shelf' method for HIA, the Merseyside Guidelines (Scott-Samuel et al., 1998) to the Home Office's national Reducing Burglary Initiative (RBI), both prospectively and retrospectively in selected local case study projects.

Details: Liverpool: Urban Research and Policy Evaluation Regional Research Laboratory (URPERRL), University of Liverpool, 2001. 89p., app.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.apho.org.uk/resource/item.aspx?RID=44393

Year: 2001

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.apho.org.uk/resource/item.aspx?RID=44393

Shelf Number: 135522

Keywords:
Burglary (U.K.)
Crime Prevention
Domestic Burglary
Fear of Crime
Psychological Health

Author: Rydberg, Jason

Title: Flint DDACTS Pilot Evaluation

Summary: In response to the public safety challenges posed by high levels of violent crime and local level law enforcement resource constraints, the Michigan State Police (MSP) have developed the "Secure Cities" initiative as part of its strategic plan. The Secure Cities initiative involves providing additional MSP enforcement resources to Detroit, Flint, Pontiac and Saginaw; using data-driven planning; and developing evidence-informed and evidence-based strategies for addressing high levels of violent crime. One specific strategy has been the implementation of the Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) in Flint. The Flint DDACTS initiative began enforcement activities in January 2012. The current evaluation examined the program as it operated between January 2012 and March 2014. This report presents the findings of the evaluation of the Flint DDACTS program, describing both trends in program activities and the effect of DDACTS on violent crime. Key Findings - The DDACTS strategy targeted five hotspots for violent crime in Flint, later expanded to include two additional hotspot areas. - MSP collected very detailed activity data from the Troopers involved in DDACTS. This reflected exceptional performance output measures. - A significant level of patrol resources with associated activities occurred in these hotspot areas. Indeed, over 22,000 traffic stops occurred between January 1, 2012 and March 2014 as part of the DDACTS initiative. Nearly three-quarters of the traffic stops occurred in the targeted hotspots. This equated to significant enforcement presence in the hotspot areas with over 600 traffic stops occurring each month in the hotspot areas - For every 100 traffic stops, there were nearly 95 verbal warnings, 2 citations, 14 arrests for misdemeanor and felony charges, and 17 fugitive arrests. - The heavy use of verbal warnings appears to reflect concern with maintaining positive relationships with Flint residents. - The high number of arrests per traffic stop reflects a very high level of enforcement productivity. - The initial set of analyses focused on the trend in violent crime in the DDACTS hotspot target areas. Violent crime (homicide, aggravated assaults, robberies, criminal sexual conduct, weapons offenses) declined 19 percent in the hotspot areas. The declines were observed in 14 of the 27 months of the DDACTS initiative. The remainder of the city experienced a 7 percent decline in violent crime. - Robberies declined 30 percent in the hotspot areas. The remainder of the city experienced a 2 percent decline in robberies. - Several analyses were undertaken to test rival explanations for the decline in violent crime. Specifically, "synthetic" comparison areas consisting of block groups within the city that were not subject to the DDACTS initiative were compared to the trend in violent crime in the hotspot areas. The findings indicated that the comparison areas also experienced a decline in violent crime.

Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2014. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/DDACTS-Report-Expanded_BJS_2012_BJ_CX_K036-1-2-FINAL.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/DDACTS-Report-Expanded_BJS_2012_BJ_CX_K036-1-2-FINAL.pdf

Shelf Number: 135656

Keywords:
Crime Analysis
Crime Hotspots
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices
Police Patrol
Stop and Search
Violent Crime

Author: Coleman, Nick

Title: A Randomised Controlled Trial on Public Information Provision

Summary: The NPIA's Research, Analysis and Information Unit (RAI) commissioned NatCen to design and carry out a survey based on a Randomised Controlled Trial (RCT) with members of the public. The overall aim was to assess the impact that information about crime and policing has on public perceptions. The research stems from a Home Office commitment to making maps of local data on crime and anti-social behaviour publicly available. The commitment is part of a broader strategy to increase the volume and quality of information accessible to the public on crime and policing, with a view to enhancing transparency and public knowledge, as well as fostering greater external scrutiny of police performance locally. By early 2009, all police forces in England and Wales were expected to provide information on crime mapping and neighbourhood policing on their websites, in line with the jointly-issued Code of Good Practice on local information provision The purpose of the study was to test the impact of crime maps on public perceptions, alongside other approaches to information provision. Overall, the study had four specific objectives: - To show whether crime maps have a positive impact on public perceptions when viewed under 'controlled' conditions (compared to no information). - To establish whether information about neighbourhood policing has a positive impact on public perceptions when viewed under 'controlled' conditions (compared to no information). - To find out whether a 'package' of information on crime and policing has an effect on public perception equal to, or greater than, crime maps on their own (compared to no information). - To discover whether online information and printed information have the same effect on public perceptions (compared to no information); this aim was subsequently excluded from the study at the pilot stage.

Details: London: National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA), 2009. 103p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Technical_Report_-_Crime_and_Policing_Information.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Technical_Report_-_Crime_and_Policing_Information.pdf

Shelf Number: 135747

Keywords:
Crime Maps
Crime Prevention
Neighborhood Policing
Police-Community Relations
Public Information
Public Opinion

Author: Prenzler, Tim

Title: Outsourcing of Policing Tasks: Scope and Prospects

Summary: This report examines developments internationally in private security, including the role of security in crime reduction. The review also examines forms of privatised and outsourced policing, and crime prevention partnerships between government and private security. Available evidence indicates that the current downward trend in crime internationally is largely attributable to the wide-scale uptake of security services across a range of institutional, commercial and domestic settings. Rising crime rates globally, and in Australia, appear to have been turned around, and long-term downward trends have set in across numerous offence categories. Growth in the security industry has included a variety of forms of outsourced and partnership policing. There is little evidence, internationally, of any deliberate and thorough-ongoing policies of privatisation of police departments. "Privatisation" has, instead, occurred primarily through market-driven growth in security. Growth has occurred in consumption by government, as well as private sector in-house and contract security. Despite the turnaround in crime rates, crime victimisation remains at high levels in many countries, including Australia. To address this problem, the traditional separation of police and private security needs to be systematically overcome through more organised and active partnerships. There are numerous case studies available of police working closely and successfully with private security, primarily through forms of crime prevention partnerships. These often involve local government and local business associations. Governments also need to make more of opportunities to reduce crime and reduce costs by installing advanced security systems and outsourcing security where a business case can be mounted. Governments also need to facilitate the general uptake of security in commercial, institutional and residential settings. This report concludes that there are enormous opportunities for governments, police and private security to achieve a synergetic effect in crime prevention. Although police and private security operate on different principles of private and public interests, contract arrangements and partnerships can be managed in ways that meet public interest criteria and satisfy democratic principles of accountability.

Details: Crows Nest, NSW: Australian security Industry Association, 2013. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: https://www.asial.com.au/documents/item/13

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: https://www.asial.com.au/documents/item/13

Shelf Number: 135774

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Private Policing
Private Security
Privatization

Author: Amiot, Michel

Title: Jamaica Constabulary Force: Three Year Anti-Gang Strategic Plan

Summary: In 2009, the Ministry of National Security (MNS) held a Symposium on Criminal Gangs in Jamaica. Among the key findings were: - Over the past two decades, Jamaica has experienced an increase in criminal gang activity, especially in the Kingston Metropolitan Area, where on average 80% of all murders occur annually; - The signing of a Peace Treaty between feuding gangs in St. Andrew Central, the control of bus terminals in Spanish Town by the major organized gangs and the rise of several gangs in St. James and Clarendon highlight the phenomena of gangs as an ongoing social crisis that critically and directly impacts on the state of crime and public safety in Jamaica; - Gangs are seen to be involved not only in traditional forms of criminal activity but also have expanded their range of activities to include sophisticated and technologically driven crimes; - The Jamaica Constabulary Force (JCF) estimated that there were at least two hundred (200) established gangs operating in Jamaica, mainly comprising of young men between the ages of 16 V 30 years old1. Intelligence estimates showed that one hundred and twenty (120) of these gangs were actively engaged in shootings, murders, and other serious crimes such as car-jacking and theft, robberies, extortions, contract killings, and drug and gun smuggling; and, - Despite the impact that gangs have on crime in Jamaica, there remain gaps in the understanding of the structure and organization of gangs, how gangs might be defined in the Jamaican context, and consequently how the issues might be effectively dealt with to ensure public safety and a reduction in crime and violence. The following three-year Anti-Gang Strategic Plan combines the following 12 strategic measures: - Establish a gang unit within Organized Crime Investigation Division (OCID); - Establish a dedicated uniformed gang enforcement unit in each of the 19 Geographic Divisions; - Develop and dedicate covert evidence gathering and covert tactical resources within the current Flying Squad; - Designate one company of the Mobile Reserve as a Gang Response Unit; - Conduct Gang Specific Training; - Strengthen the intelligence gathering and dissemination process; - Create operational Implementation Working Group; - Widen and strengthen Social Services umbrella group, under PIOJ's Community Renewal Program (CRP) as a basic coordination mechanism; - Ensure that S&JWG adapted, empowered and motivated to oversee implementation of anti-gang Strategic Plan; - Establish or strengthen a fully operational, independent and universal body, with the official mandate and competence to investigate and prosecute all Economic & Financial Crime offenders, wherever they may be in Jamaica; - Strengthen the Judiciary; and, - Employ an Anti-Gang programme manager.

Details: Kingston: Jamaica Constabulary, 2011. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 29, 2015 at: http://www.santarosa.fl.gov/coad/documents/threeyearantigangstrategy.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: Jamaica

URL: http://www.santarosa.fl.gov/coad/documents/threeyearantigangstrategy.pdf

Shelf Number: 135800

Keywords:
Anti-Gang Prevention
Crime Prevention
Gang Violence
Gangs
Homicides
Policing

Author: LexisNexis

Title: Social Media Use in Law Enforcement: Crime prevention and investigative activities continue to drive usage

Summary: Overview Social media is increasingly valuable to the way law enforcement professionals operate in both crime prevention and investigation. However, as social media use becomes more prevalent, there remain many questions regarding how exactly it is utilized to optimal effect in criminal investigations. LexisNexis, in a follow-up to its initial study in 2012, sought to further examine the law enforcement community's understanding of, and ongoing efforts to leverage social media. The LexisNexis 2014 Social Media Use in Law Enforcement report looks at current practices and processes and how the landscape has changed over the last two years in addition to new survey research areas.

Details: Los Angeles: LexisNexis, 2014. 9p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.lexisnexis.com/risk/downloads/whitepaper/2014-social-media-use-in-law-enforcement.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.lexisnexis.com/risk/downloads/whitepaper/2014-social-media-use-in-law-enforcement.pdf

Shelf Number: 135884

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police Investigations
Social Media

Author: Hulme, Shann

Title: Evaluation of the Victorian Community Crime Prevention Program: Final Report

Summary: The Community Crime Prevention Program (CCPP), established by the Victorian Government, aims to enhance communities' capacity to deliver local solutions to crime. It is part of a broader suite of initiatives to reduce the impact of criminal behaviour on Victorians. The Community Crime Prevention Unit (CCPU) is a business unit within the Department of Justice (DOJ) to administer the CCPP. The mainstay of the CCPP is a competitive grants program available to a wide variety of community organisations and local government authorities. Bodies that comply with the qualifying criteria are able to apply for funding in the allocated funding rounds. DOJ commissioned the Australian Institute of Criminology (AIC) to conduct an evaluation of the Victorian CCPP. In order to assess the strategic appropriateness and efficacy of the CCPP the AIC, in consultation with the CCPU and the Regional Directors forum that operates across the DOJ, developed a program logic model and evaluation framework. This informed the development of a comprehensive methodology combining qualitative and quantitative research methods. This included: consultation with key stakeholders; online survey of local government and community organisations; review of CCPP-sponsored interventions; and analysis of administrative data and program documentation relating to the operation of the CCPP.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2015. 102p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/special/008/Evaluation-Victorian-CCPP.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/special/008/Evaluation-Victorian-CCPP.pdf

Shelf Number: 135966

Keywords:
Community Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention

Author: Krisch, Maria

Title: Global Strategies to Reduce Violence by 50% in 30 Years. Findings from the WHO and University of Cambridge Global Violence Reduction Conference 2014

Summary: Is it possible to cut worldwide levels of interpersonal violence in half within the coming 30 years? This question was at the centre of the first Global Violence Reduction Conference 2014, jointly organised by the Violence Research Centre at the University of Cambridge and the World Health Organization. The conference lured experts out of their comfort zone, asking to reflect on big strategies to reduce violence by 50% in the next 30 years. It brought together 150 leading representatives from international organisations, academia, civil society institutions and philanthropic organisations to discuss how scientific knowledge can contribute to the advancement of this violence reduction goal. The main message of the conference was that a global violence reduction by 50% in the next 30 years is achievable if policy makers harness the power of scientific evidence on violence reduction. This report outlines important ideas presented at the conference that could help to reach this goal and groups them into six key policy recommendations: 1. TACKLE THE BIGGEST PROBLEM AREAS FIRST: FOCUS ON LOW- AND MIDDLE-INCOME COUNTRIES, HOT SPOTS AND TOP VIOLENT CITIES 2. STOP THE REINVENTION OF THE WHEEL: DISSEMINATE, ADAPT AND REPLICATE BEST PRACTICES GLOBALLY 3. HARNESS THE POWER OF BIG DATA IN VIOLENCE REDUCTION: DEVELOP DATA SCOPE, ACCESS AND STANDARDS 4. PROTECT THE MOST VULNERABLE: FOCUS ON CHILDREN, YOUTH AND WOMEN 5. INSTITUTIONAL CONTEXT MATTERS: IMPROVE LEADERSHIP, GOVERNANCE AND POLICIES FOR VIOLENCE PREVENTION 6. THE WHOLE IS BIGGER THAN THE SUM OF ITS PARTS: CREATE GLOBAL STRATEGIC ALLIANCES TO PREVENT VIOLENCE

Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2015. 74p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.vrc.crim.cam.ac.uk/VRCconferences/conference/violencereductionreport

Year: 2015

Country: International

URL: http://www.vrc.crim.cam.ac.uk/VRCconferences/conference/violencereductionreport

Shelf Number: 135984

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A.

Title: Denormalizing Violence: Evaluation Framework for a Public Health Model of Violence Prevention

Summary: Despite having one of the lowest murder rates among major U.S. cities, gun violence continues to be a serious problem in New York City. In 2011, the New York City Council created the Task Force to Combat Gun Violence. In a December 2012 report, the Task Force recommended the initiation of a multi-agency and multi-disciplinary "crisis management system" to reduce the incidence and severity of gun violence. The system was based on the Cure Violence model of violence reduction. Cure Violence utilizes a public health approach. It considers gun violence to be analogous to a communicable disease that passes from person to person when left untreated. According to the logic of Cure Violence, gun violence is most effectively reduced by changing the behavior of individuals at risk to participate in gun violence and "denormalizing" violence by working to change the community norms that support and perpetuate gun violence. The Research & Evaluation (R&E) Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice is currently evaluating the effectiveness of the Cure Violence approach to violence reduction. Between April 2013 and February 2014, staff from the R&E Center began the project by visiting Cure Violence sites in New York City and Chicago, the home base for Cure Violence. Researchers observed the operation of the program and assessed the suitability of the model for detailed evaluation. The team reviewed documents and websites about the project, interviewed program staff, and spoke with local officials involved in the design and launch of the initiative in both cities. Researchers also met with staff of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, which supports the Cure Violence model and contributed partial funding for this research. The following report addresses the operations of the Cure Violence model and how it differs from other approaches for reducing gun violence. It reviews the evidence underlying these models and proposes an agenda for future evaluation research.

Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2014. 29p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/03/denormalizing.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/03/denormalizing.pdf

Shelf Number: 136030

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun-Related Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Homel, Peter

Title: Understanding the local government role in crime prevention

Summary: In Australia, crime prevention is primarily the responsibility of state and territory governments. What is less well understood is the significant role of local government in developing and delivering crime prevention at the community level, although councils have long been involved in helping to create safer communities. This research offers one of the first detailed insights into the valuable contribution made by local government within the multi-layered crime prevention strategies and initiatives which keep Australian communities safe. The Drugs and Crime Prevention Committee of the Parliament of Victoria carried out this research as part of an investigation into locally-based approaches to community safety and crime prevention in 2011. The results of a comprehensive survey of the crime prevention activities of local government authorities across Victoria are examined. This study reveals the issues local government prioritises, the responses they deploy and the challenges that they face, such as gaps in capacity and the need to manage complex relationships between participants who work on local community safety. Findings reveal a system that, while highly variable in sophistication and reach, provides an important platform for improving local community safety. The study also identifies important gaps and opportunities to improve collaboration between government and the private and NGO sectors.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2015. 12p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & issues in crime and criminal justice no. 505: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi505.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Australia

URL: http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi505.pdf

Shelf Number: 136364

Keywords:
Collaboration
Community Programs
Community Safety
Crime Prevention
Partnerships

Author: Bembenek, Tyler

Title: Reclaiming the Urban Jungle: Empowering Local Communities to Foster Security

Summary: With few resources to provide services and security, many governments struggle to maintain control over rapidly growing urban districts and subsequently abandon impoverished areas as "no-go zones." Lacking government presence, these districts are hotbeds of radicalism, terrorism, and narcotics trafficking, threatening U.S. national security. Washington should combat no-go zones by building community resilience, providing the necessary guidance, technical assistance, and financial support to empower grassroots security initiatives. This assistance should be based on a co-design methodology, in which the United States works closely with local governments and communities to design and implement policy solutions. Although programs should be adopted on a case-by-case basis, community policing, community courts, and title reform are widely applicable.

Details: Williamsburg, VA: The Project on International Peace and Security (PIPS), Institute for the Theory and Practice of International Relations, The College of William and Mary, 2014. 17p.

Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 6.1: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.wm.edu/offices/itpir/pips/_documents/pips/2013-2014/Reclaiming_Urban_Jungle_Bembenek.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://www.wm.edu/offices/itpir/pips/_documents/pips/2013-2014/Reclaiming_Urban_Jungle_Bembenek.pdf

Shelf Number: 136393

Keywords:
Community Involvement
Community Participation
Crime Prevention
Urban Areas

Author: Higgins, Andy

Title: Safe as Houses? Crime an Changing Tenure Patterns

Summary: The Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World project seeks to identify how the police, working with other agencies and the public, can effectively tackle crime at a time when both the context in which it occurs, and the resources available to address it, are changing rapidly. Working in Luton and Slough - two English towns that have felt the local impacts of global change acutely - the project aims to develop locally-tailored, evidence-based solutions to persistent crime problems, which are responsive to the local effects of socio-economic, technological and geo-political change. In doing so, it seeks to better understand the impacts these changes are having on public services tasked with tackling crime and associated social problems. The project has taken a problem-oriented approach. A preliminary scanning phase focused attention on two challenging neighbourhoods in each town and on the most relevant crime problems - violence in Slough and burglary in Luton - before a multi-method research and analysis phase sought out new insights and perspectives on these local issues, to inform new ways of responding to them. In both towns, analysis suggested that housing factors, particularly the prevalence of lower quality, privately rented accommodation, were relevant to understanding the contemporary drivers of the crime problems being faced. In Luton, higher rates of private renting were found to be associated with local area burglary rates. Although the predictive value is modest, over the longer term, the amount of private renting accounted for more of the variance in neighbourhood burglary rates than deprivation, employment, social renting or any of the other socio-demographic Census variables available for analysis. As well as deprivation and overcrowding, neighbourhood burglary rates were also found to correlate with population growth, the proportion of residents born outside of the UK and (negatively) with the proportion of households comprising families. These findings led us to consider whether there were deficits of home security at the lower-cost end of the local private rented sector and whether these transient areas with 'churning' tenant populations might lack the community resources to resist criminal predation. In Slough, analysis drew attention to the sizable proportion of violent crime that, although not domestic violence, occurred within residential dwellings. In one neighbourhood this was found to be associated, in part, with the proliferation of Houses in Multiple Occupation (HMOs), leading to the hypothesis that the particular stresses and insecurities of living in low-quality, crowded accommodation, with shared facilities and little or no choice of co-habitees, may increase the risk that incidents of violent crime occur. These considerations prompted a number of questions as the project turned to designing new crime reduction initiatives; how could Luton's private landlords be encouraged to invest in proper home security for their properties? Could anything be done to persuade landlords to value longer-term tenancies so that tenants stay in an area for longer and communities might establish firmer roots and become more resilient? How could 'tinder-box' conditions inside Slough's HMOs be defused and landlords encouraged to take more interest in - and responsibility for - what goes on within their properties and the local neighbourhood? The lack of encouraging answers, and the paucity of options available to local community safety partners faced with the task of mitigating the harmful by-products of some elements of the private rented sector (PRS), provide the 'jumping off point' for this paper.

Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2015. 64p.

Source: Internet Resource: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World Project: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/housing_and_crime_final.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/housing_and_crime_final.pdf

Shelf Number: 136896

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices
Housing and Crime
Neighborhoods and Crime
Police Effectiveness
Problem-Oriented Policing
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime

Author: Aghdam, Sasan Y.

Title: Application of creativity tools to enhance the design of inherently safer urban infrastructure

Summary: The purpose of this research is to explore the construction of a guideline for professionals who make decisions that affect the urban environmental security. The use of creativity tools has become widespread within design sectors but has not yet reached the domain of security design. The strategy here is to find and engage suitable creative idea generation methods that can be use to develop guideline for experts who ultimately used them in the process of designing secure urban infrastructure. In pursuing this goal, this thesis provides a guideline of the fundamental principles of using the application of creativity tools in the development of plausible ideas for crime prevention interventions. The advantage of using such a method or schema is the systematic sorting of potential design solutions. Depending on the criteria required, a design tool (creativity tools) will prompt an urban security engineer to consider potential security weaknesses within an urban design project and offer a wide range of potential solutions for problems. Crime is a social problem in our society that affects people's lives. The challenge is how to generate more creative ideas to combat crime or how to engage creativity tools within security design to minimise the opportunities for crime to be committed. Existing research demonstrates that creative design in urban infrastructure can minimize the potential for crime in many cases (especially opportunistic crime). Our related research has generated a further host of solutions for potential crime-related problems extending to many areas of urban infrastructure design. The intention here is to demonstrate the implications of using this research within a context of devising creativity tools adequate to implement the results of these findings. Security auditing of urban environment threats and visual mapping of some current security weaknesses is the right approach advocated here to trace the factors behind each crime case. This thesis demonstrates that the use of visual mapping application (issue based information system (IBIS)) can effectively address the problem of data overloading and decision making in the crime prevention domain. The process of collecting data in crime prevention method can be challenging. The experts are usually able to trace one direction of crime cases at a time. The method conducted in this thesis can assist experts to see the full extent of a crime case at the same time. Therefore, they are more likely to be capable of finding the right reason behind a criminal activity. This thesis also further implements a specific approach which is developed for use on large complex security design problems. Visual mapping techniques can be a beneficial tool for security experts as argued in this thesis. It can help experts to understand and concentrate on causes of crime, as most cases of crime are interconnected puzzles and experts need to pay attention to details synergistically. For the development of creative ideas against crime, this thesis explores the outcome of a visual mapping model, and then describes the development of creative solutions for particular examples. The specific creativity tools (selected according to the nature of each crime) should be used in order to develop and generate a variety of solutions that can eliminate the opportunities for crime. The process ends when an appropriate form of creativity tool is decided upon for each crime case. A set of creative and innovative ideas was developed to deal with the diversity of potential crime generated by adaptive offenders. This thesis also indicates that a synthesis of creative idea generation methods within security design can represent a meaningful contribution towards effective design of secure urban infrastructure. Depending on the type of threat identified (again with the use of our methods), engineers can then use the particular creativity tools described, to generate several appropriate solutions for these threats. A web-based software program intended to help security engineers to understand and adapt these concepts in their design has also been developed.

Details: London: Imperial College London, 2013. 123p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: https://spiral.imperial.ac.uk:8443/bitstream/10044/1/24764/1/Final%20Thesis%202014.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://spiral.imperial.ac.uk:8443/bitstream/10044/1/24764/1/Final%20Thesis%202014.pdf

Shelf Number: 136955

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Urban Infrastructure
Urban Securitiy

Author: United Nations Economic Commission for Africa

Title: Tracking and Certification of Mineral Output in Southern Africa

Summary: The illegal exploitation of minerals and fraudulent manipulation of the volume or the value of exported minerals are enduring challenges for producing countries in Southern Africa. Illegal exploitation of minerals in particular has regularly been linked to instability and conflict in the region. There have been calls for effective mechanisms for regulating the exploitation and movement of the minerals. Regulation of the mining industry in Southern Africa is quite challenging partly because of its history and partly because of its nature. Some of the mineral exploitation occurs in areas with difficult access either because of conflict or because of the nature of the terrain. This makes it difficult to verify any declarations of output issued from such areas. The estimated yield of each mine is based on the scientific analysis of samples collected at various stages of mineral processing. Intimately connected to the prospects for development, the mining industry is also capital intensive and taxing on the personnel and equipment of various stakeholders, including corporate institutions and Governments. This study was conducted against the backdrop of the commitment by SADC member States to gather information on the identity, origin and volume of SADC mineral output in order to develop standardized mechanisms for tracking and certification. This was motivated by the growing conviction within the region that the mineral value chains were being undermined by leakages through neighbouring countries. Gold is said to be illegally imported from the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) into Kenya, Burundi and Uganda and re-exported further. Limited benefit accrues to the DRC as a result of the process. Diamonds are said to be illegally imported from Zimbabwe into Mozambique and South Africa for onward exportation. Similar allegations are heard about illegal tin, coltan and woframite which are exported through Rwanda. Monitoring mineral value streams in the producing countries is complicated by the large informal small-scale mining sector active within them. There are also concerns about such practices as transfer pricing by large-scale mining conglomerates taking advantage of intra-group agreements involving the holding companies based in low tax jurisdictions and the subsidiaries based in the region. Transfer pricing abuses take various forms, including over- or under-invoicing of exports and imports, overloading of costs onto the subsidiary, service contracts and intra-group loans. Through such agreements, the holding companies are able to transfer income and allocate costs in a hidden manner that unfairly favours them. These malpractices reduce revenue which would have accrued to the producing States, thus exacerbating poverty amidst a rich natural resources heritage - the so-called 'paradox of plenty!' (UNECA, 2010). The SADC Mining Protocol was adopted in September 1997 by twelve member States and came into force in February 2000. The SADC Mining Sector Co-coordinating Unit (SMSCU), under the previous SADC structure, promoted adoption of the Mining Protocol. The Protocol recognizes that a 'thriving mining sector can contribute to economic development, alleviation of poverty and the improvement of the standard and quality of life throughout the Region.' In principle, the SADC Protocol seeks to'harmonize national and regional policies, strategies and programmes related to the development and exploitation of mineral resources.' In this spirit, SADC aims to develop and adopt common mineral certification standards, in accordance with internationally acceptable standards, in order to minimize illegal trade in minerals and thereby optimize the benefits to member States. SADC member States intend to 'adopt policies that encourage the exploration for and commercial exploitation of mineral resources by the private sector.' Furthermore, the Protocol seeks to facilitate the development of small-scale mining through, among other initiatives, the establishment of marketing facilities, including exhibitions and mineral exchanges. The study on which this report is based proposes a tracking and certification regime that is motivated by the above tenets. It suggests that the same goals that motivated the formulation and adoption of a tracking and certification system for diamonds in Guyana could be adapted by SADC. The key points are: (a) To provide reliable data to States on producer, exporter and purchaser behaviour; (b) To ensure the payment of the royalties and taxes due to the State; (c) To strengthen the State's oversight function along the mineral value chain; and (d) To prevent the mixing of minerals that are lawfully produced and/or acquired with illicitly produced and/or acquired ones in order to reduce illegal trade in minerals and consequently increase legal revenue flows through legal trade at both the national and subregional levels. The Kimberley Process Certification System (KCPS) was prompted by the concern summed up in (d), specifically that lawful output could and, in several demonstrable instances, had been contaminated by rough diamonds originating from zones of conflict. The study on which this report is based concerns minerals other than diamonds. Since some of them, like emeralds, share many characteristics with diamonds, the study borrows some lessons from the KCPS. The scope of the study determined by the terms of reference, namely: (i) To assess legislation and licensing procedures relating to mining, sale and transportation of minerals to overseas markets and their effectiveness in preventing fraudulent trade in mineral commodities; (ii) To examine national technical reporting requirements for mining and export of SADC mineral products and their efficacy in providing needed data for preventing fraudulent trade in mineral commodities; (iii) To review national, regional and international systems for tracking and certifying mineral products and make proposals for a possible tracking and certification system that would ensure an effective product audit trail of SADC minerals; (iv) To examine export documents and regulations and recommend how they might be adjusted to form part of the certification audit trail; (v) To examine customs conventions and formalities to assess how these might affect the formulation and application of rules of origin for a SADC-wide certificate of origin for SADC mineral products; and (vi) To assess current regional integration efforts in trade and how these might help or hinder the development of a SADC certificate of origin for mineral products. The study considered prevailing legislation and licensing procedures in several countries in order to assess their effectiveness in preventing fraud in the trade of minerals. It found that most national legislation did not prioritize this objective, and could not be considered effective in preventing the most pernicious form of illegality in minerals marketing, namely transfer pricing. It found that a tracking regime on its own is not the appropriate vehicle for policing transfer pricing, and that this could be better done by combining centralization of the marketing of minerals and creating incentives for localized beneficiation of mineral output.

Details: Addis Ababa: United Nations Economic Commission for Africa, Subregional Office Southern Africa, 2014. 54p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.uneca.org/sites/default/files/PublicationFiles/tracking-and-certification-of-mineral-output-in-southern-africa.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Africa

URL: http://www.uneca.org/sites/default/files/PublicationFiles/tracking-and-certification-of-mineral-output-in-southern-africa.pdf

Shelf Number: 137044

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Illegal Markets
Illegal Trade
Kimberley Process
Metal Theft
Mineral Theft
Mining
Theft of Natural Resources

Author: Spapens, A.C.M., ed.

Title: Administrative approaches to crime. Administrative measures based on regulatory legislation to

Summary: Over the last years a great deal of attention has been devoted to the administrative approach at the European level, within the context of preventing and combating organised crime. In fact, the Stockholm programme, the Internal Security Strategy and the COSI work programme all view this approach as a useful supplement to the traditional judicial and police approach against organised crime. The administrative approach was already subject to a range of initiatives, among them the delivery of different EU handbooks on complementary approaches and actions to prevent and combat organised crime, and the establishment of the Informal Network of contact points on the administrative approach. In 2010, during the Belgian EU Presidency, the Council adopted conclusions in which the Informal Network was requested to assess the possibilities to strengthen the exchange of information between administrative bodies and traditional law enforcement organisations. To this end the Dutch Ministry of Security and Justice (coordinator), together with Tilburg University (the Netherlands) and the KU Leuven - University (Belgium), supported by the Belgian Home Affairs Ministry, applied for a grant at the Prevention of and Fight against Crime Programme of the European Commission. In 2011, the European Commission awarded this ISEC grant to conduct a 'study on the potential for information exchanges between administrative bodies and traditional law enforcement organizations to support the use of administrative measures within EU Member States and at EU level'. The underlying report is the result of this ISEC grant. The study aims to contribute to the existing body of knowledge concerning an administrative approach to crime in the European Union in the following manner. First, it explored the legal options available to national administrative authorities in the selected Member States. Options that prevent criminals from misusing the legal infrastructure, such as licensing procedures or tender procedures. This resulted in ten separate country reports (Chapters 2-11), as well as a comparison of those legal options in the ten Member States (Chapter 12). Second, it considered the practical application of the legal options available in the selected Member States. The results of this empirical study are reviewed in Chapter 13. Chapter 14 explored the potential for information exchange between EU Member States in support of an administrative approach to crime. Last, the conclusions and the way forward were presented in part V of this study (Chapter 15 and 16).

Details: Brussels: European Commission, Directorate-General Home Affairs, 2015. 603p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://ec.europa.eu/dgs/home-affairs/e-library/documents/policies/organized-crime-and-human-trafficking/crime-prevention/docs/final_report_eu_study_administrative_approaches_to_crime_en.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Europe

URL: http://ec.europa.eu/dgs/home-affairs/e-library/documents/policies/organized-crime-and-human-trafficking/crime-prevention/docs/final_report_eu_study_administrative_approaches_to_crime_en.pdf

Shelf Number: 137422

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Organized Crime
Serious Crime

Author: Morgan, Nick

Title: Reducing criminal opportunity: vehicle security and vehicle crime

Summary: This report analyses trends in vehicle security devices and tries to determine the extent to which improved security has driven down vehicle-related theft in England and Wales and other nations. For the first half of the 20th century, few vehicle thefts were recorded and vehicle security devices were rare. Then thefts started rising in the 1960s and steering locks were introduced as a result. These checked rather than halted rising crime, leading to a 'second wave' of security devices in the 1980s and 1990s including central locking, car alarms and - most importantly - electronic immobilisers. To begin with, these devices appeared to have little effect as vehicle crime levels rose faster than ever up until 1993. But then crime began to fall sharply as many of the 'second-wave' devices spread through the vehicle fleet. Using a mixed-methods approach, this report attempts to assess the degree to which improved vehicle security might have caused the vehicle crime decline by reducing the number of opportunities for would-be offenders. Findings are supportive of a marked crime-reduction effect. But the results also suggest that security has not been universally effective, nor does it seem to be the only factor that has made vehicle crime rise and fall so sharply over the last 50 years.

Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 139p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 87: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/489097/horr87.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/489097/horr87.pdf

Shelf Number: 137477

Keywords:
Automobile Theft
Car Theft
Crime Prevention
Motor Vehicle Theft
Vehicle Crime
Vehicle Theft

Author: Cannon, Ashley

Title: Sustaining Crime Reductions in New York City: Priorities for Preventing Youth Crime

Summary: The past several decades of law enforcement efforts in New York City resulted in the unprecedented low crime rates New Yorkers enjoy today. This landmark achievement ushered in a new era of policing: one in which more time is spent preventing crimes than reacting to them. For this new strategy to succeed, and for New Yorkers to continue to see decreases in crime rates, an increased focus on prevention efforts within the youth population is needed. First and foremost, more effective interventions must be implemented to provide help to youth who are exposed to violence or victimized. A disturbing percentage of youth are exposed to violence and are victimized every year. The effects can be devastating to mental health and positive social development. Therefore, any comprehensive plan aimed at preventing youth crime needs to be trauma-informed, with the organizational structures and treatment frameworks in place to handle clients who may have suffered trauma. To supplement this, schools must work with government agencies to provide enhanced workforce development programs to youth. Since education and employment have direct correlations to reduction in criminal offending, they are critical to any successful crime prevention strategy. The justice system itself must address educational and employment needs of young offenders. Further, reform must be made in how schools handle disciplinary issues, especially concerning developmentally appropriate behavior and behavior that results from exposure to trauma. In implementing any crime prevention strategy, the police and government agencies must work to enhance legitimacy, by incorporating procedurally just tactics. This is critically important because when youth view the police and other government agencies as legitimate and believe these entities treat people with respect and make decisions fairly, youth are more likely to cooperate with, trust in, and obey authority. Legitimacy can be further enhanced through better coordination among stakeholders Legitimacy can be further enhanced through better coordination among stakeholders, and by identifying and resolving the negative impacts policies may have on youth. These efforts will in turn increase ownership of prevention efforts among community members, policymakers, community-based organizations and government agencies (e.g., education, child welfare, housing, labor, mental health) that have not traditionally been viewed as having crime-related responsibilities. By incorporating these ideas into a comprehensive strategy, youth crime prevention can ultimately become an embedded approach in how we continue to reduce crime rates in New York City. Without such a strategy, the problems that plague youth and create conditions that increase risks for offending and victimization will continue, creating countless more victims and perpetuating cycles of crime and violence.

Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 18p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Preventing-Youth-Crime.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Preventing-Youth-Crime.pdf

Shelf Number: 137656

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Police Legitimacy

Author: Bajpai, G.S.

Title: Crime Reduction through Situational Crime Prevention: A Study in the United Kingdom

Summary: The proposal of the study 'Crime Reduction through Situational Crime Prevention-A Study in the United Kingdom' was accepted by the Commonwealth Scholarship Commission, Association of Commonwealth Universities London for session 2003-04. The Researcher was given the opportunity to carry out the study at the Department of Criminology (formerly Scarman Centre), University of Leicester. The Researcher as Visiting Commonwealth Fellow carried out the exercise from October 2003 to April 2004. The proposed study is an endeavour to understand the concept and applications of situational crime prevention (SCP) in the UK. SCP as part of Crime Reduction Programme of the Home Office, London has shown encouraging results in cutting the incidence of crimes to a significant extent. Reducing opportunity for crime by a range of measures based on managerial, environment and technological interventions is the core feature of this strategy. The study has following objectives: 1. To critically review the concept of SCP 2. To analyse the techniques of SCP 3. To look in to the performance of SCP in various programmes 4. To understand the Crime reduction initiatives 5. To explore crime and disorder partnership structure in the UK 6. To assess the applications of SCP in the Indian context

Details: Leicester, UK: Department of Criminology, University of Leicester, 2004? 95p.

Source: Internet Resource: www.ie.ac.uk/criminology

Year: 2004

Country: United Kingdom

URL: www.ie.ac.uk/criminology

Shelf Number: 138122

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: WildAid

Title: Turneffe Atoll Marine Reserve: Control and Vigilance System Design

Summary: This assessment represents the work of a multi-national team and was carried out in Belize over a 2-week period in March 2013. Research methods were developed and applied by WildAid in cooperation with the Belize Fisheries Department. Interviews were carried out with the following actors: Fishery officials, Belize Coastguard, Port Honduras MPA Administrators, TIDE, WCS, Belize Audubon Society, oak Foundation, members from both Northern and National Fishing Cooperatives, two Turneffe tourism operators, and Turneffe Atoll fishermen. The 2012-2017 Turneffe Atoll Management Plan proved invaluable as well. Despite both resource and time constraints, we are confident that sufficient information was collected to create a practical, yet versatile C&V system. The main objective of this assessment is to design a cost effective control and vigilance system for the newly created Turneffe Atoll Marine Reserve (TAMR). The specific objectives are: 1. Develop a practical control and vigilance system for the TAMR based on interviews of local enforcement actors, analysis of existing co-management strategies, and a comprehensive site visit of the Turneffe Atoll. 2. Prioritize a series of recommendations to optimize patrol costs as well as increase detection efficacy using Electronic Monitoring Systems (EMS). The final recommendations will include the surveillance system design including potential electronic systems, patrol vessels, human resource requirements, energy supply needs, and overall cost estimate: Capital Expenses (CAPEX) and Operating Expenses (OPEX) for a five-year investment plan

Details: San Francisco: WildAid, 2010. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: http://www.wildaid.org/sites/default/files/resources/TurneffeAtoll_Assessment.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Belize

URL: http://www.wildaid.org/sites/default/files/resources/TurneffeAtoll_Assessment.pdf

Shelf Number: 137740

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Fisheries
Offenses Against the Environment
Surveillance
Wildlife Crime
Wildlife Management
Wildlife Protection

Author: Hunter, Gillian

Title: An Evaluation of the 'What Works Centre for Crime Reduction': Year 1: Baseline

Summary: This evaluation forms part of a three-year programme of work funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), in collaboration with the College of Policing, as part of the What Works Centre for Crime Reduction (WWCCR). This report covers the first year of the evaluation, which sought to establish a baseline from which to measure change over the three-year programme in the understanding, use and application of research evidence in crime reduction. The emphasis throughout is on understanding not simply what works, but how it works. Aims of the evaluation The overall aims of the evaluation are to: - Assess the impact of the WWCCR which is hosted by the College of Policing to determine whether it has appropriately engaged key stakeholders, produced tools and guidance that stakeholders find clear and easy to use, and improved stakeholder understanding and application of research evidence to inform practice and decision-making; - Chart outputs, modes of dissemination and user reactions about the WWCCR over the course of the evaluation; - Identify changes over time in the use of research evidence by key stakeholders, especially in strategic decision-making and resource allocation; - Use an action research model to provide feedback to the College of Policing and the academic partners over the course of the project.

Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research; University of London, 2015. 94p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 2, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/WWCEvaluation_Year_1.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/WWCEvaluation_Year_1.pdf

Shelf Number: 138027

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices

Author: Marklund, Fredrik

Title: Crime prevention in hot spots: The results and experiences from two project targeting muggings and assault

Summary: This report looks at two projects carried out by the police in Stockholm and Sodermanland in collaboration with the Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention (Bra). The project primarily concerns crime prevention initiatives targeting muggings in Stockholm and open-air assault in Eskilstuna. The point of departure was the potential in both cities to concentrate crime prevention initiatives to specific locations, known as hot spots, for the offence in question. Bra's role in this context was to provide methodological support - in the sense of assisting the various police authorities in the choice of initiatives and working methods based on available research - and to evaluate the outcomes of the projects. The police was responsible for designing the project's organisational framework, developing initiatives and implementing these. In both cases the project duration was one year. The purpose of the projects was to reduce the crime rate in the two cities. In a larger perspective, it is also Bra's hope that the report will contribute to stimulating the police to invest in crime prevention initiatives with a clearer scientific basis.

Details: Stockholm: Bra -- The Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention, 2014. 7 p. (English Summary)

Source: Internet Resource: English summary of Bra report No. 2014:15: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.bra.se/download/18.12caa4f91440b31239f321b/1399560117212/2014_Crime+prevention+in+hot+spots.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Sweden

URL: https://www.bra.se/download/18.12caa4f91440b31239f321b/1399560117212/2014_Crime+prevention+in+hot+spots.pdf

Shelf Number: 138181

Keywords:
Assaults
Crime Prevention
Hot Spots
Muggings
Policing Hot Spots

Author: Brenig, Mattheus

Title: Putting a Price Tag on Security: Subjective Well-Being and Willingness-to-Pay for Crime Reduction in Europe

Summary: Using information on life satisfaction and crime from the European Social Survey, we apply the life satisfaction approach (LSA) to determine the relationship between subjective well-being (SWB), income, victimization experience, fear of crime and various regional crime rates across European regions, while controlling for potentially confounding socio-economic variables. We show that fear of crime, criminal victimization and the average regionally perceived fear of crime significantly reduce life satisfaction across Europe. Building upon these results, we quantify the monetary value of improvements in public safety and its valuation in terms of individual well-being. The loss in satisfaction for victimized individuals corresponds to 21,790L. Increasing an average individual's perception within his neighborhood from unsafe to safe yields a benefit equivalent to 12,700L. Our results regarding crime and SWB in Europe largely resemble previous results for different countries and other criminal contexts, whereby using the LSA as a valuation method for public good provision yields similar results as stated preference methods and considerably higher estimates than revealed preference methods

Details: Gottingen, Germany: University of Goettingen (Gottingen), 2016. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Papers, no. 278: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2736933

Year: 2016

Country: Europe

URL: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2736933

Shelf Number: 138253

Keywords:
Costs of Crime
Costs of Criminal Justice
Crime Prevention
Crime Rates
Fear of Crime
Security

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales

Title: The Knife Crime Prevention Programme: Process Evaluation

Summary: The Knife Crime Prevention Programme (KCPP) is an intervention which aims to reduce the prevalence of knife carrying and use by young people. Young people are referred to the programme if they are aged between 10 and 17 and have been convicted of an offence where a knife or the threat of a knife is a feature. The programme is based on a national delivery framework, with flexibility for local adaptation. It was rolled out as part of the Home Office "Tackling Knives Action Programme"(TKAP). Research objectives This process evaluation was commissioned to: - provide a picture of the implementation and delivery of KCPP - explore participants' knowledge, perceptions and attitudes to knife crime before and after the programme - explore staff attitudes to the programme. Methodology The methodology adopted was as follows: - an electronic survey of 67 youth offending teams (YOTs) delivering KCPP3 - a paper-based survey of 96 young people from 13 YOTs at entry to and exit from the programme - site visits to eight YOTs, where interviews were undertaken with 33 staff/partners and 12 young people, and one focus group was undertaken with seven young people. Key findings YOT staff who were surveyed reported that the majority of young people who started KCPP in their local area completed the programme. Non-completion was reportedly most often due to the young person being taken into custody (named by 24 of 67 YOTs), being disruptive in sessions, or failing to attend. KCPP respondents spoke highly of the use of personal accounts of the consequences of knife crime from victims, families, ex-offenders or professionals. However, YOTs found this challenging and resource-intensive to arrange and, in most YOTs, case studies and recorded media were used in place of personal delivery. Where achieved, some young people felt they had increased empathy for victims' families and health professionals as a result of the programme. By the end of the programme, the majority of those young people completing the survey upon entry and exit to the programme demonstrated a correct understanding of the law. YOT staff surveyed felt that the greatest learning points for young people from the programme were 'recognising the dangers of carrying a knife' and a perceived increase in 'understanding of the consequences of knife crime'. Group work provided challenges to staff in terms of risk management and appropriate grouping of young people. The importance of appropriately skilled facilitators was emphasised by YOT staff. Staff did feel, however, that the group setting provided an opportunity for positive social interaction between young people. The majority of YOT staff surveyed (40 out of 67) said that they believed KCPP was effective. The qualitative interviews indicated that YOT staff thought that the programme was more likely to be effective for young people with a low risk of reoffending. The need to carry a knife 'for protection' was considered by young people and staff to be a key reason why some young people would continue to carry a knife. The KCPP framework did not stipulate any formal follow-on activity for those who completed the programme. Only a few of the YOTs surveyed (six) provided organised follow-on activities, depending on local availability and funding, and even when follow-on activities did take place, they were not explicitly linked to knife crime.

Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2013.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/395990/knife-crime-prevention-programme.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/395990/knife-crime-prevention-programme.pdf

Shelf Number: 138308

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Homicide
Knife Crime (U.K.)
Knives
Violent Crime
Weapons

Author: Semczuk, Megan

Title: An analysis of the relationship between a community-based prevention program for young people with multiple and complex needs and the prevalence of crime

Summary: Background There is an absence of high-quality evidence about which programs are most effective in reducing juvenile offending and crime recidivism. Aims This study identifies the most common types of police incidents involving high-risk young people, describes the demographic characteristics of the persons of interest, examines the extent to which a community prevention program (BackTrack) is associated with reductions in police incidents, and identifies the perceptions of key stakeholders about the impact of BackTrack. Methods Routinely collected crime data were obtained from 1999-2013 for Armidale (the BackTrack community). Descriptive analyses identified the most common incidents and their characteristics. Segmented regression analysis of an interrupted time series estimated BackTrack's impact, with segments specified for pre (1999-2005) and post (2006-2013) the commencement of BackTrack. A thematic analysis was applied the perceptions of police officers and the magistrate in Armidale. Results The most common types of police incidents were: break and enter dwelling; malicious damage to property; assault (non-domestic violence); and trespass. Most persons of interest were male, aged 14-17 years. A statistically significant reduction from pre- to post-commencement of BackTrack was identified for three outcomes (p≤0.05), while the fourth (break and enter) approached significance (p=0.055). A key perception was that outcomes are optimised when key stakeholders in community programs and the criminal justice system work together. Conclusions BackTrack appropriately targets high-risk young people and is effective in reducing the most common types of criminal incidents

Details: Sydney: National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, University of New South Wales, 2012. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: NDARC Monograph Report Number 65: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: https://ndarc.med.unsw.edu.au/sites/default/files/ndarc/resources/NDARC%20Monograph%2065.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: https://ndarc.med.unsw.edu.au/sites/default/files/ndarc/resources/NDARC%20Monograph%2065.pdf

Shelf Number: 138310

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Offenders

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

Title: Preventing Multiple Forms of Violence: A Strategic Vision for Connecting the Dots

Summary: The different forms of violence-child abuse and neglect, youth violence, intimate partner violence, sexual violence, elder abuse, and suicidal behavior-are strongly connected to each other in many important ways. Understanding and addressing the interconnections among these forms of violence is the central tenet of this 5-year vision to prevent violence developed by the Division of Violence Prevention (DVP). This document describes this vision-articulating why a cross-cutting approach is important to achieving measureable reductions in violence; the areas where we will strategically focus our attention; and priorities for advancing practice, effectively reaching intended audiences, generating new knowledge, and monitoring and evaluating our progress.

Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Division of Violence Prevention, 2016. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/strategic_vision.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/strategic_vision.pdf

Shelf Number: 138313

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Dawson, Danielle

Title: A Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada: Part Two

Summary: In January 2009 the Surveillance Camera Awareness Network (SCAN) released part one of its Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada. Since the release of that report the use of camera surveillance continues to proliferate. For example, the Ontario Provincial Police are in the process of procuring surveillance cameras equipped with automated licence plate recognition technology with the hope of providing security on the provinces highways. And while the U.S. Department of Homeland Security unveils plans to install 11 high-tech camera surveillance systems along its border with Canada at the St. Claire River, the City of Vancouver remains tight-lipped about its intentions to employ camera surveillance during and following the 2010 Olympics. In this report the members of SCAN continue to undertake a survey of camera surveillance in the Canadian context. Drawing on innovative primary research this report begins to fill in the picture of camera surveillance practices in Canada. This report contextualizes the proliferation of camera surveillance with site-specific cases studies, provides insight into public and camera operator perceptions of camera surveillance, and explores privacy and civil liberties questions as they relate to the transfer and reproduction of camera surveillance images.

Details: Kingston, ON: Surveillance Cameras Awareness Network, Queen's University, 2009. 132p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase2_Dec_18_2009.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase2_Dec_18_2009.pdf

Shelf Number: 138353

Keywords:
Automated License Place Recognition Technology
Camera Surveillance
Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV)
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance (Canada)

Author: Peirce, Jennifer

Title: Gap Analysis Report: Citizen Security in Belize

Summary: In the face of rising crime rates and increasingly complex transnational and local criminal dynamics, Belize's limited institutional resources are overstretched. Youth violence and gangs are of particular concern in urban areas, where lack of education and employment options converge with the prevalence of guns and trafficking networks. Despite some promising smaller-scale crime prevention initiatives, a comprehensive crime prevention strategy requires more significant institutional reforms. This Technical Note reviews the current trends in crime and violence in Belize and the government's existing policies and programs in the sector. It then proposes several short and medium-term actions to strengthen the government's ability to prevent and reduce crime and violence, such as consolidating strategic planning and information management efforts, designing prevention programs more tailored to specific at-risk groups, bolstering criminal investigation and community policing resources, and adapting the corrections system to the specific needs of juveniles and gang-involved youth.

Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank, 2013. 33p.

Source: Internet Resource: Technical Note No. IDB -TN-572: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/news/102313.AB-Belize-IADB.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Belize

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/news/102313.AB-Belize-IADB.pdf

Shelf Number: 138354

Keywords:
Crime
Crime Prevention
Crime Rates
Public Safety
Urban Crime
Youth Gangs
Youth Violence

Author: Jaitman, Laura

Title: Closing Knowledge Gaps: Toward Evidence-Based Crime Prevention Policies in Latin America and the Caribbean

Summary: This publication identifies the main areas of research that the Citizen Security and Justice Cluster of the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) will undertake in the next four years. The Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) region is the most violent region in the world. Crime and violence are the population's key concerns. Crime, however, has been a consistently understudied field in the region. While most of the knowledge originates from the United Kingdom and the United States, the issues that arise in LAC compels the research community to produce evidence on the cause of the high prevalence of crime in the region and on what models are effective to reduce and prevent crime. For more than 15 years, the IDB has been a major partner to the region's countries, providing technical and financial support for crime prevention interventions. The expertise of the IDB and its presence in most LAC countries are comparative advantages to advocate a comprehensive research agenda.

Details: Inter-American Development Bank, 2015. 74p.

Source: Internet Resource: Technical Note No. IDB-TN-848: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: https://publications.iadb.org/bitstream/handle/11319/7240/ICS_TN_Closing_Knowledge_Gaps.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2015

Country: Latin America

URL: https://publications.iadb.org/bitstream/handle/11319/7240/ICS_TN_Closing_Knowledge_Gaps.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 138384

Keywords:
Citizen Security
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices
Public Security

Author: Great Britain. Home Office

Title: Modern Crime Prevention Strategy

Summary: Crime has fallen rapidly over the last twenty years, as the graph on page 5 shows. It has done so in spite of economic shocks, changes in levels of employment, and evolving behaviours around drug and alcohol use, technology and social norms. As it has fallen, crime has changed: while traditional high volume crimes like burglary and street violence have more than halved, previously 'hidden' crimes like child sexual abuse, rape and domestic violence have all become more visible, if not more frequent, and there is growing evidence of the scale of online fraud and cyber crime. There are a variety of reasons for this sustained fall, but the reduction can be attributed in large part to better preventative action to stop crimes from happening in the first place. For example, Government efforts to rank vehicles by their susceptibility to theft allowed the public to make well informed decisions around purchasing better secured cars1; the expansion of drug treatment has helped reduce the numbers of heroin and crack cocaine users, who commit over 40% of acquisitive crimes2; and better home security has substantially reduced the number of burglaries.3 The evidence is clear: where Government, law enforcement, businesses and the public work together on prevention we can deliver significant and sustained cuts in certain crimes. That is good news for victims and communities and it makes clear economic sense too. Now, as crime changes, this strategy recognises the importance of strong evidence as the basis for a modern approach to crime prevention. It applies the lessons from past successes along with new research into the challenges we now face. It addresses what the evidence suggests "where Government, law enforcement, businesses and the public work together on prevention we can deliver significant and sustained cuts in certain crimes" are the six key drivers of crime - opportunity, character, the effectiveness of the Criminal Justice System, profit, drugs and alcohol - and a wide variety of crime types. It sets out proposals to make crime harder to commit, less appealing for criminals, and more unlikely in certain communities, situations or in relation to certain products. It brings to bear the latest techniques - from behavioural economics to data analytics - and coordinates a wide variety of partners, many outside Government's direct control. It aims to articulate, quite simply, what crime prevention means in 2016.

Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 50p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509831/6.1770_Modern_Crime_Prevention_Strategy_final_WEB_version.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509831/6.1770_Modern_Crime_Prevention_Strategy_final_WEB_version.pdf

Shelf Number: 138387

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Policy
Criminal Justice Reform

Author: Great Britain. Home Office

Title: Reducing Mobile Phone Theft and Improving Security. Paper 2

Summary: In September 2014 the Home Office and the Behavioural Insights Team published the joint paper: Reducing Mobile Phone Theft and Improving Security1. That paper used data from Crime Surveys (Crime Survey for England and Wales) conducted between 2005/06 and 2012/13, together with data from the Metropolitan Police about the theft of mobile phones in London between August 2012 and January 2014, to set out a detailed picture of how and when mobile phones are stolen and the types of phone most likely to be stolen. It also included the first Mobile Phone Theft Ratio. When we published that material, we were conscious that the picture it presented might well have changed following the widespread introduction of device based solutions by manufacturers from September 2013 onwards. They were introduced to help reduce mobile phone theft. This paper provides an updated picture of mobile phone theft, including an updated Mobile Phone Theft Ratio, to provide a more contemporary picture capturing the impact that the security features introduced by manufacturers have had on levels of theft. Our findings show: - there has been a fall in levels of mobile phone theft since the introduction of device based solutions such as Apple iOS7 and Samsung Reactivation Lock; - there has been a fall in the proportion of mobile phone thefts across all age groups and genders, except for 22-24 year old males; - 18-21 year old females remain the most vulnerable to mobile phone theft; and - methods such as pick-pocketing and snatch theft, followed by theft of unattended items such as leaving a mobile phone on a bar or restaurant table, are the most common methods used by criminals.

Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509855/PRINT-6-1946-HO-Reducing_Mobile_Phone_Theft_and_Improving_Security_March....pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509855/PRINT-6-1946-HO-Reducing_Mobile_Phone_Theft_and_Improving_Security_March....pdf

Shelf Number: 138426

Keywords:
Cell Phones
Crime Prevention
Mobile Phones
Pick-Pocketing
Stolen Property
Theft

Author: O'Malley, Lisa

Title: Prevention practice : Learning from youth crime prevention activity teams in eight youth offending teams during 2008/09 and 2009/10

Summary: Youth crime prevention policy is based on the assumption that it is possible to change the life-course trajectories of young people by reducing risk factors that may lead to offending behaviour and building on protective factors that might help prevent offending. The purpose of the current study was to examine the characteristics and needs of a cohort of young people who completed youth crime prevention programmes, and to look at how these programmes were delivered in some localities. The study consisted of two components: 1. a small number of interviews - these were conducted with a key member of staff within seven of the eight case study youth offending teams (YOTs) 2. collection and analysis of YOT cohort administrative data from prevention programmes. These data included Onset1 risk of future offending assessment scores, key demographic characteristics and records of offences committed during the year before and the year after involvement in a prevention programme. A case study approach was taken, involving a purposively selected sample of eight YOTs operating in areas within England and Wales that had been providing youth crime prevention programmes, and which had received some funding from the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB). Overall, data were obtained for a cohort of 934 young people engaged in prevention programmes in 2008/09 and 2009/10. Data were aggregated across the eight YOTs to create a single cohort of young people. As the largest study to date looking specifically at Onset scores of young people involved in prevention programmes, this report offers practitioners in the youth justice field a useful insight into the characteristics and needs of young people completing prevention interventions, and how these programmes were delivered.

Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2014. 41p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/396062/prevention-practice-learning.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/396062/prevention-practice-learning.pdf

Shelf Number: 138479

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Delinquency
Life-Course Trajectories

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee

Title: Crime reduction policies: a co-ordinated approach?

Summary: During this inquiry we wished to examine the nature and effectiveness of crime reduction policies over the four years since our predecessor Committee reported on the merits of justice reinvestment as a means of cutting crime. Since 2010, crime has been falling, but we found that the extent to which this can, in practice, be attributed to the success of national or local crime reduction policies is unclear. Re-offending rates which had been falling have stabilised over this period but remain relatively high, and it concerns us that last year there has been a fall in the proportion of local areas achieving a decrease in reoffending. We call on the Government to seek to recognise more explicitly where reoffending has fallen and seek to understand why. The prison population has remained high but its once inexorable growth seems to have calmed. All parts of the criminal justice system have had to cope with significant spending cuts, yet it appears to us that the Government has shied away from using the need to make significant cuts to re-evaluate how and where money is spent. This is in contrast to the approach that we saw in Texas (and over half of US states) where they concluded that any real effort to contain spending on corrections must have as its centrepiece a plan to limit the growth of, and ultimately reduce, the prison population. The Government's method of reform remains focused largely on the activity of the Home Office and the Ministry of Justice, which can over-emphasise the significance in attempting to reduce crime of measures taken entirely within the criminal justice system. Some cross-Government initiatives have been developed, such as the Troubled Families programme, to deal with sources of crime. We welcome these yet note that the resources attached to very early intervention schemes, like Family Nurse Partnerships, are tiny in relation to the prison budget and the staggeringly high costs of crime to society. For example, we were told that it is estimated that annually violent crime, 44% of which is alcohol related, costs almost $30 billion, crime perpetrated by people who had conduct problems in childhood costs about $60 billion, and drug-related crime costs almost $14 billion. There have been significant changes to the local partnership landscape for crime reduction since 2010, including the introduction of police and crime commissioners and the transfer of public health responsibilities to local authorities, reflecting the ongoing broader shift of power in this field from Whitehall to local communities. While this has resulted in an assortment of local accountability structures, our evidence highlights the clear benefits of collective ownership, pooled funding and joint priorities that have been facilitated by this approach, although there remains a considerable way to go before health can be considered a fully integral part of the crime reduction picture. In particular, we consider that addressing the funding of mental health services, the inadequacy of which costs the police, courts, probation, and prisons and victims of crime greatly, should be an urgent priority. Alcohol treatment similarly remains a Cinderella service. In our view, two major elements are missing from local partnership approaches to crime reduction: courts and prisons. We believe that a prison system which effectively rehabilitates a smaller number of offenders, while other offenders are rehabilitated through robust community sentences, has the potential to bring about a bigger reduction in crime. Additionally, seeing courts as purely instrumental institutions involved solely in processing and resolving cases, misses an opportunity for encouraging greater innovation, for example through the adoption of problem-solving approaches, which we saw in operation in Texas and in Stockport, and we believe has the potential to make broader systemic savings. The radical and controversial changes that have been made to the probation system with the intention of providing for supervision of short-sentenced prisoners will be commissioned centrally and must be carefully managed to ensure that local crime reduction activity continues to build in strength as the resources for all concerned are further diminished. What remains lacking also is still, as our predecessor observed, a rigorous assessment of where taxpayers' money can most effectively be spent in cutting crime, and a government-wide approach which recognises more explicitly that the criminal justice system is only one limited part of the system through which taxpayers' money is spent to keep people safe from crime. We do not have the right structures in place to provide a collective memory of research evidence, its relative weight, and its implications for policy-making, including the capacity to make decisions about the best direction of resources, and we call on the Government to create an independent and authoritative body to facilitate this. In addition, the Treasury should seriously question whether taxpayers' money is used in ways most likely to reduce future crime and victimisation, and develop a longer-term strategy for the use of resources in this manner.

Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2014. 211p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmjust/307/307.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmjust/307/307.pdf

Shelf Number: 138482

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Criminal Justice Policies
Criminal Justice Reform
Re-Offending

Author: Arson Prevention Forum

Title: Arson: A Call to Action. A 'State of the Nation' Report

Summary: Fire related incidents and casualties are going down across the board, but progress is slowest in addressing deliberate fire deaths. The data shows us that the majority of these occur in single occupancy dwellings and, conversely to accidental fire deaths, tend to be the younger age groups. Fire statistics do not refer to arson, so the data used in this report predominantly reflects deliberate fires, which include, but are not limited to, arson. Deliberate fires not only endanger life, but also cost a vast amount of money. The Association of British Insurers state that their members pay out over $1bn in fire related claims each year and the larger loss fires are in non-domestic buildings. At the same time, the damage to property, business interruption and inconvenience arson causes is significant. The approach towards arson reduction is not as joined up as it could be, and the level of investment directed towards tackling arson is limited, to say the least. When investigating what is currently taking place to combat arson, a range of examples of fire and rescue services' work was provided, some of which involved the police and other agencies but examples of the work of other partners were harder to come by. It is therefore concluded that there is a need for all the various agencies with a responsibility and interest in arson to work better together; pooling resources and funding as well as expertise and knowledge. Details of successful interventions must be shared and learned from if we are to increase the downward trend in deliberate fires.

Details: s.l.: Arson Prevention Forum, 2014. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.stoparsonuk.org/documents/resources/DS2014-1156ArsonReportandappendix.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.stoparsonuk.org/documents/resources/DS2014-1156ArsonReportandappendix.pdf

Shelf Number: 138923

Keywords:
Arson
Crime Prevention
Firesetting

Author: Schweig, Sarah

Title: Co-Producing Public Safety: Communities, Law Enforcement, and Public Health Researchers Work to Prevent Crime Together

Summary: Even though crime has decreased across the country since the early 1990s, high rates of violence persist in many neighborhoods. In response, many jurisdictions are seeking ways to understand and prevent violence with a broader multidisciplinary approach, treating violence collaboratively as both a public health issue and a crime problem. A growing number of communities have been adopting this approach. One leading advocate of this method is The California Endowment, whose senior vice president, Anthony Iton, has said, "If you want to change an environment, you have to change many systems." To identify which systems need changing and the most effective ways to do it, The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) met in Los Angeles on August 1, 2014. In their roundtable discussion titled "Spreading a Cure for Crime," law enforcement executives, public health professionals, funders, researchers, and government officials worked together to share information and craft collaborative strategies to prevent crime. This roundtable was the third in a series, following two other meetings hosted by The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the COPS Office: Law Enforcement and Public Health: Sharing Resources and Strategies to Make Communities Safer, held in March of 20111 and Seeding Change: How Small Projects Can Improve Community Health and Safety, held in January 2012. This publication adds to the knowledge from the previous convenings and the reports on them while including a summary of the discussions, collaborative approaches, challenges, and recommendations for moving forward from the "Spreading a Cure for Crime" forum.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0800-pub.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0800-pub.pdf

Shelf Number: 138942

Keywords:
Collaboration
Community Partnerships
Crime Prevention
Public Health Issue
Violence Prevention

Author: Painter, Anthony

Title: Safer Together: Policing a global city in 2020

Summary: 'Safer together: policing a global city in 2020' is an analysis based on an extensive consultation, wide-ranging research, and the RSA's public service and institutional reform specialisms. It is an ambitious set of proposals to generate a public conversation about the future of London's safety - a critical component of its success as a global city. Following an extensive engagement with 500 of the most senior Met officers and others throughout the service and a consultation involving more than seventy external organisations, Safer Together establishes a shared mission. This mission involves public agencies, the voluntary sector, companies, the public and the police themselves. In a context of severe budgetary constraints and a changing pattern of crime, which is becoming more complex, the risk for London is that all those involved in its safety could be overwhelmed. The report outlines an approach that relies on deeper co-operation, better use of information and 'what works' analysis, and more extensive engagement of the police with London's communities and members of the public who need its support. The RSA proposes: - A Community Safety Index for London that will combine objective measures of crime and incidence of risk and harm with subjective measures such as feelings of safety, absence of anti-social behaviour and neighbourhood quality. - A London Policing Impact Unit that would combine operational, academic, and strategic knowledge. The Impact Unit would analyse data and learn from on-the-ground experience of 'what works'. These lessons would then be applied in the Met. A representative Citizens' Panel would inform its work. - New forms of collective impact to focus on particular challenges should be extended. These will broaden and widen the Multi-Agency Safeguarding Hub approach where agencies work in close cooperation. This means a permanent engagement on shared issues of concern such as domestic violence, mental health, or anti-social behavior. - A deepening of the Met's engagement with victims and witnesses, for example through greater deployment of restorative justice and greater analysis of victim needs and more continuous communication with them. Only through devolution of more powers over the criminal justice system to London can this take place convincingly. And there is a need for deeper community engagement - especially through the Safer Neighbourhood Boards and through the smart use of social media. 'Safer Together' is a considered yet ambitious response to the challenges of next few years in London. It provides a wider lens for current concerns on the future of public services and the public's relationship with them. It will be of interest to all those involved in changes to the public sector and those who rely on these changes succeeding - the public themselves.

Details: London: RSA Action and Research Centre, 2015. 78p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/safer-together-policing-a-global-city-in-2020/

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/safer-together-policing-a-global-city-in-2020/

Shelf Number: 138955

Keywords:
Community Participation
Crime Prevention
Neighborhoods and Crime
Police Effectiveness
Policing
Public Safety
Urban Areas

Author: Wijckmans, Belinda

Title: Community (oriented) policing in Europe: Concepts, theory and practice

Summary: This second toolbox in the series published by the EUCPN Secretariat focuses on the main theme of the Cyprus Presidency, which is community policing. The theme is explored and elaborated in four different ways, through: a theoretical paper; a survey among the European Member States on the organisation of community policing in their country, followed by an in-depth discussion during two round table sessions; a workshop/seminar with various experts and a particular focus on radicalisation, or which role community policing can play in the prevention of radicalisation, which is an important European issue and priority; and finally, a bundling of this year's European Crime Prevention Award's (ECPA) entries as a list of examples of good practices across Europe.

Details: Brussels: European Crime Prevention Network, 2012. 81p.

Source: Internet Resource: EUCPN Toolbox Series, No. 2: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: https://biblio.ugent.be/publication/3228987/file/3228996.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL: https://biblio.ugent.be/publication/3228987/file/3228996.pdf

Shelf Number: 139098

Keywords:
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Radicalization

Author: Currie, Janet

Title: Crime Prevention in Canada: Implementation Challenges and Strategies to Overcome Them

Summary: This report presents the results of an external contract on the analysis of implementation data from crime prevention projects funded by Public Safety Canada's National Crime Prevention Strategy (NCPS). It documents common challenges based upon certain aspects of the project, and identifies facilitators of successful program implementation.

Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 2p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R005: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r005/2015-r005-smmry-en.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Canada

URL: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r005/2015-r005-smmry-en.pdf

Shelf Number: 139125

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs

Author: Monchuk, Leanne

Title: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED): Investigating Its Application and Delivery in England and Wales

Summary: This thesis has two aims. First, it examines how the principles of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) are practically applied by a representative sample of 28 Architectural Liaison Officers (ALOs) across England and Wales. Second, it investigates how CPTED is delivered across Greater Manchester by Greater Manchester Police Design for Security Consultancy (DFSC). The research demonstrates that when presented with a set of residential plans ALOs are, to varying extents, able to identify locations which time shows have higher levels of crime and disorder. Whilst there is a skill exhibited by ALOs, there is a wide range of performance with some ALOs tending to overstate the risks posed. The skill therefore requires finessing to ensure that ALO input is maximally useful. It is argued that those responsible for the application of CPTED should be afforded more training and resources to allow them to develop this skill. Research underpinning ALO advice also needs to be developed. The way in which CPTED is delivered across Greater Manchester is atypical when compared to other forces across England and Wales. CPTED in Manchester is applied by former built environment professionals and a fee is charged for the production of a Crime Impact Statement (CIS). The aim of the CIS is to ensure that CPTED is considered early in the design and planning process. The thesis reports on how the CIS process was delivered during a period of austerity and examines how DFSC liaise with key stakeholders in compiling the CIS. The associated police recorded crime data for four residential CIS developments is reviewed as a means of measuring the extent to which the developments experienced crime and disorder compared to the immediate surrounding area. During the period of analysis no burglary offences were recorded. Analysis reveals that the involvement of DFSC is dependent upon a client being aware of the policy requirement for a CIS to accompany major planning applications. Some clients request a CIS late in the design and planning process, which limits the time DFSC can appraise the scheme and provide a consultative service. The content and structure of the CIS' varies depending upon when and by whom the CIS is written. Whilst CPTED is an important consideration for LPAs across Manchester, it is only one consideration, amongst others, for planning officers.

Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 343p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/27933/

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/27933/

Shelf Number: 139512

Keywords:
Built Environment
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Secured by Design

Author: Walmsley, Edward J.L.

Title: Situational crime prevention: the public's engagement with, support for, and their opinions on the effectiveness of SCP techniques and measures within a residential setting

Summary: There was little previous literature assessing public opinions of specific crime prevention strategies. Therefore the aim of this study was to investigate whether or not the public engage with situational crime prevention (SCP) techniques and measures, whether they support it, and whether or not they believe it to be effective. These main three opinions were then tested against four factors: area of residence; socio-demographic features; victimisation; and fear of crime. The study used a quantitative methodology and collected survey data from 196 participants from two separate locations of opposing crime rates within Kirklees, West Yorkshire. The study found that in general the sample strongly engaged with, supported, and felt SCP techniques and measures within their area of residence to be effective, although the latter measure was unconvincing. A key finding was that all three factors had positive correlations indicating that engagement can increase support and opinions on effectiveness and vice versa. Evidence was found to show that the four factors effected opinions on the effectiveness of SCP, however, no conclusive evidence was found to show that area of residence, socio-demographic features, victimisation, and fear of crime significantly affect engagement and support of SCP. Further results did indicate though, that the public were in favour of a number of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design features, especially improved community cohesion. As a result of the findings, the study suggests a number of policy implications, such as increased community cohesion and educating the public on the positive effects and success of SCP implementation. As well as this, future research should concentrate on exploring fear of crime: in particular do security measures increase it and if so can preventative initiatives such as Designing out Crime and Secured by Design be effective in reducing it

Details: Huddersfield, University of Huddersfield, 2014. 133p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/23528/1/ewalmsleyfinalthesis.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/23528/1/ewalmsleyfinalthesis.pdf

Shelf Number: 139537

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Public Opinion
Secured by Design
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: Madienyane, Dickson

Title: The effects of vigilantism on the community of Diepsloot

Summary: Vigilantism is a reality that is going to persist into the future for as long as crime exists. The Diepsloot community is not unique to other parts of the country like Khayelitsha, New Brighton, Gugulethu and others in resorting to mob justice. The satisfaction sourced from eliminating a criminal (s) seems to fuel the resolve around this method of justice. The scourge of crime is pretexted as the main reason behind the mob attacks which the community qualifies by the claim that the police are incapable to police crime. The Diepsloot community knows the moral and legal restrictions around crime of this magnitude but their knowledge of police incapacity allows them to justify this horrendous act. Mob justice incidents may not be occurring daily but their spread across the calendar is an uncomfortable reality everyone should be concerned of. The community, especially the victims, suffer permanent scars of fear and the burden on victim families is enormous. Victim families tend to grapple with permanent problem of dependants that have been incapacitated by the mob attacks. By far, victim families believe that perpetrators continue with impunity and the law-enforcement has revised intervention strategies. Multitask teams (like churches, youth, men's forum and sport) have been formed to reach out to the community but somehow no objective needs-analysis have been conducted thus the products are right but have no consumers. The role played by the police in community projects is acknowledged but the coordination structure is too centralised to purport local ownership. The concepts of moral regeneration and social cohesion have to find practical studies in the community of Diepsloot so as to comprehend the interest of the residents and be impactful to do paradigm shift.

Details: Johannesburg, South Africa: University of the Witwatersrand, 2013. 71p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://mobile.wiredspace.wits.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10539/13113/Vigilantism%20in%20Diepsloot-Edited-Final%20submission%202.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2013

Country: South Africa

URL: http://mobile.wiredspace.wits.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10539/13113/Vigilantism%20in%20Diepsloot-Edited-Final%20submission%202.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 139539

Keywords:
Citizen Patrols
Crime Prevention
Vigilantism

Author: Iorillo, David Matthew

Title: Integrating Public-Partnerships into Public Safety: The San Diego Organized Retail Crime Alliance, A Case Study

Summary: The public safety industry is spread across a broad network of law enforcement, prosecution and incarceration agencies and programs that work to reduce crime at each level. In today's economic and political environment, law enforcement agencies across the country are facing stricter budget and staffing models that have a profound effect on their ability to police neighborhoods and reduce crime. Private sector industries such as retail loss prevention, facility and private security corporations and financial organizations conduct investigations and implement crime reduction programs that mirror the efforts of law enforcement. Through the creation and utilization of partnerships between law enforcement and strategic private sector industries, crime can be reduced and the overall costs of combating crime can be shared among multiple resources. The reductions in budget and staffing make it an absolute necessity for law enforcement to look outside of traditional partnerships and bridge the gap better law enforcement and the private sector.

Details: Charles Town, WV: American Public University, 2014. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.apus.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1005&context=theses

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://digitalcommons.apus.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1005&context=theses

Shelf Number: 139543

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Organized Retail Crime
Private Security
Retail Crime
Retail Security
Shoplifting

Author: Deniz, Deniz

Title: Secure Urban Environments by Design: Analysis of Konak Square Design through "Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED)" Principles

Summary: Better design can play a crucial role for reducing crime and creating secure urban environments. In this regard, planners and designers have begun to acknowledge the importance of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED). However, unlike foreign countries, crime prevention through planning and design context has not been considered and integrated with the planning and design studies in Turkey. This study is aimed to fill this vital gap. Therefore, the main purpose of the study is to examine the relationships between crime (as well as fear of crime) and the spatial built environment. To do that, as one of the recently redesigned public space of zmir, Konak Square Design has been analysed through CPTED principles. In that case, a comparison of recent design of Konak Square and CPTED principles are carried out. Then, if design features of the square complies with CPTED principles or not, found out. Finally, additional recommendations are made that have not been covered by existing CPTED principles to improve security considerations of public places. For this purpose, interviews have been conducted with the zmir Police Department and also the official crime records of the area have been obtained from them. Besides using cross-correlation technique, systematic observations and questionnaires have been used as research methods of this study. Consequently, this particular study did find support for the causal relationships between the occurrence of crime or feelings of insecurity and characteristics of the spatial built environments. Therefore, the study has emphasized that, planning and design issues should be considered carefully in order to create safer and livable public spaces

Details: Izmir: Izmir Institute of Technology, 2007. 198p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://library.iyte.edu.tr/tezler/doktora/sehirplanlama/T000615.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: Turkey

URL: http://library.iyte.edu.tr/tezler/doktora/sehirplanlama/T000615.pdf

Shelf Number: 139506

Keywords:
Built Environment
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Urban Areas and Crime

Author: Erdogan, Aygun

Title: Exploring Crime in a Spatial and Temporal Context: Suitable Response Strategies for Urban Planning and Policing by the Case of Etlik Police Station Zone

Summary: This study explores incidents in a spatial and temporal context to achieve suitable strategies for urban planning and policing in crime prevention/reduction. For this purpose, " space " and " time " related incidents are analyzed through " new crime ecology " theories within the designed "loose-coupled" GIS-based system at "mezo"-"micro" ecological levels in a case area within Ankara Metropolis, in 2000. Its main argument is that incidents display differences in the spatial and/or temporal distribution among planned , squatter , and in-transition settlements. In exploring distribution of incidents at global and local scales , it also searches the validity and critical adaptability of the new theories developed/practiced in North American and European countries. In line with new theories , incidents at global scale displayed clustering in space and time. Generally, incidents in aggregate, concentrated mostly in planned ; less in in-transition ; least in squatter areas; and particularly during spring-summer months. However, inc idents against people and against property predominated respectively in squatter and planned areas, and between 18:00-00:00, and 00:00-08:00. As for local scale , incidents in aggregate, displayed spatial interaction ( clustering ), but no space-time interaction . Spatial distribution in time suggested that incidents persistently occur mainly in planned areas. Incidents against property displayed highest level of spatial , and also temporal clustering at global scale ; and particularly spatial clustering (particularly for commercial burglaries/thefts) and space-time clustering (for residential burglaries) at local scale. Complementarily, relatively homogenous global scale spatial distribution of incidents against people is accompanied by their non local scale spatial clustering or space-time clustering , whereby space-time dispersion was observed for simple batteries.

Details: Ankara, Turkey: Middle East Technical University, 2007. 321p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://etd.lib.metu.edu.tr/upload/3/12608961/index.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: Turkey

URL: https://etd.lib.metu.edu.tr/upload/3/12608961/index.pdf

Shelf Number: 139607

Keywords:
Community Policing
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Place-Based Policing
Spatial Analysis of Crime
Urban Crime

Author: Clancey, Garner

Title: Implications of a Local Case Study for Crime Prevention Practice and Policy, and Criminologys Grand Narratives

Summary: There has been a growing focus on crime prevention in the criminological literature in recent decades. Despite this growing interest, much remains unknown. This is true at both the practical, applied level and the conceptual, theoretical level. This thesis extends our understanding of crime prevention on both levels. This thesis comprehensively describes diverse methods of crime prevention operating in the Glebe postcode area (Sydney, Australia). This case study of the Glebe postcode area was developed to provide a looking glass into crime prevention practices. By having a narrow geographical focus for the research, it was possible to develop a deep understanding of the intricate networks and activities that directly and indirectly contribute to the prevention of crime in the area. Rarely has such close attention been paid to these dimensions of, and conditions and contexts for, crime prevention in Australia. Description and analysis of wider policies and programs provide important context for this case study. Trends in local forms of crime prevention and state-wide (that is, New South Wales) developments place the case study in a historical and policy context. Analysis of these wider trends and forces reveals the similarities of the findings from the Glebe case study with these longer-term trends. A number of findings emerged from this Glebe case study relevant to crime prevention policy and practice. Significantly, a plethora of activities and programs was identified that seek to prevent crime or contribute to the prevention of crime. By adopting a place-based analysis, it was possible to observe the layers of prevention operating in the area that other forms or scope of analysis risk missing. The limited previous capture of these crime prevention activities raises questions about what is known about prevention, the efficacy of a crime prevention evidence base, and subsequent theorising. One reason that these activities might not be generally visible is the absence of evaluation. There was little evidence of rigorous evaluation of the diverse initiatives and programs operating in the area. This might be explained by the generally low commitment to evaluation in Australia (English et al 2002; Homel 2007) and by the nature of some of the crime prevention initiatives. Many of the crime prevention measures adopted are the responsibility of individual home owners, car manufacturers, businesses and institutions. Evaluation, in the traditional social science sense, is not likely to be a priority for these individuals and entities. Moreover, many of the programs were embedded in human service systems. Isolating the impact of particular programs becomes difficult in this context (Hope 2005a). Calls for increased investment in evaluation, and especially approaches that are sensitive to collective impacts (Kania & Kramer 2011, 2013), are supported by this research. The observation that many of the local crime prevention activities are guided by, and aspire to, socially inclusive outcomes is significant. Rather than being exclusionary and constituting an extension of the net of social control(Cohen 1985), much crime prevention activity is animated by social-welfare traditions. For a small number of Glebe residents, the surveillance society (Lyon 2007) is a daily reality, with frequent bail checks, reporting regimes to criminal justice agencies and intrusions by state housing representatives. However, for the vast majority, crime prevention is a partial or the primary reason why day care, parenting support programs, alternative education classes, mentoring schemes, exercise programs and breakfast clubs exist. People are more likely to experience the caring face of crime prevention, rather than an impersonal surveillant assemblage (Haggerty & Ericson 2000). Analysis of crime data for the Glebe area over an 18-year period (19952012) revealed a dramatic decline in key volume (property) offences in the area from the late 1990s, and especially since 200708. This decline, generally consistent with trends in Sydney, New South Wales (NSW), Australia (Weatherburn & Holmes 2013a, 2013b) and other jurisdictions (Zimring 2007; Farrell et al 2011; van Dijk et al 2012), provided a critical backdrop to the fieldwork. While difficult to prove, especially given the limited evaluation of local programs, it is highly likely that, based on research from elsewhere (see Skogan 2006;Farrell et al 2008; van Dijk et al 2012; Farrell 2013), these crime prevention measures have at least contributed to such declines at the local level. Irrespective of whether a causal link can be established between particular initiatives and falls in crime, there was evidence that this local crime decline in Glebe has had direct impact on responses to crime. Some inter-agency crime prevention structures have been dismantled in recent years and it was decided by local actors during the research period that a new or revised local crime prevention plan was not necessary due to the significant falls in some crime categories. These developments generally appear contrary to some previous suggestions of the expansionary tendencies of crime prevention actors (Gilling 1997). Local actors also mentioned their fears of experiencing the prevention paradox program funding being withdrawn as a consequence of falling crime. In this way, crime rates and crime prevention activities seemingly share a loose but important relationship. The sharp and sustained decline in many crime types in the last 10 to 12 years and the findings emerging from this research suggest the need for the rethinking and reworking of some previous criminological propositions. In particular, this research cautions against easy adoption of the grand narratives that suggest we are being governed through crime/fear of crime/uncertainty/antisocial behaviour (Simon 2007; Lee 2007; Ericson 2007; Crawford 2009a) in the pursuit of security (Zedner 2009). The quiet dismantling of some crime prevention structures, the reduced focus on crime in inter-agency meetings, the anecdotal suggestion that people are less fearful following falls in crime, and the decision not to develop a new local crime prevention plan, all revealed by the Glebe case study, point to (admittedly early and partial) signs that crime is not the organising principle that it once was. The public housing crisis, child protection reforms, mental health initiatives, and new funding models for human services, amongst other issues, attracted considerably greater attention than crime during this research. Claims about being governed through crime/fear of crime/uncertainty/antisocial behaviour (Simon 2007; Lee 2007; Ericson 2007; Crawford 2009a) and the role assumed by crime prevention in these governance processes look increasingly unstable during a time when other policy domains have taken centre stage and crime has fallen. Such developments should be a cause for optimism, if not celebration, and a salve for the dire predictions and commentaries commonly found in criminologies of catastrophe (OMalley 2000).

Details: Sydney: University of Sydney, 2014. 397p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au/handle/2123/12015?mode=full

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au/handle/2123/12015?mode=full

Shelf Number: 139608

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention

Author: Metropolican Police Authority

Title: Under Lock and Quay: Reducing Criminal Opportunity by Design

Summary: Under Lock and Quay Foreword Londons Waterways are an accessible cult ural and environmental asset which also act as a catalyst for regeneration and inward investment. They are playing an increasingly important role in the capital's tourism industry as well as becoming popular for residential, commercial and leisure development, all of which impact substantially on the patterns of movement along the waterways and the growing number of different users. There is a growing national awareness of the added value and commercial betterment of development alongside water, and recent major schemes have demonstrated the success and potential for future development. There is a real opportunity to capitalise on this resource and British Waterways are striving to improve access to, and enhance the vitality of, the waterway network. It is important therefore that issues relating to crime and the fear of crime are tackled using positive and long-term solutions which are in keeping with the built and natural heritage of this historic transport network to encourage greater and safer use of waterside facilities. Inland waterways are an integral part of London's natural and industrial heritage as well as having a vital social role to play through the provision of publicly accessible areas for informal recreation and educational purposes. However, British Waterways and the Metropolitan Police recognise that the linear nature of the waterways, particularly canals which have a limited number of crossing points, often result in segregation of waterside areas from their surroundings and increased opportunity for criminal activities to occur. It is often the fear of crime rather than actual danger itself which discourages peop le from venturing along the towing path. Safety and security issues are inextricably bound up with enhancement, conservation and development, yet addressing the problem is often done on an ad-hoc basis once development is complete. This leads to ineffective and inappropriate treatment which can have two negative impacts upon the waterway environment: - creates an environment which can be inad vertently perceived as being unsafe; or - changes the historic charac ter of the waterway irrevocably as to make it less desirable to visit. Therefore, British Waterways and the Metropolitan Police are of the view that design measures to improve security should ideally be included at the planning stage as part of an integral approach to new development, regeneration, and environmental improvement schemes in order to design out crime.

Details: London: Canal River Trust, 2000. 90p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/media/library/309.pdf

Year: 2000

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/media/library/309.pdf

Shelf Number: 139626

Keywords:
Built Environment
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Maritime Crime
Maritime Security

Author: Savignac, Julie

Title: Guide for Selecting an Effective Crime Prevention Program

Summary: For several years, the evidence- based approach has been used in the crime prevention domain to support programs that have demonstrated their effectiveness in reducing crime and improving community safety. The evidence- based approach, which relates to program effectiveness, is based on high scientific standards from results on program effectiveness that come from rigorous evaluation studies. Registries /databases , available to the public, widely disseminate evidence - based programs. The notion of "evidence" is operationalized (i.e. , to materialize) through a continuum of program effectiveness: this is why there are different categories of programs, from "model programs", to "promising programs", to "ineffective programs". The evidence- based approach thus needs to be well understood by local authorities and applied appropriately through the programs and practices that will be implemented in local communities. From this conceptualization multiple questions arise, some of which go unaddressed. For example, among all crime prevention programs supported by evidence, how do you select the most appropriate program that will meet the demands of funders, the needs of the population, and the organizational capacities of the lead organization? Where can information on programs and practices supported by evidence be found? How do we ensure that effective strategies and potential challenges will be considered? This report has been developed to provide some answers to questions on the use of evidence-based programs by practitioners and policy makers. Evidence- based crime prevention programs can get better results than traditional programs, but to achieve the expected results, it is necessary that the right program is selected for the right clientele and that it is implemented using effective strategies. This report, without being exhaustive, provides practical guidance to help individuals better understand the evidence-based approach in crime prevention, proposes a step-by-step framework to guide them during program selection and implementation, and also suggests key elements for sustainability. This guide is an updated and more detailed version of a publication previously posted on Public Safety Canada's website ( Guide to Select Promising and Model Crime Prevention Programs ; 2012).

Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 37p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R009: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm-en.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm-en.pdf

Shelf Number: 139633

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs

Author: Smith, Martha J.

Title: Using Civil Actions Against Property to Control Crime Problems

Summary: This guide addresses the use of civil remedies to control and prevent crime and disorder occurring at real-property locations, such as individual addresses or geographical areas. In general, the focus of the enforcement is not usually the potential offender, but rather someone who has control over property that has been, or might be, used in the commission of a crime. The civil remedy may be used in place of-or often in tandem with - criminal penalties as a coercive incentive for the person (or business) who is the focus of the potential remedy to do (or refrain from doing) a particular thing. Focusing on the underlying crime opportunities provided at a particular place helps to limit the frustrations involved in revolving-door policing (i.e., offense commission, calls for service, arrest, conviction on a minor charge, release, and repeat). This guide provides general explanations about the types of civil remedies that you can use to address crime at particular places and points out a number of issues you should consider before using these remedies. Examples of placed-focused civil remedies are set out in the main text, and in Appendixes C and D. These remedies can be used to control a variety of crime opportunities focused on places, depending on the particular type of civil remedy used and the language set out in the legal regulations themselves, which differ across jurisdictions. While a number of different types of crime problems that can benefit from the use of civil remedies are mentioned in this guide, two types of crime-and-place problems have been highlighted - drug-related crime in housing (particularly government-run or supported housing) and alcohol-related crime and disorder in and around licensed premises (i.e., bars, pubs, and clubs). Appendixes C and D summarize some of the key features of prevention schemes addressing these two crime problems, providing examples of situations in which they have been used both successfully and unsuccessfully. Historically, these problem places have been the focus of close government regulation, and the prevention schemes set out here reflect the use of existing statutory powers as well as the development of new regulatory mechanisms. Many, but not all of these, used the SARA approach of problem-oriented policing to frame the steps taken to address the problems.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 84p.

Source: Internet Resource: Response Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 11: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p277-pub.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: United States

URL: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p277-pub.pdf

Shelf Number: 139750

Keywords:
Civil Remedies
Crime Prevention
Problem-Oriented Policing
Property Crimes

Author: Corporacion Andina de Fomento

Title: Towards a Safer Latin America: A new perspective to prevent and control crime

Summary: Public safety is an important determinant of the welfare of families and communities. The blistering growth of crime and violence in many countries of Latin America in recent years has not only entailed high economic and social costs but also, by undermining trust among citizens and public authorities, compromised democratic governance and state legitimacy. This year's Report on Economics and Development (RED) proposes an approach for the analysis of insecurity in which crime results from decisions made by individuals in a particular situation. While it is true that beliefs, perceptions, self-control, and other personality traits (in turn shaped by family experiences, education level, job opportunities, and other experiences throughout the life cycle) can tip an individual into crime, his physical and social environment, the incentives provided by illegal markets (e.g., drugs), and the credibility and efficiency of the criminal justice system are also important. From this perspective, crime-fighting actions involve a wide range of dimensions: family, school, neighbodhood, community, urban infrastructure, economic regulations, police, justice, and prisons. The available evidence (mostly for developed countries) shows that investing in the nutrition and early stimulation of children and promoting family environments with non-conflicting and proactive parenting have positive effects on people's crime propensity, decreasing the incidence of crime. The same goes for interventions at school and in the peer group during adolescence to reduce youth criminogenic exposure. Despite their importance, these are medium- and long-term investments. In the short term, interventions affecting the environment and the opportunities for committing crimes (such as, for example, improvements in public spaces, schedule limits on the sale of alcohol and targeted policing strategies, by type of crime or territory) could be very rewarding as well. However, to plan, design, and implement these various interventions the available information has to improve. A basic first step is to obtain reliable measurements of the incidence of crime, both from administrative records and victimization surveys. Yet, despite the increased importance of crime and violence for public opinion in the region, there is still much to be done to achieve statistics with methodological rigor and adequate frequency that make it possible to assess the phenomena quantitatively. Of course, reliable statistics are not enough. It is also important for public policy initiatives to be monitored and evaluated to learn about their quantitative and qualitative effects and understand the channels through which these effects play out. This learning is essential when it comes to phenomena with multiple determinants, regarding which the outcomes of any actions can be very specific to the context in which these actions are implemented. Critically, the process of generating statistics and designing, implementing, and evaluating policies requires hefty government institutional capabilities. These capabilities do not appear in a vacuum, but are rather the result of political will to prioritize crime control, which, in turn, depends on citizens' disposition to, through advocacy and vote, demand just this from their representatives. And besides political will, it is necessary for public bureaucracies to be properly trained and have the right incentives and resources for action.

Details: s.l.: Corporacion Andina de Fomento, 2015. 268p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://scioteca.caf.com/bitstream/handle/123456789/708/RED2014-english-towards-a-safer-latin-america.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y

Year: 2015

Country: Latin America

URL: http://scioteca.caf.com/bitstream/handle/123456789/708/RED2014-english-towards-a-safer-latin-america.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 140142

Keywords:
Crime
Crime Prevention
Public Security
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime
Violent Crime

Author: EUROsociAL Programme

Title: Regional Model for a Comprehensive Violence and Crime Prevention Policy

Summary: Over the past decade, the premise by which the origin of violence and crime is multicausal and multi-dimensional in nature has been widely accepted as the starting point from which the comprehensive prevention of violence and crime can be approached in order to build safer and more cohesive communities and societies. Proof of this can be found in the principles of the Central America Security Strategy (ESCA). Consequently, the Model is an exercise in supporting the implementation and promotion of the said principles and the approach promoted by the European Union through this strategy, laid down in the EU action plan, CELAC 2015-2017. Within this context and on the basis of the aforementioned premise, the Regional Model for a Comprehensive Violence and Crime Prevention Policy embodies a significant part of the work on Public Security undertaken by the European Union's EUROsociAL II programme. The formulation of the Model began in the first three regional meetings on violence and crime prevention: El Salvador (2011), Panama (2013) and Guatemala (2014). This initiative, taken by the European Commission with Latin America, is primarily a commitment towards the region based on the Commission's main goal: cooperation in order to promote public policies that can contribute to social cohesion. Under this programme, the European Forum for Urban Security (Efus) and the International Juvenile Justice Observatory (IJJO), coordinated by Expertise France, worked on the drafting of a comprehensive regional violence and crime prevention policy framework by creating this Model with the support of the consultancy firm, Proyectos Estrategicos Consultoria. The main aim of this document, whose purpose is to review and analyse theoretical and scientific developments in the public policies implemented in Latin America and their respective legal and judicial frameworks, as well as the guidelines of international bodies regarding violence and crime prevention, is to guide and support governments as they create and manage their plans and actions in this area. Accordingly, and in light of the fact that this document is consistent with the situation in the region and can be adapted to all of the circumstances that can be found in Latin America, the participatory nature of this process is worth highlighting. Consultative video-conference meetings allowed the authors to find out about and take note of various practical concerns regarding the management of violence and crime prevention measures voiced by ten countries (Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama and Uruguay) and four international cooperation bodies and agencies (Inter-American Development Bank, World Bank, Organization of American States, and the United Nations Development Programme). These observations were subsequently integrated into the document. The Model puts forward seven processes and two conditions whose purpose is to facilitate the identification of the circumstances, developments and requirements specific to each country to contribute to the construction and consolidation of comprehensive public violence and crime prevention policies.

Details: Madrid: EUROsociAL Programme, 2015. 76p.

Source: Internet Resource: Collection Working Paper n. 33: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://sia.eurosocial-ii.eu/files/docs/1461686840-DT_33-_Modelo%20regional%20Prevencion%20Violencia%20(ENG).pdf

Year: 2015

Country: Latin America

URL: http://sia.eurosocial-ii.eu/files/docs/1461686840-DT_33-_Modelo%20regional%20Prevencion%20Violencia%20(ENG).pdf

Shelf Number: 140223

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Security
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Gill, Martin

Title: Retail Loss Prevention in Perspective

Summary: There is a new report out today which provides a view of the state of loss prevention from those who are in charge of it. Leading loss prevention managers have contributed to this report. It shows that while organised crime is perceived to be a more significant problem now than in the past, the aggravating factor appears to be a strong view that the police are ever more neglectful of retailers. This problem is stoked by other trends such as a tendency to have fewer staff available on the shop floor (and thus less oversight of it); the speed with which retailers make moves in the market to gain a competitive edge without the time to assess the loss/security implications; and the growing practice of opening stores in difficult geographical areas. Against this background, margins in retailing were generally seen to be tight and it was becoming increasingly more difficult to get support for spending on loss prevention measures, although there were some notable successes. Those interviewed generally (but not exclusively) felt they were doing a good job although for most there was room for improvement. Most felt they were supported by the Board but again there was often room for improvement here, and part of the difficulty was that loss prevention was typically distanced from the Board. Moreover, while most were judged at least in part (although often in large part) on loss figures it was noted that this was not something over which they had complete control. Resources were seen as tight and this was sometimes a limitation interviewees said they had to work within. It was seen as difficult to compare performance because figures on shrink were deemed unreliable; it certainly complicated comparisons. Some retailers are moving to 'Total Loss', and this is creating a slight change in focus. Guards were seen to have a use in responding to problems and in providing a visible deterrent but some pointed to lower losses even when guards were taken out of stores. Likewise CCTV was sometimes seen as an essential part of a strategy but others pointed to out of date technology and cameras not being used to their full potential even when present. EAS was sometimes seen as effective against opportunists in particular but also as a poor relation to RFID although for the most part the jury was out on this when assessed in terms of theft prevention rather than stock management. In short, all security measures were seen as good by some and not by others. That said, the favoured crime prevention tool was most often staff; offering both a visible presence and an opportunity to prevent thefts and intervene when necessary. Going forward there is likely to be a greater use of data and linking different databases to inform loss prevention approaches. There were mixed views of both civil recovery schemes and the usefulness of crime partnerships. It was not so much that when done well they were not both praised, they were. Rather it was the case that often practice did not match the potential to influence loss reduction. This was the cause of some anxiety and highlights areas where there are opportunities for improvement. Those working in loss prevention claimed to generate ideas and insights from each other, and there was willingness to work with others potentially pooling resources where appropriate, to improve the loss prevention lot. While some lamented that loss prevention has not raised its game sufficiently others saw potential via greater use of data and intelligence, better use of technologies, more effective engagement from front line staff and via - in certain circumstances - sharing resources to increase their future impact.

Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International, 2016. 45p.

Source: Available at the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL:

Shelf Number: 145577

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crimes Against Businesses
Loss Prevention
Organized Crime
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: Henry, David B.

Title: The Effect of Intensive CeaseFire Intervention on Crime in Four Chicago Police Beats: Quantitative Assessment

Summary: This quantitative evaluation project analyzed two years of publicly-available data on violent crimes for the two districts targeted by City of Chicago Contract #2013-00303-00- 00 to determine (1) whether the goals of the contract were accomplished and (2) whether the effects exceeded what could have been expected without CeaseFire. The results are summarized as follows: o Raw crime counts show a 31% reduction in homicide, a 7% reduction in total violent crime, and a 19% reduction in shootings in the targeted districts. o These effects are significantly greater than the effects expected given the declining trends in crime in the city as a whole. o Reduced levels of total violent crime, shootings, and homicides were maintained throughout the intervention year in the targeted districts. o Some effects, including the rate of growth in violence, differed by district, possibly due to different strategies employed by CeaseFire. o The effects of the intervention were immediate, appearing within the first month, when CeaseFire workers arrived in the community, and were maintained throughout the intervention year. o It is not likely that effects were due to increased police activity, although this cannot be confirmed because the contract called for cooperation between CeaseFire and police. o The extent to which the effects will be maintained in the year after the end of the city contract will be the subject of further study.

Details: Chicago, IL: Cure Violence.org, 2014. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/McCormick-CeaseFire-Evaluation-Quantitative.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/McCormick-CeaseFire-Evaluation-Quantitative.pdf

Shelf Number: 140473

Keywords:
CeaseFire
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Health Policy
Violence Prevention

Author: Muggah, Robert

Title: Making Cities Safer: Citizen Security Innovations from Latin America

Summary: Cities are where the policy and practice of citizen security are determined. Although national and subnational strategies are essential to scaling-up crime prevention, cities are where they are put into practice. Because of the way they bring opportunities and risks into focus, cities are natural laboratories of policy innovation to prevent and reduce violence. Some of the most remarkable progress in homicide reduction, crime prevention and public safety in recent decades has occurred in large and medium-sized cities, especially in Latin America and the Caribbean. This report explores the evidence of what works, and what does not, when it comes to promoting citizen security in Latin American and Caribbean cities. While not exhaustive, the report features a range of positive and less positive experiences of 10 municipalities and metropolitan areas across the region. The goal is to highlight the change in approach from hardline law and order approaches to ones that emphasize multi-sector and preventive measures. The structure of the report is straightforward. Each case study includes a broad overview of the context and problem, a description of the intervention and how it was implemented, and some reflections on the outcomes and impacts. -

Details: Rio de Janeiro: Igarape Institute; Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank, 2016. 49p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: https://publications.iadb.org/handle/11319/7757

Year: 2016

Country: Latin America

URL: https://publications.iadb.org/handle/11319/7757

Shelf Number: 146157

Keywords:
Citizen Security
Crime Prevention
Homicides
Public Safety
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Ojebode, A.

Title: Explaining the Effectiveness of Community-Based Crime Prevention Practices in Ibadan, Nigeria

Summary: The problem of ineffective policing still persists in post-colonial Africa and as a result, both donors and governments are seeking non-state alternatives or complements to the state apparatuses. These alternatives include private sector provision, donor-driven interventions and community-based or community-driven crime prevention practices. There is no shortage of community-based crime prevention (CBCP) practices in Africa and they come in a variety of forms and models: neighbourhood watches, vigilantes, religious and ethnic militias, and neighbourhood guards. However, the effectiveness of CBCP practices is still a subject of controversy despite the widespread prevalence of these practices. This study looks at the effectiveness of CBCP practices, considers possible reasons for their effectiveness or ineffectiveness, and on the basis of the research, makes some policy recommendations.

Details: Brighton, UK: Institute of Development Studies, 2016. 59p.

Source: Internet Resource: IDS Working Paper 479: Accessed October 6, 2016 at: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12192/Wp479.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2016

Country: Nigeria

URL: https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/123456789/12192/Wp479.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 147819

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Neighborhood Watch
Neighborhoods and Crime
Vigilantes

Author: Rummens, Anneleen

Title: Criteria for the evaluation of crime prevention practices

Summary: The European Crime Prevention Network (EUCPN) provides a platform for its members to discuss and disseminate best practices in crime prevention. Essential in identifying best practices in crime prevention, is the evaluation of crime prevention projects. A crucial step in any evaluation process is the identification and registration of indicators (EUCPN 2013, UNODC 2010, Morgan & Homel 2013). Indicators provide measurable information on the implementation, efficiency and effectiveness of a crime prevention programme. They can be applied to evaluate projects against specific criteria in an intersubjective and rigorous manner. Information on the identification and use of indicators in the evaluation process of crime prevention projects is nevertheless currently lacking. The EUCPN has therefore commissioned this study to provide an overview of relevant indicators and their application in the evaluation of crime prevention projects1 . The following central research questions will be addressed: 1. What are the most important indicators, both general and specific, for the identification of best practices in crime prevention? 2. How can those indicators be applied in a user-friendly evaluation model? 3. Which conditions need to be taken into account when applying the evaluation model? Each question will be elaborated on in a separate part. The objectives of the three parts are defined as follows: ● Part I: Identification of indicators -Provide an overview of the most important indicators, both general and specific per type of evaluation, type of prevention, type of group targeted by the prevention measure and type of crime; ● Part II: Development of an evaluation model -Develop specific criteria including the previously determined indicators; -Develop a practical evaluation model; -Provide a user-friendly evaluation tool (Excel score form) for applying the model. ● Part III: Testing and improving the evaluation model -Improve and tweak the evaluation model further based on feedback from practitioners; -Determine the conditions under which the evaluation model needs to be applied.

Details: Ghent: Institute for International Research on Criminal Policy, Ghent University, 2016. 100p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/2016_10_04_eucpn_evaluation_crime_prevention_practices_final.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Europe

URL: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/2016_10_04_eucpn_evaluation_crime_prevention_practices_final.pdf

Shelf Number: 145438

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Program Evaluation
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: MM Starrs Pty Ltd

Title: Benefits of Theft Reform -- Technical Working Paper

Summary: In accordance with the terms of the inter-government/insurance industry agreement under which it operates, the NMVTRC is required to present an evaluation of its operations to State and Territory Ministers and the Insurance Council of Australia (ICA) during 2014/15. There are three discrete elements to the Review:  This study of the economic and social benefits (the benefits element) of the NMVTRC's theft reform activities;  A survey of stakeholders' perceptions of the NMVTRC's performance in meeting its objectives and support for its dissolution or extension (the stakeholder element); and  The development of a set of recommendations by the NMVTRC on whether it should be wound-up or extended. This report deals solely with the benefits element. The report demonstrates the economic value of vehicle theft reform to Australia and the NMVTRC's considerable contribution to delivering those benefits.

Details: North Melbourne Victoria: National Motor Vehicle Theft Reduction Council, 2014. 13p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 : https://carsafe.com.au/assets/Benefits_Summary__Final_.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Australia

URL: https://carsafe.com.au/assets/Benefits_Summary__Final_.pdf

Shelf Number: 145433

Keywords:
Automobile Theft
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention
Vehicle Theft

Author: Hillier, Bill

Title: An evidence based approach to crime and urban design: Or, can we have vitality, sustainability and security all at once?

Summary: It is generally agreed that a key priority in the design of cities is, insofar as it is possible, to make life difficult for the criminal. But is that really possible? Different crimes, after all, are facilitated by very different kinds of spaces: picking pockets is easier in crowded high streets, street robbery is easier when victims come one at a time, burglary is helped by secluded access, and so on. In inhibiting one crime, it seems, we might be in danger of facilitating another. Even so, the sense that some environments are safe and others dangerous is persistent, and inspection of crime maps will, as often as not, confirm that people's fears are not misplaced. So is it possible to make environments generally safer? Strangely, although it is now widely believed that it is, there are two quite different schools of thought about how it should be done. The first is traceable to Jane Jacobs book 'The Death and Life of the Great American Cities' in 1962, and advocates open and permeable mixed use environments, in which strangers passing through spaces, as well as inhabitants occupying them, form part of an 'eyes on the street' natural policing mechanism which inhibits crime. The second, traceable to Oscar Newman's book Defensible Space in 1972, argues that having too many people in spaces creates exactly the anonymity that criminals need to access their victims, and so dilutes the ability of residents to police their own environment. Crime can then be expected to be less in low density, single use environments with restricted access to strangers, where inhabitants can recognise strangers as intruders and challenge them. We could call these the 'open' and 'closed' solutions, and note that each in its way seems to be based on one kind of commonsense intuition, and each proposes a quite precise mechanism for maximizing the social control of crime through design. Yet each seems to imply design and planning solutions which are in many ways the opposite of each other. The problem is further complicated by sustainability. To minimise energy consumption, we are said to need denser environments, which are easier to move about in under personal power, and with more mixing of uses to make facilities more easily accessible. This implies permeable environments in which you can easily go in any direction without too long a detour. From this point of view, the way we expanded towns in the later part of the twentieth century, with large areas of hierarchically ordered cul de sacs in relatively closed-off areas, made trips longer and so more car dependent. So if it were criminogenically neutral, the open solution would be preferable. But its critics say it is not. The open solution, they argue, will facilitate crime and so create a new dimension of unsustainability. So what does the evidence say? The fact is that on the major strategic design and planning questions it says precious little. The points at issue were recently summarised by Stephen Town and Randall O'Toole (Town & O'Toole 2005) in a table of six points where the 'open' position, which they say is preferred by Zelinka & Brennan in their book 'new urbanist' book 'Safescape' (Zelimka & Brennan 2001), is contrasted to the closed 'defensible space' position, which has dominated most thinking until quite recently.

Details: London: Bartlett School of Graduate Studies, University College London, 2008. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://spacesyntax.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Hillier-Sahbaz_An-evidence-based-approach_010408.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: http://spacesyntax.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Hillier-Sahbaz_An-evidence-based-approach_010408.pdf

Shelf Number: 145537

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Neighborhoods and Crime
Urban Design

Author: di Bella, Enrico

Title: A multivariate analysis of the space syntax output for the definition of strata in street security surveys

Summary: Although the connection between crime and urban layout is generally evident, surveys inquiring that relationship are often facing two different problems: areas with high criminality are often inhabited by partially elusive populations (being stowaways) and the urban structure (e.g. length and width of streets) quickly changes even after a few corners. In this work a combination of two techniques well known in their specific field is proposed to define a simple two-stages sampling design. Space Syntax is a set of measurements which are done on the topographic maps of a town with the division of all the roads into segments, called axes. Using multivariate techniques, these axes can be classified on the basis of a homogeneity criterion obtaining the strata for a two-stages sampling design.

Details: Genova, Italy: Universit degli Studi di Genova , 2013. 40p.

Source: Internet Resource: DEP Series of Economic Working Papers no. 5: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: http://www.dep.unige.it/RePEc/gea/wpaper/dwpo-5-sep2011.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://www.dep.unige.it/RePEc/gea/wpaper/dwpo-5-sep2011.pdf

Shelf Number: 144801

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Street Layouts
Urban Areas
Urban Crime

Author: di Bella, Enrico

Title: Introducing Spatial Configuration in Crime Count Models

Summary: The main techniques used for quantitative analyses of urban crime can generally be divided into three categories: descriptive studies of crime dispersion over a specific urban area without any substantial statistical modeling, traditional statistical spatial models whose normality assumptions do not hold and count models which do not take into account the spatial configuration of the urban layouts. In this work we discuss how configurational components can be introduced in the count data modeling of crime illustrating our point with a case study centered on a highly populated area of the City of Genoa on three crime typologies. The statistical modeling of crime at street level is performed using count models which include the usual economic and socio-demographic variables, complemented with a set of configurational variables, built using the techniques of Space Syntax Analysis, in order to include, among the regressors, the graph complexity of the urban structure. The configurational variables included in this model are statistically significant, consistently with the criminological theories stating that the urban layout has a role in crime dispersion over a city and their use among the set of regressors, substantially improves the overall goodness of fit of the models. The configurational variables herein introduced add an implicit spatial correlation structure of crime to the models and give new and useful information to Municipalities to interpret how crime patterns relate to the urban layout and how to intervene through the means of urban planning to reduce or prevent crime.

Details: Genoa: Universit degli Studi di Genova, 2013. 53p.

Source: Internet Resource: DEP Working Papers Series no.2 : Accessed October 14, 2016 at: http://www.dep.unige.it/RePEc/gea/wpaper/dwpo-2-jun2013.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Italy

URL: http://www.dep.unige.it/RePEc/gea/wpaper/dwpo-2-jun2013.pdf

Shelf Number: 144800

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Analysis
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Spatial Analysis
Urban Areas

Author: Warwick, Elanor Joan Petra

Title: Defensible space as a mobile concept: The role of transfer mechanisms and evidence in housing research, policy and practice

Summary: Defensible space is a contested yet influential approach to designing-out-crime on social housing estates. This thesis uses defensible space as the vehicle to explore how movement changes concepts; to extend the learning on policy mobility mechanisms; to investigate the varied cross-disciplinary nature of evidence use; and to explore the interaction of policy, the housing sector and the state. Deepening the international policy mobilities narrative, the study traces the dispersal/embedding of the concept in Britain since the 1980s by revisiting the operational and theoretical account of defensible space proposed by Alice Coleman in the Design Improvement Controlled Experiment (DICE). Drawing on interviews with planning and architecture practitioners, housing managers and elite policymakers, the thesis explores the multiple ways the concept was interpreted and implemented as it circulated from national to local level and within three London housing estates, illustrating how the transfer mechanisms worked at both a policy and practical level. Despite being a concept whose principles continue to underpin design guidance (such as Secured by Design), defensible space failed to coalesce into a single formal policy, remaining a cluster of associated disputed elements. How these conceptual elements aided or hindered transfer and take up is noted by tracking routes to acceptance, the roles of formal transfer mechanisms, informal information sharing by transfer agents traversing networks, or practitionersʼ local contextualization of generic guidance. The research demonstrates the ongoing resilience and acceptance of defensible space, despite biased evaluation, the mismatch of DICE to the politics of the time and the uncertain nature of the concept. By questioning whether positivist scientific theoretical unity is achievable in practice, it argues for greater trust in practitioner experience, and proposes a looser middle-range approach to theory building for ambiguous concepts such as defensible space.

Details: London: King's College London, 2015. 347p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/45224699/2015_Warwick_Elanor_0641131_ethesis.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL:

Shelf Number: 144809

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Defensible Space
Design Against Crime
Housing Design

Author: Prairie Sky Consulting

Title: North Central Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) Final Report

Summary: The North Central Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) project is a partnership with the City of Regina, the North Central Community Society, the Public School Board, Regina Police Service, and North Central residents. The project funding is provided by the City, with volunteer services and in-kind services from the partners, and overseen by a steering committee. Prairie Sky Consulting coordinated the safety audits with volunteers, entered and analyzed the data, and compiled this report. CPTED - pronounced sep-ted - is a tool that deals with the design, planning and structure of cities and neighbourhoods. CPTED brings together local residents to examine how an area's physical features, such as lighting, trees and roadways, can influence crime and the opportunities for committing crime. It has been successfully applied in a number of Canadian cities and contexts. North Central, located northwest of the city's downtown, is home to 6% of Regina's population. Overall, the population tends to be younger than the rest of Regina. It is ethnically diverse, with 35% aboriginal. The housing consists of older homes, most built in the first half of the 20th century. Property values are the lowest in the city. About half the residents are renters. Although the area is sometimes singled for crime and social problems, some residents feel it is unfairly stigmatized. Many speak with pride about the neighbourhood they call home. The project collected data in two ways. Safety audits, designed much like surveys, provided quantitative data for streets, parks and alleys. These were completed by about 40 residents - a thorough mix by age, gender and ethnicity - who volunteered for the CPTED process. Additional data was included from focus group discussions with the auditors, data on service calls to the City, and Regina Police Service statistics on "hot spots" in the area. The audits are a snapshot of people's impressions, at a specific date and time, of a certain street, alley or park. What they see and record can vary between auditors and may differ from the experiences of residents who live on a street or next to a particular park.

Details: Calgary: Prairie Sky Consulting, 2004. 86p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: http://www.regina.ca/opencms/export/sites/regina.ca/residents/social-grants-programs/.media/pdf/north_central_cpted_project_report.pdf

Year: 2004

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.regina.ca/opencms/export/sites/regina.ca/residents/social-grants-programs/.media/pdf/north_central_cpted_project_report.pdf

Shelf Number: 140761

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Hotspots
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
High Crime Areas
Neighborhoods and Crime

Author: Butler, Chris

Title: Maraenui Shopping Centre: CPTED Assessment

Summary: Harrison Grierson have been commissioned by Napier City Council to undertake a Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) assessment of the Maraenui Shopping Centre. The CPTED assessment provides recommendations that aim to improve actual and perceived safety around the shopping centre, and have been developed to help inform a future urban design framework for Maraenui. Napier City Council has commissioned this CPTED assessment as part of its contribution to the Maraenui Urban Renewal Plan. The shopping centre and its surrounds currently exhibit a number of qualities that help cultivate unsafe environments, including: poor lighting; inactive building edges; low levels of definition between public and private space; limited surveillance across the car park; and, the ready supply of alcohol. As a result of these findings detailed CPTED recommendations were developed to provide retailers and the Council with some 'quick wins' - ways shop owners and Napier City Council can make a small yet immediate difference, that can cumulatively improve the quality and safety of the public realm. Secondly, a set of Strategic CPTED recommendations have been included that provide an opportunity to integrate community safety and well being within an overarching urban design framework. Through consultation, and our review of background information pertaining to Maraenui, it became clear that the community is anxious to see progress and to witness Council actively funding improvements of the shopping centre and park. Council funded upgrades of the park and shops have been piece meal over the past few years. This has lead to a feeling of neglect and alienation by some residents. It was apparent during site visits and analysis of the area that there are a number of positive aspects to the Maraenui Shopping Centre. The centre has good bones, in other words all of the elements of a successful local centre are present; the layout of the houses around it enables passive surveillance over the area, public transport and public facilities, playground, skatebowl, etc. Furthermore, there is a strong feeling of community presence in the area and it is evident the community has a vested interest in it; it is immediately noticed by locals if outsiders come into the area, as experienced by Harrison Grierson during site visits. Once you are known, you are warmly welcomed. These and the other elements that make up Maraenui, such as the number of people that walk and cycle rather than drive, are desirable qualities for a strong community. However, in contrast, it is documented that improvements to the area have not been looked after or cared for. Statistics indicate the most prevalent crime type is wilful damage, followed by shoplifting. Traditional CPTED criteria only work when mutual interests already exist. In some neighbourhoods, these mechanisms need incentives before CPTED design criteria can become effective. We believe that significant investment tied to an urban design-led concept plan for the area is required. However, this would be subject to the involvement of local people in the planning of activity space as both a condition of, and a contribution to, this process of community building. The community must be actively involved and willing to take responsibility and ownership of any improvements.

Details: Napier, NZ: Napier City Council, 2011. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://www.napier.govt.nz/assets/Documents/maraenui-cpted-assessment.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.napier.govt.nz/assets/Documents/maraenui-cpted-assessment.pdf

Shelf Number: 144870

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design against Crime
Shopping Centers

Author: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime (ICPC)

Title: Crime Prevention and Community Safety: Cities and the New Urban Agenda. 5th International Report

Summary: The fifth edition of the International Report on Crime Prevention and Community Safety develops, from the urban perspective, various topics relevant to the current context in cities. As with previous editions of the Report, the first chapter is a constant of ICPC's International Reports, reviewing major trends in crime and in its prevention. The following two chapters address the relationship between the urban setting and the prevention of crime through two distinct lenses: the first gives a general overview of the issues and major trends facing cities; the second, in contrast, offers a comparative perspective, particularly in relation to national-local relationships in the Latin American context. The final three chapters address three fundamental topics on the prevention of urban crime: public transport, the prevention of drug-related crime, and the prevention of violent radicalization.

Details: Ottawa: ICPC, 2016. 204p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2016 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/International_Report/CIPC_5th-IR_EN_17oct_Final.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/International_Report/CIPC_5th-IR_EN_17oct_Final.pdf

Shelf Number: 145994

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug-Related Violence
Extremist Groups
Public Transport
Radical Groups
Radicalization
Urban Areas and Crime

Author: Landsdowne Technologies Inc.

Title: Developing and Applying an Organized Crime Harm Index: A Scoping and Feasibility Study

Summary: The over-arching goal of this study is to produce a report that assesses the feasibility and utility of developing and applying rigorous methodological and analytical models that can reliably measure the harm of organized crime in Canada. Within the context of exploring the development of an Organized Crime Harm Index, this study mandated the team to: - determine if harm assessment research can produce accurate and reliable findings; - analyze the utility of harm assessment research and indices in contributing to the larger goal of organized crime control; and - assess the feasibility and cost-effectiveness of implementing an Organized Crime Harm Index in Canada. 1.1 Research Findings and Analysis Accurately and reliably assessing the harm of organized crime in Canada Do reliable data and data sources exist within Canada for research that measure the scope of and harm caused by organized crime generally and for the development of an Organized Crime Harm Index specifically? This study concludes that, in general, there are insufficient existing sources of quantifiable data in Canada that could be used to reliably measure the scope and harm of the organized criminal activities prioritized in this report. This problem is epitomized by the shortcomings of police-recorded data, which is critical for harm assessment research into organized crime. The only national source of police-recorded data is collected through the Uniform Crime Reporting survey, which under-estimates the scope of criminal activities, is not representative of the population of criminal occurrences, and does not isolate incidents committed as part of organized criminal conspiracies. Outside of the UCR survey data; there is no national, centralized database of relevant, representative police-recorded data that can be sampled for quantitative research purposes. In short, much of the existing data that can be used to measure the scope and impact of organized criminal activities suffers from reliability issues in the sense that precise and accurate estimate of the scope of the problem are difficult to produce. Do rigorous data collection methods exist that can facilitate the production of reliable estimates of the scope and harms of organized crime in Canada? To what extent can data collection methods offset the inherent weaknesses of the data? To what extent can foreign models be replicated in Canada? Most quantitative studies that measure the scope and impact of organized crime rely on traditional criminological research methods, such as household surveys (to estimate the extent and impact of victimization or consumption of illegal goods and services) or surveys of police-recorded data ( in particular the Uniform Crime Reporting survey). Canadian researchers have implemented a number of rigorous methodologies and sophisticated analytical models that can serve as a partial foundation to estimate the scope and impact of at least some of the organized crime activities examined in this report. This can be augmented by methods and analytical models used in other countries. While these rigorous research designs and analytical models can help offset some of the weaknesses of the data, they cannot completely overcome the shortcomings as far as producing precise, accurate, nationally representative estimates of the scope and impact of organized criminal activities. The data collection and analytical models are also fraught with limitations that undermine the reliability of a harm index. Moreover, the methods employed in Canada to date have not produced comprehensive estimates of the scope and impact of the prioritized criminal activities. To produce the harm estimates required of a comprehensive OCHI, new data collection methods will have to be developed for most of the criminal activities or existing ones expanded to ensure comprehensiveness in terms of fully measuring the scope and impact of the prioritized criminal activities. The contribution of harm assessments to the larger goal of organized crime control in Canada Can an OCHI and supporting research contribute to the larger goal of organized crime control in Canada? Can such models assess whether enforcement initiatives have had some effect? This study found that harm assessment research, and harm indices specifically, can contribute to criminal justice policy-making. The literature review revealed studies that advocate the utility of harm assessment research in guiding public policy and programs, especially which respect to drug trafficking and illegal drug abuse. The growing importance of evidence-based policy-making, combined with the ostensible harm reduction purpose of the criminal justice system, underlies the utility of research that measures the scope and impact of crime. Some countries, such as the U.K., Australia, and New Zealand, have attempted to measure the harm of illegal drugs and integrate these measurements into a broader policy initiative. The U.K. has developed a Drug Harm Index to capture the harms generated by the problematic use of any illegal drug and is used as an analytical tool to monitor the success of national drug strategy policies in reducing harms. Interviews and focus groups with criminal justice policy-makers and operational personnel in Canada also revealed strong support for research that measures the harms caused by organized crime. Such research would nurture a better understanding of organized crime, which in turn, can serve numerous purposes at the intelligence, operational and public policy levels. This includes identifying specific and serious harms that need to be addressed through public policy and programs; prioritizing organized crime groups and activities operational targeting; and expanding the repertoire of approaches to dealing with organized crime and its aftermath, which includes a harm reduction approach. As in the U.K., a harm index can also be used to help evaluate organized crime control strategies and, as such, may contribute to more effective and cost-effective control strategies. However, this study concludes that it is unlikely that a harm index potentially could be used to evaluate tactical law enforcement operations. The feasibility and cost-effectiveness of conducting harm assessment research Is an OCHI feasible? Are studies that measure the scope and harms of organized criminal activities feasible? Are they cost-effective? Can such models be implemented in a feasible and cost-effective manner in Canada? A national, comprehensive OCHI will be costly due, in part, to the necessity of measuring a wide range of criminal activities and the complexity of any research that attempts to measure the scope and impact of organized crime. The cost-effectiveness of implementing an OCHI is undermined by the lack of a reliable centralized national repository of relevant, quantifiable police-recorded data and the significant challenges that may be encountered in convincing law enforcement agencies to share information. An increase in the cost-effectiveness of the research may be realized by using the same instrument to collect information on different organized criminal activities (e.g., a comprehensive household victimization survey). The rigour of the research methodology and reliability of the findings positively correlates with the budget provided. Thus, inadequate funding (and other half measures) will undermine the rigour of the research and the reliability of the findings. 1.2 Conclusion This research identified numerous benefits of an OCHI in informing and assessing organized crime control strategies. All future considerations of an OCHI, however, are contingent upon the ability of the supporting research and analysis to produce reasonably precise and reliable estimates. In general, the results of any research that measures the scope and impact of organized crime must be treated as broad estimates; it is unlikely that the scope of or harms caused by organized crime can be measured with exacting precision or accuracy. This is due to the inherently hidden and secretive nature of organized crime and the significant limitations of existing data sources, data collection methods, and analytical models. Governments in other developed countries have funded research that measures the harm caused by organized crime activities, in particular illegal drugs, and have pledged to use the results to inform public policy decisions. The indices that result from the research (e.g. the U.K. Drug Harm Index) take into consideration the shortcomings and limitations of the data. Doing so, however, undermines and narrows the public policy utility of the index. Canada does boast a number of experts, rigorous research designs, sophisticated analytical models, and existing harm assessment studies that can form the basis of an OCHI. However, there are significant weaknesses in existing data sources in this country, which is compounded by shortcomings in data collection methodologies and analytical models. Because of these weaknesses and shortcomings, it is unlikely that precise and rigorous data can be inputted into and reliable and precise estimates produced from an OCHI. The development and implementation of a rigorous, comprehensive, and national OCHI in Canada is a highly ambitious and complex endeavour that will require a nation-wide criminological/criminal justice research strategy that will be unprecedented in this country. It will also be costly, reaching into the millions of dollars, with no guarantee as to the degree of precision, reliability, and accuracy of the findings or its use or utility by government policy makers. The extent to which governments and other key partners are willing to undertake the development and implementation of an OCHI will be contingent upon their willingness to invest in an ambitious, complex, and costly research project, while assuming the risks that it may not yield accurate or reliable results.

Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 186p.

Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 011, 2010. Accessed October 28, 2016 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-99-2010-eng.pdf

Year: 2010

Country: Canada

URL: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-99-2010-eng.pdf

Shelf Number: 144943

Keywords:
Crime Control
Crime Prevention
Organized Crime

Author: Dario, Lisa M.

Title: Crime at Convenience Stores: Assessing an In-Depth Problem-Oriented Policing Initiative

Summary: Problem-oriented policing (POP) dynamically addresses unique community issues in a way that allows police departments to be cost-effective and efficient. POP draws upon routine activities and rational choice theories, at times incorporating elements of crime prevention through environmental design. A recent systematic review found POP to be hugely popular, but not rigorously assessed or implemented. In 2009, the Glendale, Arizona Police Department and researchers from Arizona State University received funding through the Bureau of Justice Assistance's (BJA) Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) to target crime at convenience stores through a problem-oriented policing approach. The Glendale SPI team devised an approach that mirrored the ideals put forth by Goldstein (1990), and provided a thorough undertaking of the SARA model. A comprehensive response plan was developed with several proposed responses, including: intervention with Circle K leadership, suppression, and prevention at the six highest-activity stores. Despite a thorough POP implementation, the initial descriptive evaluation of the Glendale SPI reported positive effects on crime, but left questions about the intervention's long-term impact on convenience store crime in Glendale, Arizona. The policy and theoretical influence of the initiative warrants a more rigorous evaluation. Supplanting the original assessment, a difference in difference model, negative binomial regression, and relative effect size are calculated to ascertain the SPI's long-term effects on target and comparison stores. Phi and weighted displacement quotient are calculated to determine the existence of displacement of crime or diffusion of benefits. Overall, results indicate support for the project's effectiveness on crime reduction. Further, none of the six intervention stores experienced crime displacement. Five of the six stores, however, experienced a diffusion of benefits in the surrounding 500-yard area; that is, a crime reduction was observed at the intervention stores and in the surrounding areas of five of these stores. Disorder and property crimes at the targeted stores were most affected by the intervention. One of the intervention stores did experience an increase in violent crime, however. Future studies should strengthen the methodological design when evaluating POP projects and seek to flesh out more precisely the crime control effects of unique problem-oriented strategies.

Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2016. 158p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/170676/content/Dario_asu_0010E_16050.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/170676/content/Dario_asu_0010E_16050.pdf

Shelf Number: 145774

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Problem-Oriented Policing
Retail Theft
Shoplifting

Author: Raphael, Iain

Title: Cooling hot property? An assessment of the impact of property marking on residential burglary crime reduction, crime displacement or diffusion of benefits and public confidence.

Summary: or the year ending March 2014 the Office for National Statistics (ONS) estimated there were 573,000 domestic burglaries in England and Wales. Using the Home Office Integrated Offender Management Value for Money Toolkit valuation (2011) the cost to society of this is £1.9 billion. The financial and resulting emotional cost is a heavy burden for the UK. Better understanding crime prevention approaches and their impact on reducing residential burglary is of obvious relevance to policing, government and society as a whole. This study examined the wider impact of traceable liquid property marking strategies on reducing residential burglary and other acquisitive crime. It monitored levels of crime in trial areas. It observed if crime displacement or diffusion of benefits effects occurred to a distance of 750m, in 250m intervals, surrounding the trial areas. By doing so it added to the body of knowledge that surrounds situational crime prevention. It also surveyed households, which were participants of the trial, some 6 months following the deployment to measure any impact on their confidence in policing and on their fear of crime. To do this, 10 x London trial sites, comprising of 500 households areas were purposively selected that had both a persistent and a long-term chronic residential burglary offence rate. Two such sites were selected on each of five London Boroughs. The residential homes within these areas were then visited by a police officer or a PCSO and occupants had their property marked using a unique traceable liquid property marking solution. This strategy was supported by stickers saying their property had been marked being placed on external display on front and back doors and windows, signs being put up on street furniture in the surrounding area telling people they were entering a property marked area and the use of press and media releases to wider market the approach to offenders. Trap cars and houses were utilised and arrests advertised to ‘prove’ the approach to offenders. Finally control areas of similar characteristics to the trial areas were identified and observed on each of the 5 x borough sites. Once the marking had been implemented to the point of 85% saturation (where able), key data was observed over a 12-month period and compared against the previous year. These included: o Residential burglary crime levels within the target area. o Residential burglary crime levels in displacement zones of 250m, 500m, and 750m, surrounding the targeted area. o Robbery, theft of motor vehicle (M/V), theft from motor vehicle and total notifiable offences (TNO’s) offence levels within the target and displacement areas to measure displacement effects. o An online survey of the trial households of police satisfaction and fear of crime levels. o Interviews with key staff that implemented the trial. The study deduces that the following effects occurred within the trial areas: o A 45% reduction in residential burglaries, a 21% reduction in robberies, no significant change in M/V crime and 22% less TNO’s. Once offset against the control area performance the results indicated: o Overall average residential burglary was reduced by 21% with the best BOCU achieving an 88% reduction. o Personal robbery offences reduced by 16% and overall TNO’s by 20%. o There was no statistically significant change in M/V crime offence levels. o There was no significant crime or offence displacement within the target areas and indeed clear diffusion of benefits effects occurred. When the trial areas were widened to include the 250m, 500m and 750m displacement zones the following results were found to 750m: o A 23% reduction in residential burglaries, a 15% reduction in robberies, a 3% reduction in theft of M/V, 1% reduction in theft from M/V and a 9% less TNO’s. Once offset against the control area performance the results indicated: o Residential burglary reduced by 12% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 7% in the 500m zones, decreased by 19% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 17% reduction. o Robbery increased by 8% in the 250m-displacement zones, decreased by 7% in the 500m zones, increased by 13% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 5% increase. o Theft of M/V increased by 27% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 4% in the 500m zones, increased by 5% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 10% increase. o Theft from M/V increased by 24% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 16% in the 500m zones, increased by 11% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 15% increase. o TNO’s increased by 3% in the 250m displacement zones, decreased by 4% in the 500m zones, increased by 5% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 1% increase. The results of the on-line survey found the following: o 51% of householders felt safer in their area. o 52% of householders felt safer in their home. o 33% had an improved opinion of the police. The study concludes that traceable liquid property marking is highly effective at reducing residential burglary. It found that when deployed with high levels of saturation to an area, diffusion of benefits effects for this crime type are likely to occur out to at least 750m from that area. This strategy led to a reduction in the fear of crime and if distributed by the police family, leads to an increase in public confidence for at least 6 months after the distribution period. However in achieving these positive impacts there will be offence displacement outside the targeted area, where offenders will move from residential burglary to other offences types. The most likely change is into theft of and from M/V crime. These crimes are arguably less harmful and impactive on crime victims and occurred at a lower rate than the residential burglary offences prevented.

Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, 2015. 276p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://eprints.port.ac.uk/21031/1/Email_-_Cooling_Hot_Property_-_KP_Final_PDF.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://eprints.port.ac.uk/21031/1/Email_-_Cooling_Hot_Property_-_KP_Final_PDF.pdf

Shelf Number: 140998

Keywords:
Burglary
Crime Displacement
Crime Prevention
Property Crimes
Residential Burglary
Theft

Author: Mattila, Meri-Tuuli

Title: The Boys of Icehearts and the 'Hood: A perspective on the everyday realities of growing up in a disadvantaged neighbourhood in Finland

Summary: The Boys of Icehearts and the 'Hood: A perspective on the everyday realities of growing up in a disadvantaged neighborhood in Finland. The premise of this thesis is to present the case of young boys growing up in a relatively disadvantaged neighborhood fairly typical of its kind in contemporary suburban Finland. It aims to give a voice to the everyday realities and lived experience of its target group through ethno-methodological descriptions of young boys growing up in the suburb of Mikkola in northeastern Vantaa in the capital city region, and the exposure method created in the context of diaconal community development work in mainland Europe. Moreover, the Icehearts method is explored in as much depth as is feasible within the scope of a Bachelor's Thesis in Social Services from a University of Applied Science. The key concepts of validation and acceptance, and disadvantaged childhood with its everyday realities are explored from the perspective of the integral theory in social work and critical theory in social science research. The Icehearts method, simultaneously applied in school work, free time activities and hobbies, can act as a mediator bridging communication and cooperation between schools and homes, acting as a local force for change and a channel of communication between a given neighbourhood, the district social services and school boards, municipal government as well as national politics. It is a cross-functional multi-professional approach for bringing together the needs of local children and families, and the objectives of schools as well as national social policies implemented on the municipal level, whose common goal is often underscored by voluminous legislation and massive bureaucracy coupled with the scarcity of available resources. The findings suggest that in countries with a highly developed welfare infrastructure, such as Finland, team sports have consistently been gaining ground as a social work method for children that brings social work to the neighbourhood level, close to the families, schools and communities. Sports can be therapeutic, sports can be used as a tool for democracy, and sports can be, and are used as a method in social work worldwide.

Details: Helsinki, Finland: Diaconia University of Applied Sciences, 2014. 65p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/82368/Thesis.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2014

Country: Finland

URL: https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/82368/Thesis.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 146290

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention
Disadvantaged Neighborhoods
Neighborhoods and Crime

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety

Title: Strategies for Reducing Gun Violence in American Cities

Summary: Urban gun violence touches on issues central to American life: safety, equality, opportunity, and community. As thousands of city residents are killed or injured with guns each year, mayors and other community leaders face an urgent challenge: finding effective solutions and implementing them to make a difference now and into the future. This report, a collaboration between Everytown for Gun Safety, Mayors Against Illegal Guns, and the National Urban League, is a tool for all city leaders who want to reduce gun violence. First, the report summarizes much of what is known about urban gun violence: its causes, the ways it differs from violence in other settings, and the ways it undercuts many other aspects of city life. It is not the intent of this report to explain all the variation in gun violence across cities; instead, it is a primer for cities that want to act today, in spite of uncertainty. Far from presenting novel ideas, it brings together the knowledge of academic researchers, community activists, nonprofit leaders, and civil servants who have been addressing gun violence in cities for decades. Second, the report describes seven strategies that dozens of cities have taken to reduce gun violence in their communities, drawing on specific case studies. The identified interventions address factors known to contribute to urban gun violence, are supported by a growing body of evidence, and can each be a part of any city's larger strategy for reducing gun violence. This is not a comprehensive account of the hard work taking place in communities across the country, the volume of which is impossible to capture, but these case studies demonstrate that cities can learn from one another, building on successes, and informed by a growing body of evidence.

Details: New York: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2016. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://everytownresearch.org/documents/2016/06/strategies-reducing-gun-violence-american-cities.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://everytownresearch.org/documents/2016/06/strategies-reducing-gun-violence-american-cities.pdf

Shelf Number: 148906

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Urban Areas and Crime
Violent Crime

Author: Jacobsen, Rasmus Hojbjerg

Title: Hands-on Guide to Cost-Benefit-Analysis of Crime Prevention Efforts

Summary: When a policy maker or an administrator decides on how many and which of a number of proposed policy measures to implement an important piece of information is whether the effort is “worthwhile”. The precise meaning of the word “worthwhile” will depend on the context. In some cases, the question of whether a policy measure is worthwhile will be decided on a purely qualitative basis given the results of the policy measure. In other – and perhaps most – cases some sort of money evaluation will be attached to the results, and a total effect in money terms will be used to evaluate the results. This manual is concerned with the latter case. Given the large degree of competition between various projects for public funds, a compelling case for a specific project can be made if a well carried out cost-benefit-analysis shows a resulting surplus. While this criterion is obviously not the only one used, it could be an important factor when preparing policy makers to make decisions about a specific project. The basic idea behind cost-benefit-analysis is simple: calculate all benefits and all the costs associated with a specific effort, subtract the costs from the benefits while carefully addressing the time profile, and use the resulting number as an indicator for the economic profitability of the project. If the result is positive, the project produces an economic surplus, and if it is negative the project leads to an economic loss. Although this principle is simple the actual calculation is, however, in most cases somewhat more cumbersome, since the costs and benefits of a given effort can be difficult to determine. This is true for a number of reasons. First, it can be hard to decide whether the outcome for a group of participants is in fact a consequence of program participation or whether part of the outcome would have occurred anyway, in which case the resulting outcome cannot be fully attributed to the program. Second, although outcome is perhaps only measured in terms of relatively few variables, the outcomes of other, not measured, variables can also be expected to be influenced by the policy measure. In order to fully capture the program effect the outcome of these unmeasured variables also needs to be assessed. Third, there may be a selection of specific types of individuals into the projects looked at, such that the results obtained are only a good predictor of the program’s profitability for this specific group and not for a more general population. Fourth, the cost measure used should only include the extra costs incurred to run this project and not costs that would have been incurred in any case – a distinction that in some cases can be hard to make. Given these difficulties it is clear that the basis for any good cost-benefit-analysis is the available data for the costs and benefits. This manual is not a comprehensive guide to cost-benefit analysis, nor does it include a theoretical background for the analysis. For such detailed descriptions the reader is referred elsewhere. The present manual is rather a hands-on guide to administrators or external consultants who want to carry out a cost-benefit-analysis of crime prevention programs in Europe. Hopefully, this rather brief manual will also serve as an inspiration such that more cost-benefit-analyses will be carried out in the future. The remainder of the manual is structured as follows: Chapter 2 describes a number of ways to construct measures for the effects of a given project. Chapter 3 in a similar fashion shows how to calculate the costs of a project. Chapter 4 collects the information from the two previous chapters and describes the details the calculations involved in the cost-benefit-analysis. Chapter 5 concludes and discusses some of the pitfalls of the method. The appendices contain a number of tables with an overview of (i) the elements to be included in the costbenefit analysis, and (ii) cost-benefit analyses already carried out which can serve as inspiration.

Details: Copenhagen: Centre for Economic and Business Research, Copenhagen Business School, 2013. 42p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://openarchive.cbs.dk/bitstream/handle/10398/8878/Rasmus_Hoejbjerg_Jacobsen.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2013

Country: International

URL: http://openarchive.cbs.dk/bitstream/handle/10398/8878/Rasmus_Hoejbjerg_Jacobsen.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 130124

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention

Author: Levald, Andres

Title: CPTED Manual for police officers

Summary: The main purpose of the CPTED manual is to compose a practical CPTED handbook specifically for police officers who are taking part in the planning processes, and also for other officials who are responsible for ensuring a safe living environment. The main target group is police officers, and the aim is to write a handbook that helps police officers to understand the main principles of CPTED and which gives them practical knowledge of how to be involved in planning processes. For other officials and key stakeholders the manual will provide an insight of how and when police officers should be involved in planning processes and what expertise knowledge police officers can give when it comes to planning.

Details: Tallinn, Estonia: Politsei- ja Piirivalveamet, 2016. 77p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/cpted_manual_for_police_officers.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/cpted_manual_for_police_officers.pdf

Shelf Number: 145390

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Police Education and Training

Author: Davey, Caroline L.

Title: Design Against Crime European Exchange Tool: Guidance for Designing Against Crime Across Europe

Summary: This guidance - a key output of the European Commission's AGIS 2006 project led by the University of Salford - aims to help local authorities, planners, police, academics, design professionals and developers identify methods of addressing crime prevention through design and planning, tailoring the approach to the European context. Guidance on addressing fear of crime and insecurity is also provided. The guidance is divided into the following sections: - Design-led Crime Prevention Approaches - Advice for European countries - Further information and references

Details: Salford, UK: University of Salford, Design Against Crime Solution Centre, 2008. 57p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://usir.salford.ac.uk/11481/1/DAC_European_Exchange_Tools.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: Europe

URL: http://usir.salford.ac.uk/11481/1/DAC_European_Exchange_Tools.pdf

Shelf Number: 146644

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime

Author: Mackay, Lesley

Title: Evaluation of the Regeneration of Hulme, Manchester

Summary: Hulme has a disheartening past in terms of housing and development with a number of attempts to clear and re-develop it over the 20th century. This development culminated in the building in the 1960s of the now infamous yet architectural-award winning Crescents, deck-access blocks of dwellings and 13 tower blocks. By the 1980s and early 1990s major problems were becoming evident: "from heating inadequacies to pest infestation and from child safety to symptoms of depression, isolation and ill-health." (Hulme Regeneration Limited 1994) Foreword). The deck access dwellings "are inhuman in scale, forbidding in presence, unsafe and wholly unsuitable for families with children(Manchester City Council 1992 p.4 para. 4.2) and "crime rates are high" (Manchester City Council 1992 p.4 para. 5.1). In the early 1990s Hulme continued to be an area of Greater Manchester which suffered from particularly high levels of deprivation, unemployment and poor housing. The demolition of the deck access blocks (but not the tower blocks) was the start of a programme in 1992 to regenerate Hulme which continues up to the present time. But what impact have these most recent transformation had on Hulme and its residents? Has Hulme become a safer place? Is it sustainable? This case study examines the changes in crime rates and other sustainability objectives identified by the Hulme Guide to Development. Case studies of residential area will be conducted within Manchester, London and Sheffield. While case studies generally focus on city centre environments and Hulme is located approximately one mile from the centre of Manchester, this residential area is of particular interest. Using a New Urbanist approach, attempts were made to integrate the area with the city centre and create a safer environment. In this sense, the Hulme redevelopment aimed to create the type of open and permeable residential environments required for sustainability, without incurring actual or perceived increases in crime. The Hulme redevelopment is also widely quoted as an example of good practice and potentially influences government policy

Details: Salford, UK: University of Salford, 2006. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: VIVACITY 2020: Work Package 3: Secure Urban Environments by Design, Case Study 2: Housing: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: www.vivacity2020.co.uk

Year: 2006

Country: United Kingdom

URL: www.vivacity2020.co.uk

Shelf Number: 145895

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Housing Design
Urban Areas and Crime

Author: Ashby, Matthew

Title: Using Crime Science for Understanding and Preventing Theft of Metal from the British Railway Networks

Summary: Metal theft has emerged as a substantial crime problem, causing widespread disruption and damage in addition to the loss of metal itself, but has been the subject of little research. This thesis uses the paradigm of crime science to analyse the problem, focusing on thefts from the railway network in Great Britain. Two theoretical concepts are used: crime scripts and the routine-activities approach. Police-recorded crime and intelligence data are used to develop a crime script, which in turn is used to identify features of the problem a) analysis of which would potentially be useful to practitioners seeking to understand and prevent metal theft, and b) for which sufficient data are available to make analysis practical. Three such features are then analysed in more detail. First, spatial and temporal distributions of metal theft are analysed. Metal theft appears to differ from other types of acquisitive crime in ways potentially useful for prevention, for example in clustering outside (but close to) cities, and in exhibiting significant repeat victimisation over a longer period than found for other crimes. Second, the potential crime-prevention value of the market-reduction approach is analysed by testing for clusters of thefts close to the locations of scrap-metal dealers. Scrap-yard locations are found to be a significant predictor of local thefts, controlling for metal availability, area accessibility, and density of population and industry. Third, the involvement of organised crime groups (OCGs) in metal theft is tested. Due to the difficulty of defining and measuring organised crime, multiple approaches are used: all show OCG involvement to be rarer than official estimates previously suggested. The implications of these findings for practitioners are discussed. The thesis also considers the relevance of the results for the use of crime science and the analysis of OCGs

Details: London: University College London, UCL Department of Security and Crime Science, 2016. 275p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1507833/1/thesis_final_screen.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1507833/1/thesis_final_screen.pdf

Shelf Number: 147914

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Science
Metal Theft
Property Crime
Property Theft
Railroads
Scrap Metal

Author: Australian Institute of Criminology

Title: Improving lighting to prevent non-domestic violence related assault. Handbook for local government

Summary: This handbook forms part of a series of guides to help local governments in New South Wales implement evidence-based crime prevention strategies funded by the Department of Justice (DJ) Crime Prevention Programs (CPP). This handbook has been developed to help guide you through the various stages of planning, implementing and evaluating an improved lighting strategy to reduce non-domestic violence related assault (NDVRA) in your local government area. Using the handbook The handbook provides an overview of the key steps that are involved in delivering an improved lighting strategy to reduce NDVRA. These steps are classified under the following three stages: Stage 1: Planning Stage 2: Implementation; and Stage 3: Review. These steps do not necessarily need to be undertaken in order. You may undertake some steps concurrently, or you may need to go back and revisit earlier steps. However, it is vital that some steps be undertaken early on in the project, such as consulting stakeholders and planning for evaluation. The successful implementation of a strategy to prevent NDVRA will often be heavily influenced by the characteristics of the local community. This needs to be considered throughout the project.

Details: Canberra: AIC, 2016. 35p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2016 at: http://www.crimeprevention.nsw.gov.au/Documents/Councils-Handbooks/assault_lighting_handbook.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.crimeprevention.nsw.gov.au/Documents/Councils-Handbooks/assault_lighting_handbook.pdf

Shelf Number: 140314

Keywords:
Assaults
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs
Lighting
Situational Crime Prevention
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Morgan, Anthony

Title: Access control and awareness campaigns to prevent residential burglary: Handbook for local government

Summary: This handbook forms part of a series of guides to support local governments in New South Wales to implement evidence-based crime prevention strategies funded by the Department of Justice (DJ) Crime Prevention Programs (CPP). This handbook has been developed to help guide you through the various stages of planning, implementing and evaluating an access control strategy and awareness campaign to prevent residential burglary in your local government area. Using the handbook The handbook provides an overview of the key steps that are involved in delivering an access control and awareness campaign to prevent residential burglary. These steps are classified under the following three stages: • Stage 1: Planning • Stage 2: Implementation; and • Stage 3: Review. These steps do not necessarily need to be undertaken in order. You may undertake some steps concurrently, or you may need to go back and revisit earlier steps. However, it is vital that some steps be undertaken early on in the project, such as consulting stakeholders and planning for evaluation. The successful implementation of a prevention strategy will often be heavily influenced by the characteristics of the local community. This needs to be considered throughout the project. This term burglary is used throughout this handbook to refer to both 'break and enter – dwelling' and 'stealing from dwelling' offences. These offences differ in the way that the offender enters the building. Break and enter – dwelling refers to offences where the offender forcibly gains entry to someone’s home. Stealing from dwelling involves property being stolen from someone's home where the offender doesn’t break in, but instead gains entry through an open door or window or steals property from the yard. You will need to choose just one of these offences to target, based on your local crime statistics, etc. The strategies for either offence, however, will be the same.

Details: Sydney: New South Wales Department of Justice, 2012. 39p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.crimeprevention.nsw.gov.au/Documents/Councils-Handbooks/burglary_handbook.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Australia

URL: http://www.crimeprevention.nsw.gov.au/Documents/Councils-Handbooks/burglary_handbook.pdf

Shelf Number: 147768

Keywords:
Burglary Prevention
Crime Prevention
Publicity Campaigns
Residential Burglary

Author: Police Foundation

Title: Reducing Violent Crime in American Cities: An Opportunity to Lead.

Summary: On the national level, crime remains historically low. However, this national aggregate paints a deceiving picture of crime in many major cities. Individual cities experienced grim spikes in violent crime from 2014 to 2015 and through 2016 as well. As such, defining violent crime levels based solely on the national aggregates and distributing federal resources accordingly does not address local realities. The national statistics do not depict the suffering endured by families and individuals living in communities plagued by violence, nor do they depict the frustration felt by local law enforcement leaders who often are seen as responsible officials in their communities. Unfortunately for these leaders and the communities they serve, the federal support actually received to help combat violent crime is often calculated based on national statistics and the perspective of decision-makers in Washington, D.C. At the federal level, law enforcement agencies are tasked with a variety of missions and often cannot or do not prioritize localized violent crime over enforcing other laws and addressing other priorities. The mixture of varied prioritization, flat or reduced funding, traditional approaches, and limited authorities stifles an effective federal response despite the best intentions, hard work, and bravery of federal special agents, investigators, professional staff, and their agencies. Chapter 1 of this report provides a contextual overview and supporting data on the spike in localized violent crime in major cities, a review of the major drivers of crime, and an assertion that federal support is critical. Because collection and aggregation of crime data is disparate in police departments across the country, the extent of the increase in violent crime is difficult to specify. However, one important indicator is that the 2015 Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) data1 show an increase in all violent crime types from 2014 to 2015. In addition, a survey of major city police chiefs ranked gang violence (87.8%), drug-related disputes (79.6%), and access to illegal firearms (71.4%) as the top drivers of violent crime. The chapter asserts that despite the generally low levels of crime throughout the nation, the federal government must continue to prioritize violent crime and public safety concerns and focus its attention on local public safety crises, as a number of jurisdictions across the country live in a constant state of fear. What is required from federal agencies, is leadership in propelling an agenda in which violent crime is both a budgetary and policy priority and in addressing problems with evidence-based solutions. Chapter 2 reviews broad federal law enforcement priorities, roles, resources, and accountability in the context of the nation’s fight against violent crime. A Police Foundation study found that while local law enforcement receives federal resources, many of these resources are allocated according to factors other than what is affecting local communities. For example, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) characterizes violent crime as its eighth priority, well behind its number one priority of fighting terrorism. Moreover, no federal agency prioritizes violent crime as its most important issue. Accordingly, the new Administration and Congress must make violent crime, and the federal government’s interest in violent crime, a top priority and be willing to dedicate the resources needed to assist in places where public safety is jeopardized. Major city chiefs interviewed stressed the need for better partnerships in combatting violent crime. Federal policy leaders must work with local law enforcement to improve federal support to fight violent crime. Using the latest crime data, federal, state, and local partnerships, based on shared decision-making and coproduction of public safety, is critical. Chapter 3 provides a detailed examination of the tools that federal law enforcement agencies provide to support those on the state and local levels to address violent crime. The data presented provides an overview of federal initiatives, tools, and roles that have shown evidence of sustainable success in reducing violent crime. Major city police chiefs provided information on federal law enforcement agencies, programs, and tools that have assisted them and stated that the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) show the most interest in prioritizing violent crime. They also found federal support through the National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN) and the National Tracing Center (NTC) to be the most useful tools. Chapter 4 reviews the importance of U.S. Attorneys in fighting violent crime. It provides information indicating that police chiefs consider the support of U.S. Attorneys to be critical in fighting localized violent crime. Acting as the chief federal law enforcement officer in each judicial district, U.S. Attorneys must act as chief conveners to lead strategic collaborations that build strong federal cases that will impact localized violent crime. This chapter also stresses that the fight against violent crime and criminal justice reform are not mutually exclusive. Chapter 5 provides a detailed review of the impact of firearms availability on violent crime in the U.S. Law enforcement executives expressed their concerns that the most significant threat to the Second Amendment is the misuse of firearms and the ability of criminals to access them. Gun trafficking, illegal gun markets, theft, and illegal diversion are important issues that have not been addressed sufficiently. Legislation and federal tools available to regulate illegal gun markets and keep guns out of the hands of those looking to cause harm are inadequate. Background checks, for example, should be retooled and strengthened, and laws that restrict the effectiveness of federal law enforcement in enforcing them should be eliminated. This report is not intended as a criticism of any previous Presidential Administration, its leaders or appointees, or of the hardworking, professional men and women in federal law enforcement agencies, many of whom began their careers as state or local law enforcement officers. Instead, this report looks toward the new Administration, which has an opportunity to leverage the lessons of the past and lead a legacy of change for the future. In doing so, it will have the opportunity to set forth a new strategy to keep national crime rates at historically low levels while reducing disparate impacts in our major cities and elsewhere. The recommendations in this report create an overarching, new strategy to understand and address violence in today’s cities. They include prioritization and non-traditional approaches, openness and sharing of data, expansion of available technologies, and calls for immediate Congressional and Executive Branch action. The recommendations presented in this report echo similar concerns expressed by the U.S. Conference of Mayors where New Orleans Mayor Mitch Landrieu presented information regarding a forthcoming report, entitled Securing America, to the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA) at its October 2016 meeting. The MCCA members expressed substantial concurrence with the forthcoming report.

Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 84p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/PF-MCCA_Reducing-Violent-Crime-in-American-Cities_FullReport_RGB.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/PF-MCCA_Reducing-Violent-Crime-in-American-Cities_FullReport_RGB.pdf

Shelf Number: 144883

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Practices
Gun-Related Violence
Intelligence Gathering
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Lee, Stephanie

Title: What Works and What Does Not: Benefit-Cost Findings from WSIPP

Summary: For the last 20 years, WSIPP has conducted systematic evidence reviews and economic analysis on a variety of topics for the Washington State Legislature. Over time, we have improved and refined the methods we use to conduct this research. When WSIPP undertakes an economic analysis at the direction of the legislature, we use a standardized set of procedures to collect and analyze research literature. We then apply consistent methods to translate the research findings to dollars and cents, asking, “What are the overall benefits and costs?” of each program or policy option. Finally, we use information about the uncertainty in the research findings and economic assumptions to compute the risk associated with each policy option. The primary goal of this research is to provide the legislature with objective information about the long-term economic consequences of each program or policy option reviewed.

Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 14o,

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1602/Wsipp_What-Works-and-What-Does-Not-Benefit-Cost-Findings-from-WSIPP_Report.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1602/Wsipp_What-Works-and-What-Does-Not-Benefit-Cost-Findings-from-WSIPP_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 146247

Keywords:
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Crime Prevention
Economic Analysis
Evidence-Based Policies

Author: Sandkvist, Elin

Title: The occurrence of diffusion of benefits. A systematic review of the circumstances behind a hot spot policing effect.

Summary: Throughout the years it has been suggested that some places attract crime more than others. Those places are called hot spots of crime and the knowledge of them have contributed to the emergence of hot spot and targeted policing interventions. Hot spot policing is often discussed together with effects such as displacement of crime and diffusion of benefits. Through a systematic review of earlier studies that report or examine a hot spot policing effort or experiment this thesis aims to investigate the circumstances behind diffusion of benefits. No apparent commonalties or correlations are found between the different types of interventions regarding when diffusion of benefits occur. It can be concluded that the phenomenon is very complex. The results are analyzed and understood with the help of routine activity theory and rational choice theory. This thesis adds to the body of evidence that more studies with diffusion of benefits in focus need to be conducted. By understanding when, where and why diffusion of benefits occur the knowledge of crime prevention increases and also increases the knowledge of how to design the interventions to reach the best preventive gains.

Details: Malmo: Malmö högskola/Hälsa och samhälle, 2013. 35p.

Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://dspace.mah.se/bitstream/handle/2043/16100/Magisteruppsats%20Elin%20Sandkvist%20final%20version.pdf?sequence=2&isAllowed=y

Year: 2013

Country: Sweden

URL: https://dspace.mah.se/bitstream/handle/2043/16100/Magisteruppsats%20Elin%20Sandkvist%20final%20version.pdf?sequence=2&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 145874

Keywords:
Crime Hotspots
Crime prevention
Diffusion of benefits
Displacement of crime
Hot spot policing
Place-based intervention

Author: Collins, Brian

Title: Cyber Trust and Crime Prevention: A Synthesis of the State-of-the-Art Science Reviews

Summary: This report provides a synthesis of theoretical and empirical work in the sciences and social sciences that indicates the drivers, opportunities, threats, and barriers to the future evolution of cyberspace and the feasibility of crime prevention measures. It is based on 10 state-of-the-art science reviews commissioned by the Foresight Project. Each of the papers highlights the current state of knowledge in selected areas as well as gaps in the evidence base needed to address issues of cyber trust and crime prevention in the future. Complexity and System Behaviour The analysis in this report shows that the whole of cyberspace is subject to unpredictable and emergent system behaviour. This gives rise to considerable uncertainty about future developments and this is especially at the interfaces between the components of the system. This review of developments in cyberspace technologies and the social system demonstrates that there will be new opportunities for crime and that strategies to minimise these will involve numerous choices. The solutions for improving cyber trust and crime prevention in a pervasive computing environment will differ from those in use today. New paradigms for cyberspace security, privacy protection, risk assessment and crime prevention will be needed, together with a stronger cross-disciplinary research effort.

Details: London: Home Office, 2004. 101p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/299219/04-1147-cyber-trust-reviews.pdf

Year: 2004

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/299219/04-1147-cyber-trust-reviews.pdf

Shelf Number: 145875

Keywords:
Computer Crime
Computer Security
Crime Prevention
Cybercrime

Author: Chioda, Laura

Title: Stop the Violence in Latin America: A Look at Prevention from Cradle to Adulthood. Overview booklet.

Summary: For a long time, the logic seemed unassailable: Crime and violence were historically thought of as symptoms of a country’s early stages of development that could be "cured" with economic growth and reductions in poverty, unemployment, and inequality. More recently, however, our understanding has changed. Studies now show that economic progress does not necessarily bring better security to the streets. Developments in Latin America and the Caribbean exemplify this point. Between 2003 and 2011, average annual regional growth in Latin America and the Caribbean, excluding the global crisis of 2009, reached nearly 5 percent. What’s more, the growth rate among the bottom 40 percent of the population eclipsed that of the same group in every other region of the world. During that same decade, the region experienced unprecedented economic and social progress: extreme poverty was cut by more than half, to 11.5 percent; income inequality dropped more than 7 percent in the Gini index; and, for the first time in history, the region had more people in the middle class than in poverty. Despite all this progress, the region retained its undesirable distinction as the world’s most violent region, with 23.9 homicides per 100,000 inhabitants. The rate of homicide actually accelerated during the latter half of the decade. The problem remains staggering and stubbornly persistent. Every 15 minutes, at least four people are victims of homicide in Latin America and the Caribbean. In 2013, of the top 50 most violent cities in the world, 42 were in the region. And between 2005 and 2012, the annual growth rate of homicides was more than three times higher than population growth. Not surprisingly, the number of Latin Americans who mention crime as their top concern tripled during those years. Violence makes people withdraw, hide behind closed doors, and avoid public spaces, weakening interpersonal and social ties that bind us as a community. Insecurity is the result of a combination of many factors, from drug trafficking and organized crime, to weak judicial and law enforcement systems that promote impunity, to a lack of opportunities and support for young people who live in deprived communities. Youth bear a disproportionate share of the risk of committing and falling victim to violence, with important repercussions for their life trajectories and society as a whole. The complexity of the issue (and multiplicity of its causes) is one of its defining characteristics and the main reason why there is no magic formula or a single policy that will fix the violence in our region. We will not solve the problem by relying only on greater police action or greater incarceration, or through more education or employment. We must do all this and do it in a deliberate way, based on reliable data and proven approaches, while continuously striving to fill existing knowledge and data gaps to improve policy design. To that end, Stop the Violence in Latin America: A Look at Prevention from Cradle to Adulthood is a significant contribution. This report takes a new and comprehensive look at much of the evidence that now exists in preventing crime and violence. It identifies novel approaches —both in Latin America and elsewhere—that have been shown to reduce antisocial behavior at different stages in life. Effective prevention starts even before birth, the report argues, and, contrary to common perceptions, well-designed policies can also be successful later in life, even with at-risk individuals and offenders. The report emphasizes the importance of a comprehensive approach to tackle violence, and it highlights the benefits and cost-effectiveness of redesigning existing policies through the lens of crime prevention. This will require substantial coordination across ministries, as well as accountable and efficient institutions. While economic and social development do not necessarily lead to a reduction in crime and violence, high levels of crime and violence do take a toll on development. And in that regard, we at the World Bank are fully aware that in order to succeed in our goals to eradicate extreme poverty and boost prosperity, the unrivaled levels of crime and violence in the region need to come to an end.

Details: Washington, DC: World Bank Group, 2017. 80p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/bitstream/handle/10986/25920/210664ov.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: Latin America

URL: https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/bitstream/handle/10986/25920/210664ov.pdf

Shelf Number: 144833

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug Trafficking
Homicides
Organized Crime
Political Corruption
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Kelly, Robin L.

Title: Kelly Report 2014: Gun Violence in America

Summary: Whether you live in America's inner cities, in a suburban neighborhood or in the heartland, your community is vulnerable to gun violence. It could be a gang crime, a gun accident or a suicide. Regardless of the cause, all acts of gun violence are abhorrent and demand policy solutions and community action to stop them. Gun violence has killed more Americans in the past 50 years than in every single American - from George Washington's Colonial Army defeat of the British in 1781 to Operation Enduring Freedom in 2014. Every year, more than 100,000 people are shot in America -more than 30,000 of them fatally. Over half of these fatal shootings are of young people under the age of 30. Since the 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting in Newtown, Connecticut, there have been more than 50 school shootings across the country - almost three a month. With an average of one young American under the age of 25 being killed by a gun every hour, the very security of our next generation is at risk. Likewise, economic research suggests that gun violence threatens our nation's fiscal well-being. In violent communities, economic opportunities wither, stable families relocate and children often fail to realize their true academic and economic potential. Each homicide in a city is estimated to reduce that city's population by 70 residents. A ten-year study of the city of Chicago found that each gun homicide equates to $2,500 in lost annual income for Chicago families. For example, each child who is a fatal victim of gun violence is one less person who will become a wage earner and taxpayer. Additionally, every criminal poses a direct cost to taxpayers. For example, a 20-year-old serving a life sentence costs taxpayers $2 million over the course of their incarceration. Given this context, communities undeniably stand to gain from a comprehensive examination of the gun violence issue. This report promotes a common sense approach to reducing gun deaths in America. As you consider the following content, you should keep in mind:

Details: Washington, DC: Office of Congresswoman Robin L. Kelly, 2014. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: https://robinkelly.house.gov/sites/robinkelly.house.gov/files/wysiwyg_uploaded/KellyReport_1.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: https://robinkelly.house.gov/sites/robinkelly.house.gov/files/wysiwyg_uploaded/KellyReport_1.pdf

Shelf Number: 145126

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Homicides
Urban Areas and Crime
Violent Crime

Author: Shaw, Mark

Title: Governing Safer Cities: Strategies for a Globalised World. A Framework to Guide Urban Policy-Makers and Practioners

Summary: The security challenges of individual cities are increasingly a result of the intersection between local vulnerabilities and illicit flows from across national borders. States as a whole are affected by the destabilising effects of these flows of illicit commodities and the associated challenges of organised crime, corruption and terrorism. These phenomena are undercutting good governance and the rule of law, threatening security, development and peoples' life chances. But with two-thirds of the current world population expected to reside in cities by 2030, these challenges are and will continue to be particularly acute in cities across the globe. As the UNODC Global Study on Homicide (2011 and 2013) has shown, many urban areas have higher rates of homicide - a useful proxy for levels of violence more generally - than the national average; cities being the source of both greater levels of risk as well as opportunities for crime prevention and responses. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (Goal 16) recognises that reducing conflict, crime, violence, discrimination, and ensuring the rule of law, inclusion and good governance, are key elements of people's well-being and essential for securing sustainable development. The 2030 Agenda also explicitly highlights the promotion of safe, inclusive and resilient cities (Goal 11). This must be achieved through equitable development, safeguarded by fair, humane and effective crime prevention and criminal justice systems as a central component of the rule of law. The Sustainable Development Goals and the New Urban Agenda adopted during Habitat III in Quito, provide a new impetus to the work of countries and the international community at large to develop inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable cities. Although a considerable amount of research has already been carried out in this area, there is a need to clarify how global illicit flows and organised crime impact on local communities, particularly given their rapid evolution in the current context. Building on the work that has already been done in the field of crime prevention and urban safety, as well as drawing from detailed case studies from a number of cities across the world, and the input of a globally representative group of experts, this framework provides policymakers and practitioners with a new approach to safety in cities, taking into account how transnational organised crime and illicit flows exploit and exacerbate local vulnerabilities. It recognises that while many of the responsibilities for providing citizens with security lie with national governments, city administrations do have a key role to play in identifying crime risks and vulnerabilities and ensuring that safety and security policies are tailored to meet local needs, including by involving communities and other relevant non-state actors.

Details: Vienna: United national Office on Drugs and Crime, 2017. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/SaferCities.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: https://www.unodc.org/documents/justice-and-prison-reform/SaferCities.pdf

Shelf Number: 146281

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Policy
Urban Areas
Urban Areas and Crime

Author: Price, Megan

Title: Hustling for Security: Managing plural security in Nairobi's poor urban settlements

Summary: Nairobi's urban settlements offer unique settings in which to examine the interplay between citizens' need for security, the state's inability to fully meet that need, and the opportunities this creates for powerful private actors. In Kenya’s capital, this situation has led to a context of plural security provision, in which an array of actors assert claims on the use of force, operating simultaneously and with varying relationships to the state. Despite the proliferation of active security providers, who range from opportunistic enforcers to tireless local guardians, most people in Nairobi’s poor urban settlements are exposed to daily threats on their person and property. Fieldwork in Mathare, Korogocho and Kangemi provided insights into how settlement residents must rely upon their social networks and personal attributes to ensure access to a combination of protective communities. Unable to call upon the state as the guarantor of public welfare, citizens must ‘hustle for security’, using their wits and their networks to assemble a tenuous patchwork of protection. The research identified not only the risks this creates for individuals and communities, but also how the propensity to resort to individualised security strategies can undermine the notion and the actualisation of 'the public good'. The paper concludes with proposals for addressing the more malign aspects of plural security provision, specifically, the need to curtail the providers' power and to work towards consolidating various providers under uniform rubrics of oversight and performance standards. The paper contributes to a comparative research project on plural security in urban settings that draws upon empirical insights from case studies in Beirut, Nairobi, and Tunis.

Details: The Hague: Plural Security Insights Clingendael Conflict Research Unit, 2016. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2017 at: http://pluralsecurityinsights.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/160707_PSI_Policy-brief_Nairobi.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: Kenya

URL: http://pluralsecurityinsights.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/160707_PSI_Policy-brief_Nairobi.pdf

Shelf Number: 141309

Keywords:
Citizen Patrols
Crime Prevention
Security
Urban Areas and Crime
Vigilantes

Author: Price, Megan

Title: Setting the Aperture Wider: A Synthesis of Research and Policy Advice on Security Pluralism in Tunis, Nairobi and Beirut

Summary: In contexts of security pluralism, an array of actors assert claims on the use of force, operating simultaneously and with varying relationships to the state. In such contexts, security providers may acquire legitimacy by proving more effective and efficient, proximate and relevant to local populations, and are often cheaper than state alternatives. Yet, plural security actors are frequently associated with human rights violations, perverse interface with the state, difficulty in providing security equitably in contexts of diversity, and an almost ineluctable tendency toward net production of insecurity over time. Donors have few policy or practical tools with which to engage meaningfully in contexts of plural security provision. Since directly engaging plural security providers would mean upsetting relationships with state partners, conferring legitimacy on groups with unpalatable goals or tactics, or tacitly endorsing violence as a path to political privilege, donors prefer to focus on official security agencies and state oversight. Plural Security Insights and its partners have developed the research project outlined here to address that dearth of relevant policy and programming advice. Comparative research was conducted in three urban contexts: Beirut, Nairobi, and Tunis. Key findings include: • Where security is highly fragmented, powerful actors are able to organise security arrangements that benefit them, and public oversight is difficult to assert. Security as a ‘public good’ cannot be assumed as an operational starting point. • Security assistance interventions in contexts of security pluralism should promote public oversight, standards of practice and divisions of labour for all providers. Supporting one type of provider inevitably privileges some groups and interests over others. • Intermediate steps between relational and rules-based arrangements for security provision may be preferable to conventional approaches that focus exclusively on building the capacity of state institutions. • Efforts to foster stronger, safer communities should pay equal attention to the social determinants of security that maintain order and foster resilience, by encouraging social cohesion, addressing exclusion and ensuring adequate public service provision. The transition from a relational to a rules-based system will require a new repertoire of security assistance strategies and methods. Actions might include: • Tackle the most pernicious aspects of security pluralism, especially exclusion and the lack of accountability, through means such as increasing civic space and strengthening mechanisms for asserting public oversight of all security providers. • Identify and invest in intermediate steps to move from relational to rules-based security systems, including SSR interventions that address the panorama of security providers, and the development of popular oversight mechanisms and functional divisions of labour amongst security providers. • Address the social determinants of security through efforts to strengthen inclusive notions of the public good, and design policies to expand access to public services that reduce citizens’ reliance on fickle, exploitive or divisive private actors.

Details: The Hague: Plural Security Insights, Clingendael Conflict Research Unit, 2016. 36p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2017 at: http://pluralsecurityinsights.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/160707_PSI_Policy-brief_Synthesis-Report.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: International

URL: http://pluralsecurityinsights.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/160707_PSI_Policy-brief_Synthesis-Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 144433

Keywords:
Citizen Security
Community Safety
Crime Prevention
Security

Author: ORIMA Research

Title: Cashless Debit Card Trial Evaluation. Wave 1 Interim Evaluation Report

Summary: With support from the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet (PM&C), and developed in close consultation with local community leaders, local and state government agencies and other Australian Government agencies, the Department of Social Services (DSS) is conducting a 12-month trial of a Cashless Debit Card for income support payments (ISPs) in two regional communities. The Cashless Debit Card Trial (CDCT) aims to reduce the levels of harm associated with alcohol consumption, illicit drug use and gambling by limiting Trial participants' access to cash and by preventing the purchase of alcohol or gambling products (other than lottery tickets). Between 50% and 80% of CDCT participants' ISPs are directed to a restricted bank account, accessed by the debit card, with the remainder of these payments accessible through a normal (unrestricted) bank account. Participation in the Trial is mandatory for all working age ISP recipients in the selected Trial sites. Wage earners, Age Pensioners and Veterans' Affairs Pensioners who live in the Trial sites can opt in to the CDCT . To support the implementation of the Trial, DSS worked with the South Australian and Western Australian state governments, community agencies and local Indigenous leadership to supplement the support services being provided in the Trial areas with significant further investment. The Trial commenced in Ceduna and Surrounds (South Australia, SA) on 15 March 2016; and in the East Kimberley (EK) region (Western Australia, WA) on 26 April 2016. Three evaluation reports are planned across the period of the Trial, with this being the second of these. It is based on data collected during the first six months of the Trial (up to 4 October 2016). This is the Wave 1 Interim Evaluation Report of the Cashless Debit Card Trial (CDCT) being conducted in Ceduna and Surrounds (South Australia; SA) and in the East Kimberley (EK) region (Western Australia, WA). This report consists of several layers of information and data, suited to different readers and purposes. As these layers build on top of each other, some content is repeated across multiple layers as relevant. Readers are suggested to utilise the layer(s) most suited to their needs, and to seek more detailed data from deeper layers as and when required. The layers are: 1. Executive Summary. A brief narrative summary of the CDCT and its objectives, and the key findings from the Wave 1 Interim Evaluation Report (Part I). 2. Overview of Performance against the KPIs. A summary of key survey results, qualitative observations and administrative data which specifically relate to the Evaluation Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) of the CDCT, including an overview table of KPIs (Part III). 3. Response to Evaluation Questions. A discussion of the broader Evaluation Questions, drawing together and considering evidence from all data sources as they relate to these questions (Part IV). 4. Conclusions. A succinct statement of the conclusions as at the Wave 1 Interim Evaluation (Part V). 5. Quantitative Survey Results. The detailed survey results in chart and table form, with minimal commentary. These results are presented in two sections – those relating to KPIs (Appendix A) and those relating to other facets of the CDCT (Appendix B). 6. Qualitative Research Summary Reports. Detailed descriptive results from the qualitative research with stakeholders and community leaders in each of the Trial sites (Appendix C). Information on the evaluation methodology can be seen in Part II, and in Appendix D: Organisations Interviewed and Contacted in Qualitative Research.

Details: Canberra: Australian Department of Social Services, 2017.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2017 at: http://apo.org.au/files/Resource/cdc-wave1-interim-evaluation-report.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: Australia

URL: http://apo.org.au/files/Resource/cdc-wave1-interim-evaluation-report.pdf

Shelf Number: 144679

Keywords:
Alcohol Abuse
Alcohol and Crime
Cashless Debit Cards
Crime Prevention
Gambling
Gambling and Crime
Illegal Drug Use

Author: Bright Research Group

Title: Measure Y Community Policing: 2014 Annual Evaluation Report

Summary: Measure Y is a voter-approved initiative that provides funding to violence prevention programs and community policing in the City of Oakland. Passed in 2004 as a 10-year parcel and parking tax, the initiative was renewed in November 2014 as Measure Z. Measure Y funding to the Oakland Police Department (OPD) supports the personnel costs of Problem Solving Officers and Crime Reduction Team Officers, as well as related training and equipment costs. Measure Y also mandates an external evaluation of funded services, which the present document provides for the funded community policing activities. Since 2008, the evaluation team has provided recommendations to OPD to strengthen the alignment and integration of its Measure Y investments with research and best practices in community policing. The evaluation focuses on the deployment of resources and quality of implementation in three major areas of best practice in community policing: Organizational Transformation, Problem Solving, and Community Partnerships. Evaluations in prior years examined Organizational Transformation and Problem Solving. This year's evaluation focuses on Community Partnerships, examining the quality of relationships between OPD and Oakland residents, particularly those in flatland neighborhoods. The evaluation also provides an update on progress toward developing accountability measures for the Problem Solving Officer (PSO) Program, and documenting the activities and approaches of Crime Reduction Teams (CRTs). Community Partnership: A core tenet of community policing is developing effective and collaborative relationships between residents and police. Police departments in diverse, urban cities like Oakland have struggled to attain legitimacy in the eyes of the community. For African American and Latino communities in particular, racial profiling, corruption, and abuse have eroded trust that police will treat them fairly and humanely. More broadly, when police departments fail to keep down crime, the public begins to doubt their effectiveness. Conversely, from a law enforcement perspective, officers interact with the most criminal and deviant elements of society. If officers do not receive recognition for their efforts to protect public safety, acknowledgement of the risks they take, or cooperation from residents in solving crimes, they develop a cynical perspective towards the community. In light of such challenges, a core goal of community policing approaches like Measure Y is to repair and strengthen community-police partnerships and police legitimacy. Measure Y's current investments reflect two primary strategies drawn from the research on community policing: first, to strengthen police-resident relationships through problem solving and community engagement; second, to restore community trust by bringing order to violence-plagued neighborhoods through violence suppression activities. 2As Oakland moves into the next phase of the initiative, it is critical to ensure that OPD strategies reflect prevention and intervention approaches - through community engagement on the one hand and violence prevention on the other.

Details: Oakland, CA: Bright Research Group, 2014.62p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://resourcedevelopment.net/_documents/Measure_Y_Community_Policing-2014_Annual_Evaluation_Report_2014.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: United States

URL: http://resourcedevelopment.net/_documents/Measure_Y_Community_Policing-2014_Annual_Evaluation_Report_2014.pdf

Shelf Number: 144745

Keywords:
Community Partnerships
Community Policing
Crime Prevention
Police Problem Solving
Police-Citizen Interactions
Police-Community Relations
Violence Prevention
Violence Suppression

Author: Silbernagl, Tina

Title: Systemic Prevention of Youth Violence - a handbook to design and plan comprehensive violence prevention measures

Summary: Poverty, the lack of future prospects and social, economical and political marginalization shape the daily lives of many young people and are important structural causes for violence. Overall, young peoples frustration too often results in a propensity for violence and unsafe behavior. As a consequence children and young people become not only victims but also perpetrators of violence. However, young people are also key agents for peace, security and sustainable development and the frame-conditions for their inclusion are created through the development of capacities of state and non-state actors. Youth violence is a complex phenomenon that cannot be addressed and sustainably prevented from a singular perspective. Effective strategies have to follow a systemic approach. This entails to think and act in networks and bring together stakeholders from diverse sectors and administrative levels with the aim to address the context-specific causes of youth violence. The handbook supports the planning, implementation and monitoring of systemic measures to prevent youth violence. Thus, it supports the inclusion of actors from the relevant sectors on all administrative levels. The young individual is perceived as being in the centre of a complex system of actors, who all impact on his/her behavior. Thus, the actors influencing the environment of young people - parents, teachers, the police and social workers, staff of municipal authorities and national ministries are activated as partners and target groups of the planned violence prevention measure. By systematically utilizing the handbook, a systemic approach to preventing youth violence can be designed and the positive potential of young people be enhanced.

Details: Eschborn: German Agency for International Cooperation, GIZ, 2011. 84p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.saferspaces.org.za/uploads/files/GIZ-Systemic-Prevention-Youth-Violence-handbook_english_32.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.saferspaces.org.za/uploads/files/GIZ-Systemic-Prevention-Youth-Violence-handbook_english_32.pdf

Shelf Number: 145178

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Arvate, Paulo

Title: Lighting and Violent Crime: Evaluating the effect of an electrification policy in rural Brazil on violent crime reduction

Summary: This paper estimates the effect of lighting on violent crime reduction. We explore an electrification program (LUZ PARA TODOS or Light for All - LPT) adopted by the federal government to expand electrification to rural areas in all Brazilian municipalities in the 2000s as an exogenous source of variation in electrification expansion. Our instrumental variable results show a reduction in homicide rates (approximately five homicides per 100,000 inhabitants) on rural roads/urban streets when a municipality moved from no access to full coverage of electricity between 2000 and 2010. These findings are even more significant in the northern and northeastern regions of Brazil, where rates of electrification are lower than those of the rest of the country and, thus, where the program is concentrated. In the north (northeast), the number of violent deaths on the streets per 100,000 inhabitants decreased by 48.12 (13.43). This moved a municipality at the 99th percentile (75th) to the median (zero) of the crime distribution of municipalities. Finally, we do not find effects on violent deaths in households and at other locations. Because we use an IV strategy by exploring the LPT program eligibility criteria, we can interpret the results as the estimated impact of the program on those experiencing an increase in electricity coverage due to their program eligibility. Thus, the results represent local average treatment effects of lighting on homicides.

Details: Sao Paulo: Sao Paulo School of Economics, 2016. 25p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper no. 408: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: http://bibliotecadigital.fgv.br/dspace/bitstream/handle/10438/15094/TD%20408%20-%20CMICRO33.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2016

Country: Brazil

URL: http://bibliotecadigital.fgv.br/dspace/bitstream/handle/10438/15094/TD%20408%20-%20CMICRO33.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 145196

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Homicides
Lighting
Murders
Violent Crime

Author: United Nations Interregional Crime and Justice Research Institute (UNICRI)

Title: New Energy for Urban Security: Improving Urban Security Through Green Environmental Design

Summary: The joint UNICRI-MIT Senseable City Lab Report is a manual for a green and digitally enhanced environmental design that addresses issues related to cities. It provides an index of strategies, which have a direct or indirect impact on a city's image making it appear as a safer and more secure environment. Each section of the report identifies a particular urban challenge that needs to be addressed through environmental design, providing a set of guidelines that are both green and digitally enhanced to provide solutions to these challenges, and concludes with a list of actual or potential projects that deploy, in part, the proposed guidelines, demonstrating their prospective effectiveness. The Report analyses the inter-dependencies that exist between ecology, green urban design and security of both the citizen and the urban environment in general. The analysis commences by setting out CPTED theory, which, although currently adopted by municipalities, is not geared toward taking into account advances in technology and the ecological and the environmental impacts on urban life. The Report proposes a third generation of CPTED, designed to take into account the rapid development resulting from new technologies and the digital age - all of which signal revolutionising how we approach urban safety and security. Third-generation CPTED, as presented in the Report, envisages a green and sustainable approach to enhance the living standards of urbanites, as well as to improve the image of cities as user-friendly, safe, and secure. It focuses on a particular sort of spatial democracy and transparency, characterized by the use of solid infrastructures and solutions, along with situated technologies. Moreover, building on the potential of online social networks, third-generation CPTED aims to create a sense of belonging and membership to a greater community by soliciting citizen engagement and participation in improving urban living conditions. The revision of existing CPTED theory, i.e. the third generation CPTED - as set out in the report - proposes that the physical make-up of a city is designed according to the following recommendations: Integrating a sufficient amount of public spaces into the fabric of the city to provide appropriate settings for collective activities and gatherings; Integrating sufficient green spaces of various scales, including street vegetation, vertical green facades, green roofs, public gardens, and neighbourhood and city-scale parks; Fostering new developments that target mixed and balanced communities in terms of income level, social status, ethnicity, demographics, and tenure; Supporting new developments and revitalization projects that aim to create new spaces, or re-structure existing neighbourhoods as mixed-use instead of single-use; Optimizing the urban removal chain in terms of sewage management and garbage collection, taking into account technologies and cultural practices regarding recycling and grey water treatment; Enhancing natural surveillance by providing sufficient street lighting at night, securing the required level of occupation and usage at all times; Ensuring that no place in the city is a terrain-vague, i.e. a place with no institutional supervision; Promoting revitalization and redevelopment projects that focus on grey or brown sites - sites previously accommodating hazardous industries, or sites that are devastated by natural disasters or violent conflicts, or sites that have been previously occupied and are currently vacant due to economic or socio-cultural reasons; Providing sufficient and effective public transportation infrastructure that not only contributes to the well-being of citizens, but also traffic reduction, which has a direct impact on the psychological well-being of citizens; Allocating sufficient financial resources to the regular maintenance of civic spaces, including streetscapes and urban facades; Allocating sufficient financial and human resources for providing public education, particularly for the young urban population; Providing efficient regulations for the construction sector in terms of monitoring the structural integrity, energy efficiency, and quality of building proposals; Providing financial support and the macro and microeconomic infrastructure to assist the low-income urban population in home-ownership. The Report concludes by exploring the potential application of the proposed programme to crime prevention and the enhancement of the perception of safety in urban areas, which is identified as the third-generation of CPTED.

Details: Torin, Italy: UNICRI, 2011. 67p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: http://www.unicri.it/news/files/2011-04-01_110414_CRA_Urban_Security_sm.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: International

URL: http://www.unicri.it/news/files/2011-04-01_110414_CRA_Urban_Security_sm.pdf

Shelf Number: 145325

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design
Design against Crime
Neighborhoods and Crime
Urban Areas

Author: Booker, Francesca

Title: First line of defence? A review of evidence on the effectiveness of engaging communities to tackle illegal wildlife trade

Summary: Illegal wildlife trade (IWT) in wild species and products is at the top of the international conservation agenda. But it is not just a concern for conservationists - it also has implications for economic and social development, and security. The level of international concern about IWT is reflected by the level of investment that has been made in tackling it - more than US$1.3 billion since 2010 (Wright et al. 2016). It is well recognised that tackling IWT requires a multi-pronged approach and that, beyond reducing demand for illegal products and increasing anti IWT law enforcement along the entire wildlife value chain, a third critical strategy is engaging local communities in conservation. By virtue of their proximity to and knowledge of wildlife, local people are well placed to participate in or support poaching and IWT. The same characteristics mean, however, that they are equally well placed to detect, report on, and help prevent it - if the appropriate incentives are in place. But community engagement has received far less attention and investment than law enforcement or demand reduction to date. Only about 15 per cent of the US$1.3 billion has been allocated to initiatives intended to support sustainable use and alternative livelihoods. Part of the problem is that there is no blueprint approach. While global and regional policy commitments to engaging communities abound, details of how these should be implemented and how they impact IWT remain vague. This report attempts to take a first step in addressing that vagueness. It does so by reviewing existing evidence on the effectiveness of different approaches to engaging communities in efforts to tackle IWT. Through a literature review and through submissions to IIED's Conservation, Crime and Communities (CCC) database (www.communitiesforwildlife.iied.org), we identified 49 different examples of community-based initiatives for tackling illegal wildlife trade from Africa (25 initiatives), Asia (18 initiatives) and Latin America (6 initiatives). The most common approach to community engagement in the 49 initiatives was direct involvement in anti-poaching activities - as guards/rangers or informants. Another common approach was the introduction of alternative livelihoods (both wildlife and non-wildlife based). Wildlife tourism development was the most common form of livelihood support activities deployed specifically to engage poachers in one case, but more commonly used to generate conservation incentives for the broader community. Human wildlife conflict mitigation was also employed in over 20 per cent of the initiatives. Very few (four) initiatives involved community members benefiting from sustainable harvesting and legal trade as a conservation incentive. Of the 49 initiatives identified, only 26 (53 per cent) reported on their effectiveness (either in terms of reducing poaching or maintaining or increasing wildlife populations), although a further six noted that the initiatives were at too early a stage in their development to report on effectiveness. For the 26 that reported on effectiveness, 19 (73 per cent) reported that they were effective - although in four cases effectiveness was partial (it varied over time or was site specific); two were not effective; and five were unclear (either they did not provide an assessment of the community engagement component of a broader anti-IWT initiative, or they showed contradictory results). Of the 26 initiatives with a reported impact on poaching/wildlife numbers, only seven (8 per cent of the total dataset) provided details of how this impact had been assessed - including through interviews with local community members, through analysis of records on reported poaching incidents, and through visual assessments. Of these seven, four found that illegal activities (poaching, logging, illegal plant collection) had declined and one found no change; one found that target populations had increased and one found no change.

Details: London: IIED, 2017. 60p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2017 at: http://pubs.iied.org/pdfs/17591IIED.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: International

URL: http://pubs.iied.org/pdfs/17591IIED.pdf

Shelf Number: 145348

Keywords:
Community Engagement
Crime Prevention
Illegal Wildlife Trade
Natural Resource Management
Natural Resources
Wildlife Conservation
Wildlife Crime
Wildlife Management

Author: Khalema, N. Ernest

Title: A review of crime risk factors and community-based prevention strategies for Somali-Canadians in Edmonton, Alberta

Summary: This report offers a Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) of the literature on risk and protective factors associated with crime and migration in Canada, the United States of America, Australia, and several of the European Union countries. The report reviews the discourse linking crime and ethno-cultural groups in the above countries; policy and practice reactions by governments, social institutions (i.e. media), and service providers; and proposed community-based crime prevention strategies. Upon reviewing over two hundred articles from refereed and non-refereed publications, the research embarked on an enormous process of thematically analyzing cross-national texts linking crime and migration. The arduous process tackled issues of language, definition of terms, and country-specific contextual issues as diverse discourses emerged. As a result, we identified four major overarching themes: The Political Economy of Migration, Migrants, and Criminality; Country Specific Research on Risk Factors and Protective Factors of Crime, Discourses on Criminality, "Race" and (In)security, and Media Public Discourse on "Migrant" Criminality. The report concludes with a discussion of recommendations reactions, and implications to Somali-Canadian communities in Edmonton.

Details: Calgary, Alberta, Canada: Centre for Criminology and Justice Research Department of Justice Studies - Mount Royal University, 2012. 146p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://crcconsulting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/A-review-of-crime-risk-factors-and-community-based-prevention-strategies-for-somali-canadians-in-edmonton-alberta.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: International

URL: http://crcconsulting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/A-review-of-crime-risk-factors-and-community-based-prevention-strategies-for-somali-canadians-in-edmonton-alberta.pdf

Shelf Number: 131211

Keywords:
Community-Based Crime Prevention
Crime and Migration
Crime Prevention
Migrant Criminality
Migrants and Crime

Author: Weine, Stevan

Title: No-Trespass Policies in Public Housing

Summary: Increasingly, public housing authorities (PHAs) are implementing "no-trespass" policies designed to combat crime by non-residents in their developments. These policies allow PHAs to develop "ban lists" of unwanted non-residents who may be cited for criminal trespass if found on PHA property. Implementation of such policies may conflict with resident's rights to have visitors, and invitees' rights to visit. The effects of these policies on crime, perceptions of safety, and associational rights are unknown. Through legal analysis and case studies of three PHAs-Yonkers, NY; Chester, PA; and Annapolis, MD-I investigate the impact of these policies on residents, PHA officials, project managers, police, and people who are banned. My findings suggest that a no-trespass policy, narrowly targeted and as part of a larger security strategy, can promote perceptions of safety among public housing residents. Strong, stable PHA management and a collaborative relationship with residents are key to successful implementation. With due process protections and clear procedures for assuring that tenants' rights to have visitors are not violated, it can pass constitutional muster. Whether it is an effective, or cost-effective, form of crime control is very much in debate. Implemented in isolation, however, a no-trespass policy is not likely to be effective in reducing crime and promoting perceptions of safety, and runs the risk of being used to police residents, rather than to protect them. If the policy is not narrowly tailored, it can divide families unnecessarily and discourage familial ties that create stability in a community. No-trespass policies can be blunt weapons against crime that cast very wide nets over a community, restrict movement, and interfere with family relationships. Applied arbitrarily and targeted indiscriminately, these policies are not likely to be constitutional. PHAs should consider whether no-trespass policies are worth the considerable resources needed to implement and maintain them, and reassess how these policies fit the larger objective of fostering safe places in which to live and raise a family. Longer-term safety may be better served by developing residents' human and social capital, and by providing social supports and services, rather than on banning criminals from PHA property.

Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 203p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3876&context=edissertations

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3876&context=edissertations

Shelf Number: 145561

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Public Housing
Trespassing
Zoning Ordinances

Author: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

Title: Preventing violent extremism through education: A guide for policy-makers

Summary: Over the past years, the number of reported attacks perpetrated by violent extremist groups has risen. As we witness tragedies on all continents, we understand that violent extremism knows no boundaries and affects every society. Young people are, however, most at risk. They are the main targets of recruitment strategies and fall victim to extremist violence. This phenomenon alerts us to the risk of losing a generation of youth to despair and disengagement. In the face of such threats, there is no single solution. Security responses are important, but not sufficient, and will not tackle the many underlying conditions that breed violent extremism and drive youth to join violent extremist groups. We need soft power, such as education. In particular, we need relevant, inclusive and equitable quality education. This is the sine qua non to effective action and requires countries to simultaneously implement short, medium and long-term responses. To assist countries in their efforts, UNESCO has developed this publication Preventing violent extremism through education: A guide for policy-makers. The Guide also responds to the decision of UNESCO's Executive Board at its 197th session (197 EX/Dec46) through which Member States acknowledged the importance of preventing violent extremism through education and requested that UNESCO assist them in this endeavour. Together with the Teachers' Guide on the Prevention of Violent Extremism produced by UNESCO, this Guide offers technical guidance for education professionals (policy-makers, teachers and various education stakeholders) on how to address the concrete challenges posed by violent extremism within each society. The Guide particularly aims to help policy-makers within ministries of education to prioritize, plan and implement effective preventive actions.

Details: Paris: UNESCO, 2017. 72p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002477/247764e.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: International

URL: http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002477/247764e.pdf

Shelf Number: 145803

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Educational Programs
Extremist Groups
Radical Groups
Terrorist Recruitment
Violence Prevention
Violent Extremism

Author: Bowden, Matt

Title: Evaluation of the Community Safety Initiative: Assignment of RAPID Co-ordinators

Summary: The Revitalising Areas by Planning, Investment and Development Programme (RAPID) was a local development initiative to counter disadvantage in local communities and was co-ordinated by local authorities. In 2011, the Childhood Development Initiative (CDI) entered a partnership with South Dublin County Council (SDCC) to assign some of the RAPID staff to implement the Community Safety Initiative (the Initiative). The assignment of RAPID Co-ordinators (RCs) added a key strategic dimension to the work of CDI. The Community Safety Initiative has had two phases: from 2009 to 2011 which was evaluated by a research team from the National University of Ireland, Galway (Kearns, et al, 2013); and the second involved the assignment of the RCs to implement the Initiative in two pilot sites in Tallaght West from May 2011 to June 2012. The current report is concerned with the second of these two phases. The key goal of CDI in this phase was to mainstream the Initiative with a statutory partner. In this context the Initiative was founded upon a memorandum of understanding between CDI and the South Dublin County Council (SDCC). The evaluation is primarily concerned with this mainstreaming process and to identify the lessons learned in policy and practice terms. Dr Matt Bowden, Lecturer in Sociology at Dublin Institute of Technology and researcher at the Centre for Social and Educational Research was commissioned to conduct the evaluation. The evaluation was commissioned by CDI with the following brief: - "To assess the impact of the assignment of RAPID coordinators to delivering the CSI on: - - Their approach; - The approach of the CDI team; - The CSI model; - The interagency relationships; - The perceptions of community safety among residents of the pilot sites where the RAPID Coordinators worked; and - The relationships between residents and those delivering services in the CSI pilot sites where the RAPID Coordinators worked. - To name the challenges in this approach and responses to these; and - To identify recommendations for next steps, both within Tallaght West and for impacting more widely on policy and practice" (Evaluation Brief).

Details: Dublin: Childhood Development Initiative (CDI), 2015. 107p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: http://arrow.dit.ie/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1029&context=aaschsslrep

Year: 2015

Country: Ireland

URL: http://arrow.dit.ie/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1029&context=aaschsslrep

Shelf Number: 145914

Keywords:
Communities and Crime
Community Crime Prevention
Community Participation
Community Safety
Crime Prevention

Author: King, Raymond

Title: The Effects of Organizational Agility on Transnational Crime in Jamaica

Summary: Factors influencing incidents of transnational crime in Jamaica and the international community have been established in the literature. However, strategies to counter transnational security threats have been predicated on a foundation of re-activity, necessitating the need for proactive crime fighting efforts. This study investigated the effects of organizational agility, a proactive crime abatement strategy, on transnational crimes in Jamaica using quantitative analysis. An input-output framework based on economic theory, along with a multiple regression model provided the analytic foundation for this study. Thirty-two years of crime data between 1982 and 2013, one independent variable-organizational agility, and five control variables comprised the analytic model. Chief among the findings are that organizational agility as a proactive crime abatement strategy was found to be inversely related to incidents of transnational crime at α = 0.05 and that the overall model explained 91% of the variation in transnational crime incidents.

Details: Miami Gardens, FL: St. Thomas University, 2015. 119p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1749780648.html?FMT=AI

Year: 2015

Country: Jamaica

URL: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1749780648.html?FMT=AI

Shelf Number: 145952

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Statistics
Economics of Crime
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime
Transnational Crime

Author: Camacho, Adriana

Title: The Externalities of Conditional Cash Transfer Programs on Crime: The of Case Familias en Accion in Bogota

Summary: In this paper we examine the indirect effects of the income transfers made under Colombias most important Conditional Cash Transfer (CCT) program on crime in the urban area of the city of Bogota. More precisely, our paper evaluates the "income effect" of these transfers by exploiting the location of beneficiary households together with the exact date when the transfers are made. In order to do this, the following two sources of information were used: the Sistema de Informacion de Beneficiarios de Familias en Accion (SIFA) and the National Police crime reports. Our results indicate that, through the so-called income effect, the program is responsible for reducing different measures of property crime in the days following the transfers. Specifically, we find that transfers made by the program reduce thefts and vehicle theft by 7.2 percent and 1.3 percent, respectively, during the days following the transfers made by Familias en Accion.

Details: Washington, DC: The World Bank, 2013. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EXTLACOFFICEOFCE/Resources/870892-1265238560114/ACamacho_Oct_2013.pdf

Year: 2013

Country: Colombia

URL: http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EXTLACOFFICEOFCE/Resources/870892-1265238560114/ACamacho_Oct_2013.pdf

Shelf Number: 146298

Keywords:
Conditional Cash Transfers
Crime Prevention
Financial Assistance
Poverty
Thefts

Author: Fraser, Jennifer

Title: Engaging Local Businesses in Community Development and Crime Prevention: A Literature Review

Summary: Crime Prevention Ottawa (CPO), in partnership with Ottawa's Community Development Framework, commissioned a literature review to discover what has been done to engage local businesses in community development and crime prevention initiatives. Covering research and examples from several countries, this review looks at why businesses should be involved in community development, the challenges of engaging businesses, examples of innovative approaches to engaging businesses, and some tools and processes that can help community groups engage businesses. Engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention work makes sense when the multiple risk factors for social problems are recognized. Businesses have a lot to offer community groups: resources, ideas from a fresh perspective, and specific skills honed in a business environment. Many businesses are now committing to social responsibility, but their involvement in community development also "makes good business sense" in improving their image, attracting customers, and retaining employees. Overall, pairing business development with community development can create business opportunities and improve the vibrancy of communities. Of course, engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention work can be challenging. Businesses and community groups tend to "speak different languages" - businesses work in a fast-paced, competitive environment toward specific, short-term goals, while community groups often work on long-term projects toward more abstract goals. Businesses may not see their role in community development and crime prevention and may be reluctant to participate in perceived "negative" issues. Community groups looking to engage businesses might want to consider picking specific components of a project in which a business can concretely participate; clearly establish expectations, roles, and timelines for all parties' involvement; and, frame their project in positive terms. Despite these challenges, there are many examples of innovative ways communities have engaged businesses in development and crime prevention work. Community groups have successfully worked with Business Improvement Areas (BIAs) or Districts (BIDs) in New York City, Baltimore, and Winnipeg. Innovative partnerships devoted to curbing alcohol-related violence in entertainment districts have been established in Montreal and Edmonton. Some Toronto-based projects have highlighted the importance of getting businesses to invest in youth and working on focused neighbourhood revitalization projects. Community-business partnerships have also been facilitated by governments in Vancouver and the United Kingdom. A number of tools exist to help community groups identify, approach, and maintain relationships with businesses they would like to engage in development and crime prevention work. For example, the International Centre for the Prevention of Crime and the Institute for the Prevention of Crime outline five steps for effective implementation of crime prevention initiatives and the Tamarack Institute has produced a six step process for obtaining business involvement as well as a "needs-features-benefits" tool for making the case for business involvement. This literature review shows that, despite challenges, community-business partnerships for community development and crime prevention initiatives can be advantageous for all stakeholders involved. Understanding what is already known about engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention is important for CPO and will help to inform future relationships among local business owners, community partners, and residents and to promote joint community development and crime prevention initiatives in the Ottawa region.

Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2012. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Neighbourhoods/Engaging%20Local%20Businesses.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Canada

URL: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Neighbourhoods/Engaging%20Local%20Businesses.pdf

Shelf Number: 146388

Keywords:
Business Improvement Districts
Community Development
Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention Partnerships
Neighborhoods and Crime

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: Impact Evaluation of USAID's Community-Based Crime and Violence Prevention Approach in Central America: El Salvador Country Report

Summary: El Salvador, and its neighboring countries in Central America, Guatemala and Honduras, are among the most criminally violent nations in the world. The USAID Missions (specifically, Democracy and Governance (DG) and other offices within the Missions) in five Central American countries (Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama) have administered and overseen the execution of the Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI) interventions-a set of programs with the objective of reducing crime rates and improving security in Central America by strengthening community capacity to combat crimes and creating educational and employment opportunities for at-risk youth. USAID/Washington, via its Cooperative Agreement with the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University, asked LAPOP to design and carry out an impact evaluation of the CARSI interventions in Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Panama, as part of a broader effort to establish the effectiveness of USAID democracy and governance interventions through scientifically rigorous studies such as those recommended in the comprehensive study by the National Academy of Sciences (National Research Council 2008). LAPOP has had more than 20 years of experience in carrying out policy-relevant surveys in Latin America, having conducted hundreds of country-based surveys, including many specialized studies designed to evaluate programs. This impact evaluation was designed to measure the overall impact of the interventions, not to distinguish among the specific types of interventions, nor to evaluate the implementing partners, per se. To have done so would have required a very different (and more costly) research design, and most likely would have duplicated at least some of the evaluation efforts involved in each implementing partner's contract with USAID. Nonetheless, as noted later in this report, statistical tests performed clearly suggest that the impacts found were generalizable and not confined to one implementing partner versus the other. Ultimately, however, the initial decision made to limit each implementing partner's scope to specific, non-overlapping municipalities makes it impossible to disaggregate statistically the impact of the partner's efforts vs. the conditions of the municipalities in which it operated. That is to say, all of the treated communities in a given municipality experienced the same treatment approach, while all of those of a different municipality received a different partner's treatment. Thus municipal conditions and implemention are indistinguishable. Moreover, because a variety of interventions were used in the neighborhoods (some of which were used by both implementing partners), it is impossible to disentangle the effect of each type of intervention from any other.

Details: Nashville, TN: The Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP), Vanderbilt University , 2014. 299p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/El_Salvador_v22_English_W_2_04.08.15.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: El Salvador

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/El_Salvador_v22_English_W_2_04.08.15.pdf

Shelf Number: 147037

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Berk-Seligson, Susan

Title: Impact Evaluation: Panama Country Report

Summary: Central America, especially Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras, are among the most criminally violent nations in the world. The USAID Missions (specifically, the Democracy and Governance (DG) and other offices within the Missions) in five Central American countries (Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama) have administered and overseen the execution of the Central America Regional Security Initiative (CARSI) interventions-a set of programs with the objective of reducing crime rates and improving security in Central America by strengthening community capacity to combat crimes and creating educational and employment opportunities for at-risk youth. USAID/Washington, via its Cooperative Agreement with the Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP) at Vanderbilt University, asked LAPOP to design and carry out an impact evaluation of the CARSI interventions in Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Panama, as part of a broader effort to establish the effectiveness of USAID democracy and governance interventions through scientifically rigorous studies such as those recommended in the comprehensive study by the National Academy of Sciences (National Research Council 2008). LAPOP has had more than 20 years of experience in carrying out policy-relevant surveys in Latin America, having conducted hundreds of country-based surveys, including many specialized studies designed to evaluate programs. The CARSI approach has been focused on community -based violence prevention, of which the CARSI program in Panama that is the subject of this report, is an example. Two factors, however, made the CARSI impact evaluation LAPOP conducted in Panama different from the impact evaluations carried out elsewhere in Central America. First, unlike in the "northern triangle" countries of Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras, the level of crime in Panama is not especially high for the Latin American region. Therefore, since the starting base for crime is so much lower in Panama than in the other countries included in this impact evaluation, crime rates there have far less to fall, and impact will, of necessity, be lower. Second, the sample size of communities for the quantitative data obtained from the treated Panamanian communities is too small to justify treating the Panama sample as adequate for country-level analysis. In the other countries covered by the LAPOP CARSI impact evaluation, the minimal sample size of communities was met or exceeded, and therefore justified a country-level analysis of the quantitative data, and for each of those countries, such a report was written and is available on-line at www.LAPOPsurveys.org. In the case of Panama, the quantitative data obtained there have been added to the Central Americawide pooled data base and are reported on only in the regional report of the LAPOP impact evaluation. Third, program implementation lagged in Panama, and in some of the treatment communities the central treaments had not been applied by the end of the impact evaluation surveys. For this reason alone, measurement of impact in those communities would not have meaning. Finally, a number of the key elements of the community-based violence prevention programs initiated by CARSI in the other countries in which this evaluation has taken place were already in place by the time the baseline data were collected, put there by the govnment of Panama and cooperating agencies and NGOs. Therefore, a baseline of "untreated" communities was less meaningful than in the other countries.

Details: Nashville, TN: The Latin American Public Opinion Project (LAPOP), Vanderbilt University , 2014. 241p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/CARSI_Panama_v3_FinalV_W_02.17.16.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Panama

URL: http://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/carsi/CARSI_Panama_v3_FinalV_W_02.17.16.pdf

Shelf Number: 147038

Keywords:
At-Risk Youth
Community-Based Programs
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Berg, Julie

Title: Regulating Private Security in South Africa: Context, challenges and recommendations

Summary: This paper provides an overview of current oversight and accountability mechanisms for the private security industry, including past regulatory provisions. It examines the challenges and limitations of these mechanisms and highlights potential areas of focus to strengthen accountability in the private security industry, concluding with recommendations.

Details: African Policing Civilian Oversight Forum, 2011. 28p.

Source: Internet Resource: Policy Paper: Accessed September 12, 2017 at: http://www.criminology.uct.ac.za/usr/criminology/news/APCOF.pdf

Year: 2011

Country: South Africa

URL: http://www.criminology.uct.ac.za/usr/criminology/news/APCOF.pdf

Shelf Number: 125106

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Private Security

Author: Fleury, Megan M.

Title: Process Evaluation of Call-in Meetings Conducted in Maryland under Project Safe Neighborhoods

Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a program to combat gun violence that is coordinated by U.S. Attorney's Offices throughout the country. The University of Maryland's Institute for Governmental Service and Research (IGSR) is the research partner to the U.S. Attorney's Office, District of Maryland, on PSN through grant PSNM-2013-0001, administered by the Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention (GOCCP). One approach to implementing PSN nationally and in Maryland is the use of offender call-in meetings. High risk offenders are called in and notified of the consequences they could face, including federal prosecution, if they reoffend using a gun. In many jurisdictions, service providers attend the meetings to apprise offenders of programs available to help them succeed. Because there is only limited research concerning the effectiveness of call-in meetings, the U.S. Attorney's Office, GOCCP, and IGSR decided to focus research efforts on evaluating the Maryland call-in meetings. This report contains the results of the process evaluation of call-in meetings in five Maryland jurisdictions: the City of Annapolis, Anne Arundel County, Baltimore City, the City of Frederick, and Prince Georges County. Another report will be issued after an outcome evaluation of the meetings is completed. A review of existing literature found evaluations that attributed reductions in crime to PSN programs incorporating call-in meetings as well as programs employing call-in meetings that pre-dated creation of PSN. However, studies that focus specifically on the effectiveness of call-in meetings have yielded mixed results. Call-in meetings in Chicago reduced recidivism and the seriousness of subsequent crimes committed by meeting participants. Call-in meetings in Indianapolis increased participants' awareness of law enforcement efforts, but did not result in lower recidivism rates among participants. The meetings in Chicago and Indianapolis had similar formats. However, Chicago targeted the most violent offenders in the most crime-ridden neighborhoods, while Indianapolis invited a broader set of offenders to its meetings. Chicago also emphasized the legitimacy of law enforcement efforts to reduce violence. In Indianapolis, a failure of law enforcement to follow through with increased oversight and sanctions of targeted offenders may have weakened the meetings' effects. In Maryland, PSN has been implemented in conjunction with two other programs, Maryland Exile and the Safe Streets initiative. Maryland Exile focuses on federal prosecution of the most violent repeat offenders. Safe Streets uses a set of criteria to identify offenders who will receive increased attention from law enforcement. Both programs utilize call-in meetings to communicate with their respective target group. Through review of documents provided by PSN partners, interviews with meeting organizers, and observation of meetings, the IGSR researchers conducted a process evaluation of call-in meetings in Maryland. Offenders in the Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI) are the target population, with four of the five jurisdictions inviting the most violent VPI offenders to their call-in meetings. Anne Arundel County invites all VPI offenders and has call-in meetings with 80 to 100 offenders in attendance. The other jurisdictions typically limit meetings to 30 or 40 offenders. Targeting call-in meetings to the most violent offenders is consistent with the successful approach used in Chicago and in programs that led to creation of PSN. As is the case nationally, the meetings in Maryland jurisdictions generally combine a deterrent message and a message of support. Representatives of the local police department, the U.S. Attorney's Office, and the State's Attorney's Office speak at the meetings in every jurisdiction. Offenders are told that they risk federal prosecution and harsh sanctions if they are rearrested for a violent crime. The emphasis is on deterrence, although all the jurisdictions except Annapolis invite service providers to the meetings. The smaller jurisdictions provide offenders with personalized pamphlets describing the consequences of reoffending, given their individual criminal histories. The larger jurisdictions provide examples of offenders who have been prosecuted in the federal system. Meetings in Baltimore City have the broadest community involvement, including a member of the clergy, an ex-offender, and residents affected by violence. These participants help reinforce the anti-violence message and provide legitimacy to law enforcement efforts. The other Maryland jurisdictions should consider incorporating this feature into their call-in meetings. Meeting organizers in some of the Maryland jurisdictions expressed concern over whether meeting participants that reoffend are actually receiving federal prosecution and harsher sanctions. They worry that their credibility will be harmed if this is not happening. Some meeting organizers would like to have more service providers at the meeting and more programs available to help offenders succeed. The meeting organizers that were interviewed for the process evaluation generally believe that call-in meetings have contributed to reductions in violent crime. The extent to which this is the case will be addressed by the planned outcome evaluation. A caveat regarding the findings and conclusions presented in this report is that they are based on interviews with a limited number of individuals in only four of the five jurisdictions and observations of call-in meetings in only four of the five jurisdictions. Key staff in Baltimore City departed the program before they could be interviewed, and the City of Annapolis did not conduct a call-in meeting during the time-frame of the process evaluation.

Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2016. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/ProcessEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_032416.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/ProcessEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_032416.pdf

Shelf Number: 147453

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Recidivism
Violence Prevention

Author: Weisburd, Sarit

Title: Police Presence, Rapid Response Rates, and Crime Prevention

Summary: This paper estimates the impact of police presence on crime using a unique database that tracks the exact location of Dallas Police Department patrol cars throughout 2009. To address the concern that officer location is often driven by crime, my instrument exploits police responses to calls outside of their allocated coverage beat. This variable provides a plausible shift in police presence within the abandoned beat that is driven by the police goal of minimizing response times. I found that a 10 percent decrease in police presence at that location results in a 1.2 to 2.9 percent increase in crime. These results shed light on the black box of policing and crime and suggest that routine changes in police patrol can significantly impact criminal behavior.

Details: Tel Aviv University, 2016. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://econ.tau.ac.il/sites/economy.tau.ac.il/files/media_server/Economics/PDF/seminars%202016-17/Sarit%20Weisburd_Police%20Presence%2C%20Rapid%20Response%20Rates%2C%20and%20Crime.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United States

URL: https://econ.tau.ac.il/sites/economy.tau.ac.il/files/media_server/Economics/PDF/seminars%202016-17/Sarit%20Weisburd_Police%20Presence%2C%20Rapid%20Response%20Rates%2C%20and%20Crime.pdf

Shelf Number: 147707

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Deterrence
Police Effectiveness
Police Patrol
Police Response

Author: Te, Funk

Title: Human Versus Technology: Comparing the Effect of Private Security Patrol and Crime Prevention Information System Over the Crime Level and Safety Perception

Summary: Crime reduction became one of the major issues of the modern society. In order to achieve public reassurance, police forces all over the world are undertaking actions to involve citizens in crime prevention through community policing. In parallel, technological platforms were deployed in order to share crime-related information with the public and to support the development of problem-solving strategies. However, the impact of these initiatives in terms of crime reduction and perception has not been sufficiently investigated yet. Furthermore, up to now, no previous studies compared the effectiveness between the traditional approach of preventive patrolling and technology-based crime prevention solutions. Therefore, we present a study design which aims at assessing the effectiveness of the two aforementioned crime prevention measures. The goal is to evaluate and compare their effects over the local criminal activity and citizen's safety perception measured by Fear of Crime (FOC) and Perceived Risk of Victimization (PRV) constructs. Preliminary results show a rather low level of FOC across the whole sample, paired by a high level of PRV. Furthermore, potential explanatory background factors for the previous constructs have been identified and will be explored in future work.

Details: Association for Information Systems, 2016. 12p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research-in-Progress Papers. 48: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://aisel.aisnet.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1072&context=ecis2016_rip

Year: 2016

Country: Switzerland

URL: https://aisel.aisnet.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1072&context=ecis2016_rip

Shelf Number: 147711

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Fear of Crime
Police Technology
Preventive Patrol
Private Security
Security Guards

Author: Gill, Martin

Title: Towards 'A Strategy for Change' for the Security Sector

Summary: This report aims to provide a foundation for thinking about and ultimately developing a 'Strategy for Change' for the security sector. It seeks to provide a rationale for why private security is important and suggests ideas (for wider debate) about how its potential might be realised. The document is based on three overarching aims: The Government must be encouraged to develop a strategy for harnessing the enormous contribution of the private security sector to preventing crime. The private security sector must commit to developing an ability to talk with a more united and coordinated voice. The private security sector must commit to highlighting the enormous benefits it generates including for the public good, and commit to ways of enhancing these. Much of what it currently does is unheralded and under acknowledged.

Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd., 2017. 42p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Towards-a-Strategy-for-Change.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Towards-a-Strategy-for-Change.pdf

Shelf Number: 147989

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Private Security
Security Officers
Security Personnel

Author: Howell, Charlotte

Title: Police Views on Private Security

Summary: - This report discusses findings from responses provided by 1361 serving police officers in an on-line survey on attitudes towards the private security sector (private security suppliers and corporate security departments) - The study was undertaken to inform strategies for better engaging private security, and as part of the development of a sister document, Towards 'A Strategy for Change' for the Security Sector" The current position - Close to 6 in 10 believed private security plays a minor role in protecting the public - Close to 7 in 10 believed security officers do not act as the eyes and ears of the police, although more than 4 in 10 thought they should - The police generally favoured private security supporting private events, although for some this was because they saw the role as administrative (e.g. checking tickets on entry) rather than policing - Corporate security departments were seen as important in helping the police in their work by 62%, security officers much less so, 36% - Well over 8 in 10 stated that business needed to be primarily responsible for protecting itself against fraud and cyber crime. Indeed, only a half of the sample believed that the police has a responsibility to investigate all frauds and all cyber crimes Future possibilities - Close to 8 in 10 were against security officers working on behalf of the police as first responders to incidents - More than half disagreed with the suggestion that collaborative working between the police and private security is essential given the current limitations of police funding - Respondents were critical of businesses, with approaching 9 in 10 indicating that they need to be more committed to sharing information with the police - A much smaller majority - but over a half - admitted that the police also need to improve here, in terms of being more committed to sharing information with businesses - Police officers responding were not typically supportive of private security seconding officers, nor in conferring additional powers on private officers. Even the idea of businesses injecting money into the force to enable a response to certain crime types was not overwhelmingly viewed as positive General perceptions - A majority of respondents believed that both the police and the public had a generally negative view of private security - Very few believed that police officers viewed private security as essential partners (4%). About 3 in 10 felt private security was tolerated albeit more than half felt they were sometimes of assistance. - Well over a half felt that private security officers are not sufficiently well trained to be useful - Over three quarters felt that private security does not enhance the UK policing brand - More than 6 in 10 felt that private security did not enhance the reputation of the police - That said close to 3 in 10 agreed with the suggestion that some specialist private security services operate with more expertise than the comparative services offered by the police - More agreed than disagreed that there are individuals in the private sector that they respect for their excellent work (43% compared to 17%) The level of trust - Well over a half felt that the private security sector cannot be trusted - Over two thirds of respondents did not consider private security trustworthy to charge a fair price - Nearly four fifths of respondents did not agree that private security could be trusted to be impartial - Approaching 8 in 10 police officers admitted to being suspicious of the profit motive of private security - Similarly over three quarters of officers noted that the lack of accountability of the private security sector undermines police confidence Key opportunities - Nearly three fifths of respondents felt that there is a lack of leadership in the police service about how best to work with private security - Generally speaking the police do not profess to be extensively knowledgeable about private security or highly experienced in working with them - There is some evidence that much of what the police know about private security comes directly from interaction with private security rather than for example internal training - Over a half felt that if the police were responsible for accrediting private security, it would increase police trust in the work of the private security sector. A majority also agreed that police trust in private security would increase if the police were involved in training them - The role of private security (and especially suppliers) in helping to prevent crime is not enough to persuade police officers of its worth. They need to be more informed about the work that it does, not least in supporting the public good, and making a distinction between using private security to replace police on the front line (this is as close as you can get to an unqualified bad thing in police eyes) with supporting public protection in its myriad of current roles. There needs to be meaningful engagement and better leadership on both sides.

Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd., 2017. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Police-Views-on-Private-Security.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Police-Views-on-Private-Security.pdf

Shelf Number: 147990

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Private Security
Security Officers
Security Personnel

Author: Newton, Andrew

Title: Relating Target Hardening to Burglary Risk: Experiences from Liverpool

Summary: This paper explores the relationship between the allocation of target hardening and burglary risk based on recent research in the City of Liverpool. Individual property‐level data from a range of sources was collated for each residential property in the city using a unique property reference number. This produced a rich data set enabling burglary and target hardening activity to be analysed through time at both the individual property‐level and across a variety of spatial units (e.g. super output areas, wards and regeneration areas). The results highlight an imperfect alignment between target hardening and burglary risk locations largely attributable to the influence of Liverpool's area based regeneration initiatives. The paper makes the case for prioritising properties for target hardening based on a combination of the prior burglary history of individual properties, the burglary risk of an area, and existing levels of target hardening protection.

Details: Papers from the British Criminology Conference, 8. pp. 153-174

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/5664/1/RELATING_TARGET_HARDENING_TO_BURGLARY_RISK_AUTHOR_VERSION_31102008.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/5664/1/RELATING_TARGET_HARDENING_TO_BURGLARY_RISK_AUTHOR_VERSION_31102008.pdf

Shelf Number: 148148

Keywords:
Burglary
Crime Prevention
Target Hardening

Author: Weisburd, David

Title: Proactive Policing: Effects on Crime and Communities

Summary: Proactive policing, as a strategic approach used by police agencies to prevent crime, is a relatively new phenomenon in the United States. It developed from a crisis in confidence in policing that began to emerge in the 1960s because of social unrest, rising crime rates, and growing skepticism regarding the effectiveness of standard approaches to policing. In response, beginning in the 1980s and 1990s, innovative police practices and policies that took a more proactive approach began to develop. This report uses the term "proactive policing" to refer to all policing strategies that have as one of their goals the prevention or reduction of crime and disorder and that are not reactive in terms of focusing primarily on uncovering ongoing crime or on investigating or responding to crimes once they have occurred. Proactive policing is distinguished from the everyday decisions of police officers to be proactive in specific situations and instead refers to a strategic decision by police agencies to use proactive police responses in a programmatic way to reduce crime. Today, proactive policing strategies are used widely in the United States. They are not isolated programs used by a select group of agencies but rather a set of ideas that have spread across the landscape of policing. Proactive Policing reviews the evidence and discusses the data and methodological gaps on: (1) the effects of different forms of proactive policing on crime; (2) whether they are applied in a discriminatory manner; (3) whether they are being used in a legal fashion; and (4) community reaction. This report offers a comprehensive evaluation of proactive policing that includes not only its crime prevention impacts but also its broader implications for justice and U.S. communities.

Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2017. 326p.

Source: Internet Resource: Prepublication copy, uncorrected proofs: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/24928/proactive-policing-effects-on-crime-and-communities

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/24928/proactive-policing-effects-on-crime-and-communities

Shelf Number: 148196

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police Effectiveness
Police Reform
Proactive Policing

Author: Johnson, Shane D.

Title: Prospective Crime Mapping in Operational Context: Final Report

Summary: The systematic identification and management of risk is one element in the Home Office's reform plan published on 19 July 2006, with a stated emphasis on proactivity in risk management. The research reported here provides an innovative means of doing precisely that in respect of one offence, describing and applying a technique whose extension to all offence types would make a significant contribution to realisation of the Home Office's reform agenda. Knowing when and where to deploy resources is pivotal to the crime reduction enterprise. The attempt to identify and police 'hotspots' of crime has for some time been a part of crime reduction strategy. The positive effects of such measures have been acknowledged, with a range of interventions based on this approach having significant impacts on levels of crime. The aim of the project reported here is to understand the regularities in patterns of burglary across a range of geographical areas and to develop and test an emerging forecasting technique, prospective mapping, thereby helping the police and their crime reduction partners to prevent and detect more crime. The risk of burglary is not evenly distributed - some areas experience more burglary than others. Within areas, some homes are victimised more than the rest. However, little research has focused on the accurate prediction of which areas and locations are most likely to experience burglary next. Research concerned with crime mapping has focused almost exclusively on the description of what happened last week, last month or over the last year, with the implicit assumption that the future will be much like the past. Insofar as crime moves (and it does), such an approach is at best sub-optimal. The current study sought to develop an accurate way of forecasting where burglary is most likely to next occur, and to decide whether the resulting system had potential for use in operational policing. In addition to addressing the technical issues of how to forecast future patterns of burglary, the authors attempted to identify issues of implementation that might impede police adoption of predictive mapping systems and how such mapping might be integrated with other approaches to crime reduction Spatial and temporal patterns of crime are fluid. Research by the authors and others had demonstrated that the risk of burglary appears not only to move, but to cluster in space and time in much the same way as a communicable disease. When a burglary occurs at one home, another is likely to occur swiftly nearby. As time elapses, this risk decays so that after four to eight weeks, homes located near to a previously victimised home experience only a level of risk normal for the area in which they are located. If such patterns are ubiquitous (a notion supported by the work reported), the risk of burglary moves. The consequence is that the location of future events might be better predicted by means more sophisticated than the simple extrapolation of past patterns. The central aims of the project were as follows. - To determine whether patterns of burglary were communicable across diverse areas of the East Midlands, and if so, whether the pattern varied between areas. - To develop a predictive mapping system usable in an operational policing context. - To test the accuracy of the system and compare it with contending alternatives. - To determine how the system could be used operationally, identify obstacles to implementation, establish how it was received by those who might use it, and identify necessary refinements. - To provide an idea of the likely efficacy of the system during a field trial by evaluating its impact on crime and influence on crime reduction strategies in the area.

Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 111p.

Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Online Report 19/07: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218140056/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs07/rdsolr1907.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218140056/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs07/rdsolr1907.pdf

Shelf Number: 107823

Keywords:
Burglary
Crime Analysis
Crime Hotspots
Crime Mapping
Crime Prevention
High Crime Areas
Risk Management

Author: Carli, Vivien

Title: Assessing CCTV as an effective safety and management tool for crime-solving, prevention and reduction

Summary: The implementation and use of video surveillance (Closed Circuit Television technology) in societies across the globe has stimulated major debate on a handful of topics. This report aims to surface and synthesize those issues through an investigative and comparative analysis. The report will provide the reader with a variety of discussions, based on an objective analysis of available publications throughout the world. It addresses the history of CCTV and the main debates surrounding effectiveness and utility, it further evaluates the concept of the rise of surveillance societies and the protection of individual rights, and promotes further discussion and analysis through policy recommendations.

Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2008. 19p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/Assessing_CCTV_as_an_effective_safety_and_management_tool_ANG.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/fileadmin/user_upload/Publications/Assessing_CCTV_as_an_effective_safety_and_management_tool_ANG.pdf

Shelf Number: 148743

Keywords:
CCTV
Closed-Circuit Television
Crime Prevention
Video Surveillance

Author: Scott, Michael S.

Title: Focused Deterrence of High-Risk Individuals

Summary: A focused-deterrence approach to dealing with high-risk offenders is, relatively speaking, in the early phases of application and testing across the police profession, but the evidence of its effectiveness and fairness to date is promising. It builds on prior knowledge about responding effectively to repeat offenders, but it goes well beyond that knowledge mainly by harnessing the power of intensive support offered to individuals willing to stop their offending and accept the assistance and the power of deterrence through certain, severe, and swift punishment. Moreover, focused-deterrence harnesses state and community authority in persuading high-risk offenders that everyone's lives, their own included, are better out of a life of crime than in it. Two of the more unexpected aspects of focused deterrence, at least to its skeptics, are that (1) police and prosecutors are sometimes willing to forgo enforcement and assist known persistent offenders, and (2) persistent offenders can heed official warnings or willingly stop offending. Early FDIs have CONCLUSION demonstrated that police and prosecutors have been willing to sacrifice an arrest or a conviction in exchange for a cessation of further offending. In addition, at least some repeat offenders have grown weary of the criminal lifestyle with its constant risks of incarceration, injury, or death and are willing to stop offending if given the right mix of incentives. Focused deterrence challenges deeply held beliefs of police and prosecutors that persistent offenders are incapable of giving up a life of crime, and of persistent offenders that police and prosecutors desire only to make their lives miserable. Adopting a focused-deterrence approach requires a leap of faith on the part of all involved. But, as demonstrated by the several dozen jurisdictions across the country that have implemented FDIs, with proper attention to the important details of developing, implementing, and monitoring an FDI, such a leap can be well rewarded by less crime; fewer crime victims; safer communities; rehabilitated, socially productive ex-offenders; and enhanced perceived police legitimacy.

Details: Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2017. 38p.

Source: Internet Resource: Response Guide Series no. 13: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/Responses/pdfs/SPI-Focused-Deterrence-POP-Guide.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: http://www.popcenter.org/Responses/pdfs/SPI-Focused-Deterrence-POP-Guide.pdf

Shelf Number: 148875

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Focused Deterrence
Repeat Offenders

Author: Chapman, John

Title: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World: Slough site report

Summary: Between 2011 and 2015, the Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World research team worked closely with the police and their community safety partners in Luton and Slough - two English towns that had experienced the local impact of global change particularly acutely. This is one of two concluding reports from the project which details the process, experience and research findings from Slough. The research started with a problem orientated, multi-agency approach to tackling violence. Using action research we took a problem-oriented approach by identifying local crime problems, improving the way they were understood and developing interventions to tackle them. Then we assessed the outcomes of these and the challenges of implementing them. Throughout the project we drew on the wider evidence-base on police effectiveness to promote local partnerships, to better deal with the 'changing world' and to find sustainable solutions to local crime problems. Most importantly we sought to learn lessons from the process of working with forces on the ground.

Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 138p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/slough_site_report.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/slough_site_report.pdf

Shelf Number: 148978

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Police Effectiveness
Police Performance
Police Reform
Problem-Oriented Policing
Violence
Violence Prevention

Author: Okere, Stephen

Title: An Evaluation of Circuit Television Cameras in Crime Management: A case Study of Nairobi Central Business District

Summary: The study focused on the effectiveness of Closed Circuit Television Cameras (CCTV) in Urban Crime Management in the Central Business District (CBD) of Nairobi. The objective of the study was to explore the extent and effectiveness of CCTV Cameras in alleviating insecurity within Nairobi Central Business District. The theoretical framework looked into the location theory, routine activities theory, situation crime prevention theory and crime prevention through environmental design to understand how crime manifests itself and crime prevention measures adopted. The conceptual framework looked into the Location, Institutional Framework, Resources, Government Policy, Societal value systems, Community participation and Integrated Centralized Surveillance System that makes CCTV system effective in an urban environment. The Methodology used involved CCTV observation, Stratified random sampling of four Strata namely; Institutions/Businesses, Hotels, Supermarkets and Small Business Enterprise using CCTV Cameras. Interviews Schedule was used to interview Administrators, ICT Experts in installation of CCTV Cameras, Law Enforcement agents and urban planners from City Council of Nairobi. The study found out that 92.9% of the total respondents had installed CCTV cameras inside the buildings to offer surveillance inside the buildings. Those connected outside are mainly used to monitor traffic with a few located in strategic areas for crime prevention. 85.7% of the respondents indicated that CCTV cameras were effective where installed and location and coverage of cameras being a critical component. The study recommends the installation of CCTV cameras on the streets for crime prevention. There is also the need to involve all stakeholders including community participation to ensure project sustainability. Finally there is an urgent need for the government to come up with policy guidelines which sets out standards and conditions to be adopted in the operation of CCTV cameras schemes.

Details: Nairobi: Department of Urban and Regional Planning, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Nairobi, 2012. 138p.

Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://urbanplanning.uonbi.ac.ke/sites/default/files/cae/artsdesign/urbanplanning/Stephen%20Okere%20Research%20Project.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Kenya

URL: https://urbanplanning.uonbi.ac.ke/sites/default/files/cae/artsdesign/urbanplanning/Stephen%20Okere%20Research%20Project.pdf

Shelf Number: 149010

Keywords:
Camera Surveillance
Cameras
CCTV
Closed-Circuit Television Cameras
Crime Prevention
Law Enforcement Technology
Situational Crime Prevention
Surveillance
Video Technology

Author: Soomeren, Paul van

Title: Reducing the Fear Factor: Guidance for addressing fear of crime and insecurity within urban development

Summary: While people are often aware of the risks of being a victim of crime, fear of crime in the urban environment relates less to actual risk. This paper presents guidance for the design of urban areas in order to prevent victimization.

Details: Salford, UK: Design Against Crime Solution Centre, 2008.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://www.securefit.org/downloads/files/Reducing%20the%20Fear%20Factor.pdf

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: http://www.securefit.org/downloads/files/Reducing%20the%20Fear%20Factor.pdf

Shelf Number: 149728

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Fear of Crime
Urban Areas and Crime

Author: Hsiao, Celia

Title: Reducing violence in South Africa: From research to action

Summary: Preventing and reducing violence in South Africa must be a national priority if the country is to realise the development goals set by the National Development Plan 2030. Violence exacts an enormous cost - both directly and indirectly - and will undermine and hamper efforts to reduce poverty and inequality and to grow the economy. In December 2017 South Africa joined 15 Pathfinding countries under the Global Partnership to End Violence against Children. Being a Pathfinding country commits South Africa to realise the United Nations' Sustainable Development Goal 16.2: to end abuse, exploitation, trafficking and all forms of violence and torture against children. It also commits the country to ensuring that all sectors - government, civil society and the private sector - work together to end violence against children. But ending violence experienced by children requires us also to end violence against women. Not only is this important because it will reduce children's exposure to violence, but also because violence against women is a human rights violation that impacts negatively on the society in which children are raised.

Details: Pretoria: Institute for Security Studies, 2017. 16p.

Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief, Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://issafrica.s3.amazonaws.com/site/uploads/plicybrief108-v2.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: South Africa

URL: https://issafrica.s3.amazonaws.com/site/uploads/plicybrief108-v2.pdf

Shelf Number: 149735

Keywords:
Children Exposed to Violence
Crime and Development
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs
Socioeconomic Conditions and Crime
Violence
Violent Crime
Violent Prevention

Author: Great Britain. Home Office

Title: Serious Violence Strategy

Summary: The Government is determined to do all it can to break the deadly cycle of violence that devastates the lives of individuals, families and communities. This strategy sets out how we will respond to serious violence. The strategy consolidates the range of very important work already being taken forward and renews our ambition to go further, setting out a number of significant new proposals. We want to make clear that our approach is not solely focused on law enforcement, very important as that is, but depends on partnerships across a number of sectors such as education, health, social services, housing, youth services, and victim services. In particular it needs the support of communities thinking about what they can themselves do to help prevent violent crime happening in the first place and how they can support measures to get young people and young adults involved in positive activities. Our overarching message is that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone. It requires a multiple strand approach involving a range of partners across different sectors. The strategy sets out our analysis of the evidence and the trends and drivers of serious violent crime. The evidence shows that while overall crime continues to fall, homicide, knife crime and gun crime have risen since 2014 across virtually all police force areas in England and Wales. Robbery has also risen sharply since 2016. These increases have been accompanied by a shift towards younger victims and perpetrators. Most of the violence is also male on male. About half the rise in robbery, knife and gun crime is due to improvements in police recording. For the remainder, drug-related cases seem to be an important driver. Between 2014/15 and 2016/17, homicides where either the victim or suspect were known to be involved in using or dealing illicit drugs increased from 50% to 57%. Crack cocaine markets have strong links to serious violence and evidence suggests crack use is rising in England and Wales due to a mix of supply and demand factors. Drug-related cases also seem to be one of the driving factors in the homicide increase in the United States. Drug-market violence may also be facilitated and spread to some extent by social media. A small minority are using social media to glamorise gang or drug-selling life, taunt rivals and normalise weapons carrying. There has also been an increase in vulnerable groups susceptible to the related exploitation and/or drug use. The strategy is framed on four key themes: tackling county lines and misuse of drugs, early intervention and prevention, supporting communities and partnerships, and an effective law enforcement and criminal justice response. This strategy represents a step change in the way we think and respond to serious violence, establishing a new balance between prevention and law enforcement. Given the strong link between drugs and serious violence and the related harm and exploitation from county lines, we have set out the action we will take to tackle this violent and exploitative criminal activity. The Home Office is supporting the development of a new National County Lines Co‑ordination Centre. We will continue to raise awareness of county lines and the related exploitation, and we will provide funding to support delivery of a new round of Heroin and Crack Action Areas. Our work on early intervention and prevention is focused on steering young people away from crime and putting in place measures to tackle the root causes. The Home Office has committed $11 million over the next two years through a new Early Intervention Youth Fund to provide support to communities for early intervention and prevention with young people. We will support Redthread to expand and pilot its Youth Violence Intervention Programme outside London, starting with Nottingham and Birmingham, and to develop its service in major London hospitals. We will also continue to fund Young People's Advocates working with gang-affected young women and girls, and exploring whether the model should be expanded. The Home Office will work with the Department for Education and Ofsted to explore what more can be done to support schools in England to respond to potential crime risks and to provide additional support to excluded children. We need an approach that involves partners across different sectors, including police, local authorities and the private and voluntary sector. Communities and local partnerships will be at the heart of our response. This issue must be understood and owned locally so that all the relevant partners can play their part. We will support local partnerships, working with Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), to galvanise the local response to tackling serious violence and ensure that they are reflecting local challenges within their plans. We have launched a new media campaign raising awareness about the risks of carrying knives. To help communities tackle knife crime, the Home Office is providing up to $1 million for the Community Fund in both 2018/19 and 2019/20, in addition to continuing the Ending Gang Violence and Exploitation (EGVE) Fund and EGVE review programme. We are clear that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone and requires partnerships across a range of agencies; however we want to ensure that we are providing the tools to support the law enforcement and criminal justice response. We are planning new legislation to strengthen our controls on knives, corrosive substances and firearms. The Home Office will also work with Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Service (HMICFRS) to ensure their PEEL inspections focus on serious violence and support a HMICFRS thematic inspection of county lines in 2018/19. The Home Office has commissioned the Centre for Applied Science and Technology to ensure that the police have the capability to undertake street testing for corrosives. Finally, we will ensure that there is a framework in place to support delivery of the strategy. The Home Office will establish a new cross sector Serious Violence Taskforce with key representatives from a range of national, local and delivery partner agencies to oversee delivery and challenge the impact of delivery of the Serious Violence Strategy. The current Inter-Ministerial Group on Gangs will be refocused to oversee and drive delivery of the strategy. The Home Secretary will also hold an International Violent Crime Symposium to bring together the international academic community to understand the trends in serious violence in different parts of the world.

Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 111p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/698009/serious-violence-strategy.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/698009/serious-violence-strategy.pdf

Shelf Number: 149794

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug-Related Violence
Gang Violence
Violence
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Barr, Michael

Title: Enhancing anti-money laundering and financial access: Can new technology achieve both?

Summary: Advances in both private-sector financial technology (FinTech) and technology supporting public sector regulatory compliance (RegTech) offer tremendous promise for broadening and strengthening the global financial system. By vastly reducing the cost of providing financial services, FinTech makes greatly expanded and sustainable financial inclusion a realistic goal. At the same time, greater automation, simplified operational processes, and more detailed and less costly analytics create the potential to enable enhanced transparency while maintaining or improving personal privacy and security of financial activity. Such transparency would in turn support improved financial regulation and supervision as well as consumer protection. Global financial standard-setting bodies (SSBs) are alive to the opportunity to encourage regulators to harness the strongest capabilities of these new technologies. Doing so would enable financial services providers to create the efficiencies necessary to provide meaningful financial access to the underserved while enhancing anti-money laundering (AML), combating of financing of terrorism (CFT) and other risk mitigation objectives. If done appropriately, FinTech and RegTech would also strengthen regulatory and supervisory capabilities and lower compliance costs. This can be a classic win-win. Standard-setters, regulators, and global organizations are making positive statements about new technology and are reaching out to FinTech providers to understand technologies better. At the same time, current global financial standards and practices actually impair the adoption of new technology, not least due to uncertainty regarding how these standards, designed with legacy technology in mind, apply to the new capabilities and processes that come with technological advances. There is a significant opportunity to advance efficiency, consumer empowerment, safety and soundness, and anti-money laundering and antiterrorist financing goals together. In this paper, we focus on those global standards that apply to cross-border payments. Global financial standards have a large impact on cross-border payments as the challenges regarding interpretation and application of international standards at a national level are amplified by the number of jurisdictions affected. Navigating differing regulatory views and capabilities across jurisdictions is a costly and uncertain venture, confining it to the largest FinTech providers with sufficient funds to negotiate national complexities jurisdiction by jurisdiction. As a result, this is an area where coordinated global action could be especially beneficial. In particular, by encouraging global coordination and appropriate adoption of new technologies, modernized global financial standards could make a substantial contribution to resolving the challenges that currently beset the global remittance market. Apart from being a particularly challenging market, the socio-economic importance of the remittance market also strengthens its bid for priority attention. Remittances represent a key financial service for the growing migrant, refugee, and transnational community who rely on them to remit funds back to their loved ones in their country of origin. Indeed, the G20, the IMF and others working on financial policy have identified remittances as one of the best potential areas of focus for financial inclusion efforts.

Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2018. 21p.

Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/es_20180413_fintech_access.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: International

URL: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/es_20180413_fintech_access.pdf

Shelf Number: 149892

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Financial Crime
Money Laundering

Author: Fleming, Jennie

Title: 'Evidence-informed Policing: An Introduction to EMMIE and the Crime Reduction Toolkit'. A Pilot Training Evaluation

Summary: In March 2013, the Cabinet Office launched the 'What Works Network', a nationally co-ordinated initiative aimed at positioning the research evidence on 'what works' at the centre of public policy decision-making, developed in a political environment increasingly amenable to the idea of evidence-based decision-making, particularly in the context of 'austerity' and cost effectiveness. Currently there are seven research centres focusing on six key areas of public policy, intended to build on existing models of delivering evidence-based policy - such as the well-established and well-funded National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). For some years now, the College of Policing (the College) and its predecessor the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) have been promoting the importance of research evidence to inform practice in policing and crime reduction. The College Five Year Strategy (2014a) outlines its intentions to promote understanding of 'what works' in policing and use this understanding to set standards and enable members to share knowledge and evidence around 'what works' (College of Policing, 2014a). Within a context of austerity and changing policing demands (e.g. Brain & Owens, 2015; http://www.college.police.uk/Documents/COP_infographic.pdf) the College is promoting 'professionalisation' of police. As part of achieving many of the aforementioned aims, the 'What Works Centre for Crime Reduction' (WWCCR) was established in 2013 to develop a strong evidence base for decision-making around crime reduction. It is led by the College and supported by a Commissioned Partnership Programme (CPP). A key component of the WWCCR programme is the development and piloting of a Police Development Programme (Work Package 6/7) to enable police officers to appraise and use evidence to inform their decision-making. The purpose of the current research was, therefore, to design, pilot and evaluate the implementation of a police development training programme to develop officers' theoretical and practical understanding of evidence-informed approaches, equip them with the skills required to use evidence to inform their decision-making and support them to appraise evidence and commission research (Hereafter referred to as 'Evidence-based Policing': EBP3 ). See Fleming, Fyfe & Wingrove (2016a) for an overview of the design methodology and the training programme outline. This report focuses on the evaluation of the pilot training programme. The main objective of the evaluation of the pilot training was to assess and understand trainee reaction and to note aspects of learning following training. The following research questions were addressed: - To what extent do police officers/staff respond positively to EBP? - To what extent do police officers/staff believe EBP training will enhance their role? - To what extent does the training enable police officers/staff to use the Crime Reduction Toolkit?

Details: London: College of Policing, 201. 101p.

Source: Internet Resource: What Works Centre for Crime Reduction Work Package 7 Final Report : Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_evaluation.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_evaluation.pdf

Shelf Number: 150038

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Evidence-Based Polilcing
Evidenced-Based Practices
Police Effectiveness
Policing Training

Author: Fleming, Jennie

Title: Evidence-informed Policing: The Design of a Pilot Training Programme

Summary: In March 2013 the Cabinet Office launched the 'What Works Network', a nationally co-ordinated initiative aimed at positioning the research evidence on 'what works' at the centre of public policy decision-making. Currently there are seven research centres1 focusing on six key areas of public policy. These 'research hubs' are intended to build on existing models of delivering evidence-based policy - such as the well-established and well-funded National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). This provides independent evidence-based guidance to the NHS and health professionals about the targeting of funding and the most effective ways to prevent, diagnose and treat disease and ill health. The What Works centres are being developed in a political environment increasingly amenable to the idea of evidence-based decision-making, particularly in the context of 'austerity' and cost effectiveness. Government White Papers (e.g. Cabinet Office, 2011; HM Government, 2012) assert a government commitment to scrutiny and transparency across departments, and initiatives are in place which aim to facilitate access to government administrative data for the purposes of research and evaluation (Mulgan and Puttick, 2013; UK Administrative Data Research Network, 2012). However, a recent report by the National Audit Office (NAO) (2013) suggests that these ambitions are not yet embedded in practice. The NAO's assessment of the frequency and quality of impact and cost-effectiveness evaluation across key government departments, and the use of such evidence to support resource allocation and policy development, highlighted a number of issues. These included a lack of robust impact evaluations, a lack of clarity in government decisions about what to evaluate and a failure to effectively apply learning from evaluative research.

Details: London: College of Policing, 2016. 56p.

Source: Internet Resource: What Works Centre for Crime Reduction, Work Package 6 Final Report : Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_design.pdf

Year: 2016

Country: United Kingdom

URL: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_design.pdf

Shelf Number: 150039

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Evidence-Based Polilcing
Evidenced-Based Practices
Police Effectiveness
Policing Training

Author: Klima, Noel

Title: Local cooperation in youth crime prevention

Summary: Youth crime prevention often takes place on a local level. Preventive measures taken by only one partner are often too limited and have a high risk of failure. The past decennia, more and more initiatives have been taken including different partners to bundle forces to approach youth crime. The police often plays a role in these partnerships. The cooperation can focus on one or more levels of prevention (primary prevention, secondary prevention, tertiary prevention). Furthermore, the focus of the joint projects and actions can be the offender, the situation and/or the victim. Due to the fact that much cooperation takes place on the local level, the exchange of good practices and its evaluation with other localities and regions is still rather limited. There is a need to bring the existing knowledge together and inspire the exchange of experiences within Europe. The EUCPN plays a central role in facilitating this exchange. This toolbox combines academic research, good practices and expert knowledge gathered from several European countries, to support local policy makers and practitioners in the field. This toolbox aims to inform, support and inspire local practitioners and policy makers on actual knowledge in local cooperation in youth crime prevention. To reach this goal, this toolbox contains a variety of tools collected from different sources such as academic literature, existing good practices and expert opinions from different EU Member States to bundle the knowledge and present it to local practitioners and policy makers. It is an easyto-read document, providing an introduction to the topic of local cooperation in youth crime prevention.

Details: Brussels: EUCPN, 2012. 102p.

Source: Internet Resource: Toolbox 1: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/toolbox1_localcooperationinyouthcrimeprevention_1.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Europe

URL: http://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/toolbox1_localcooperationinyouthcrimeprevention_1.pdf

Shelf Number: 150049

Keywords:
At-risk Youth
Community Programs
Crime Prevention
Delinquency Prevention

Author: Heerde, Jessica A.

Title: Prevent crime and save money: Return-on-investment models in Australia

Summary: Finding effective ways to prevent crime is important. This project was designed to demonstrate the feasibility of combining data from a 12-year Australian longitudinal study (N=2,885) with prevention strategy investment data to estimate potential returns, including a reduction in intimate partner violence and prison entry. The project investigated the return on investment achievable in Victoria with a $150 million investment in a mix of six evidence based prevention strategies. The study estimated that the 10-year lag effect of investing an extra $150 million was a five percent reduction in incarceration and a four percent reduction in cases of intimate partner violence involving physical force. The net return from the $150 million investment in prevention was conservatively estimated at $191 million. It appears feasible and cost-effective to prevent intimate partner violence, while also reducing incarceration rates.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2018. 19p.

Source: Internet Resource: Trends & issues in crime and criminal justice no. 545: https://aic.gov.au/publications/tandi/tandi545

Year: 2018

Country: Australia

URL: https://aic.gov.au/publications/tandi/tandi545

Shelf Number: 150068

Keywords:
Adolescents
Anti-social Behavior
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Costs of Crime
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Policies
Intimate-Partner Violence

Author: Morgan, Anthony

Title: Reducing crime in public housing areas through community development: An evaluation of the High Density Housing Program in the ACT

Summary: The High Density Housing Program (HDHP) is a collaborative program involving Reclink Australia, the Australian Capital Territory Justice and Community Safety Directorate (JACS), ACT Housing, ACT Health and ACT Policing. It involves the application of community development approaches to prevent crime and antisocial behaviour at Ainslie Avenue, a large public housing area in the ACT comprising six (previously seven) blocks. An on-the-ground manager (OTGM), employed by Reclink Australia, maintains a continuing presence across the site, coordinating existing services to residents and introducing new events, activities and programs that provide opportunities for resident interaction and relationship building and that address the needs of residents. The HDHP draws on Australian research evidence that showed social approaches to crime prevention, including community development, can improve neighbourhood cohesion and are associated with reduced crime (Samuels et al. 2004). The HDHP has four primary objectives. I t aims to promote community safety and security, prevent and reduce opportunities for crime in public housing sites and surrounding areas, develop pro-social and law abiding community engagement among residents and facilitate and support residents' access to health, mental health, education and employment services. The evaluation of the HDHP employed a rigorous quasi-experimental design which enabled changes in recorded assaults and property crime, disturbance incidents and ambulance attendances at Ainslie Avenue to be compared with those of another public housing area that shared similar characteristics. This component of the evaluation also examined whether there had been any displacement or diffusion of benefit to surrounding areas. A cost-benefit analysis (CBA) compared the cost of the program with monetised benefits associated with changes in recorded crime rates. This was supported by analysis of data collected by the OTGM on program delivery and in-depth interviews with 15 residents about their experiences of the program and living at Ainslie Avenue.

Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2018.

Source: Internet Resoruce: Research Report 06: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://aic.gov.au/publications/rr/rr6

Year: 2018

Country: Australia

URL: https://aic.gov.au/publications/rr/rr6

Shelf Number: 150070

Keywords:
Communities and Crime
Crime Displacement
Crime Prevention
Housing Developments
Neighborhoods and Crime
Public Housing
Public Safety

Author: Tita, George E.

Title: Strategies for Reducing Gun Violence: The Role of Gangs, Drugs and Firearm Accessibility

Summary: This report on strategies to reduce gun violence begins with a brief overview of recent trends in gun violence with a particular focus on emerging trends and changes in Canada. A review of literature covers the linkages between gangs, drug markets and firearm accessibility and firearm violence. When possible, the impacts of these factors on patterns of violence are explored at both the individual and community levels. Overall, the report highlights the prevalence and patterns of homicide and gun violence in North America, Britain, Mexico, Canada and other countries. Particular attention is paid to the role of gangs and drug markets in facilitating violence. In addition, research findings and program evaluations aimed at reducing gun violence are also included. Given the exceptionally high rates of interpersonal violence (especially gun violence) within the United States, and its long history of gang violence, it is not surprising that much of the literature is centered on programs and interventions in America. If the current trends of gun violence involving youth continue in Canada, it is important that Canadian policies learn from the successes and failures of recent gun violence reduction strategies elsewhere. Drawing from the literature review as well as the first author's experiences in the design, implementation and evaluation of violence reduction strategies, this report includes a broad set of policy recommendations that might prove useful in the effort to control gun violence within the larger census metropolitan areas (CMAs) in Canada. The case is made that before any policies aimed at reducing gun violence are implemented, it is extremely important to conduct basic research into the nature of local gun and gang violence. One must first understand who is involved, and why they are involved in violence, before one can design and implement an effective gun violence strategy. Finally, the report includes an Annotated Bibliography of the most current and useful gun and gang violence prevention and intervention resources.

Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, 2007. 61p.

Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2007-3: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/rdcng-gn-vlnc/rdcng-gn-vlnc-eng.pdf

Year: 2007

Country: International

URL: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/rdcng-gn-vlnc/rdcng-gn-vlnc-eng.pdf

Shelf Number: 150241

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Drug-Related Violence
Gang Violence
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Guns

Author: Gill, Martin

Title: Maximising Public Benefits from Automated Alarms

Summary: The focus of this study is on understanding the implications of "Automation" i.e. the automatic digital transmission of confirmed alarms from ARCs to police control rooms, instead of the existing means of ARCs contacting the police by phone (the "Manual System"). The project for implementing the automated alarm call handling process is known as Electronic Call Handling Operation (ECHO) and this is a specific initiative to respond to the police call for alarm response to be automated by 2020. The overall aim is to ease the pressure on the emergency services and alarm receiving centres (ARCs) by reducing their call handling times and reducing the number of errors that can occur from manual response handling. Ultimately an improved response is intended to benefit the public. Within the ECHO project, pilots with a number of police forces are already underway, and those involved in the process along with other experts and stakeholders were consulted to inform the research. Overall automation and ECHO are viewed positively by those closest to it, but others lacked enthusiasm and raised a number of concerns. Below the key findings are organised in terms of how they may inform the business case for automation/ECHO; challenges to be overcome; considerations for a strategy for automation; and issues raised that are relevant to developing a funding model. It should be noted that these are not intended to be exhaustive (there will of course be other considerations for the work on automation) - what follows is purely those that were identified as being key and were specifically raised during the research. The Business Case The research raised a number of points that may be informative for a business case for progressing the roll out of ECHO: - Police and alarm experts believed that the manual alarm signalling system from ARCs to police forces is slow, cumbersome and generates mistakes. They noted that it can be administratively burdensome with some data being required to be entered twice; with messages being misinterpreted. - Some police respondents noted that ARCs underestimate how busy it can be for police at times - even on priority lines - and sometimes fail to understand the demands placed on policing. - Some police representatives and alarm experts suggested that automated alarm signalling has led to cost savings by, for example, reducing the time it takes to manage a call and in generating a speedier police response. - Early experimentation in automating alarming signalling from ARCs suggests it may be more efficient and accurate (some administrative inaccuracies can be picked up as they occur); and may lead to improved response times - ARC representatives felt that checking URNs, which is currently time consuming, could be much quicker under automation. - Another benefit of ECHO may be in contributing to a raising of standards in the alarms response sector by undermining non compliant companies, but that was noted to be dependent on the police acting on the data it will have available. - ARC representatives when asked about which stakeholders might benefit most by automation felt the benefits to police would be the highest and to end users would be the lowest.

Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research and Consultancy International (PRCI), 2018. 58p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.nsi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Maximising-Public-Benefits-of-Automated-Alarms-Report-April-2018.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.nsi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Maximising-Public-Benefits-of-Automated-Alarms-Report-April-2018.pdf

Shelf Number: 150269

Keywords:
Alarm Systems
Burglar Alarms
Crime Prevention
Security Systems

Author: Gomez, Santiago

Title: Big brother: Good brother? CCTV systems and crime rates in Medellin-Colombia

Summary: We investigate whether there is any effect on crime rates following the installation of public surveillance cameras in the city of Medellin-Colombia. To do so, we benefit from a quasi- experiment that took place in the installation of 366 cameras from April 2013 through October 2014. We highlight three main findings. First, there is a decline in total crime after the installation of the CCTV system. On average, year on year monthly changes in a total crime index are between 0.004 and 0.012 lower (i.e. between 33.3% and 100% of the average total crime index from January 2011 to October 2014 lower) in a street segment following the installation of one camera. This effect seems to be driven mainly by a decline in property crime. Second, we find no significant effects on apprehensions following the installation of surveillance cameras. These results may suggest the main channel for CCTV systems to deter criminals is through the subjective certainty of punishment. Third, we do not find crime displacement effects after the installation of CCTV systems. Instead, we find diffusion of benefits to the street segments surrounding installation sites when we restrict our sample to high crime places. This diffusion of benefits seems to be driven by a reduction in violent crime.

Details: Department of Economics, Universidad de los Andes, 2015. 20p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://lacer.lacea.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/52981/lacea2015_cctv_systems_crime_rates.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2015

Country: Colombia

URL: https://lacer.lacea.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/52981/lacea2015_cctv_systems_crime_rates.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 150321

Keywords:
CCTV
Closed-Circuit Television
Crime Prevention
Deterrence
Video Surveillance

Author: Holloway, Katy

Title: Does Neighborhood Watch Reduce Crime?

Summary: Neighborhood Watch grew out of a movement in the United States that promoted greater involvement of citizens in the prevention of crime (Titus, 1984). Variations include block watch, apartment watch, home watch, citizen alert, and community watch. The main method by which Neighborhood Watch is supposed to help reduce crime is when residents look for and report suspicious incidents to the police and thereby perhaps deter potential offenders from committing a crime (Bennett 1990). One of the first evaluations of Neighborhood Watch programs in the United States was of the Seattle (Washington) Community Crime Prevention Project launched in 1973 (Cirel, Evans, McGillis, and Whitcomb, 1977). One of the first evaluations of Neighborhood Watch programs1 in the United Kingdom was of the Home Watch program implemented in 1982 in Cheshire (Anderton, 1985). Both evaluations identified a greater reduction in burglary in areas where Neighborhood Watch programs had been introduced, than in comparison areas. Since the 1980s, the number of Neighborhood Watch programs in the UK has expanded considerably. The report of the 2000 British Crime Survey estimated that more than a quarter (27 percent) of all households (approximately six million households) in England and Wales were members of a Neighborhood Watch program (Sims, 2001). This amounted to more than 155,000 active programs. A similar expansion has occurred in the U.S. The report of The 2000 National Crime Prevention Survey (National Crime Prevention Council, 2001) estimated that 41 percent of the American population lived in communities covered by Neighborhood Watch. The report concluded, "This makes Neighborhood Watch the largest single organized crime-prevention activity in the nation" (p. 39). Considering such large investments of resources and community involvement, it is important to ask whether Neighborhood Watch is effective in reducing crime. To investigate this, we reviewed all available studies evaluating the effectiveness of Neighborhood Watch programs in reducing crime. In this publication we summarize the findings of this review and discuss policy implications.

Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2008. 46p.

Source: Internet Resource: Crime Prevention Research Review No. 3: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=703241

Year: 2008

Country: International

URL: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=703241

Shelf Number: 150322

Keywords:
Community Crime Prevention
Crime Prevention
Neighborhood Watch

Author: Ferreira, Leonardo Nogueira

Title: Do police reduce "crime"? An analysis through social disorder data

Summary: There is extensive literature that attempts to relate increased policing to the reduction of crime. The main difficulty is to isolate the causal effects of police presence on crime due to the clear endogeneity problem, since areas with higher crime rates tend to receive more police. However, in 2012, New York City experienced a completely exogenous raise in policing near some Jewish institutions after the occurrence of a terrorist attack in a Jewish school in Toulouse, in France. Using data from social disorder, we assessed whether the impact of increased policing was significant in regions that received more protection. Among the seven categories of incidents analyzed, drinking, noise and blocked driveways showed statistically significant reduction.

Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 26p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Mary 23, 2018 at: https://lacer.lacea.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/53151/lacea2015_police_reduce_crime.pdf?sequence=1

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: https://lacer.lacea.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/53151/lacea2015_police_reduce_crime.pdf?sequence=1

Shelf Number: 150326

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Crime Reduction
Policing
Social Disorder

Author: Romanosky, Sasha

Title: Law Enforcement Cyber Center: Final Technical Report

Summary: Cybercrime and cyber threats place many demands on law enforcement agencies, ranging from investigating cyber incidents to securing their own information systems. In addition, law enforcement agencies are required to collect and handle the constantly increasing volume of digital evidence. The Bureau of Justice Assistance established the Law Enforcement Cyber Center (LECC) in October 2014 to help state and local law enforcement better combat cybercrime. The LECC, which completed in September 2017, was tasked to serve as an online portal and a clearinghouse of information, directing users to existing resources developed and managed by subject-matter experts, professional organizations, and government agencies. The LECC was managed by a consortium of organizations led by the RAND Corporation as the main grantee. Partner organizations in the LECC team were the International Association of Chiefs of Police and the Police Executive Research Forum. Although doing so was not formally part of the LECC grant, the project team also collaborated with the National White Collar Crime Center, a nonprofit organization. This technical report provides an account of LECC activities since its inception in October 2014 to its completion in September 2017. Key Findings The LECC Met Its Objectives and Completed All Its Planned Tasks The LECC project team set up the LECC website, identified training and training needs for various stakeholders, contributed to better links among crime units, enhanced prevention education, and developed technical assistance materials for relevant audiences. The project team also organized the LECC Justice Executive Cyber Roundtable, which provided a unique forum to bring together police chiefs, prosecutors, and judges to address the fight against cybercrime. The Metrics Employed by the Project Team Demonstrated the Usefulness of the Type of Services Provided by the LECC As the LECC web traffic data demonstrate, the content provided on the LECC website was successful in attracting traffic to the website. The volume of traffic visiting the website grew over time, suggesting that it is possible to attract new users as well as retain existing visitors by providing a continuously updated set of relevant information. The presentation of the LECC and its website at various meetings, fora, and conferences received interest and enthusiasm, indicating a perceived need for such a resource among various stakeholders. The LECC's resources were also designed to foster greater links among crime units; for example, the LECC team compiled a list of regional capabilities relevant for combatting cybercrime, such as forensics labs or training facilities. The LECC team developed a report on the implementation of the Utah Model of cybercrime prevention, summarizing lessons and best practices from the implementation of a new cybercrime unit in Utah. Recommendation Future endeavors to assist state and local law enforcement and prosecutors with cybercrime prevention, investigation, and prosecution should continue to broker the exchange of knowledge within and across law enforcement stakeholder groups.

Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 48p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2300/RR2320/RAND_RR2320.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: United States

URL: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2300/RR2320/RAND_RR2320.pdf

Shelf Number: 150370

Keywords:
Computer Crime
Costs of Crime
Crime Prevention
Criminal Investigation
Cybercrime
Internet Crime

Author: Murtonen, Mervi

Title: More value from security: Redefining value creation and service provision in security services

Summary: This report is a collection of research papers written in a three-year research project addressing customer value in security services. It consists of 12 individual papers and a summative introduction. In theoretical terms, the aim of the report is to present, analyse, and discuss value creation in business-to-business security services. From a managerial angle, the report aims at understanding of how security-service providers could better meet customers' needs and requirements. The research project behind these papers was designed to explore how customer value is present in current security-service provision. The purposefully selected sample was composed of 10 companies, all of which participated in the research project. Eight of the companies represented security-service providers, while the other two were customer companies, one a large private company and the other a public organisation. In addition to these two customer organisations taking part in the project, 60 other customer companies and dozens of individual end users were interviewed, for a fuller and more coherent picture of customer-perceived value in security services. The primary data collection method was in-depth interviews. Among the other methods used were online surveys, observation of service encounters, and various workshops with the participating companies. All the papers share the same purpose - to present, analyse, and discuss value creation in business-to-business security services - but they differ in the data on which the analysis is based or in the viewpoint, research method, central theme, or research question. As a result, this report proposes a specific frame of reference for understanding the prerequisites for value creation in one particular area of business-to-business services. The summative analysis and interpretation of the papers' key findings were organised in line with that framework, following the structure of a content-process-context model. The conclusions of this report are presented after the main findings of the papers and address the following themes: 1) service-orientation of security companies, 2) value perceptions of customers and security-service providers, and 3) meeting of customers' various security needs. As an outcome of this report, a revised framework is presented, and its implications both for security services and for other business-to-business services are discussed.

Details: Espoo, Finland: VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland, 2012. 180p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 2, 2018 at:; https://www.vtt.fi/inf/pdf/science/2012/S25.pdf

Year: 2012

Country: Finland

URL: https://www.vtt.fi/inf/pdf/science/2012/S25.pdf

Shelf Number: 150439

Keywords:
Crime Against Business
Crime Prevention
Private Security
Security Industry

Author: Lamble, Ian

Title: It's never too early, never too late: A discussion paper on preventing youth offending in New Zealand

Summary: Executive Summary 1. The number of offenders in the youth-justice system is decreasing. Much of what the youth-justice system is doing is seen as effective and innovative, but we need to prevent young people engaging with the youth-justice system in the first place. This is a discussion paper with the purpose of using findings from current science to prompt informed reflection on issues related to youth justice in New Zealand. This Executive Summary raises issues that are further discussed and referenced in the main body of the report. 2. Victims of crime need support and trauma-recovery services. Before they start offending, most such children and young people have experienced high rates of criminal abuse, neglect and violence, often from infancy, and have also been witnesses to crime and violence - they need support and trauma-recovery services before offending begins. 3. Understanding youth offending. Those aged 15 to 24 years (14% of the population) account for as much as 40% of criminal-justice apprehensions. Those aged 17 to 24 years offend more than all other age groups. Scientific evidence is showing that adolescent development extends into the mid-20s. As a result, factors such as peer influence (heightened by the use of social media), impulsive risk-taking, lack of self-regulation, lack of awareness of the consequences of one's actions and psycho-social immaturity all contribute to this bulge. And for young offenders, these issues are compounded by their experiences of abuse, trauma, victimisation and disadvantage. Responses different from those required for prepubertal children or mature adults are needed, as this age-group can be particularly hard for many state agencies to work with. 4. Use developmental crime prevention. The developmental, social, community and family environments, and intra-family and social relationships of children and young people, have a major impact on their potential for offending and need to be addressed early, by families, friends, neighbours, communities, and across education, health, cultural and social services. This is the essence of "developmental crime prevention". The younger the child at intervention, the more effective it is likely to be. 5. Get children off the prison pipeline. There are evidence-based steps to get young people off the "prison pipeline", the seemingly inevitable journey from early offending to eventual adult prison. Developmental crime prevention views the prison pipeline - and the chance to change the trajectory - as beginning with the previous generation (e.g., parents who have experienced violence and trauma and are in the justice system) and extending from birth through countless opportunities to support non-criminal environments and lives. 6. Work on the risks shown in NZ's own longitudinal studies. Robust evidence of risk-creating and protective factors for the development of severely challenging behaviour (an early step on the pathway to offending) is well-established, including from NZ's world-leading longitudinal studies, from birth to middle age, in Christchurch and Dunedin. This includes the effects of poverty, disadvantage and trauma (such as violence, abuse and neglect) on children's offending. Family and extended family/whānau are at the heart of a child's world and need to be supported to foster each child's development and well-being. 7. Scale-up evidence-based programmes and also evaluate local cultural solutions. Wellbeing and resilience can be broadly fostered for all, from infancy throughout early childhood education and school, with more targeted support then applied as soon as issues are detected. There are individual, family, school and community programmes with a strong evidence base for effectiveness; many have been adapted for New Zealanders but have been only partially adopted and therefore need to be scaled up. Culturally appropriate research also needs to be supported so as to evaluate introduced programmes and locally targeted solutions.

Details: Auckland, NZ: Office of the Prime Minister's Chief Science Advisor, 2018. 41p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: http://www.pmcsa.org.nz/wp-content/uploads/Discussion-paper-on-preventing-youth-offending-in-NZ.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: New Zealand

URL: http://www.pmcsa.org.nz/wp-content/uploads/Discussion-paper-on-preventing-youth-offending-in-NZ.pdf

Shelf Number: 150577

Keywords:
At-risk Youth
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Programs
Youthful Offenders

Author: Heerde, Jessica A.

Title: Prevent crime and save money: Return-on-investment models in Australia: Full report

Summary: Adolescent antisocial behaviour, such as violence, is both a serious and costly issue in Australia and known to peak during adolescence. Depending on how adolescent antisocial behaviour is defined and measured rates of this behaviour vary, however in Australia are generally between 5 and 20%. The cost of crime in Australia is estimated to be $47.6 billion per year with rates of crime highest in the age 15-24 group. Adolescent antisocial behaviour has important implications for feelings of safety within the community and community members' enjoyment of their local environments. Thus, finding effective ways to reduce the developmental pathways to youth antisocial behaviour is important. An area of increasing importance is demonstration of the costs and benefits of effective approaches to reducing adolescent antisocial behaviour (so-called returnon-investment analyses). This report presents new analyses from the International Youth Development Study (IYDS), an ongoing longitudinal study of antisocial behaviour in Victorian young people which began in 2002, designed to demonstrate the feasibility of combining Australian longitudinal cohort data with prevention strategy investment data to reduce crime versus expenditure on prisons in Australia. The project investigates rates and predictors of antisocial behaviour and violence from the early waves of the IYDS (age 11 years) to young adulthood (age 25 years) to estimate the return-on-investment in Victoria achievable with a $150 million investment in a mix of 6 evidence-based prevention strategies. The aims of the current project were to: 1. Report population rates in the Victorian context of different forms of antisocial outcomes at different points in the life-course; 2. Estimate effect sizes for modifiable risk factors; and 3. Estimate the return-on-investment in Victoria a $150 million investment would have in a mix of 6 evidence-based strategies. To investigate these aims data from 2,884 IYDS participants was used to estimate the reduction in incarceration and intimate partner violence achievable in the State of Victoria by investing $150 million in a mix of evidence-based prevention strategies. Baseline data were obtained in the IYDS at average age 15 from a sample recruited in 2002 to be state-representative of students in Victoria. Follow-up data were obtained at average age 25 in 2014/15. Evidence-based prevention strategies included: Nurse Family Partnerships, Triple P Universal and Triple P Level 4 groups, Secondary School Age Alcohol Supply Reduction, Tutoring by Peers and Screening and Brief Intervention for young adult alcohol problems. Based on the IYDS in 2014/15, findings showed, for those of average age 25 (range 21 to 29) the annual incarceration rate (any police or court apprehension) was estimated at 3.5% (1.0% for 1-day or more) and involvement in intimate partner violence involving physical force was 8.5% (causing physical injury was 3.0%). Multivariate regression analyses were used to identify the effect of age 15 risk factors (socioeconomic disadvantage, family problems, child behaviour problems, substance [including alcohol] use and school problems) and age 21 alcohol problems on age 25 incarcerations and intimate partner violence involving physical assault. Analyses revealed the 10-year lag effect of having invested an extra $150 million would have been a reduction in 2015 of 1,624 cases of incarceration (5% reduction) and 3,034 cases of intimate partner violence involving physical force (10% reduction). In addition to these estimated 1-year effects, benefits would also have been observed in each of the prior nine years and in subsequent years. The prevention strategy investment mix investigated in this report was: Nurse Family Partnership for low income ($35 M), Triple P Universal ($34 M), Triple P Level 4 groups ($51 M), Secondary School Age Alcohol Supply Reduction (SAASR; $14 M), Tutoring by Peers ($9 M) and Screening and Brief Intervention for young adult alcohol problems ($7 M). The net return from the $150 million prevention strategy investment was conservatively estimated at $191 million. Project findings demonstrate several modifiable factors for antisocial behaviour that could be targeted in early intervention and prevention programs to reduce the developmental pathways that lead to youth perpetration of intimate partner violence and incarceration. The results of the current study demonstrate the importance of considering childhood and adolescent family and school-based problems/risk factors, as well as youth substance (including alcohol) use and previous engagement in antisocial behaviour. The present analysis reveals there is sound data to perform return-on-prevention investment analyses in Victoria suggesting it is feasible and cost-effective to prevent problems such as intimate partner violence, while also reducing incarceration rates. Together, project findings can be used to inform policy in Australia about financially viable and effective programs to reduce crime and antisocial behaviour. This project will contribute to understanding that imprisonment and family violence are preventable and that there are significant economic benefits in implementing evidence-based prevention and early intervention approaches.

Details: Sydney: Criminology Research Advisory Council, 2018. 66p.

Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 5, 2018 at: http://crg.aic.gov.au/reports/1718/18-1415-FinalReport.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Australia

URL: http://crg.aic.gov.au/reports/1718/18-1415-FinalReport.pdf

Shelf Number: 150764

Keywords:
Adolescents
Anti-Social Behavior
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Costs of Crime
Crime Prevention
Evidence-Based Policies
Intimate-Partner Violence

Author: Mockus, Antanas

Title: Antipodas de la violencia: Desafios de cultura ciudadana para la crisis de (in)seguridad en America Latina

Summary: This book examines the relationship between culture and citizen security in eight Latin American cities. It incorporates a broad culture concept into diagnostics, analyzes, surveys and actions. What interests us most about culture is its regulatory power. The worldwide distribution of homicides and suicides shows enormous differences between countries whose explanation can not but give a great weight to cultural differences. The ability of each culture to regulate, interpret and justify certain behavior or not offers vital keys to understand and deal with the problems that come together in the current crisis of citizen security in Latin America. Cultural impunity and moral impunity sometimes come to add their effect to legal impunity.

Details: Washington, DC: Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo Corpovisionarios, 2012. 314p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://publications.iadb.org/handle/11319/383

Year: 2012

Country: Latin America

URL: https://publications.iadb.org/handle/11319/383

Shelf Number: 151061

Keywords:
Citizen Security
Crime Prevention
Family Violence
Homicide
Violence
Violent Crime

Author: Verleysen, Cindy

Title: Prevention of Organised Crime Targeting Elderly People - Policies and practices

Summary: The 10th toolbox in the series published by the EUCPN Secretariat focusses on the main theme of the Slovakian Presidency and the 2016 Best Practice Conference and European Crime Prevention Award, which is the 'Prevention of organised crimes targeting elderly people'. The first part of the toolbox presents an overview of the existing policies and legislative measures on the international level, with a particular focus on the EU. The second and third part focusses on good and promising practices which were submitted by 19 Member States to compete in the 2016 European Crime Prevention Award (ECPA). Two participating experts, who were invited by the EUCPN Secretariat, gave their view on the best practices presented at the ECPA. Their opinion is processed in the second part of this toolbox. Finally, an overview of the submitted ECPA (and additional) projects can be found in the last part of the toolbox.

Details: Brussels: EUCPN, 2018. 82p.

Source: Internet Resource: EUCPN Tool Box Series, No. 10: Accessed August 9, 2018 at: https://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/eucpn_toolbox_ndeg10_page_par_page.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Europe

URL: https://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/eucpn_toolbox_ndeg10_page_par_page.pdf

Shelf Number: 151101

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Elder Abuse
Elderly Victims
Elderly Victims of Fraud
Organized Crime
Property Theft

Author: Read, Tim

Title: Review of safety and security in Hartcliffe's eight high rise blocks

Summary: Despite (or perhaps because of) England's high crime rate, compared with most other European countries, we have one of the more sophisticated policies, partly as a result of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998, but also because many local authorities have given priority to community safety for at least the last decade. Although there has been a bias, in England and Wales, towards situational measures, much good work has been done in the area of social development, often for other reasons than pure crime prevention - the Sure Start programme, being a good example of this. Sure Start is (was) a government programme aimed at giving young children and their parents in deprived areas enriched personal, social and health support. Interestingly, Sure Start does not have an explicit crime prevention aim although, as mentioned earlier and evidenced by Farrington(2002) and Homel (2005), such early intervention programmes are at the heart of developmental crime prevention. Hartcliffe has had the benefit of a Sure Start pilot programme, along with many other social and community development initiatives, but the crime prevention intervention focused on here, has had a much more situational bias, as described below. Hartcliffe lies at the extreme southern fringe of Bristol. It was built in the 1960s as a housing estate for people renting from the municipal council on relatively low incomes. The choice of location was partly as an overflow from inner-city Bristol but was also tied to the construction of a huge tobacco processing factory, constructed at the same time and offering employment to the majority of Hartcliffe's residents. The Factory downsized and finally closed in the 1980s leaving many local residents unemployed, as little, apart from some retail and leisure facilities has come in its place. The estate has a total population of 11,362 and is a mixture of two storey housing and eight high rise blocks. The original plan was for a low rise estate with extensive community facilities, including a swimming pool. However, under pressure to house more people, the two sites designated for community buildings were subsequently given over to the construction of the eight tower blocks. This, in the view of some commentators was the beginning of Hartcliffe's problems, as it ended up accommodating a much larger than originally anticipated population on a geographically isolated site with very few facilities. Once the main source of employment went, these problems were compounded and Hartcliffe developed a reputation for lawlessness and despair. After initially unsuccessful bids for government regeneration funding, in the 1990s Hartcliffe eventually received substantial resourcing from the "Single Regeneration Budget" which led to the inauguration of the Hartcliffe and Withywood Community Partnership as the main body for channelling regeneration strategies and funding. Numerous other social and physical rehabilitation initiatives have taken place in the area of Hartcliffe over the last ten years (see report in appendix), although this report will concentrate on the effects of improvements (or non-improvements) to the eight high rise residential blocks in Hartcliffe. Many of the two storey municipal rented houses were sold during the 1980s and 90s under the government's "right to buy" scheme. The eight high rise blocks (accommodating about 500 households between them) were less popular and have remained predominantly under council ownership. They acquired a (justified) reputation for insecurity, crime and drug-dealing. Hartcliffe as a whole is in the highest 10% of British neighbourhoods for multiple deprivation and crime (see HUwww.bristol-city.gov.uk/statisticsUH ) , with these problems being even more concentrated in the tower blocks. As a result of the varying types of accommodation, Hartcliffe has a very mixed population in terms of age, although, despite the sale of many of the houses, it remains a predominantly "working class" area. It also remains an almost entirely "white" area, with only of the population describing themselves as being from a black or minority ethnic (BME) backgrou at the 2001 census. It is likely that this exceptionally low BME population is a result of self sele (BME citizens in Bristol tend to live in the east inner city area), as the city council clearly has no policy of racial segregation. Anecdotal evidence suggests that BME citizens do not feel comfortable living in low income, predominantly white, peripheral estates in Bristol. 13 racist incidents were reported in Hartcliffe in 2005 - a tiny number compared with the total of 2,835 overall incidents of crime and disorder recorded by the authorities, but not so small when considering that only 261 BME residents live on the estate.

Details: Cities Research Centre, UWE, 2003. 52p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2018 at: https://www.mpicc.de/files/pdf1/national_report_united_kingdom.pdf

Year: 2003

Country: United Kingdom

URL: https://www.mpicc.de/files/pdf1/national_report_united_kingdom.pdf

Shelf Number: 151395

Keywords:
Building Security
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Housing Design

Author: Kotajoki, Jenniina

Title: Preventing Violent Extremism and Crime in the Nordic Countries: Similarities, Synergies and Ambiguities

Summary: The issue of violent extremism has risen high on the global political agenda, and there is an increased need to understand its prevention. The long tradition of crime prevention (CP) research and policies is one area that could contribute to the understanding of prevention of violent extremism (PVE). This paper describes how and to what extent violent extremism and different forms of crime converge in Nordic PVE and CP strategies and action plans. Despite some significant differences regarding PVE and CP in the Nordic countries, analysis of the Nordic policy documents and some of the existing research demonstrates that the relationship between violent extremism and different forms of crime may actually be inextricable and more profoundly impacting than traditionally described. Considering the dynamic relation between violent extremism and criminality in theory and in practice, as well as understanding different approaches to it, could help in tackling new forms of threats or vulnerabilities and in designing more coherent policies and prevention measures.

Details: Stockholm: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute, 2018. 20p,

Source: Internet Resource: SIPRI Insights on Peace and Security No. 2018/3: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.sipri.org/sites/default/files/2018-09/2018_3_preventing_extremism_kotajoki.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Sweden

URL: https://www.sipri.org/sites/default/files/2018-09/2018_3_preventing_extremism_kotajoki.pdf

Shelf Number: 152835

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Extremists
Terrorism
Violent Extremism

Author: Foster, John Robert Wilfred

Title: Development a Relevant Business Model for the South African Informal Car Guarding Sector

Summary: Car guarding, a uniquely South African activity, has become a common form of informal employment. The perception of many is that car guarding is a last resort of financial survival and pursued by those entrapped in a life of drug/alcohol addiction or poor life choices. This study had five objectives: firstly to determine if car guarding and the income made solely from tips is an economically viable mean of survival; secondly to determine the socio-cultural challenges (such as the perception towards car guards) and the physical challenges (such as weather conditions faced) while performing their duties; thirdly to discover general and specific skills car guards possess, either from past employment, or obtained while car guarding; fourthly to reveal the factors which influenced individuals to become car guards; and lastly to better evaluate the current car guarding business models, in order to provide suggestions to improve these. An exploratory research design with convenience sampling of 30 car guards at six different public domains was used. The study was limited to Durban because a degree of rapport had been built through previous informal discussions with car guards. Data was collected from car guards by means of one on one detailed open-ended qualitative questioning in order to ascertain reasons and opinions. Quantitative aspects were not explored. The data obtained was recorded and analyzed by thematic analysis. The study revealed the dismal situation of car guards. For example, at most venues they are charged a "bay fee" to guard a designated area, and have no choice but to survive on the limited amount of donations they are able to obtain, after paying the fee. Besides being harassed and often intimidated by both motorists; security officers and the management of parking premises, they have to brave the elements and work long hours with no physical protection and hardly any employer-support. Recommendations include implementation of a more effective business model to allow for formalization of car guard employment and at the very least good work standards, training and skill development. Organizations need to rise to the challenge to support car guards and local Community Policing Forums (CPF) need to be more involved in assisting car guards.

Details: University of Kwazulu-Natal, College of Law and Management Studies, 2015. 152p.

Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 12, 2018 at: http://researchspace.ukzn.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10413/14748/Foster_John_Robert_Wilfred_2015.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Year: 2015

Country: South Africa

URL: http://researchspace.ukzn.ac.za/bitstream/handle/10413/14748/Foster_John_Robert_Wilfred_2015.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y

Shelf Number: 153390

Keywords:
Automobile Theft
Car Guards
Car Theft
Crime Prevention
Informal Economy
Security Officers

Author: Maternowska, M. Catherine

Title: Research that Drives Change: Conceptualizing and Conducting Nationally Led Violence Prevention Research. Synthesis Report of the "Multi-Country Study on the Drivers of Violence Affecting Children" in Italy, Peru, Viet Nam and Zimbabwe

Summary: Globally, studies have demonstrated that children in every society are affected by physical, sexual and emotional violence. The drive to both quantify and qualify violence through data and research has been powerful: discourse among policy makers is shifting from "this does not happen here" to "what is driving this?" and "how can we address it?" To help answer these questions, the MultiCountry Study on the Drivers of Violence Affecting Children - conducted in Italy, Viet Nam, Peru and Zimbabwe - sought to disentangle the complex and often interrelated underlying causes of violence affecting children (VAC) in these four countries. Led by the UNICEF Office of Research - Innocenti with its academic partner, the University of Edinburgh, the Study was conducted by national research teams comprised of government, practitioners and academic researchers in each of the four countries. Drawing on human-centred principles, the Study used an iterative approach which put national ownership and co-creation at its core. Government partners were actively engaged as co-researchers and all data analysis was conducted in-country by government statisticians. Facilitating and prioritizing national meaning-making through dialogue and joint analysis and synthesis of findings was also a key part of the Study design. Each national team used a common process involving three separate components, all of which build on existing data and research: a systematic literature review of academic and 'grey' literature (such as research reports) including both quality quantitative and qualitative research, secondary analyses of nationally representative data sets and an initial mapping of the interventions landscape. Analysed together, these sources of information helped build initial hypotheses around what drives violence in each country. Two key frameworks were applied to the analysis in this Study: 1) a version of the socio-ecological model, which helps to understand the dynamic relationships between factors at the micro-, meso-and macro-levels, and 2) an age and gender framework, which recognizes that a child's vulnerability and ability to protect herself from violence changes over time with her evolving capacities. Through these lenses, common themes emerged across contexts. Guided by findings from the four countries highlighting the dynamic and constantly changing and/or overlapping domains that shape violence in children's lives, this Study moved beyond understanding the risk and protective factors for violence affecting children, which are often measured at the individual, interpersonal and community level. In doing so, it demonstrated how patterns of interpersonal violence are intimately connected to larger structural and institutional factors-or the drivers of violence. The structural drivers of violence identified across the four country sites, representing high (Italy), upper middle (Peru), lower middle (Viet Nam) and low income (Zimbabwe) settings, include: rapid socio-economic transformations accompanied by economic growth but also instability; poverty; migration; and gender inequality. The institutional drivers of violence, such as legal structures, ineffective child protection systems, weak school governance and harmful social and cultural norms, often serve to reinforce children's vulnerabilities. Drivers are rarely isolated factors and tend to work in potent combination with other factors within a single level as well as between levels of the social ecology that shapes children's lives. While some drivers can lead to positive change for children, in this study, these factors or combinations of factors are most often invisible forms of harm in and of themselves While VAC is present in every country, the analyses also show how violence conspires unevenly to create and maintain inequalities between and within countries. The institutions and communities upon which children and their families depend are changing social entities with many interdependent parts. The type of violence in any one or multiple settings may vary depending on a variety of risk or protective factors and/or by age and gender. One of the most important findings is that violence is a fluid and shifting phenomenon in children's lives as they move between the places where they live, play, sleep and learn. Identifying and addressing unequal power dynamics - wherever they may occur in the home, school or community - is of central importance to effective violence prevention. The research also shows how behaviours around violence are passed through generations, suggesting that the social tolerance of these behaviours is learned in childhood. Data across countries also shows how violence is intimately connected to how relationships are structured and defined by power dynamics within and among families, peers and communities. These findings, along with learning from the study process, led to the development of a new child-centred and integrated framework, which proposes a process by which interdisciplinary coalitions of researchers, practitioners and policymakers can understand violence affecting children and what can be done to prevent it. Using data to drive change, our proposed Child-Centred and Integrated Framework for Violence Prevention serves to situate national findings according to a child's social ecology, making clear how institutional and structural drivers and risk/protective factors together shape the many risks and opportunities of childhood around the world. KEY POINTS: - Unpacking the drivers of violence at the structural and institutional levels, and analysing how these interact with risk and protective factors at the community, interpersonal and individual levels is critical to understanding how violence affects children. It is this interaction between drivers and risk/protective factors that delineates how, where, when and why violence occurs in children's lives. - Focusing solely on the types of violence and the places where it occurs - as is commonly done in large-scale surveys and some qualitative studies - will only provide part of the picture of a child's risk of violence. - The role of age and gender as childhood unfolds over time is also essential to understanding violence. - Qualitative inquiry and analysis should be further promoted within the field of violence prevention - on its own or as part of a mixed-methods approach - to ensure meaningful data interpretation of the social world, including the webs of interactions and the concepts and behaviours of people within it. - Research that engages and empowers stakeholders can contribute to a common strategy for building and sustaining political will to end violence affecting children. - The way the study was conducted - led by national teams and using existing literature and data - provided a relatively low-cost and human-centred alternative model to costly surveys that assess the scope of violence without examining the drivers that determine it. - Moving forward, violence prevention research should continuously and critically examine the ways in which we count and construct the complex social phenomenon of violence affecting children: placing recognition of process and power at the heart of our research endeavours.

Details: Florence, Italy: UNICEF, Innocenti Office of Research, 2018. 91p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: https://www.unicef-irc.org/publications/pdf/Drivers-of-Violence_Study.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: International

URL: https://www.unicef-irc.org/publications/pdf/Drivers-of-Violence_Study.pdf

Shelf Number: 153883

Keywords:
Child Abuse and Neglect
Child Maltreatment
Child Sexual Violence
Children and Violence
Crime Prevention
Violence
Violence Against Children
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime

Author: Apperloo, Esther

Title: Onveiligheid Stoppen, Bij Het Shoppen...: Onderzoek naar de Invloed van Toezicht in Winkelgebieden op de Veiligheidsbeleving van Mensen (Stop Insecurity, When Shopping ...: Investigation of the Influence of Supervision in Shopping Areas on the Safety Expe

Summary: Background information Dutch municipalities have introduced camera surveillance in public spaces with different objectives, namely prevention of crime and nuisance, the timely identification of threatening security problems and the collection of offender information that can improve the investigation (Homburg et al., 2012). The most important goals are maintaining and supervising public order and increasing the safety of citizens (Schreijenberg, Koffijberg & Dekkers, 2009). The introduction of CCTV is mainly justified by two assumed effects, namely the increase of objective safety through situational prevention and the enhancement of subjective safety (Geelhoed, 2005). There is a question of increasing objective safety when crime actually falls. Increased subjective safety occurs when people feel safer because of the presence of the cameras, regardless of whether it has become safer in the objective sense (Van Eijk et al., 2006).

Details: Enschede, Netherlands: Universiteit Twente, 2015. 73p.

Source: Internet Resource (in Dutch): Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://anzdoc.com/onderzoeks-en-adviesgroep-politie.html

Year: 2015

Country: Netherlands

URL: https://anzdoc.com/onderzoeks-en-adviesgroep-politie.html

Shelf Number: 154085

Keywords:
Camera Surveillance
CCTV
Crime Prevention
Netherlands
Public Order Maintenance
Public Safety
Situational Crime Prevention

Author: Dugato, Marco

Title: Prevedere i Furti in Abitazione

Summary: Introduction - This research is the product of a path that the Transcrime center has started in 2007 with the goal of develop models for the analysis of the risk and for the prevention of crime. - In 2008, Transcrime presented the first study, promoted by the then Prefect of Naples Alessandro Pansa, on the spatial analysis of crime in San Lorenzo district. This study he showed how the crimes were concentrated in time and space. - In the meantime, technological development has supported the progress of knowledge criminological in the analysis and in the prediction of criminal behavior. - Today this research presents a model predictive for thefts in the home that is the fruit of a collaboration between Transcrime and the Ministry of the Interior, Department of Public Security. - In the following pages we indicate because the study of home burglaries is relevant at European and Italian level. Yes then explains how to use models forecasting can help prevent home burglaries. - Finally, head and yes positively applies a model forecast to the cities of Milan, Rome and Bari, suggesting hypotheses for the reduction of the phenomenon.

Details: Milano, Italy: Transcrime, 2015. 15p.

Source: Internet Resource (in Italian): Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.transcrime.it/en/pubblicazioni/transcrime-research-in-brief-serie-italia/

Year: 2015

Country: Italy

URL: http://www.transcrime.it/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/Research-in-Brief.pdf

Shelf Number: 154220

Keywords:
Crime Prediction
Crime Prevention
Home Burglaries
Italy
Prediction Models
Technological Development
Technologies
Theft

Author: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime (ICPC)

Title: 6th International Report on Crime Prevention and Community Safety: Preventing Cybercrime

Summary: The sixth edition of the International Report is concerned with the overarching theme of cybercrime and how does one prevent it. As in previous publications, this new edition starts with an international overview of crime and its prevention. Four separate chapters then look in more detail at cybercrime-related issues such as crime in a digital world, cybercrimes, cybercriminals and cybervictims, cybercrime prevention approaches and public-private partnerships in cybercrime prevention. Published every two years since 2008,The International Report provides essential information and tools to help governments, local authorities, international organizations and practitioners implement successful crime prevention policies in their countries, cities and communities.

Details: Montreal: The Author, 2018. 164p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/en/publications/report/report/article/6th-international-report-on-crime-prevention-and-community-safety-preventing-cybercrime.html

Year: 2018

Country: International

URL: http://www.crime-prevention-intl.org/en/publications/report/report/article/6th-international-report-on-crime-prevention-and-community-safety-preventing-cybercrime.html

Shelf Number: 154477

Keywords:
Computer Crime
Crime Prevention
Cybercrime
Internet Crime

Author: European Crime Prevention Network

Title: Preventing individual fraud

Summary: The 13th toolbox in the series published by the EUCPN Secretariat focusses on the main theme of the Bulgarian Presidency: fraud with a special focus on phone scams. As fraud covers a whole range of topics, we decided to narrow down our focus to individual fraud. This entails frauds committed against individuals by individuals or criminal organisations. Increasingly, this type of fraud has become a profitable and cross-border enterprise, some scholars even call these offenders 'scampreneurs'. Consequently, this type of crime deserves an EU-wide approach. This is also made apparent in the policy paper which is written in tandem with this toolbox. This toolbox consists of three parts. The first tries to lay out the current intelligence picture on individual fraud. We discuss interesting good practices in the second part and also posit some recommendations on how to prevent phone scams. These good practices are listed in the third part. An executive summary is also provided to the reader.

Details: Brussels: EUCPN, 2018. 68p.

Source: Internet Resource: Toolbox Series No.13: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/eucpn_toolbox_ndeg13_-_preventing_individual_fraud_hr_no_crops.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Europe

URL: https://eucpn.org/sites/default/files/content/download/files/eucpn_toolbox_ndeg13_-_preventing_individual_fraud_hr_no_crops.pdf

Shelf Number: 154661

Keywords:
Consumer Fraud
Crime Prevention
Telephone Scams

Author: Gorman-Smith, Deborah

Title: Residents and Clients' Perceptions of Safety and CeaseFire Impact on Neighborhood Crime and Violence

Summary: The purpose of this study was to address questions related to the impact of CeaseFire activities on participants and neighborhood residents living in four target police beats in the Woodlawn and North Lawndale Chicago neighborhoods. Specifically, the study was designed to evaluate the process through which CeaseFire outreach and violent interruption activities might relate to changes in gun-related violence, including the behavior and decision-making of high-risk individuals living in these neighborhoods. In addition, questions regarding perceived neighborhood safety, norms regarding the use of violence, and non-participating residents' knowledge of CeaseFire activities were evaluated. Interviews were conducted with 75 individuals living in the four targeted police beats. Forty high-risk individuals (20 CeaseFire clients/5 in each beat and 20 high-risk individuals who were not CeaseFire clients/5 in each beat) and thirty-five neighborhood residents (18 parent residents with children under 18 years old and 17 elderly residents) were interviewed. Consistent across all of the interviews conducted with CeaseFire participants were individual reports of decreased involvement in crime and violence, with change in behavior attributed to mentoring, primarily around opportunities for employment. Participants also highlighted CeaseFire workers' ability to mediate conflict within the neighborhood, pointing to workers' unique skill to get high-risk residents to listen and respect their message because they had credibility. High-risk participants reported they were more likely to respond and listen to CeaseFire workers because the workers had lived a similar life, "the things I did, they did". Important, there was a striking gap in knowledge about CeaseFire and CeaseFire activities between the residents and high-risk participants. Nearly all (n=38) of the high-risk participants, including those who had not been directly involved with CeaseFire workers or activities, were aware of CeaseFire, describing CeaseFire's mobilization activities such as rallies, vigils, and distribution of violence prevention material. In contrast, only 34% or approximately one-third of neighborhood residents were familiar with CeaseFire and even fewer residents had personal experiences with CeaseFire staff or community activities. Across both communities, CeaseFire's lack of visibility was a common theme among neighborhood residents and a small number of high-risk non-client participants. Residents were not able to recall or identify any community mobilization efforts or other activities that had a specific violence prevention message. For neighborhood residents, despite a consistent theme of negative experiences and attitudes toward law enforcement, policing was seen as one of the few viable responses to violence in the neighborhood. Residents described changes in crime, safety, and violence as solely attributed to fluctuations in the presence and attitudes of law enforcement. All study participants, high-risk individuals and neighborhood residents, reported youth between the ages of 11 and 17 as the primary perpetrators of violent crime in their neighborhood. When questioned about precipitating factors, both high-risk participants and neighborhood residents pointed to incidents involving social media messages, conflict over women, and territorial conflicts over illegal drug markets and gang cliques as the major precipitants of violence. High-risk participants, both clients and non-clients, said conflicts are often settled by fighting, flashing guns, and shooting. Both high-risk participants and neighborhood residents' responses to violence typically involved isolating themselves to their block or home, limiting travel routes through their neighborhood, reliance on police presence, and for high-risk participants, connecting with CeaseFire violence interrupters and outreach workers as a resource to address neighborhood violence. Participants' suggestions for community-based solutions included parenting programs, job training, mentoring, and access to programming for youth that will get them off of the street. High-risk participants recommended mentoring and other programs that would provide opportunities for youth to stay off the street as a means to reduce or keep violence stable. The CeaseFire model outlines three components to reduce violence within communities: 1) detect and interrupt violent conflicts, 2) identify and treat the highest risk, and 3) mobilize the community to change norms. While these and other data suggest that CeaseFire appears to be effective in implementing the first component of the model, at least in these two communities, they have not been effective in community mobilization efforts. CeaseFire workers appear to be able to identify those at highest risk for involvement in serious violence. Workers cite constrained resources as an obstacle to engaging many of the high-risk youth identified.

Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, School of Social Service Administration, 2015. 51p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/ceasefire-qualitative-evaluation-9-14.pdf

Year: 2015

Country: United States

URL: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/ceasefire-qualitative-evaluation-9-14.pdf

Shelf Number: 154673

Keywords:
CeaseFire
Crime Prevention
Gangs
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Neighborhoods and Crime
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: Circo, Giovanni

Title: Detroit Ceasefire: Final Evaluation Report

Summary: Detroit Ceasefire has been a cornerstone of Detroit's violence reduction strategies. Ceasefire involves a focused deterrence model aimed at gang- and group- related violence. It involves direct communication of a deterrence message to high-risk individuals and groups, targeted enforcement and response to violent incidents, outreach and services, community partnerships and youth prevention. Detroit Ceasefire was initially developed and implemented in two East side precincts (5th and 9th). As the Ceasefire team developed expertise in the model, associated project management capacity, shared understanding and training in the model, and initial signs of success, Ceasefire expanded to West side precincts (6th, 8th, 12th) and more recently to the 4th and 7th precincts. This report describes the planning, development, initial implementation, and full implementation of Ceasefire and places the initiative in the context of national trends. This is followed by evaluation results at both the community and individual levels. Key findings include: - Detroit has experienced a significant decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings since the implementation of Ceasefire in 2013 and particularly since 2015 when Ceasefire received the support of a project management team and associated capacity building that strengthened implementation of the Ceasefire focused deterrence model. - These trends are particularly impressive when contrasted with national trends in violent crime and with trends in other large Midwestern cities. - The evaluation employed a state-of-the-art "synthetic control" design that compares trends in the Ceasefire precincts with comparable parts of the city that have not participated in Ceasefire. For the original east side Ceasefire precincts, we estimate an overall 13-14 percent decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings. For the specific age group of 15-24, the primary target for Ceasefire, the decline was 22 percent. - The trends in the West side precincts are more difficult to interpret. Simply observing the trends suggest declines following the implementation of Ceasefire. Yet, when using the synthetic controls we do not find evidence of declines. We suggest continued monitoring of the West side precincts to provide a longer implementation and observation period (as well as assessment of trends in the more recent 4th and 7th Ceasefire precincts). - Although Ceasefire clients had a very similar time until re-arrest as a matched comparison group of probationers and parolees, the Ceasefire clients had 23 percent fewer overall arrests and 23 percent fewer arrests for a violent offense. Ceasefire clients did have more arrests for weapons offenses but this may reflect increased scrutiny and surveillance of Ceasefire clients, particularly when they or their associates are involved in violence.

Details: East Lansing: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, Michigan State University, 2018. 39p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-Detroit_Ceasefire_-Final_Report.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-Detroit_Ceasefire_-Final_Report.pdf

Shelf Number: 154684

Keywords:
CeaseFire
Crime Prevention
Gangs
Gun Violence
Gun-Related Violence
Neighborhoods and Crime
Operation Ceasefire
Violence Prevention
Violent Crime
Youth Violence

Author: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime. Independent Evaluation Unit

Title: Final Independent Project Evaluation of the project "Integrating crime, corruption, drugs and terrorism related issues into the preparation of national plans and processes"

Summary: Issues under the mandate of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), namely crime corruption, drugs and terrorism, are being recognized by the international community as major obstacles and threats to development, human security and good governance. These are inherently linked with the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) whilst the United Nations (UN) Millennium Declaration makes direct reference to areas that need to be strengthened which fall under the mandate of UNODC. The issues of crime and security have also reached high levels in various international forums. More specifically, the Twelfth United Nations Congress on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice, held in Salvador, Brazil, in April 2010 focused strongly on emphasizing the criminal justice system as a central pillar in the rule-of-law architecture and highlighting the pivotal role of criminal justice systems in development. Furthermore, there is currently an increased recognition that inclusive, safe, and resilient cities and societies are an important factor in sustainable development as reflected in the 2030 Sustainable Development Agenda, adopted by the UN in 2015. The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) aim to "Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable" (SDG 11) and to "Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, providing access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels" (SDG 16). The project "Integrating crime, corruption, drugs and terrorism-related issues into the preparation of national plans and processes" was implemented by the Strategic Planning and Interagency Affairs Unit (SPIA), Division for Policy Affairs and Public Affairs (DPA), UNODC. The project was funded by the UN Development Account (1213V) with a total approved budget of US$ 650,000. The project implementation commenced, following a delay, in August 2014, and proceeded for two years, including a no-cost extension until June 2016. The project's initial objective was to ensure that the issues of crime, corruption, drugs, and terrorism were integrated into the preparation of national development plans and processes in selected countries. The project's concept approach was however changed to focus on the development of a Guide on the Framework to Guide Urban Policy-Makers and Practitioners for Governing Safer Cities. The intention of the Guide was to catalyse a policy debate and serve as a practical tool for UN system and those jurisdictions seeking to develop strategic responses to the challenges of crime, corruption or terrorism at the city level. The Core Learning Partners (CLPs), i.e. the main stakeholders, as identified by the project manager, were involved throughout the evaluation process, i.e. in reviewing and commenting on the TOR and the evaluation questions, reviewing and commenting on the draft evaluation report, as well as facilitating the dissemination and application of the results and other follow-up action. The stakeholders have further been involved through the interviews and discussions held about the project's outcome. Purpose and methodology of the evaluation The final Independent Project Evaluation was conducted by an external independent evaluator from December 2016 until January 2017. The purpose of the evaluation was to draw lessons from the project implementation to form the basis for instituting improvements to the existing and future project planning, design, and management. The project was evaluated following the OECD-DAC criteria: relevance, efficiency, effectiveness, impact and sustainability, as well as assessing design, established partnerships and cooperation, with a focus on human rights and gender. Prior to the evaluation, the draft ToR was shared with the evaluator. During the evaluation process, the external independent evaluator utilised an analysis of primary data (project documents) and secondary sources (interviews with the stakeholders and web-research of the evaluated subject.). Based on the evaluator's desk review and interviews of the project staff and other stakeholders involved in the project implementation, as well as using questionnaires, the information obtained was cross-checked, verified and tested in order to obtain an objective, unbiased, and reliable assessment of the project achievements. It was decided not to develop and apply a survey for the project's stakeholders as part of the evaluation methodology since the main project output, i.e. the Guide, has not been used yet by the stakeholders.

Details: Vienna: UNODC, 2017. 59p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 13, 2019 at: https://www.unodc.org/documents/evaluation/Independent_Project_Evaluations/2017/UNODC_UNDA_1213V_Final_Independent_Project_Evaluation_Report_March_2017.pdf

Year: 2017

Country: International

URL: https://www.unodc.org/documents/evaluation/Independent_Project_Evaluations/2017/UNODC_UNDA_1213V_Final_Independent_Project_Evaluation_Report_March_2017.pdf

Shelf Number: 154942

Keywords:
Corruption
Crime Prevention
Criminal Justice Planning
Drug Prevention
Public Safety
Terrorism

Author: Giannini, Renata Avelar

Title: Urban Security Exchange: Data, Design and Innovation for Urban Security

Summary: The Urban Security Exchange: Data, Design and Innovation for Urban Security was held on January 22 and 23, 2018 in San Salvador, at a critical time for Central American countries. On one hand, in early 2018, the capitals of the Northern Triangle countries - Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador - reported significant reductions in their high homicide rates; while on the other, these positive results highlighted the complex efforts necessary to maintain this downward trend amidst the struggle against violence. Effectively, El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras present some of the highest homicide rates in the world. In 2018, El Salvador leads the ranking and its capital, San Salvador, is one of the most violent cities on the planet. Nevertheless, such cities were able to reduce their homicide rates between 2016 and 2017. In El Salvador, the rate dropped by 34%, in Honduras, 22% and in Guatemala, 4%. This context of persistently high homicide rates in spite of reductions was a key element throughout the discussion endorsed by the Urban Security Exchange.

Details: Rio de Janeiro: Igarape Institute, 2018. 32p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://igarape.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/2018-06-04-AE-USEx-dialogos-seguranca-EN-1.pdf

Year: 2018

Country: Central America

URL: https://igarape.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/2018-06-04-AE-USEx-dialogos-seguranca-EN-1.pdf

Shelf Number: 155033

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Design Against Crime
Homicides
Urban Areas and Crime
Urban Security
Violent Crime

Author: Chalfin, Aaron

Title: Reducing Crime Through Environmental Design: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment of Street Lighting in New York City

Summary: This paper offers experimental evidence that crime can be successfully reduced by changing the situational environment that potential victims and offenders face. We focus on a ubiquitous but surprisingly understudied feature of the urban landscape - street lighting - and report the first experimental evidence on the effect of street lighting on crime. Through a unique public partnership in New York City, temporary streetlights were randomly allocated to public housing developments from March through August 2016. We find evidence that communities that were assigned more lighting experienced sizable reductions in crime. After accounting for potential spatial spillovers, we find that the provision of street lights led, at a minimum, to a 36 percent reduction in nighttime outdoor index crimes.

Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 45p.

Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25798: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25798.pdf

Year: 2019

Country: United States

URL: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25798.pdf

Shelf Number: 155674

Keywords:
CPTED
Crime Prevention
Situational Crime Prevention
Street Lighting

Author: Pan American Development Foundation

Title: Participant Handbook: A Curriculum for Police and Specialists in Crime Prevention among Youth

Summary: In the past fifteen years, the Caribbean has experienced significant increases in crime, especially with regard to domestic violence, substance abuse and gang activity among youth. These actions have had a major impact on, not only the victims and their families, but also the perpetrators, bystanders and society as a whole. The effects are widespread and include diminishing economic and social returns related to local business, tourism, investment and overall development indicators. Such challenges can result in an overburdened criminal justice system, and have negatively impacted the ability to combat crime by creating fear and distrust among citizens. To address these issues, police and other government agencies are now making social crime prevention a priority. In working together, police, government officials and key members of society can, and do, influence the quality of life in their communities. By creating mutually beneficial and trusting relationships, they can ensure government-citizen collaboration that affects positive change where they serve, especially among the next generation. The key is creating community-driven strategies for addressing crimes, while using evidence-based practices to apply lessons learned and ensure sustainability. This course is designed to help police and other specialists in crime prevention resolve the root causes of youth violence. It seeks to provide participants with an understanding of the role police and others (including youth) can play in crime prevention, as well as the importance of approaching prevention through a holistic process involving coordination across government agencies, community groups and families. It also aims to encourage participants to appreciate that the quality of community life can be improved by replacing longstanding barriers of mistrust with opportunities for partnership and communication. Ultimately, this course will provide participants with concrete skills for working with potential offenders through leadership, critical thinking, communication, planning and outreach. This Participant Handbook is meant to serve as an accompaniment to a 31-hour class-based course. It includes 10 modules in total, each consisting of 3 approximately one-hour long lessons (minus Module 9, which covers only one 4-hour lesson). The course addresses social crime prevention, communication, leadership, causes of youth crime and violence, evidence-based practices, politics, ethics, social media and action plans. There is a mid-term and final exam, as well as a class presentation on the action plans created.

Details: Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago: Ministry of National Security and Pan American Development Foundation, 2014. 107p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/54073cece4b0bf6cd12bf4c9/t/546cebe5e4b07045cfc3fe5d/1416424421200/T%26T+Participant+Handbook+Sept+2014+FINAL_sm.pdf

Year: 2014

Country: Trinidad and Tobago

URL: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/54073cece4b0bf6cd12bf4c9/t/546cebe5e4b07045cfc3fe5d/1416424421200/T%26T+Participant+Handbook+Sept+2014+FINAL_sm.pdf

Shelf Number: 155944

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Gang Activity
Law Enforcement
Training Handbook
Trinidad and Tobago
Violence Reduction

Author: Kaplan, Jacob

Title: More Cops, Fewer Prisoners?

Summary: A large literature establishes that hiring police officers leads to reductions in crime and that investments in police are a relatively efficient means of crime control compared to investments in prisons. One concern, however, is that because police officers make arrests in the course of their duties, police hiring, while relatively efficient, is an inevitable driver of "mass incarceration." This research considers the dynamics through which police hiring affects downstream incarceration rates. Using state-level panel data as well county-level data from California, we uncover novel evidence in favor of a potentially unexpected and yet entirely intuitive result - that investments in law enforcement are unlikely to markedly increase state prison populations and may even lead to a modest decrease in the number of state prisoners. As such, investments in police may, in fact, yield a "double dividend" to society, by reducing incarceration rates as well as crime rates.

Details: Preliminary paper, 2018.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3228811

Year: 2018

Country: United States

URL: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3228811

Shelf Number: 156392

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Incarceration Rates
Police Officers
Prisoners
Public Safety

Author: Thelin, Rachel

Title: Evaluation of the Indiana Department of Education and Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) Choices Program

Summary: Choices began in 2006 as a program aimed at young women at risk of being incarcerated and involved with gun violence. The program is sponsored by the Indiana Department of Education in partnership with Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) and a number of other partners. The Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) was asked, as local PSN research partner, to assist in evaluating the impact of the Choices program. Between the summer of 2008 and summer 2009, pre- and post-program surveys were administered at several locations on multiple occasions where the Choices program was presented. The pre-survey questionnaire addressed participant demographics, delinquent activity, school experience, living situation, gun and gang activity, drug use, conflict resolution, and attitudes regarding each. Post-program survey questions, a number of which were repeated from the pre-survey, dealt with conflict resolution, knowledge of firearms laws, attitudes regarding good choices, and participants perceptions of the impact of the Choices presentation. CCJR researchers analyzed survey results to assess whether significant changes in knowledge or attitudes occurred following the program presentation. Results of the evaluation indicate that program participants reflect an audience(s) that could potentially benefit from the program and that Choices produced some short-term changes in participants' knowledge and attitudes, particularly among females.

Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 39p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/CCJR_ReportPSNChoicesComplete.pdf

Year: 2009

Country: United States

URL: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/CCJR_ReportPSNChoicesComplete.pdf

Shelf Number: 156412

Keywords:
Crime Prevention
Female Offenders
Gun Violence
Project Safe Neighborhoods
Violence Prevention

Author: Lindquist, Matthew J.

Title: Crime and Networks: 10 Policy Lessons

Summary: In this article, we argue that social network analysis can be used in a meaningful way to help us understand more about the root causes of delinquent behavior and crime and also to provide practical guidance for the design of crime prevention policies.

Details: London: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2019. 43p.

Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13823#

Year: 2019

Country: International

URL: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13823#

Shelf Number: 156835

Keywords:
Co-offending (Sweden)
Crime Prevention
Criminal Networks
Peer Influence
Social Networks